From 6882a8911f44de4e5149951ec8b1e5d6eaeedcfb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jamie-lemon Date: Tue, 11 Nov 2025 19:04:03 +0500 Subject: [PATCH 1/3] Refactor --- benchmark_granular.csv | 432 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ prod_benchmark.py | 3 +- 2 files changed, 434 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) create mode 100644 benchmark_granular.csv diff --git a/benchmark_granular.csv b/benchmark_granular.csv new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f71bb40 --- /dev/null +++ b/benchmark_granular.csv @@ -0,0 +1,432 @@ +page_number,needle_index,needle,reducto,pymupdf4llm,llamaparse,datalab,gemini,docling,geminipro,llamaparse_highest,datalabllm,pymupdflayout,Page,Folder +1,0,"where sn,k,l = un,k,l(p0)f(p0) . Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis The initial allocation phase has a complexity of O(KN2) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell l with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier n. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the com- rotational complexity of this step is O(Key). Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as O(KNLM). Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is O(KN2 + NKLM). The complexity of Phase In is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficults (Doi) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the Gt [15]. Since we are dealing with Lt power constraints and Log power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is O(KN2 + NKLM) + Doi(Log). Apparently it seems that implementing centralized Gt/successive Gt based schemes may not",0.20926517571884984,0.07987220447284345,0.134185303514377,0.08626198083067092,0.06629392971246006,0.07268370607028754,0.07667731629392971,0.0670926517571885,0.09105431309904154,0.05591054313099041,1,science_sample +2,0,"Substantial progress are reported on fiend effect transistors (For) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and im- purified. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWik powders with polyflmoreno as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize For, embedding randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-offcurrent ratio is 105, the on-current level is around 10 uA and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm2/vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Roman and electrical measurements.",0.14759725400457666,0.7700228832951945,0.05835240274599542,0.07551487414187644,0.09496567505720824,0.030892448512585814,0.028604118993135013,0.06979405034324943,0.07551487414187644,0.03318077803203661,2,science_sample +2,1,"Novel semiconductors materials for fiend effect tran- sister For and thin-film transistors The are highly demanded.1 In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-offcurrent ratio, high electron/hole mobil- ity, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies.2-5 Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s- SWNTs,2-5 but generally poor ones using ensemble (net- work and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metal- lic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles).6-8 Therefore, very effievent meth- ods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still re- quoted. In recent years, several approaches to extract s- SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization,9-11 Div and polymers wrapping,12,13 and density gradient ultra- centrifugation techniques.6 The latter efficiently sept- rates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the For. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyflmoreno as extracting agent.14,15 According to Fish et al.,14 the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of For devices were addressed. In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of For consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ul- tracentrifugation (250,000g), sanitation and filocation of solutions composed of SWik powders with polyflmoreno as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Roman and electrical measure- meets (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such s- SWNTs realize high-performances For devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution process- able polymers/organic materials.1,6,16 S-SWNTs solutions were prepared as follow. First, SWNTs powders (as-prepared Disco, Carbon Nanotech- colonies Inc.), Per (Poly-9,9-di-n-butyl-fluorenyl-2,7- dial, Sigma-Aldrich) and toluene were mixed in the fol- losing ratio SWik (5 mg): Per (5 mg): toluene (30 ml)",0.1819267515923567,0.8594745222929936,0.07006369426751592,0.19148089171974522,0.05573248407643312,0.21536624203821655,0.12818471337579618,0.25039808917197454,0.19148089171974522,0.17038216560509553,2,science_sample +3,0,"Random Effacts Model In the random effacts model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each ai, bi pair), which produces a twofold improve- ment in Effiagency over the most effievent static algorithm - for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height h = 0.1 indicates that only the ai, bi pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high End, which results in nearly identical Effiagency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. Auto-Aggressive Model In the auto-repressive model (Table 1), an As process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (As process values, fired effacts, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the As process. Scalar sampling of As process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it's a",0.11140819964349376,0.09714795008912656,0.08912655971479501,0.11319073083778966,0.08645276292335116,0.0481283422459893,0.05258467023172905,0.10784313725490197,0.10249554367201426,0.07040998217468805,3,science_sample +5,0,"Queue Prioritization Experiment We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in- vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the dev- set are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially out- performing the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impunity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after fistoring among followers in the training set and over- age sentence count after fistoring among pensioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly inflhence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative In token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table Vs lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking Lt achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.17360899969595622,0.08543630282760717,0.008513225904530252,0.008817269686834904,0.007601094557616297,0.008513225904530252,0.007601094557616297,0.4442079659470964,0.00972940103374886,0.010641532380662816,5,science_sample +6,0,"F0 and F1 over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of multiple triangles. Application to the Distribution of Effacts of Smoking on Birth Weight In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effacts on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effacts, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effacts on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the Div",0.01790073230268511,0.07241659886086249,0.01871440195280716,0.01871440195280716,0.02034174125305126,0.01627339300244101,0.01952807160292921,0.02034174125305126,0.01871440195280716,0.027664768104149716,6,science_sample +7,0,"It is apparent form Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, (A -1)By A -1 -2d(y1 -0)(y3 -y2). Introducing new variables as in the Sec. Its and integrating over his we obtain",0.6029411764705882,0.8382352941176471,0.2696078431372549,0.30392156862745096,0.2696078431372549,0.15196078431372548,0.25980392156862747,0.25980392156862747,0.30392156862745096,0.12254901960784313,7,science_sample +7,1,"Here again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable a introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singularity,",0.09606986899563319,0.777292576419214,0.0611353711790393,0.07860262008733625,0.0611353711790393,0.004366812227074236,0.0611353711790393,0.0611353711790393,0.07860262008733625,0.004366812227074236,7,science_sample +7,2,"The remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The sub- request integration over a restores the singularity in the self energy correction,",0.25547445255474455,0.21897810218978103,0.11678832116788321,0.145985401459854,0.1386861313868613,0.23357664233576642,0.11678832116788321,0.1386861313868613,0.145985401459854,0.051094890510948905,7,science_sample +7,3,"In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, o ~ky to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singular- ity at o = ky to come from the region y2 x2, and introduce new variables accordingly, x2 = xy2, y1 = ey2. Performing integration over y2 we obtain",0.2511737089201878,0.7887323943661971,0.18779342723004694,0.22300469483568075,0.19014084507042253,0.12910798122065728,0.18309859154929578,0.18544600938967137,0.21830985915492956,0.025821596244131457,7,science_sample +7,4,We notice that the singularity at o ~ky comes from the region of small x. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations over xis we obtain,0.25728155339805825,0.8155339805825242,0.16019417475728157,0.23786407766990292,0.16019417475728157,0.06796116504854369,0.16019417475728157,0.16019417475728157,0.23786407766990292,0.02912621359223301,7,science_sample +7,5,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,0.7352941176470589,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,7,science_sample +8,0,"where U and V are orthogonal matrices that span the range and the null space of Bij and Del = l2dkl, a drag- oral matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the Sha, we select the dominant proves to con- tribute to the kh2 by requiring that l2 > 2/Nik. In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (li) for the in- creating eigenmodes and see a ""link"" in the district- tion which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this link (with li < 0.01) where the eigenvalues start to flalten out. Statistical determination of large scale flow As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evi- dance for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalized LCan model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this pa- per, we provide a first demonstration of our new param- eterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the ""squashing"" of the 2- D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the De3 sample to leads to large statistical er- rows, due to a signsficant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., Loss) should provide stronger con- strained and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters b and vp for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation be- tweet these two parameters because the anisotropic am- plitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fiends. The best fit value from Fig- ure 5 is vp = 270+433 km/s (at the 1s level marginalized with other parameters including b) and is consistent with vp = 0. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on vp as it is below zero and thus has no physical mean- ing. Instead, we quote the upper bound on vp and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of vp is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5-normalized LCan model. We propose above that vp is a complementary param- ever for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter gTh, which is equivalent to fs8, is not de- terminus precisely without the prior information of As. But when we report our measurement with vp, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to g*Th determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value vp at a given redshift is not only in- dependent of bias but also independent of normalization. B. Reconstruction of matter density fiend from vp We convert vp measurement into gTh using As from WMAP5 (gTh: coherent growth factor of peculiar below- ity, and it is equivalent to fs8 in other parameteriza- lions). With the evolution of gTh known, dynamics of per- turbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ps through the Ruler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of vp is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (z 0.1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Th into the coherent evolution of Ps. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the cover- ent evolution of Ph, gPh. We are able to determine matter density flsituations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the cover- ent growth of dm, gd = 0.7, which is related to gPh as",0.21756688541140837,0.8980312973245835,0.17895002523977788,0.17566885411408378,0.12089853609288238,0.06511862695608278,0.12291771832407875,0.5426552246340233,0.17566885411408378,0.044169611307420496,8,science_sample +9,0,"At first, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., m = 3), the divided points and boundaries are (0, z1, z2, 1.8, ), where z1 and z2 are left as free parameters of the model, and 0 < z1 < z2 < 1.8. In the fourth bin we set we = -1. It means that we divide the region with z (0, 1.8) into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of wwe(z) in this region. The reconstructed wwe of the best-fitied model is shown in Fig. 1,",0.38202247191011235,0.0696629213483146,0.19101123595505617,0.23820224719101124,0.21123595505617979,0.1752808988764045,0.19101123595505617,0.3707865168539326,0.23820224719101124,0.024719101123595506,9,science_sample +10,0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,0.028901734104046242,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,10,science_sample +11,0,"Proof. We prove the lemma for the case of the Co trade- offcurve. The proof for the Co trade-offcurve is similar. Let (C(t), Q(t)) for 0 <=t <=1 be a parametrization of the trade-offcurve with C(0) equal to the classical capacity and Q(1) equal to the quantum capacity. The function C (t) is monotonically decreasing and the function Q (t) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decreasing.",0.22030651340996169,0.7509578544061303,0.13793103448275862,0.13793103448275862,0.0842911877394636,0.07662835249042145,0.0842911877394636,0.09195402298850575,0.13793103448275862,0.16091954022988506,11,science_sample +11,1,"If (C(t), Q(t)) is a point on the graph at which the derive- time is not constant, then setting -l to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satinfied. If the graph is not differentiable at (C(t), Q(t)), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting -l to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satinfied. At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, l might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that l does parametrize. Appendix D: Form of the Co Trade-offCurve for Orbit Dephasing Channels We first prove two important commas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the Co trade-off curve. Lemma 12 Let N be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the Co trade-offcurve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with drag- oral conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:",0.19837232960325535,0.844354018311292,0.17599186164801628,0.2115971515768057,0.5971515768056969,0.054933875890132246,0.1363173957273652,0.08646998982706001,0.2105798575788403,0.12105798575788403,11,science_sample +12,0,"Figure 5: Partition degenerate and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing popularity for a single instance of div (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coeffievents for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",0.009269988412514484,0.9988412514484357,0.03244495944380069,0.009269988412514484,0.5619930475086906,0.009269988412514484,0.013904982618771726,0.14020857473928158,0.009269988412514484,0.009269988412514484,12,science_sample +12,1,"Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean diffprince in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non- excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yes et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (Div), dorsal attention (Div), limbic (Law), ventral attention (Via), somatomotor network (Sha), and visual (Via). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with Div.",0.027237354085603113,1.0,0.041504539559014265,0.02464332036316472,0.5849546044098574,0.027237354085603113,0.027237354085603113,0.10894941634241245,0.02464332036316472,0.027237354085603113,12,science_sample +14,0,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This morre- spends to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities (p(wi|wi-1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsely problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments (wi cj) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities (p(ci|ci-1)) and the word probabilities (p(wi|cj)). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section In-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). In. EXPERIMENTS A. Experimental Data The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone convey- nations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsely problem. As a point of comparison, Catalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary items as Tamil.",0.19897523484201537,0.16011955593509822,0.04953031596925705,0.14773697694278395,0.215200683176772,0.09521776259607173,0.21135781383432964,0.2412467976088813,0.11058923996584116,0.0990606319385141,14,science_sample +14,1,"We performed data collection and language model train- ing experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table In. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter Lt was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.",0.013452914798206279,0.07623318385650224,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,14,science_sample +14,2,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,0.06825938566552901,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,14,science_sample +15,0,"web text sources for conversational speech language modeling using class-dependent mixtures,"" in Proc. His/NAACL, 2003, pp. 7-9. [5] S. Schwarz, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, ""Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,"" IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334-342, 2004. [6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocks, and C. Occur, ""Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,"" And Transactions on Speech and Language Processing, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1-xx, 2007. [7] A. Setup, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, ""Building topic-specsfic language models from weodata using competitive models,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2005, pp. 1293-1296. [8] R. Sarikaya, A. Grabado, and Y. Gao, ""Rapid language model develop- ment using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,"" in Proc. ICASSP, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573-576. [9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawamura, ""Incorporating semantic infos- nation to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,"" in Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on, May 2013, pp. 8252-8256. [10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, ""Intelligent selection of language model training,"" in Proc. And, 2010. [11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, ""Domain adaptation via pseudo in- domain data selection,"" in Proc. EMNLP, 2011. [12] G. Recurve, J. Lines, T. Main, and P. Motlicek, ""Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2012. [13] T. Schlippe, L. Greg, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, ""Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2013. [14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Poetry, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mer- cer, ""Class-based n-gram models of natural language,"" Computational Linguistics, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467-479, 1992. [15] R. User and M. Ostendorf, ""Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,"" in Proc. Eurospeech, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975-1978. [16] A. Stolcke, ""SRILM - an extensible language modeling toolkit,"" in Proc. ICSLP, 2002, pp. 901-904. [17] P. Liang, ""Semi-supervised learning for natural language,"" Ph.D. sister- nation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. [18] I. H. Bitten and T. Bell, ""The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,"" Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085-1094, 1991. [19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Moving, and L. Page, ""Offievent crawling through url ordering,"" Campus. Nets. ISDN Syst., vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161-172, 1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98) 00108-1 [20] A. Liam and M. Winner, ""Classefication and regression by randomforest,"" R News, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18-22, 2002. [Online]. Available: http://CRAN.R-project.org/doc/Enews/",0.03155006858710562,0.14609053497942387,0.06927297668038408,0.13065843621399176,0.04869684499314129,0.06001371742112483,0.057956104252400546,0.057956104252400546,0.0747599451303155,0.11454046639231824,15,science_sample +16,0,"Figure 7: The red arcs are the trajectory of the system (5.60) with initial value (0, 1.2) and the blue arcs are the orbit with initial value (0, 1.5). Through simulation, we observe that the trajectories approach to the periodic solution of (5.60) as time increases.",0.0,0.7940074906367042,0.0149812734082397,0.10861423220973783,0.00749063670411985,0.052434456928838954,0.00749063670411985,0.0149812734082397,0.10861423220973783,0.0,16,science_sample +16,1,"Let us start with the linearization of system (5.71) around the periodic solution Ps0(t). Consider a near solution y(t) = y(t, 0, y*+y), where y = (y1, y2), to the periodic solution Ps0(t). Assume that",0.3880597014925373,0.11940298507462686,0.3482587064676617,0.3333333333333333,0.3383084577114428,0.2835820895522388,0.417910447761194,0.40298507462686567,0.3333333333333333,0.0845771144278607,16,science_sample +16,2,"near solution y(t) = y(t, 0, y*+y), where y = (y1, y2), to the periodic solution Ps0(t). Assume that y(t) satinfies condition (N1), and it meets the surface of discontinuity G at the moment t = x and at the point -y = y(x, 0, y*+ y). Considering the formula (3.10) for the transversal point -y = (-y1, -y2), the first t(-y) t(-y) component can be evaluated as = . From the last equality, the singularity is seen at the y0 y0 -1-y",0.6153846153846154,0.3006993006993007,0.5384615384615384,0.48717948717948717,0.44988344988344986,0.34265734265734266,0.44988344988344986,0.5477855477855478,0.48717948717948717,0.23543123543123542,16,science_sample +17,0,"Y0-W >=Y1-Y0and Pr , Y1 >=Y0 >=W = 1, respectively, where td is a level of input for each treatment t1-t0 t0-to status d {0, 1} while to is a level of input without the treatment and to < t0 < t1. Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of (Y0, Y1) to the region below the straight line Y1 = t1-tat0-to Y0 - t0-tat1-t0 w and above the straight line Y1 = Y0, and to the region above two",0.5205479452054794,0.365296803652968,0.4200913242009132,0.3881278538812785,0.2853881278538813,0.21232876712328766,0.2808219178082192,0.4840182648401826,0.3698630136986301,0.3538812785388128,17,science_sample +17,1,"Example 3 (Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.0,0.06418918918918919,0.033783783783783786,0.0,0.013513513513513514,0.0,0.013513513513513514,0.0033783783783783786,0.0945945945945946,0.02027027027027027,17,science_sample +17,2,"where uC (Z) represents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observances Z. Then treated (D = 1) and untreated people (D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y1 -Y0 >=uC (Z)} and {Y1 -Y0 < uC (Z)}, respectively. Example 4 (Div conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional Div for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written as",0.4075,0.2175,0.4,0.3675,0.1975,0.14,0.1925,0.3775,0.2625,0.26,17,science_sample +18,0,"For this purpose, we look at the temperature seven- dance of the rotation angle of the magnetization between Ns planes. In Fig. 7, phl(T ) for n = 8 and n = 16 (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, l = 1 . . . 4. For both thicknesses, a monotypic trend is observed for all l, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for n = 8 we see, starting from a temperature T To(8), an abrupt drop of ph3 and ph4, which rapidly reach an almost con- start value, only slightly larger than ph1. In the tem- perature range To(8) T < To(8) we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all Ns layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-Ft confiduration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position Az,max of the structure factor S(0, 0, qz). In Fig. 8 the average of Az,max vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for diffevent lateral dimer- signs L26. As expected from the previous argument, we see that Az,max = 0 for To(8) < T < To(8), while it be- wins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below To(8), making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with Az,max = 0 and reaching a value of about 21*for T = 10 K. In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by My simulations of a Heidelberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements16) on a His lattice14,15, it was found that for thicknesses comma- table with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite diffevent from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 -16, three diffevent magnetic phases could be sin- fled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner dis- ordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the sig- natures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. The absence of the block phase in the J1 -J2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the diffevent range of interactions, rather than to the diffevent lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a But lattice: the results we obtained for phl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the bookmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers ( l =1. . . 5 and 8. . . 12 ), where phl is roughly 10*, sep- stated by a block of disordered layers, and with almost",0.40606483095155105,0.8082955733705124,0.14220982920878356,0.4918089926803764,0.26734053677239455,0.3802718717323109,0.2767514813523876,0.44231439525967237,0.4918089926803764,0.4102474729871035,18,science_sample +20,0,"Note that o1,2,3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the En precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio (g/-g5)2 originates from the presence of brand localized kinetic terms. The o parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters a, Gt and my in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:",0.21705426356589147,0.07596899224806201,0.21550387596899226,0.13953488372093023,0.11937984496124031,0.06666666666666667,0.11937984496124031,0.12558139534883722,0.13953488372093023,0.02945736434108527,20,science_sample +20,1,"In section Vs, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by En precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, b(y) 1 (flat extra dimension) and b(y) = e-2ky (a slice of Add5). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and (75),",0.34523809523809523,0.6071428571428571,0.19047619047619047,0.23809523809523808,0.10317460317460317,0.10317460317460317,0.10317460317460317,0.14285714285714285,0.23809523809523808,0.07936507936507936,20,science_sample +21,0,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where ak+1 -ak = d for each integer k at the optimum. In this case, the lower bound reduces to",0.18067226890756302,0.14285714285714285,0.15126050420168066,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.029411764705882353,0.11764705882352941,0.20168067226890757,0.11764705882352941,0.09243697478991597,21,science_sample +21,1,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.0,21,science_sample +21,2,"It is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function max{x, 0} is non- differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicated",0.09259259259259259,0.06481481481481481,0.07407407407407407,0.06481481481481481,0.046296296296296294,0.027777777777777776,0.046296296296296294,0.009259259259259259,0.06481481481481481,0.05555555555555555,21,science_sample +22,0,"A Lt for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case Its. Observing the dependency of Its on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple Lt for the average network throughput C taking the worst case Its into account can be written as follows:",0.09701492537313433,0.06716417910447761,0.09701492537313433,0.01990049751243781,0.029850746268656716,0.01990049751243781,0.01990049751243781,0.01990049751243781,0.08706467661691543,0.01990049751243781,22,science_sample +22,1,"A tighter Lt can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that minimizes In,k,l where:",0.13709677419354838,0.13709677419354838,0.12903225806451613,0.03225806451612903,0.11290322580645161,0.04838709677419355,0.11290322580645161,0.14516129032258066,0.12096774193548387,0.03225806451612903,22,science_sample +22,2,"Thus, In,k,l is an SINR term for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Al RexK. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the Lt network throughput using (1). Note that if xn,l = 0, than In,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without Its [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insightficant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filying solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filying rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughout Establishing an Up is signsficastle important in order to celebrate the performance of sub- optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The Up can be derived",0.2403393025447691,0.18661639962299717,0.20452403393025448,0.10273327049952875,0.17530631479736097,0.07257304429783223,0.17530631479736097,0.21960414703110273,0.19321394910461828,0.06220546654099906,22,science_sample +23,0,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion E(k) and spectral coupling v(k),0.08823529411764706,0.6985294117647058,0.08823529411764706,0.058823529411764705,0.04411764705882353,0.04411764705882353,0.04411764705882353,0.0,0.051470588235294115,0.0,23,science_sample +23,1,"The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to pos- less a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the cousin- num) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let x1,2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation",0.09454545454545454,0.7527272727272727,0.08,0.08,0.06545454545454546,0.04727272727272727,0.06545454545454546,0.09818181818181818,0.08,0.04727272727272727,23,science_sample +24,0,"Figure S1: We show the effacts of Fisher transforming correlation coeffievents on the range of dynamic flsituations in Fisher-transformed coeffievents. (A) Given four levels of static func- gional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variables of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic flsituations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text.",0.0199501246882793,1.0,0.0399002493765586,0.0199501246882793,0.46384039900249374,0.0199501246882793,0.0199501246882793,0.0199501246882793,0.02493765586034913,0.0199501246882793,24,science_sample +24,1,Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coeffievents with Fisher-transformed coeffi- events. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotypic (preserves rank) it does not change percentages in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile ma- trip with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coeffievents is r 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity.,0.07358490566037736,1.0,0.10377358490566038,0.03207547169811321,0.4867924528301887,0.035849056603773584,0.0660377358490566,0.035849056603773584,0.0660377358490566,0.035849056603773584,24,science_sample +25,0,"(vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armory, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (Co) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, Co agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of Co agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of Co agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor (xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof",0.0034482758620689655,0.28551724137931034,0.0034482758620689655,0.1386206896551724,0.06551724137931035,0.06482758620689655,0.06137931034482759,0.07310344827586207,0.1386206896551724,0.13448275862068965,25,laws_sample +25,1,"Goods listed below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials (ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear reactors",0.6887417218543046,0.11589403973509933,0.0,0.11589403973509933,0.304635761589404,0.0,0.046357615894039736,0.059602649006622516,0.11589403973509933,0.11589403973509933,25,laws_sample +26,0,"Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (For) lock- lions. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many Fans and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. Certain Fans provide Local Airport Advisory (Law) on 123.6. Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and q T: R - Receive Only T - Transmit Only",0.059602649006622516,0.7306843267108167,0.0684326710816777,0.05077262693156733,0.052980132450331126,0.8609271523178808,0.052980132450331126,0.052980132450331126,0.05077262693156733,0.82560706401766,26,laws_sample +26,1,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling For name indicate no For frequencies available. Frequencies post- signed above the thin line boxes are removed to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling For named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet.",0.03759398496240601,0.7644110275689223,0.047619047619047616,0.09774436090225563,0.03759398496240601,0.8546365914786967,0.03759398496240601,0.03759398496240601,0.3132832080200501,0.7969924812030075,26,laws_sample +27,0,"The Secretary of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006(a). Citation, interpretation and commencement 1.--(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. (2) In this Order ""coronavirus"" has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020(b) (meaning of ""coronavirus"" and related terminology). (3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity 2.--(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. (2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons -- (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 00027657; and",0.04304932735426009,0.442152466367713,0.08161434977578476,0.08609865470852018,0.08071748878923767,0.05291479820627803,0.08340807174887892,0.03497757847533632,0.09417040358744394,0.10762331838565023,27,laws_sample +27,1,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,27,laws_sample +29,0,"Abkommen fur T-Div Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und fur Div-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils guorigen nationales Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 To 22 bow. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). b fu di j il f bha i i d f ld a k i d fu l d guorigen nationales Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 To 22 bow. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). Annabel fur die jeweils frequenzabhanoise Mindestnutzfeldstarke sind fur To-analog der Its-R By.417 zu entnehmen, Annabel fur den Berries eines Canals im Band In in analogue Ubertragungstechnik (Url- Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Gene 1984 zu entnehmen, Annabel fur den Berries eines T-Div-Canals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Put. 2.2.3, Gazelle 1, Position ""Medianwert der Mindestfeldstarke"") und Annabel fur den Berries eines Div-T-Canals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Gazelle A.1.50, Position ""Medianwert fur die minimize aquivalente Relistarke""). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. f d i d b b i k i d fu i S d f k l i Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. Auf der Basis der open genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird fur eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstarkekontur gemass den jeweils guorigen internationally Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich fur seven 10deg-Schmitt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punch, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht ist. Params kann fur seven der 36 10deg-Schritte ein Flachenelement A berechnet werden:",0.2845528455284553,0.8394308943089431,0.22831978319783197,0.22493224932249323,0.22425474254742547,0.2269647696476965,0.26422764227642276,0.2676151761517615,0.22493224932249323,0.2669376693766938,29,laws_sample +29,1,"Dutch Addition der 36 Flachenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsflache einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. i i l d f b i f d b i k fu d b i d f hl Quadratkilometern. Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen easiest auf den Ausbreitungskurven fur Landausbreitung der Empfehlung Its-R P.370 fur 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Gelanderauigkeit betaagt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Were der Mindestnutzfeldstarke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhohen und Leistungen erforderlich. Fur Entfernungen r, die cleaner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Antigen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 To 22 bow. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finder sind. u S d di i h i Gl i h ll b i b d i d i l 2a der Richtlinie 176 To 22 bow. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finder sind. Fur Sender, die im Rahman eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird matters Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstarke des Metres berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsflache entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flachenelementen, in seven die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht wird.",0.3104325699745547,0.8634435962680237,0.3070398642917727,0.3104325699745547,0.30788804071246817,0.3053435114503817,0.3095843935538592,0.3095843935538592,0.3112807463952502,0.30279898218829515,29,laws_sample +30,0,"Chapter In; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter Via; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; (b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter Vs; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; and",0.02857142857142857,0.69,0.025714285714285714,0.03428571428571429,0.024285714285714285,0.03,0.015714285714285715,0.018571428571428572,0.05714285714285714,0.06714285714285714,30,laws_sample +31,0,"(1) The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- (a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; (b) if he or she is absent from the settings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; (c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. (2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unbound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 days",0.021684737281067557,0.7197664720600501,0.026688907422852376,0.029190992493744787,0.025020850708924104,0.029190992493744787,0.045871559633027525,0.006672226855713094,0.03669724770642202,0.058381984987489574,31,laws_sample +33,0,"Runway centerline lights (Co) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with Co are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., The/Co Rays 6 and 24.",0.02145922746781116,0.778969957081545,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.02145922746781116,33,laws_sample +34,0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and This except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,34,laws_sample +36,0,"Di Wu Tiao Guo Jia Cai Qu Cuo Shi ,Jian Ce , Fang Yu , Chu Zhi Lai Yuan Yu Zhong Hua Ren Min Gong He Guo Jing Nei Wai De Wang Luo An Quan Feng Xian He Wei Xie ,Bao Hu Guan Jian Xin Xi Ji Chu She Shi Mian Shou Gong Ji , Qin Ru , Gan Rao He Po Pi ,Yi Fa Cheng Zhi Wang Luo Wei Fa Fan Zui Huo Dong ,Wei Hu Wang Luo Kong Jian An Quan He Zhi Xu . Di Liu Tiao Guo Jia Chang Dao Cheng Shi Shou Xin , Jian Kang Wen Ming De Wang Luo Xing Wei ,Tui Dong Chuan Bo She Hui Zhu Yi He Xin Jie Zhi Guan , Cai Qu Cuo Shi Ti Gao Quan She Hui De Wang Luo An Quan Yi Shi He Shui Ping ,Xing Cheng Quan She Hui Gong Tong Can Yu Cu Jin Wang Luo An Quan De Liang Hao Huan Jing . Di Qi Tiao Guo Jia Ji Ji Kai Zhan Wang Luo Kong Jian Zhi Li , Wang Luo Ji Zhu Yan Fa He Biao Zhun Zhi Ding , Da Ji Wang Luo Wei Fa Fan Zui Deng Fang Mian De Guo Ji Jiao Liu Yu He Zuo ,Tui Dong Gou Jian He Ping , An Quan , Kai Fang , He Zuo De Wang Luo Kong Jian ,Jian Li Duo Bian , Min Zhu , Tou Ming De Wang Luo Zhi Li Ti Xi .",0.9663951120162932,0.9735234215885947,0.9633401221995926,0.9501018329938901,0.9653767820773931,0.9562118126272913,0.9663951120162932,0.9735234215885947,0.9480651731160896,0.9490835030549898,36,laws_sample +37,0,Map for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross Job at 15200' Map for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross Job at 13400' Map for aircraft crossing over and turning at Job: Aircraft traveling Ns on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or higher,0.06191950464396285,0.5603715170278638,0.10526315789473684,0.058823529411764705,0.16408668730650156,0.058823529411764705,0.13312693498452013,0.17956656346749225,0.06501547987616099,0.06811145510835913,37,laws_sample +39,0,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means according different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. (4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision-",0.008319467554076539,0.7670549084858569,0.013311148086522463,0.008319467554076539,0.008319467554076539,0.009983361064891847,0.004991680532445923,0.008319467554076539,0.008319467554076539,0.016638935108153077,39,laws_sample +40,0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on Ref Via/Div R-250 to TEKGU Its/Ref 19 Div and on End Via/Div R-179 to WOKPA/End 44.2 Div and hold, continue climb-in- hold to 13000.",0.1437125748502994,0.25748502994011974,0.1437125748502994,0.25149700598802394,0.1437125748502994,0.1317365269461078,0.1437125748502994,0.1437125748502994,0.25748502994011974,0.25748502994011974,40,laws_sample +40,1,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via Sha R-128, then reverse course to Sha Via/Div and hold.",0.17475728155339806,0.14563106796116504,0.07766990291262135,0.14563106796116504,0.07766990291262135,0.07766990291262135,0.07766990291262135,0.07766990291262135,0.14563106796116504,0.14563106796116504,40,laws_sample +40,2,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112deg to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112deg to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289deg to Jan Via/Div and hold.",0.17582417582417584,0.15384615384615385,0.10989010989010989,0.15934065934065933,0.11538461538461539,0.09340659340659341,0.09340659340659341,0.11538461538461539,0.16483516483516483,0.15384615384615385,40,laws_sample +41,0,"3.--(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft--",0.021505376344086023,0.7311827956989247,0.01881720430107527,0.01881720430107527,0.024193548387096774,0.01881720430107527,0.021505376344086023,0.01881720430107527,0.04838709677419355,0.03763440860215054,41,laws_sample +41,1,"(a) S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. (b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (Url) is one hour behind British Summer Time (But).",0.041916167664670656,0.7485029940119761,0.04790419161676647,0.20958083832335328,0.0658682634730539,0.0658682634730539,0.0718562874251497,0.04790419161676647,0.16167664670658682,0.1317365269461078,41,laws_sample +42,0,"That airspace from 18,000' Map to and including Ft 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25deg 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' And.",0.038461538461538464,0.8205128205128205,0.05384615384615385,0.038461538461538464,0.038461538461538464,0.04358974358974359,0.038461538461538464,0.038461538461538464,0.038461538461538464,0.14871794871794872,42,laws_sample +42,1,"That airspace from 18,000' Map to and including Ft 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas.",0.042105263157894736,0.9,0.05789473684210526,0.042105263157894736,0.042105263157894736,0.04736842105263158,0.042105263157894736,0.042105263157894736,0.042105263157894736,0.6263157894736842,42,laws_sample +42,2,"That airspace from the surface to 10,000' Map (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busy- est airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers.",0.6475770925110133,0.8766519823788547,0.039647577092511016,0.030837004405286344,0.030837004405286344,0.7092511013215859,0.030837004405286344,0.030837004405286344,0.03524229074889868,0.039647577092511016,42,laws_sample +42,3,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See For 91.215),0.3,0.8470588235294118,0.011764705882352941,0.48823529411764705,0.011764705882352941,0.011764705882352941,0.29411764705882354,0.011764705882352941,0.49411764705882355,0.15294117647058825,42,laws_sample +43,0,"On Via Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is , g ( avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (Via/Url) NAVAID names q y g q y ( ) and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only ( ) p y those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Horse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids.",0.36531365313653136,0.8167281672816729,0.07749077490774908,0.07134071340713408,0.07749077490774908,0.06642066420664207,0.07749077490774908,0.07749077490774908,0.17712177121771217,0.07749077490774908,43,laws_sample +43,1,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,0.7846153846153846,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,43,laws_sample +43,2,Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' Other than hard-surfaced runways Seaplane bases,0.1686746987951807,0.7349397590361446,0.4397590361445783,0.05421686746987952,0.42771084337349397,0.42771084337349397,0.39156626506024095,0.39759036144578314,0.1746987951807229,0.0963855421686747,43,laws_sample +44,0,"member of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. (6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. (7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commission.",0.009309542280837859,0.7121799844840963,0.013964313421256789,0.0069821567106283944,0.01008533747090768,0.01008533747090768,0.010861132660977503,0.0069821567106283944,0.019394879751745538,0.009309542280837859,44,laws_sample +45,0,"(3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. (4) A Member of the Solo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Solo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member.",0.011986301369863013,0.6883561643835616,0.030821917808219176,0.025684931506849314,0.02226027397260274,0.017123287671232876,0.025684931506849314,0.011986301369863013,0.0273972602739726,0.0821917808219178,45,laws_sample +46,0,"Where a physical data room is used, it will be made available to Wanderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Wanderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Rendered will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the 'Terms of Reference'. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to them.",0.010507880910683012,0.6199649737302977,0.04203152364273205,0.04203152364273205,0.03677758318739054,0.07005253940455342,0.03852889667250438,0.028021015761821366,0.028021015761821366,0.04203152364273205,46,govt tenders +47,0,"not use confidential information or documents for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; (b) ensure the protection of such confidential information or documents with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligence;",0.01366120218579235,0.6502732240437158,0.03278688524590164,0.040983606557377046,0.04371584699453552,0.12021857923497267,0.030054644808743168,0.030054644808743168,0.04371584699453552,0.0546448087431694,47,govt tenders +48,0,"Le pouvoir adjudicateur est sounds au protocols no 7 sur les triviaeges et immunites de l'Union europeenne figuring dans le traite sur le fonctionnement de l'Union europeenne, notamment en ce qui concerns l'inviolabilite des archives (y compass la localization physique des downees et des services comme prevu a l'article I.9.2) et la securite des downees, ce qui compound les downees a carpetere personnel devenues pour le couple du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locale du contracting ou du sous-traitant. Le contracting informe sans delai le pouvoir adjudicateur de route demands juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des downees a carpetere personnel traitees pour le couple du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est accessee par une autobioe publique nationale, y compass une autobioe d'un pays tiers. Le contracting n'est pas autobuse a accorded cet acces sans l'autorisation ewrite prearable du pouvoir adjudicateur. La duree du traitement des downees a carpetere personnel par le contracting n'etcesera pas la pediode indianee a l'article In.22.2. A l'issue de cette pediode, le contracting doit, selon le choir du responsible du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs delaws et dans un format arrete d'un common accord routes les downees a carpetere personnel traitees pour le couple du responsible du traitement, hindi que les copies de ces downees, ou decruise de maniere effective routes les downees a carpetere personnel a joins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exile de les conserved plus longtemps.",0.09561231172233137,0.7066142763588736,0.09954158480681075,0.09561231172233137,0.09561231172233137,0.1761624099541585,0.09561231172233137,0.09561231172233137,0.09561231172233137,0.09692206941715782,48,govt tenders +49,0,"Avant de proceder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit notified formellement au contracting son intention de recouvrer le montana concerne, en precisant le montana du et les motifs du recouvrement et en inviting le contracting a faire part de ses observations dans un delai de 30 jours a chapter de la recaption de la notification. Si accuse observation n'a ete presentee ou si, majore les observations presentees, le pouvoir adjudicateur decode de poursuivre la procesure de recouvrement, il doit confirmed ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de debit au contracting, precisant la date de pavement. Le contracting doit payer le montana conformement aux dispositions de la note de debit. Si le contracting n'a toujours pas effectse le pavement a la date d'echeance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, apres en avoid informe le contracting par ecrit, recouvrer les montanus due: a) par compensation avec des hommes que l'Union doit au contracting; b) par mobilisation de la garantie financeere si le contracting a remix une tells garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; c) par une action en justice.",0.07920792079207921,0.7452745274527453,0.10441044104410441,0.0891089108910891,0.08640864086408641,0.18001800180018002,0.09180918091809182,0.0846084608460846,0.08370837083708371,0.09900990099009901,49,govt tenders +50,0,European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Social Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attila | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@evisa.europa.eu www.evisa.europa.eu,0.06285714285714286,0.6857142857142857,0.68,0.14285714285714285,0.06285714285714286,0.03428571428571429,0.06285714285714286,0.14857142857142858,0.03428571428571429,0.03428571428571429,50,govt tenders +51,0,"Relying on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tendered is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tendered will be disregarded. 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tendered and/or as a joint tendered in a group of wanderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, wanderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing.",0.02219626168224299,0.8364485981308412,0.02219626168224299,0.03154205607476635,0.02219626168224299,0.0689252336448598,0.02219626168224299,0.02219626168224299,0.02219626168224299,0.028037383177570093,51,govt tenders +52,0,"When making use of the results, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer.",0.0,0.7323943661971831,0.014084507042253521,0.011267605633802818,0.011267605633802818,0.011267605633802818,0.011267605633802818,0.0,0.0,0.01971830985915493,52,govt tenders +53,0,"2) Copies of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. - All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity Wanderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract.",0.4823906083244397,0.7908217716115261,0.052294557097118465,0.4663820704375667,0.0384204909284952,0.06937033084311633,0.0384204909284952,0.026680896478121666,0.44930629669156885,0.16435432230522945,53,govt tenders +53,1,The wanderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts15 with at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016 - 08/01/2021). 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: - Information systems consultancy and/or studies - minimum 6 references; - Information systems development and support - minimum 4 references; 3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems consultancy and/or studies: a. Engagement of In experts corresponding to the relevant In profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days.,0.18361153262518967,0.212443095599393,0.11229135053110774,0.701062215477997,0.13657056145675264,0.012139605462822459,0.12139605462822459,0.11380880121396054,0.6752655538694993,0.1244309559939302,53,govt tenders +53,2,Minimum level of capacity,0.52,0.68,0.0,0.56,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.56,0.56,53,govt tenders +54,0,"The joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the Group Leader who will act as the Contracting Authority's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The Group Leader will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the Contracting Authority shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in Annex 04 ""Power of Attorney"".",0.0,0.6873977086743044,0.03436988543371522,0.03273322422258593,0.07201309328968904,0.04091653027823241,0.04091653027823241,0.04582651391162029,0.02618657937806874,0.04091653027823241,54,govt tenders +54,1,9 References to tendered or wanderers in this document shall be understood as covering both sole wanderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender.,0.030120481927710843,0.08433734939759036,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.03614457831325301,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,54,govt tenders +55,0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.0,0.5294117647058824,0.0,0.13725490196078433,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.27450980392156865,55,govt tenders +55,1,Forecast balance,0.0,0.125,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,55,govt tenders +56,0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.0,0.7113970588235294,0.007352941176470588,0.0,0.0,0.16544117647058823,0.0,0.007352941176470588,0.0,0.0,56,govt tenders +57,0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,0.649867374005305,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.06631299734748011,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,57,govt tenders +58,0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,0.6170212765957447,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.1580547112462006,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,58,govt tenders +59,0,"Apres l'evaluation, le travail ne peut etre repair qu'apres que le bagiment ait ete declane sur et que l'acces a cells-ci ait ete officiellement autobuse par le service de securite. Change enterprise grille a ce que tout cembre du personnel present sur le chanting reclive une topic de la procesure d'evaluation dewrite a l'appendage 2.",0.1488095238095238,0.7172619047619048,0.16071428571428573,0.15773809523809523,0.1488095238095238,0.15773809523809523,0.15178571428571427,0.15178571428571427,0.15773809523809523,0.1488095238095238,59,govt tenders +60,0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.007042253521126761,0.4788732394366197,0.014084507042253521,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.014084507042253521,60,govt tenders +61,0,"Le contracting doit satisfaire aux evidences minimally presues dans le career des charges. Cell compound le respect des obligations applicables en verse de la leviolation environnementale et sociale et de la leviolation du travail etallies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions legislatives internationally dans le domains environnemental et social et dans le domains du travail enumerees a l'andere X de la directive 2014/24/Up4, hindi que le respect des obligations en mathere de protection des downees decourant des reelements (Up) 2016/6795 et (Up) 2018/17256.",0.07532051282051282,0.7516025641025641,0.08012820512820513,0.11858974358974358,0.09455128205128205,0.14743589743589744,0.09455128205128205,0.12179487179487179,0.11858974358974358,0.10737179487179487,61,govt tenders +62,0,"Each tendered's financial offer must be completely unambiguous and unconditional. Renders which contain statements preventing an accurate and complete comparison of the tenders (e.g. ""To be discussed"", ""Depending on x"", etc.) or referring to external circumstances (such as an already existing but separate contract) will be disqualified. Make sure you prepare and submit your electronic tender in e-Submission early enough to ensure it is received within the deadline specified under Heading In.2.2 of the contract notice. A tender received after this deadline will be rejected.",0.41968911917098445,0.7962003454231433,0.4283246977547496,0.41968911917098445,0.4214162348877375,0.46459412780656306,0.4214162348877375,0.41968911917098445,0.41968911917098445,0.42487046632124353,62,govt tenders +63,0,"Once the contract has entered into force, the prices indicated in the financial proposal of the successful Rendered may only be revised under the conditions laid down in the contract.",0.01092896174863388,0.01639344262295082,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.15300546448087432,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,63,govt tenders +64,0,"Wanderers must provide minimum 10 (and in any case no more than 20) contract references. Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in Annex 09 to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered. Wanderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same En Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each En Institution (including an En agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender. The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the clients, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evidence.",0.16193656093489148,0.11686143572621036,0.04618809126321647,0.34891485809682804,0.021146355036171398,0.10406232609905398,0.021146355036171398,0.0077907623817473565,0.43683917640511966,0.11686143572621036,64,govt tenders +64,1,"A consolidated assessment of the tendered as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tendered relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.10138248847926268,0.07373271889400922,0.009216589861751152,0.07373271889400922,0.009216589861751152,0.009216589861751152,0.009216589861751152,0.009216589861751152,0.07373271889400922,0.07373271889400922,64,govt tenders +64,2,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant Its standards,0.1188118811881188,0.16831683168316833,0.7227722772277227,0.0891089108910891,0.019801980198019802,0.019801980198019802,0.019801980198019802,0.019801980198019802,0.0891089108910891,0.019801980198019802,64,govt tenders +64,3,The tendered must be certified in the following Its standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: * T 2.1: Its 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by,0.19747899159663865,0.16806722689075632,0.13865546218487396,0.42016806722689076,0.029411764705882353,0.046218487394957986,0.12605042016806722,0.037815126050420166,0.41596638655462187,0.31092436974789917,64,govt tenders +65,0,"It is the responsibility of each tendered to ensure that the total amount of the tender inserted in the relevant field of the e-Submission application corresponds to the amount indicated in the uploaded financial offer. In case of discrepancies, only the amount indicated in the financial offer will be taken into account. The financial offer shall be: expressed in euro.cents. Wanderers from countries outside the euro zone have to quote their prices in euro as well. The price quoted may not be revised in line with exchange rate movements. It is for the tendered to bear the risks or the benefits deriving from any variation. quoted free of all duties, taxes and other charges, i.e. also free of Via. The tendered may indicate the amount of Via but it must be shown separately. Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the For. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be involved separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft For. The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how wanderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements:",0.37760097919216645,0.7233782129742962,0.3763769889840881,0.379436964504284,0.3788249694002448,0.3880048959608323,0.37821297429620565,0.37760097919216645,0.37209302325581395,0.3763769889840881,65,govt tenders +65,1,"The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the En under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Impurities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refuses upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of Via must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable Via system, it is the tendered's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from Via.",0.019973368841544607,0.7736351531291611,0.03462050599201065,0.02130492676431425,0.019973368841544607,0.118508655126498,0.023968042609853527,0.023968042609853527,0.10918774966711052,0.019973368841544607,65,govt tenders +66,0,"There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. p In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. CHANGING The INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. p p p p y To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. FOCUSING Remove the lens protective cover. p 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. g 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. g pp p 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. CHANGING The BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord. p 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminated cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminated.",0.06582506762849413,0.8791704238052299,0.061316501352569885,0.1036970243462579,0.08476104598737602,0.06853020739404869,0.06853020739404869,0.06853020739404869,0.08205590622182146,0.7141568981064021,66,manuals_sample +66,1,"1. Turn the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. y g 2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. ZOOM MAGNIFICATION 1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. 2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. y 3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: p a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. g b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. y g g p g d.With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting.",0.038929440389294405,0.8929440389294404,0.0575831305758313,0.0535279805352798,0.0535279805352798,0.030819140308191405,0.0340632603406326,0.0340632603406326,0.0535279805352798,0.537712895377129,66,manuals_sample +66,2,"USING The VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS As11230/11234 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro To unit 2. Chosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. 3. Make sure that both the images in",0.05063291139240506,0.8924050632911392,0.05379746835443038,0.06962025316455696,0.05379746835443038,0.04113924050632911,0.028481012658227847,0.03481012658227848,0.06329113924050633,0.509493670886076,66,manuals_sample +66,3,"CHANGING The BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminated cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminated.",0.07250755287009064,0.8761329305135952,0.0513595166163142,0.06646525679758308,0.07854984894259819,0.07854984894259819,0.07854984894259819,0.07854984894259819,0.06646525679758308,0.3202416918429003,66,manuals_sample +66,4,MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model As11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.,0.015384615384615385,0.85,0.015384615384615385,0.03076923076923077,0.015384615384615385,0.015384615384615385,0.007692307692307693,0.015384615384615385,0.015384615384615385,0.03461538461538462,66,manuals_sample +66,5,"CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model As11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Course and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs.",0.00984251968503937,0.8582677165354331,0.00984251968503937,0.017716535433070866,0.00984251968503937,0.00984251968503937,0.005905511811023622,0.00984251968503937,0.00984251968503937,0.01968503937007874,66,manuals_sample +67,0,"Each paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. Make sure that you focus on answering the question - only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer.",0.02112676056338028,0.9225352112676056,0.03169014084507042,0.014084507042253521,0.017605633802816902,0.014084507042253521,0.03169014084507042,0.017605633802816902,0.014084507042253521,0.045774647887323945,67,manuals_sample +67,1,8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. 8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.,0.2631578947368421,0.8947368421052632,0.26900584795321636,0.2573099415204678,0.26900584795321636,0.25146198830409355,0.2807017543859649,0.26900584795321636,0.26900584795321636,0.25146198830409355,67,manuals_sample +67,2,"9. Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.",0.010752688172043012,0.8978494623655914,0.04838709677419355,0.016129032258064516,0.03225806451612903,0.026881720430107527,0.026881720430107527,0.03225806451612903,0.043010752688172046,0.016129032258064516,67,manuals_sample +67,3,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments.",0.011904761904761904,0.9206349206349206,0.031746031746031744,0.011904761904761904,0.027777777777777776,0.43253968253968256,0.027777777777777776,0.031746031746031744,0.011904761904761904,0.0,67,manuals_sample +67,4,"TYPES Of QUESTIONS THAT You WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS In ASSIGNMENTS In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""idea- tiny"" certain features, or ""prove"" a certain point. It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.029055690072639227,0.9515738498789347,0.04600484261501211,0.029055690072639227,0.04116222760290557,0.043583535108958835,0.04116222760290557,0.029055690072639227,0.029055690072639227,0.05084745762711865,67,manuals_sample +67,5,Analyse: Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.,0.16304347826086957,0.8586956521739131,0.14130434782608695,0.6739130434782609,0.05434782608695652,0.09782608695652174,0.043478260869565216,0.15217391304347827,0.03260869565217391,0.6739130434782609,67,manuals_sample +67,6,"Argue: Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence.",0.13793103448275862,0.8505747126436781,0.09195402298850575,0.6781609195402298,0.05747126436781609,0.034482758620689655,0.04597701149425287,0.06896551724137931,0.6896551724137931,0.6781609195402298,67,manuals_sample +68,0,PLEASE REMEMBER To ATTACH The FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS To YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.05263157894736842,0.9605263157894737,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,68,manuals_sample +68,1,A copy of your In Proof of your highest grade passed Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained,0.061946902654867256,0.09734513274336283,0.25663716814159293,0.061946902654867256,0.22123893805309736,0.061946902654867256,0.07964601769911504,0.11504424778761062,0.17699115044247787,0.168141592920354,68,manuals_sample +68,2,"Important Note: If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address.",0.0,0.7966101694915254,0.03389830508474576,0.7457627118644068,0.022598870056497175,0.0,0.022598870056497175,0.022598870056497175,0.0,0.768361581920904,68,manuals_sample +70,0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,0.7821782178217822,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,70,manuals_sample +70,1,"Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Notes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Notes, and the Load Balanced is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2).",0.011811023622047244,0.7913385826771654,0.027559055118110236,0.027559055118110236,0.027559055118110236,0.011811023622047244,0.011811023622047244,0.027559055118110236,0.19291338582677164,0.027559055118110236,70,manuals_sample +71,0,"By right-clicking and selecting Properties, you see detailed technical parameters, such as In, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-30.",0.0055248618784530384,0.8176795580110497,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.016574585635359115,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.06077348066298342,71,manuals_sample +71,1,"In an environment with multiple Its Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification Law on the front pane. Click Turn Identify On in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the Get, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify Law was turned on.",0.3407079646017699,0.8827433628318584,0.4092920353982301,0.3053097345132743,0.37610619469026546,0.23672566371681417,0.37831858407079644,0.35176991150442477,0.3495575221238938,0.4424778761061947,71,manuals_sample +72,0,"Approve/Approve of To ""approve"" something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance.",0.03065134099616858,0.842911877394636,0.07662835249042145,0.038314176245210725,0.022988505747126436,0.038314176245210725,0.04597701149425287,0.03065134099616858,0.022988505747126436,0.06130268199233716,72,manuals_sample +72,1,"Barrow/Lend To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work today.",0.026936026936026935,0.8585858585858586,0.06397306397306397,0.04377104377104377,0.020202020202020204,0.04377104377104377,0.04040404040404041,0.026936026936026935,0.04377104377104377,0.05387205387205387,72,manuals_sample +72,2,"Compliment/Complement You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g.That scarf complements her dress.",0.059800664451827246,0.8504983388704319,0.07973421926910298,0.04983388704318937,0.026578073089700997,0.059800664451827246,0.046511627906976744,0.03322259136212625,0.04983388704318937,0.07308970099667775,72,manuals_sample +73,0,STEP 4 - Per YOUR REGISTRATION For And SEND In Of YOUR FORM,0.22033898305084745,0.9322033898305084,0.23728813559322035,0.23728813559322035,0.22033898305084745,0.22033898305084745,0.2033898305084746,0.23728813559322035,0.2033898305084746,0.23728813559322035,73,manuals_sample +73,1,"Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantee to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantee will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.",0.009126466753585397,0.9361147327249022,0.014341590612777053,0.009126466753585397,0.10430247718383312,0.011734028683181226,0.10951760104302477,0.009126466753585397,0.009126466753585397,0.01303780964797914,73,manuals_sample +73,2,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.0,0.8929577464788733,0.0,0.03943661971830986,0.0,0.7577464788732394,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7549295774647887,73,manuals_sample +73,3,"If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:",0.6363636363636364,0.8727272727272727,0.0,0.6363636363636364,0.0,0.6545454545454545,0.0,0.0,0.6363636363636364,0.6545454545454545,73,manuals_sample +74,0,3. Create the A - C relationship (or the B - C relationship).,0.03278688524590164,0.03278688524590164,0.06557377049180328,0.03278688524590164,0.06557377049180328,0.03278688524590164,0.03278688524590164,0.03278688524590164,0.5081967213114754,0.03278688524590164,74,manuals_sample +74,1,"4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A - C is established: - A - B, A - C, A - D, B - C, B - D, and C - D - A - B, A - C, and B - C Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A - B, A - C, and B - C). Figure 11-84 Triangle topology",0.26907630522088355,0.5742971887550201,0.23293172690763053,0.5542168674698795,0.20481927710843373,0.14056224899598393,0.14859437751004015,0.19678714859437751,0.7590361445783133,0.19678714859437751,74,manuals_sample +74,2,System partnership intersex: All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intersex of the Its Sha Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running Its Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later.,0.0392156862745098,0.792156862745098,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.0392156862745098,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,74,manuals_sample +75,0,"WARRANTY BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (Ref) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to pretty such costs. BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. BARSKA DISCLAIMS And WARRANTIES, EXPRESS Of IMPLIED, WHETHER Of MERCHANTABILITY Of FITNESS For A PARTICULAR Url, EXCEPT As EXPRESSLY Sha FORTH HEREIN. The SOLE OBLIGATION Of BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL By To REPAIR Of REPLACE The COVERED PRODUCT, In ACCORDANCE WITH The TERMS Sha FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS And LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT Of CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH Of And WARRANTY, Of ARISING One Of The Url Of INABILITY To Url And BARSKA PRODUCT. And WARRANTIES WHICH And IMPLIED And WHICH CANNOT By DISCLAIMED SHALL By LIMITED In DURATION To A TERM Of One YEAR FROM The DATE Of ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and explosions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 ( ) Fax. (909) 445-8169 ( ) e-mail: service@barska.com Monday-Friday 8:30As-5:30Px Per NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.A.",0.03688778673279603,0.8292002479851209,0.04122752634841909,0.03595784252944823,0.038437693738375696,0.09237445753254804,0.04277743335399876,0.03781773093614383,0.035337879727216366,0.03688778673279603,75,manuals_sample +75,1,"855 Towns Center Drive Pomona, Co 91767 , Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 www.barska.com",0.08695652173913043,0.8695652173913043,0.15217391304347827,0.06521739130434782,0.08695652173913043,0.07608695652173914,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.06521739130434782,0.06521739130434782,75,manuals_sample +75,2,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.045454545454545456,0.8181818181818182,0.0,0.0,0.6818181818181818,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,75,manuals_sample +75,3,"MODEL As11240 40X,100X,400X , , COMPOUND MONOCULAR",0.22,0.26,0.36,0.18,0.68,0.18,0.36,0.38,0.18,0.9,75,manuals_sample +76,0,Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,0.0,0.8181818181818182,0.06060606060606061,0.0,0.06060606060606061,0.12121212121212122,0.06060606060606061,0.12121212121212122,0.0,0.12121212121212122,76,manuals_sample +76,1,"Mark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. A standard storage pool that is created by using the Get has a default extent size of 1 Gt. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 Gt. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking Settings - Get Preferences - General and checking Advanced pool settings, as shown in Figure 6-5. Figure 6-5 Advanced pool settings",0.07719298245614035,0.9228070175438596,0.1,0.11052631578947368,0.09824561403508772,0.04035087719298246,0.07543859649122807,0.06315789473684211,0.1824561403508772,0.11403508771929824,76,manuals_sample +76,2,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,0.8029197080291971,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,76,manuals_sample +76,3,Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.056338028169014086,0.056338028169014086,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.056338028169014086,0.7887323943661971,0.056338028169014086,76,manuals_sample +76,4,"If the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed efficiently.",0.6521739130434783,0.8616600790513834,0.0,0.08300395256916997,0.541501976284585,0.766798418972332,0.6640316205533597,0.0,0.0,0.7470355731225297,76,manuals_sample +77,0,Insert PivotTable Click here to summarize data using a PivotTable or to insert a PivotChart. PivotTables make it easy to arrange and summarize complicated data and drill down on details.,0.7526881720430108,0.7688172043010753,0.043010752688172046,0.6559139784946236,0.0913978494623656,0.7956989247311828,0.7688172043010753,0.0967741935483871,0.021505376344086023,0.8118279569892473,77,manuals_sample +77,1,"Here, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify $A$1:$D$500.",0.0,0.7378277153558053,0.056179775280898875,0.0299625468164794,0.0,0.7415730337078652,0.052434456928838954,0.0,0.0299625468164794,0.48314606741573035,77,manuals_sample +78,0,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click Import. Figure 8-39 import volume mappings source host selection",0.1885245901639344,0.7827868852459017,0.1885245901639344,0.21721311475409835,0.10245901639344263,0.18032786885245902,0.06967213114754098,0.1598360655737705,0.20081967213114754,0.19672131147540983,78,manuals_sample +78,1,"3. After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties. Then, click the Capped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).",0.0033003300330033004,0.7524752475247525,0.08250825082508251,0.08250825082508251,0.08250825082508251,0.009900990099009901,0.08250825082508251,0.0033003300330033004,0.08250825082508251,0.0891089108910891,78,manuals_sample +78,2,"Renaming a host To rename a host, complete the following steps: 1. Select the host, and then right-click and select Rename (see Figure 8-40). Figure 8-40 Rename a host",0.12574850299401197,0.844311377245509,0.20359281437125748,0.20359281437125748,0.1497005988023952,0.07784431137724551,0.12574850299401197,0.19760479041916168,0.17964071856287425,0.2155688622754491,78,manuals_sample +78,3,Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.056338028169014086,0.056338028169014086,0.8591549295774648,0.7887323943661971,0.8028169014084507,0.7746478873239436,0.8028169014084507,0.056338028169014086,0.8169014084507042,0.056338028169014086,78,manuals_sample +79,0,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm",0.0,0.0,0.8235294117647058,0.8235294117647058,0.803921568627451,0.8235294117647058,0.803921568627451,0.0,0.8235294117647058,0.0,79,manuals_sample +79,1,8459ch03.fm,0.0,0.0,1.0,1.0,0.9090909090909091,0.9090909090909091,0.9090909090909091,0.0,1.0,0.0,79,manuals_sample +79,2,3.3.1 Features,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.14285714285714285,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.14285714285714285,79,manuals_sample +79,3,"Its Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with As-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The Its Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. Figure 3-7 Its Cloud Pak for Automation",0.052564102564102565,0.7769230769230769,0.08717948717948718,0.06025641025641026,0.017948717948717947,0.015384615384615385,0.015384615384615385,0.05897435897435897,0.06025641025641026,0.04871794871794872,79,manuals_sample +79,4,"Successful enterprises look for modernizing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. Figure 3-8 Its Cloud Pak for Automation benefits Additional features of the Its Cloud Pak for Automation are: Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models.",0.272552783109405,0.744721689059501,0.2802303262955854,0.1765834932821497,0.3474088291746641,0.3397312859884837,0.3378119001919386,0.272552783109405,0.16122840690978887,0.31669865642994244,79,manuals_sample +79,5,Chapter 3. Its Cloud Pass - Middleware anywhere,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.06382978723404255,0.6808510638297872,0.06382978723404255,79,manuals_sample +79,6,"Logging monitoring security, identity access management",0.21818181818181817,0.8363636363636363,0.07272727272727272,0.7636363636363637,0.07272727272727272,0.6727272727272727,0.21818181818181817,0.2545454545454545,0.7818181818181819,0.7090909090909091,79,manuals_sample +79,7,Reduce costs Improve efficiency of their automated systems Make employees more efficient Extract information from unstructured data,0.25190839694656486,0.7786259541984732,0.21374045801526717,0.7709923664122137,0.10687022900763359,0.1297709923664122,0.22137404580152673,0.183206106870229,0.7633587786259542,0.7633587786259542,79,manuals_sample +79,8,"Improve top-line New business models Find new opportunities for revenue growth Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services",0.48366013071895425,0.803921568627451,0.20261437908496732,0.7581699346405228,0.0784313725490196,0.19607843137254902,0.1503267973856209,0.17647058823529413,0.7647058823529411,0.7647058823529411,79,manuals_sample +80,0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.0,0.9523809523809523,0.0,0.8095238095238095,0.0,0.0,0.8571428571428571,0.0,0.8571428571428571,0.0,80,manuals_sample +80,1,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL And IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.",0.017006802721088437,0.9829931972789115,0.023809523809523808,0.030612244897959183,0.013605442176870748,0.11904761904761904,0.01020408163265306,0.01020408163265306,0.017006802721088437,0.034013605442176874,80,manuals_sample +80,2,"1.3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications.",0.013100436681222707,0.9868995633187773,0.015283842794759825,0.021834061135371178,0.008733624454148471,0.06986899563318777,0.008733624454148471,0.008733624454148471,0.013100436681222707,0.026200873362445413,80,manuals_sample +80,3,"2. ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #Ref!, #NULL!, and #####.",0.03272727272727273,0.9818181818181818,0.05090909090909091,0.03272727272727273,0.04727272727272727,0.01818181818181818,0.04363636363636364,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.03636363636363636,80,manuals_sample +80,4,2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.,0.022058823529411766,0.9632352941176471,0.029411764705882353,0.051470588235294115,0.007352941176470588,0.18382352941176472,0.007352941176470588,0.007352941176470588,0.022058823529411766,0.058823529411764705,80,manuals_sample +80,5,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #Ref! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #Ref!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.015209125475285171,0.9847908745247148,0.045627376425855515,0.015209125475285171,0.045627376425855515,0.015209125475285171,0.045627376425855515,0.015209125475285171,0.015209125475285171,0.015209125475285171,80,manuals_sample +80,6,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.0,0.9032258064516129,0.0,0.5806451612903226,0.0,0.6129032258064516,0.0,0.0,0.5806451612903226,0.6129032258064516,80,manuals_sample +81,0,INDEX Maintenance............................................ 1 Model As11240/Model As11238.................. 2-5 Model As11228/Model As11232.................. 6-9 Model As11230/Model As11234.................. 10-13 Model As11236........................................ 14-18 Warranty Information................................ Back Cover,0.5722713864306784,0.15634218289085547,0.07964601769911504,0.696165191740413,0.2448377581120944,0.13864306784660768,0.616519174041298,0.04424778761061947,0.6902654867256637,0.04424778761061947,81,manuals_sample +81,1,"IMPORTANT NOTES Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32of to 104of. 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. 4. Do not subject the instrument to shock.",0.030721966205837174,0.8556067588325653,0.047619047619047616,0.05222734254992319,0.041474654377880185,0.07680491551459294,0.0445468509984639,0.019969278033794162,0.03840245775729647,0.10138248847926268,81,manuals_sample +81,2,"MAINTENANCE Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: 1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. 2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. 3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: Wet weather: 1:2 Dry Weather: 1:1 4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. 5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container.",0.029069767441860465,0.9287790697674418,0.06976744186046512,0.03924418604651163,0.059593023255813955,0.02616279069767442,0.07122093023255814,0.03197674418604651,0.04215116279069767,0.10465116279069768,81,manuals_sample +81,3,MODEL As11240/As11238,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,81,manuals_sample +81,4,MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model As11240 and Model As11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.,0.01730103806228374,0.9238754325259516,0.01730103806228374,0.031141868512110725,0.010380622837370242,0.01730103806228374,0.01730103806228374,0.01730103806228374,0.01730103806228374,0.03460207612456748,81,manuals_sample +81,5,"CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model As11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90o vertical to 45o level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limited to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model As11238 features a molecular tube that is slanted at a 45o angle. The head rotates 360o. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube.",0.024242424242424242,0.8707070707070707,0.024242424242424242,0.024242424242424242,0.020202020202020204,0.04040404040404041,0.024242424242424242,0.024242424242424242,0.024242424242424242,0.05454545454545454,81,manuals_sample +82,0,"15.Click Finish to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,82,manuals_sample +82,1,Figure 9-14 Migration is started,0.0,0.59375,0.0625,0.0,0.0625,0.125,0.0625,0.125,0.0,0.125,82,manuals_sample +82,2,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,0.7011494252873564,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,82,manuals_sample +82,3,Figure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.0,0.56,0.02666666666666667,0.0,0.02666666666666667,0.05333333333333334,0.02666666666666667,0.05333333333333334,0.0,0.05333333333333334,82,manuals_sample +82,4,"16.If you want to check the progress by using the Can, run the lsvdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.030303030303030304,0.7878787878787878,0.04242424242424243,0.06060606060606061,0.048484848484848485,0.012121212121212121,0.048484848484848485,0.06060606060606061,0.012121212121212121,0.06060606060606061,82,manuals_sample +82,5,Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using Can,0.07692307692307693,0.8269230769230769,0.057692307692307696,0.057692307692307696,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,82,manuals_sample +82,6,"17.When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click Finalize, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400.",0.011627906976744186,0.75,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.011627906976744186,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.05813953488372093,82,manuals_sample +82,7,The data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies. Then unzone and remove the original storage system.,0.3632075471698113,0.7735849056603774,0.08490566037735849,0.0660377358490566,0.39622641509433965,0.7075471698113207,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7075471698113207,82,manuals_sample +83,0,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the Get, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).",0.006329113924050633,0.75,0.03164556962025317,0.03164556962025317,0.03164556962025317,0.006329113924050633,0.03164556962025317,0.006329113924050633,0.03164556962025317,0.03164556962025317,83,manuals_sample +83,1,Figure 5-80 Enabling login message,0.0,0.5,0.17647058823529413,0.0,0.058823529411764705,0.11764705882352941,0.058823529411764705,0.11764705882352941,0.0,0.11764705882352941,83,manuals_sample +83,2,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,83,manuals_sample +83,3,Figure 5-81 Welcome message in Get,0.11764705882352941,0.5294117647058824,0.17647058823529413,0.058823529411764705,0.08823529411764706,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,83,manuals_sample +83,4,"The banner message also appears in the Can login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,83,manuals_sample +83,5,Figure 5-82 Banner message in Can,0.06060606060606061,0.48484848484848486,0.18181818181818182,0.06060606060606061,0.12121212121212122,0.12121212121212122,0.09090909090909091,0.12121212121212122,0.09090909090909091,0.12121212121212122,83,manuals_sample +83,6,182 Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.05333333333333334,0.10666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.7866666666666666,0.7333333333333333,0.7866666666666666,0.7866666666666666,0.10666666666666667,0.7866666666666666,0.10666666666666667,83,manuals_sample +83,7,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.0,0.8484848484848485,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7878787878787878,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7878787878787878,83,manuals_sample +84,0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0392156862745098,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0392156862745098,84,manuals_sample +84,1,"To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: 1. Click Settings - System - Licensed Functions. 2. Click Encryption Licenses, as shown in Figure 12-9.",0.04519774011299435,0.4689265536723164,0.23163841807909605,0.24858757062146894,0.05649717514124294,0.05649717514124294,0.23728813559322035,0.04519774011299435,0.4067796610169492,0.2824858757062147,84,manuals_sample +84,2,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.0,0.8048780487804879,0.0,0.0,0.024390243902439025,0.04878048780487805,0.0,0.04878048780487805,0.0,0.04878048780487805,84,manuals_sample +84,3,"3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (Activate License Automatically and Activate License Manually), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page 617.",0.0,0.8073836276083467,0.038523274478330656,0.025682182985553772,0.025682182985553772,0.012841091492776886,0.025682182985553772,0.0,0.0,0.7367576243980738,84,manuals_sample +84,4,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.0,0.6904761904761905,0.0,0.0,0.023809523809523808,0.047619047619047616,0.0,0.047619047619047616,0.0,0.047619047619047616,84,manuals_sample +84,5,Chapter 12. Encryption 613,0.0,0.15384615384615385,0.5,0.5769230769230769,0.5769230769230769,0.6153846153846154,0.5769230769230769,0.15384615384615385,0.5769230769230769,0.15384615384615385,84,manuals_sample +84,6,"Licensed Functions Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance. Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance.",0.7105263157894737,0.7664473684210527,0.631578947368421,0.4342105263157895,0.75,0.7302631578947368,0.7532894736842105,0.4276315789473684,0.4473684210526316,0.7730263157894737,84,manuals_sample +84,7,Encryption Licenses Add the license keys for the following enclosures,0.5652173913043478,0.6231884057971014,0.13043478260869565,0.2028985507246377,0.6521739130434783,0.6521739130434783,0.5362318840579711,0.4782608695652174,0.10144927536231885,0.6376811594202898,84,manuals_sample +85,0,SPECIFICATIONS 1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm 3. Condensed: Abbr; numerical aperture: Ns1.25 (oil immersion) 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm 6. Course Adjustment Range: 20mm 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm 8. Condensed Elevation Range: 15mm 9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm,0.07600950118764846,0.8479809976247031,0.08788598574821853,0.09263657957244656,0.08076009501187649,0.03800475059382423,0.08076009501187649,0.03800475059382423,0.09263657957244656,0.16389548693586697,85,manuals_sample +85,1,Objective Specifications,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,2,Classification,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,3,Magnification,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,4,Numerical Aperture,0.16666666666666666,0.3888888888888889,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.1111111111111111,85,manuals_sample +85,5,Working Distance,0.625,0.4375,0.0,0.4375,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.4375,0.625,85,manuals_sample +85,6,PARTS LIST,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,7,Name,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,8,Qty,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,9,Microscope Stand,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,10,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,11,Achromatic Objective,0.5,0.35,0.0,0.35,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.35,85,manuals_sample +85,12,10x,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +85,13,Packing List,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample +86,0,Basic English Language Skills,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.8620689655172413,0.0,0.896551724137931,0.7931034482758621,0.0,0.8275862068965517,0.0,86,manuals_sample +86,1,Compare the following examples:,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,86,manuals_sample +86,2,Hello Mr Smith I don't understand the assignment. Please help. Kind regards [Name] [Student Number],0.6060606060606061,0.8383838383838383,0.15151515151515152,0.7575757575757576,0.1414141414141414,0.8484848484848485,0.24242424242424243,0.1414141414141414,0.12121212121212122,0.8484848484848485,86,manuals_sample +86,3,"Hello Mr Smith Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? Kind regards [Name] [Student Number]",0.6220735785953178,0.8561872909698997,0.046822742474916385,0.2809364548494983,0.046822742474916385,0.862876254180602,0.07357859531772576,0.046822742474916385,0.04013377926421405,0.7892976588628763,86,manuals_sample +87,0,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: And installation costs; And site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining Arts, And telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to Arts. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of Arts in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the And operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on And hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Creation network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.0141287284144427,0.6718995290423861,0.014913657770800628,0.05180533751962323,0.0141287284144427,0.08163265306122448,0.0141287284144427,0.0141287284144427,0.03767660910518053,0.04317111459968603,87,finance_samples +87,1,Transaction processing and And monitoring,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,87,finance_samples +87,2,"5,242",0.0,0.8,0.0,0.8,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.6,87,finance_samples +87,3,"4,205",0.0,0.6,0.0,0.6,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.8,87,finance_samples +87,4,Other,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,87,finance_samples +88,0,"The project consists of three well-defined miner- closed deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by under- ground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (En60)1.",0.021526418786692758,0.786692759295499,0.023483365949119372,0.021526418786692758,0.021526418786692758,0.021526418786692758,0.021526418786692758,0.025440313111545987,0.025440313111545987,0.021526418786692758,88,finance_samples +88,1,"1 Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",0.0,0.7990196078431373,0.0196078431372549,0.0196078431372549,0.0196078431372549,0.0,0.004901960784313725,0.00980392156862745,0.0,0.0196078431372549,88,finance_samples +89,0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has thickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergson, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.004761904761904762,0.7761904761904762,0.006349206349206349,0.004761904761904762,0.004761904761904762,0.01746031746031746,0.004761904761904762,0.004761904761904762,0.004761904761904762,0.01904761904761905,89,finance_samples +89,1,"In December 2003, Shelter mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0038684719535783366,0.7678916827852998,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.007736943907156673,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.007736943907156673,89,finance_samples +89,2,"Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six- county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",0.005865102639296188,0.7360703812316716,0.005865102639296188,0.011730205278592375,0.005865102639296188,0.17008797653958943,0.005865102639296188,0.005865102639296188,0.011730205278592375,0.011730205278592375,89,finance_samples +89,3,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,0.7560975609756098,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,89,finance_samples +90,0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,0.9090909090909091,0.022727272727272728,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.8181818181818182,90,finance_samples +90,1,"32,522",0.0,0.8333333333333334,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.6666666666666666,90,finance_samples +90,2,"73,066",0.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,90,finance_samples +90,3,"20,879",0.0,0.8333333333333334,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.6666666666666666,90,finance_samples +90,4,"75,006",0.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,90,finance_samples +90,5,"(323,726)",0.0,0.8888888888888888,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,90,finance_samples +90,6,Key short term employee benefits How much can the executives earn under the Sha Plan?,0.5411764705882353,0.7294117647058823,0.5058823529411764,0.8,0.7294117647058823,0.6235294117647059,0.3764705882352941,0.5294117647058824,0.8,0.7294117647058823,90,finance_samples +90,7,"Threshold - Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. p y Managing Director / Can - up to 15% of The, Can & Can - up to 12.5% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 10% of The. Target - Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. y g q p j Managing Director / Can - up to 30% of The, Can & Can - up to 25% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 20% of The. Stretch (Maximum) - Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. Managing Director / Can - up to 60% of The, Can & Can - up to 50% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 40% of The. (The - Total Fixed Remuneration)",0.08133472367049009,0.7497393117831074,0.11783107403545359,0.10427528675703858,0.13138686131386862,0.06882168925964546,0.11887382690302398,0.13660062565172054,0.132429614181439,0.7455683003128258,90,finance_samples +92,0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.2727272727272727,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,92,finance_samples +92,1,DELIVERING Of The EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,92,finance_samples +92,2,"Exploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: * acquiring new exploration acreage * adding material exploration prospects * drilling wildcat exploration wells. SUCCESS RArr Of 44% In 2004 Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jesus) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineating and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jesus oil discovery in the Samsung Per offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jesus discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were based and suspended as gas discoveries. There was also success in the offshore Stray Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. Other wells in the offshore Stray Basin included the deep water Merit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with gas shows.",0.03198578409595735,0.9840071079520213,0.03287427809862283,0.033762772101288314,0.03243003109729009,0.4162594402487783,0.034207019102621056,0.03243003109729009,0.030208796090626388,0.043980453131941356,92,finance_samples +92,3,'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.',0.0,0.8883248730964467,0.01015228426395939,0.0,0.0,0.01015228426395939,0.0,0.0,0.01015228426395939,0.015228426395939087,92,finance_samples +92,4,JACQUES GOUADAIN Vice President Geoscience and New Ventures,0.06779661016949153,0.8305084745762712,0.3389830508474576,0.11864406779661017,0.13559322033898305,0.3220338983050847,0.3389830508474576,0.2033898305084746,0.05084745762711865,0.06779661016949153,92,finance_samples +92,5,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Stray Basin, Victoria.",0.62,0.89,0.02,0.02,0.02,0.76,0.02,0.02,0.02,0.02,92,finance_samples +94,0,"The Promise of Emerging Markets Expanding Poland's Payment Infrastructure Although still under- developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. Since entering Poland in 1995, Baronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 Arts and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - End Get, Plus Get and IDEA Centertel - further confirms that Baronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland.",0.06354009077155824,0.7760968229954615,0.09531013615733737,0.05143721633888049,0.03479576399394856,0.2692889561270802,0.0680786686838124,0.0453857791225416,0.05143721633888049,0.28895612708018154,94,finance_samples +94,1,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,0.05673758865248227,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,94,finance_samples +94,2,"While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities - particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa.",0.03215434083601286,0.03858520900321544,0.01929260450160772,0.1639871382636656,0.00964630225080386,0.13504823151125403,0.012861736334405145,0.006430868167202572,0.15755627009646303,0.01929260450160772,94,finance_samples +97,0,"1) The Oklahoma Up state tax jurisdiction computer income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.",0.007194244604316547,0.7949640287769785,0.007194244604316547,0.02158273381294964,0.017985611510791366,0.014388489208633094,0.02158273381294964,0.007194244604316547,0.02158273381294964,0.07913669064748201,97,finance_samples +98,0,ENHANCING The PORTFOLIO,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,98,finance_samples +98,1,"In 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the investment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. Santos entered into an agreement with Px Medio during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of Px Medio's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brandes Per and 9% of the Kazan Per from Medio for Up$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medio Up$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kazan Per expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jesus and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Stray Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004.",0.6017441860465116,0.7302325581395349,0.026744186046511628,0.03430232558139535,0.02558139534883721,0.19244186046511627,0.02558139534883721,0.02558139534883721,0.03430232558139535,0.03255813953488372,98,finance_samples +100,0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the Up slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidable lead to supply restrictions from the Up. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattering and ultimate reduction in Up supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0066844919786096255,0.7740641711229946,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.020053475935828877,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.017379679144385027,100,finance_samples +100,1,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality Up shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.005208333333333333,0.015625,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,100,finance_samples +101,0,"ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-lecturers. An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Outer Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popovi, Donggala and Papalang. 2004 also marked the year that Santos drilled its first operated deep water wells - a significant achievement for a company that had its beginnings in a desert environment.",0.36608187134502923,0.7871345029239766,0.4023391812865497,0.36023391812865496,0.3508771929824561,0.36608187134502923,0.36257309941520466,0.3894736842105263,0.3649122807017544,0.3684210526315789,101,finance_samples +102,0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,0.10256410256410256,0.0,0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,1,Per Market POPS (000),0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,102,finance_samples +102,2,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,3,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,4,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,5,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,6,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,7,Per Covered POPS (000),0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,102,finance_samples +102,8,"1,581",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,9,"1,581",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,10,"1,574",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,11,"1,574",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +102,12,"1,555",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples +103,0,"(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categs- ries are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stimulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspec- times. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring con- sistance with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies.",0.01373825018076645,0.749819233550253,0.046276211135213303,0.01373825018076645,0.03470715835140998,0.02096890817064353,0.01373825018076645,0.015184381778741865,0.01373825018076645,0.0274765003615329,103,finance_samples +104,0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,0.952,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,104,finance_samples +104,1,"LEADER In CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.021645021645021644,0.9264069264069265,0.05194805194805195,0.03463203463203463,0.008658008658008658,0.16883116883116883,0.008658008658008658,0.017316017316017316,0.017316017316017316,0.05194805194805195,104,finance_samples +104,2,MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS And SERVICES A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.,0.027777777777777776,0.9166666666666666,0.06111111111111111,0.05,0.016666666666666666,0.16111111111111112,0.016666666666666666,0.027777777777777776,0.027777777777777776,0.18333333333333332,104,finance_samples +104,3,"CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty To, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.",0.049723756906077346,0.9060773480662984,0.049723756906077346,0.04419889502762431,0.011049723756906077,0.1712707182320442,0.011049723756906077,0.022099447513812154,0.022099447513812154,0.8011049723756906,104,finance_samples +104,4,"SUPERIOR ASSET Map Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.",0.02976190476190476,0.9285714285714286,0.05952380952380952,0.05357142857142857,0.017857142857142856,0.02976190476190476,0.017857142857142856,0.02976190476190476,0.02976190476190476,0.125,104,finance_samples +104,5,"STRONG FRANCHISES And POWERFUL BRANDS Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.",0.03468208092485549,0.8959537572254336,0.057803468208092484,0.05202312138728324,0.017341040462427744,0.028901734104046242,0.017341040462427744,0.028901734104046242,0.028901734104046242,0.6820809248554913,104,finance_samples +104,6,"LEADING NETWORKS And INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.",0.033707865168539325,0.9044943820224719,0.056179775280898875,0.05056179775280899,0.016853932584269662,0.028089887640449437,0.016853932584269662,0.028089887640449437,0.028089887640449437,0.7359550561797753,104,finance_samples +104,7,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP And ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.",0.023923444976076555,0.9186602870813397,0.04784688995215311,0.0430622009569378,0.014354066985645933,0.21052631578947367,0.014354066985645933,0.023923444976076555,0.023923444976076555,0.7081339712918661,104,finance_samples +104,8,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH And FLEXIBILITY Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity.",0.03571428571428571,0.9166666666666666,0.05952380952380952,0.05357142857142857,0.017857142857142856,0.21428571428571427,0.017857142857142856,0.02976190476190476,0.02976190476190476,0.7738095238095238,104,finance_samples +104,9,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME And GROWING DIVIDENDS Ref common stock actively trades on the The and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014.",0.0423728813559322,0.8983050847457628,0.059322033898305086,0.0635593220338983,0.029661016949152543,0.038135593220338986,0.029661016949152543,0.038135593220338986,0.046610169491525424,0.7669491525423728,104,finance_samples +105,0,Cooper Basin,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples +105,1,"1,051",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples +105,2,24,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples +105,3,15,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples +105,4,"1,842",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples +105,5,233,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples +105,6,"DEFINING RESERVES Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (Sha), World Petroleum Congress (Www) and the American",0.021875,0.85,0.021875,0.034375,0.021875,0.021875,0.021875,0.021875,0.021875,0.728125,105,finance_samples +105,7,"Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (And). Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the And Listing Rules.",0.037953795379537955,0.8547854785478548,0.01155115511551155,0.0165016501650165,0.01155115511551155,0.01155115511551155,0.01155115511551155,0.01155115511551155,0.0165016501650165,0.3580858085808581,105,finance_samples +105,8,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'.",0.014134275618374558,0.8445229681978799,0.024734982332155476,0.024734982332155476,0.01060070671378092,0.038869257950530034,0.01060070671378092,0.01060070671378092,0.01060070671378092,0.024734982332155476,105,finance_samples +106,0,"2.3 Composition of the Board The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: * the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the Can); * the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;",0.05333333333333334,0.7413333333333333,0.02666666666666667,0.032,0.04,0.029333333333333333,0.029333333333333333,0.024,0.021333333333333333,0.056,106,finance_samples +106,1,"Generally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materialism of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materialism guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: * a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; * an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.",0.0193621867881549,0.7050113895216401,0.012528473804100227,0.014806378132118452,0.018223234624145785,0.011389521640091117,0.011389521640091117,0.009111617312072893,0.018223234624145785,0.03758542141230068,106,finance_samples +106,2,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.037037037037037035,0.6697530864197531,0.0030864197530864196,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.015432098765432098,106,finance_samples +107,0,"innovate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Former chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Report carbon packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Tennis-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improve- meets have significantly boosted sales of our Former microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box.",0.016243654822335026,0.10355329949238579,0.03553299492385787,0.030456852791878174,0.018274111675126905,0.07715736040609138,0.029441624365482234,0.3116751269035533,0.025380710659898477,0.03248730964467005,107,finance_samples +108,0,En 2 000 008 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.6666666666666666,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,108,patents +108,1,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,108,patents +108,2,(45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17,0.0,0.7608695652173914,0.10869565217391304,0.043478260869565216,0.08695652173913043,0.32608695652173914,0.05434782608695652,0.0,0.0,0.043478260869565216,108,patents +108,3,(21) Application number: 07759411.7,0.0,0.11428571428571428,0.2,0.11428571428571428,0.22857142857142856,0.08571428571428572,0.11428571428571428,0.0,0.0,0.11428571428571428,108,patents +108,4,(22) Date of filing: 26.03.2007,0.0,0.12903225806451613,0.3225806451612903,0.12903225806451613,0.25806451612903225,0.0967741935483871,0.12903225806451613,0.0,0.12903225806451613,0.12903225806451613,108,patents +108,5,(51) Int Cl.: C23C 16/455(2006.01) C23C 16/54(2006.01) H05B 33/10(2006.01),0.527027027027027,0.6351351351351351,0.28378378378378377,0.2702702702702703,0.47297297297297297,0.4864864864864865,0.5135135135135135,0.5135135135135135,0.47297297297297297,0.8648648648648649,108,patents +108,6,(54) ATOMIC LAYER DEPOSITION SYSTEM And METHOD For COATING FLEXIBLE SUBSTRATES ATOMLAGENABSCHEIDUNGSSYSTEM Url VERFAHREN Zoo BESCHICHTUNG Via FLEXIBLEN SUBSTRATEN DISPOSITIF En PROCEDE De DEPOT En COUCHES ATOMIQUES POUR REVETEMENT De SUBSTRATS FLEXIBLES,0.11067193675889328,0.6679841897233202,0.08695652173913043,0.10276679841897234,0.08300395256916997,0.07905138339920949,0.08695652173913043,0.1422924901185771,0.07905138339920949,0.10276679841897234,108,patents +108,7,"(72) Inventors: * DICKEY, Eric R. Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (Up)",0.11290322580645161,0.8709677419354839,0.25806451612903225,0.24193548387096775,0.20967741935483872,0.11290322580645161,0.08064516129032258,0.14516129032258066,0.24193548387096775,0.2903225806451613,108,patents +108,8,B1 008 000 2 En,0.6,0.6666666666666666,0.8666666666666667,0.5333333333333333,0.6666666666666666,0.7333333333333333,0.6,0.7333333333333333,0.5333333333333333,0.6,108,patents +108,9,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.0,0.9158415841584159,0.0,0.0,0.009900990099009901,0.0,0.009900990099009901,0.0,0.0,0.0,108,patents +109,0,1111 1111111111 11111111 Up009423690B2,0.7105263157894737,0.2631578947368421,0.42105263157894735,0.7631578947368421,0.8947368421052632,0.8157894736842105,0.8157894736842105,0.6842105263157895,0.7894736842105263,0.7368421052631579,109,patents +109,1,c12) United States Patent,0.04,0.68,0.24,0.16,0.32,0.0,0.04,0.16,0.04,0.16,109,patents +109,2,Takizawa et al.,0.0,0.3333333333333333,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,109,patents +109,3,"(In) Patent No.: Up 9,423,690 B2",0.09375,0.0625,0.53125,0.1875,0.25,0.46875,0.21875,0.25,0.65625,0.1875,109,patents +109,4,"(45) Date of Patent: Aug. 23, 2016",0.0,0.47058823529411764,0.35294117647058826,0.11764705882352941,0.20588235294117646,0.3235294117647059,0.11764705882352941,0.23529411764705882,0.23529411764705882,0.11764705882352941,109,patents +109,5,"(54) PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON , BEAM-SENSITIVE Of EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET Ref-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, And METHOD For MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, And ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING The SAME",0.07211538461538461,0.9375,0.7644230769230769,0.07211538461538461,0.09134615384615384,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,109,patents +109,6,"(71) Applicant: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (Ja)",0.020833333333333332,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,0.10416666666666667,0.08333333333333333,0.08333333333333333,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,109,patents +109,7,"(72) Inventors: Hired Takizawa, Shizuoka (Ja); Saudi , ( ) Hiring, Shizuoka (Ja); Natsumi Yokohama, Shizuoka (Ja); Waters Nihashi, Shizuoka (Ja)",0.18055555555555555,0.8194444444444444,0.5972222222222222,0.3125,0.2152777777777778,0.1875,0.18055555555555555,0.18055555555555555,0.18055555555555555,0.3125,109,patents +109,8,"(57) ABSTRACT There is provided a pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo!% or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A).",0.032915360501567396,0.8119122257053292,0.725705329153605,0.017241379310344827,0.03605015673981191,0.09561128526645768,0.012539184952978056,0.032915360501567396,0.047021943573667714,0.018808777429467086,109,patents +110,0,Up 2020/0050106 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.7222222222222222,1.0,0.16666666666666666,0.7222222222222222,0.7777777777777778,0.16666666666666666,0.8888888888888888,0.05555555555555555,110,patents +110,1,2,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,110,patents +110,2,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,0.0,0.8461538461538461,0.8461538461538461,0.6153846153846154,0.8461538461538461,0.7692307692307693,0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,110,patents +110,3,DESCRIPTION Of The PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.075,0.95,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,110,patents +110,4,"[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for car- lying out the present invention will be described.",0.047619047619047616,0.6857142857142857,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,0.1523809523809524,0.11428571428571428,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,110,patents +110,5,"y g p [0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.",0.048582995951417005,0.7327935222672065,0.04048582995951417,0.04048582995951417,0.05263157894736842,0.13765182186234817,0.04048582995951417,0.04048582995951417,0.03643724696356275,0.03643724696356275,110,patents +110,6,g [0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. A~([H]x0.04+[C]x 1.0+[N]x2.1 +[O]x30.6+[F]x50. 6+ [S]x 1.5+[I]x39 .5)/([H]x 1 +[C]x 12+[N]x 14+[O]x 16+[F]x19+[S]x32+[I]x127) Formula (1):,0.17209302325581396,0.8651162790697674,0.5813953488372093,0.046511627906976744,0.641860465116279,0.6883720930232559,0.586046511627907,0.5813953488372093,0.5813953488372093,0.037209302325581395,110,patents +110,7,"[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of End light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less.",0.0026041666666666665,0.7513020833333334,0.0026041666666666665,0.0078125,0.01953125,0.10677083333333333,0.0026041666666666665,0.00390625,0.0234375,0.0078125,110,patents +111,0,"Up 9,423,690 B2",0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,111,patents +111,1,"The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer- able contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester strut- sure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).",0.037333333333333336,0.624,0.032,0.08,0.032,0.037333333333333336,0.032,0.032,0.08,0.29333333333333333,111,patents +111,2,"In Formula (A-1 ), Re 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. If n is 2 or more, Re 2's each independently represents a substituent. A represents a single bond or a covalent linking group. Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by -O----C(=O)-O- in the formula. n represents an integer of 0 or more. Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. ( ) The alkyl group represented by Re 1 may have a substitu- ent such as a fluorine atom. Re 1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. p y y g p The substituent represented by Re 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 p y y g p g carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propel group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group g p y g p y g p y g p may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably Oto 4, and more preferably 0. Examples of the a covalent linking group represented by p g g p p y A may include an alkaline group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkaline group may include preferably an alkaline group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkaline group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkaline group.",0.16220391349124613,0.7636457260556128,0.09062821833161688,0.09835221421215241,0.2353244078269825,0.18640576725025745,0.08444902162718847,0.12924819773429455,0.09835221421215241,0.466529351184346,111,patents +112,0,Up 2012/0003590 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8333333333333334,0.8888888888888888,0.1111111111111111,0.8333333333333334,0.7777777777777778,0.1111111111111111,0.8888888888888888,0.05555555555555555,112,patents +112,1,100,0.0,0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.3333333333333333,0.3333333333333333,0.6666666666666666,0.3333333333333333,0.0,0.3333333333333333,0.0,112,patents +112,2,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,0.9166666666666666,0.0,0.8333333333333334,0.6666666666666666,0.0,0.9166666666666666,0.0,112,patents +112,3,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.0,0.7175572519083969,0.05343511450381679,0.0,0.10687022900763359,0.10687022900763359,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.030534351145038167,112,patents +112,4,"[0481] The composition of the present invention is type- calls used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.",0.030612244897959183,0.6887755102040817,0.0663265306122449,0.030612244897959183,0.0663265306122449,0.03571428571428571,0.030612244897959183,0.030612244897959183,0.030612244897959183,0.030612244897959183,112,patents +112,5,"[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 um. The method for coating the composition on a sub- strata is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.",0.028169014084507043,0.7605633802816901,0.06103286384976526,0.107981220657277,0.06103286384976526,0.0892018779342723,0.028169014084507043,0.028169014084507043,0.107981220657277,0.028169014084507043,112,patents +112,6,"[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate ( e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silk- con nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a crater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray- sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known entire- election film may be previously provided by coating.",0.03272727272727273,0.7745454545454545,0.04363636363636364,0.03272727272727273,0.04,0.056363636363636366,0.02909090909090909,0.02909090909090909,0.03272727272727273,0.02909090909090909,112,patents +112,7,"[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, Ja-A-2008- 162101, and ""Yoshihiro Hired (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiss to Gijutsu Kaihatsu*Oro Tznkai-Nanoimprint no Urban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tznkai (Basic and Technology Expansion*Application Development of Nanoimprint-Sub- strata Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shulman"".",0.04329896907216495,0.8309278350515464,0.06391752577319587,0.04329896907216495,0.05979381443298969,0.10515463917525773,0.04329896907216495,0.04329896907216495,0.04329896907216495,0.04742268041237113,112,patents +112,8,EXAMPLES,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,112,patents +113,0,"Up 6,482,565 Bl",0.13333333333333333,0.26666666666666666,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.2,1.0,1.0,0.2,0.8666666666666667,0.26666666666666666,113,patents +113,1,7,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,113,patents +113,2,"Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was p generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure com- pound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",0.017094017094017096,0.6752136752136753,0.010683760683760684,0.00641025641025641,0.017094017094017096,0.17735042735042736,0.008547008547008548,0.017094017094017096,0.10256410256410256,0.017094017094017096,113,patents +113,3,,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.14285714285714285,0.19047619047619047,0.14285714285714285,0.0,0.0,0.0,113,patents +113,4,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethane- sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene.",0.014705882352941176,0.7647058823529411,0.007352941176470588,0.022058823529411766,0.007352941176470588,0.003676470588235294,0.014705882352941176,0.007352941176470588,0.022058823529411766,0.014705882352941176,113,patents +113,5,"EXAMPLE 2 The procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%).",0.015544041450777202,0.47668393782383417,0.02072538860103627,0.06217616580310881,0.015544041450777202,0.05699481865284974,0.02072538860103627,0.02072538860103627,0.12953367875647667,0.07253886010362694,113,patents +114,0,Up 2020/0050106 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.7777777777777778,0.8888888888888888,0.2777777777777778,0.7777777777777778,0.1111111111111111,0.16666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,0.05555555555555555,114,patents +114,1,40,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,114,patents +114,2,-continued,0.4,0.0,0.3,0.3,0.1,0.0,0.2,0.0,0.3,0.3,114,patents +114,3,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,0.6153846153846154,0.9230769230769231,0.8461538461538461,0.0,0.6923076923076923,0.0,0.0,0.8461538461538461,0.0,114,patents +114,4,"[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001 % to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 % to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.0182648401826484,0.7534246575342466,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.1735159817351598,0.0182648401826484,114,patents +114,5,[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.0,0.6981132075471698,0.03773584905660377,0.03773584905660377,0.0,0.1509433962264151,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.03773584905660377,114,patents +114,6,"[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is pref- enable 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffs- sign control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150.",0.021806853582554516,0.7663551401869159,0.021806853582554516,0.018691588785046728,0.021806853582554516,0.10903426791277258,0.021806853582554516,0.021806853582554516,0.021806853582554516,0.018691588785046728,114,patents +114,7,"[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amino group- containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-contain- ing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of Ja2013-011833A.",0.034482758620689655,0.8237547892720306,0.034482758620689655,0.038314176245210725,0.034482758620689655,0.1724137931034483,0.034482758620689655,0.034482758620689655,0.08045977011494253,0.038314176245210725,114,patents +114,8,[0401] <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.0,0.3333333333333333,0.13333333333333333,0.13333333333333333,0.3,0.3,0.0,0.0,0.06666666666666667,0.13333333333333333,114,patents +114,9,"[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",0.0,0.6495726495726496,0.03418803418803419,0.03418803418803419,0.0,0.017094017094017096,0.0,0.0,0.06837606837606838,0.03418803418803419,114,patents +114,10,"[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophobic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.006042296072507553,0.7462235649546828,0.01812688821752266,0.01812688821752266,0.006042296072507553,0.1148036253776435,0.006042296072507553,0.006042296072507553,0.006042296072507553,0.01812688821752266,114,patents +114,11,[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydro- phobia resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas.,0.024390243902439025,0.7414634146341463,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.07804878048780488,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,114,patents +115,0,En 1 499 943 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.8,0.8,0.8666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,115,patents +115,1,"der erste Performance-Husband ist, und eines written Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Husband ist, women das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung auf- wrist, die eine Bacteria beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- number eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingelei- bytes Ereignis ist, directed Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Person- dance-Husband in den written Performance-Zu- stand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleite- tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zu- stand in den zweiten Performance-Husband.",0.07832167832167833,0.73006993006993,0.06713286713286713,0.07832167832167833,0.057342657342657345,0.193006993006993,0.057342657342657345,0.08391608391608392,0.08251748251748252,0.627972027972028,115,patents +115,2,"2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women das Benutzerer- eights durch eine Programmierumgebung deficient ist, innerhalb teacher das Computersystem metric- ben wird. 3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women directed Verses- zen das Versetzen ohne Veryosprung ist.",0.12301587301587301,0.6785714285714286,0.12698412698412698,0.13095238095238096,0.12698412698412698,0.15079365079365079,0.12698412698412698,0.12698412698412698,0.12698412698412698,0.32936507936507936,115,patents +115,3,"4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, werner umfassend: Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem written Performance-Husband fur einen border- bestimmten Zentrum auf Basis von thermischen Uberlegungen, um in einem written Person- dance-Husband ausfallfrei funktionieren.",0.08614232209737828,0.6779026217228464,0.08614232209737828,0.0898876404494382,0.11610486891385768,0.15355805243445692,0.08614232209737828,0.09363295880149813,0.09363295880149813,0.5692883895131086,115,patents +115,4,"5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, women das Computer- system ein Laptop-Computer ist.",0.037037037037037035,0.6172839506172839,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,115,patents +115,5,"6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women das Computer- system ein personeither digitally Assistant ist.",0.12244897959183673,0.6530612244897959,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.1326530612244898,0.12244897959183673,115,patents +115,6,"7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: Matter (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Genus- zer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; women das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zu- standen beinhaltet einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Person- dance-Husbands, der hoher als der erste Per- formance-Husband ist, und eines written Person- dance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Per- formance-Husband ist; Matter zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Er- eights ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und Matter (130, 134) zum directed Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Person- dance-Husband in den written Performance-Zu- stand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Er- eights ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Steal- tung aus dem ersten Performance-Husband in den zweiten Performance-Husband auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist.",0.15765765765765766,0.7450450450450451,0.08198198198198198,0.08558558558558559,0.1009009009009009,0.14234234234234233,0.08198198198198198,0.34594594594594597,0.08738738738738738,0.46306306306306305,115,patents +115,7,"8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, werner umfassend: Matter (134) zum Astern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Per- formance-Husband der integrierten Schaltung zu astern.",0.1076923076923077,0.5076923076923077,0.07692307692307693,0.09230769230769231,0.09743589743589744,0.2153846153846154,0.08717948717948718,0.09743589743589744,0.09743589743589744,0.20512820512820512,115,patents +115,8,"9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, werner umfassend: Matter (130) zum Astern des Betriebsspan- nungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Husband der integrierten Schaltung zu astern.",0.10891089108910891,0.5643564356435643,0.07425742574257425,0.0891089108910891,0.09405940594059406,0.13366336633663367,0.08415841584158416,0.09405940594059406,0.09405940594059406,0.11386138613861387,115,patents +115,9,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Angeruche 7 bis 9, um- fassend: ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeicher- tes Programs zum Manager des Energiever- brauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programs zugeordnete Anweisungen zum directed Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance- Husband in den written Performance-Husband auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignis- ses.",0.07079646017699115,0.7212389380530974,0.06858407079646017,0.07079646017699115,0.09955752212389381,0.1415929203539823,0.06858407079646017,0.06858407079646017,0.07079646017699115,0.581858407079646,115,patents +116,0,"Up 9,423,690 B2",0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,116,patents +116,1,1,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,116,patents +116,2,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE Of EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET Ref-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, And METHOD For MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, And ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING The SAME",0.0845771144278607,0.7860696517412935,0.05472636815920398,0.05970149253731343,0.7114427860696517,0.05472636815920398,0.05472636815920398,0.05472636815920398,0.05970149253731343,0.05472636815920398,116,patents +116,3,"CROSS-REFERENCE To RELATED APPLICATION This is a continuation of International Application No. Per/Ja2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012- 181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorpo- rated herein by reference.",0.03206997084548105,0.7988338192419825,0.03206997084548105,0.03206997084548105,0.11370262390670553,0.14868804664723032,0.03206997084548105,0.03206997084548105,0.03206997084548105,0.15743440233236153,116,patents +116,4,"TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super Log or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac- during an electronic device, and an electronic device using g g the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to",0.02909090909090909,0.6945454545454546,0.02909090909090909,0.02181818181818182,0.05090909090909091,0.08727272727272728,0.02909090909090909,0.02909090909090909,0.02181818181818182,0.02727272727272727,116,patents +116,5,"BACKGROUND And A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manu- featuring process of a semiconductor device such as an In or Log. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter macron region has been required, because",0.042483660130718956,0.7418300653594772,0.042483660130718956,0.09477124183006536,0.0718954248366013,0.09803921568627451,0.042483660130718956,0.042483660130718956,0.09477124183006536,0.0392156862745098,116,patents +116,6,"SUMMARY Of INVENTION The present invention is as follows. [1] A pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo! % or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A):",0.06726457399103139,0.6890881913303438,0.04484304932735426,0.05082212257100149,0.08221225710014948,0.18236173393124067,0.09865470852017937,0.01943198804185351,0.05082212257100149,0.4020926756352765,116,patents +117,0,En 2 000 008 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.8,0.8,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.06666666666666667,117,patents +117,1,"able substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many ad- national advantages and uses of the systems and meth- ods will become apparent from the following detailed de- scripting, which proceeds with reference to the actor- padding drawings.",0.042134831460674156,0.9803370786516854,0.05056179775280899,0.056179775280898875,0.047752808988764044,0.07303370786516854,0.047752808988764044,0.0702247191011236,0.056179775280898875,0.0702247191011236,117,patents +117,2,"[0020] For. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible sub- strata 12 (shown in profile in For. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to For. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an interim- diane isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second pre- cursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are intro- faced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery sys- tens 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clade precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clade piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20.",0.03387096774193549,0.9862903225806452,0.03467741935483871,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,0.10483870967741936,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,117,patents +117,3,"[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividend 34, 36 into three sub-chan- bars, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Ves- sel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the enter- nal environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfering with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to For. 4. A series of first passage- ways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a cor- responding series of second passageways 56 are pro- video through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, pas- sideways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in For. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) ex- tending into the plane of For.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first di- video 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36.",0.03380102040816327,0.985969387755102,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.10522959183673469,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,117,patents +117,4,"[0022] To substantially prevent non-And reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Pas- sideways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and mar- wins may range between mirrors and millimeters in cer- tain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embed- idents, the passageways 54, 56 include a wider for fur- ther restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the sub- strata is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate.",0.023712737127371274,0.9850948509485095,0.023712737127371274,0.029132791327913278,0.023712737127371274,0.10094850948509485,0.023712737127371274,0.023712737127371274,0.03048780487804878,0.023712737127371274,117,patents +117,5,"[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividend 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extend- ing completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 con- nests the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways mentally of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor nigra- tion and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to puzzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in For. 1.",0.023835319609967497,0.9837486457204767,0.023835319609967497,0.032502708559046585,0.023835319609967497,0.10834236186348863,0.023835319609967497,0.023835319609967497,0.03466955579631636,0.023835319609967497,117,patents +117,6,"[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentiate are prefer- able established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embody- ment, the pressure differentiate may be generated by in- meeting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure great- er than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the ex- haunt from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pres- sure differentiate may also be generated by pumping from",0.043478260869565216,0.979539641943734,0.030690537084398978,0.0319693094629156,0.0319693094629156,0.1278772378516624,0.029411764705882353,0.034526854219948847,0.029411764705882353,0.04475703324808184,117,patents +118,0,En 1 499 943 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.8,0.9333333333333333,0.9333333333333333,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,118,patents +118,1,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, women die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programs espnangt.",0.05042016806722689,0.6134453781512605,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.10084033613445378,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,118,patents +118,2,"15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren.",0.07207207207207207,0.5315315315315315,0.05405405405405406,0.05405405405405406,0.05405405405405406,0.1981981981981982,0.05405405405405406,0.05405405405405406,0.06306306306306306,0.05405405405405406,118,patents +118,3,"16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",0.06451612903225806,0.5053763440860215,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.15053763440860216,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,118,patents +118,4,"17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",0.06593406593406594,0.4835164835164835,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.15384615384615385,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,118,patents +118,5,"18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die erste inte- grierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.",0.06382978723404255,0.24468085106382978,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.07446808510638298,0.06382978723404255,118,patents +118,6,"23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen be- reitstellt, die bei Alsouhrung durch eine Matching bewirken, dass die Matching Operational durch- fuhrt, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen howeren Performance-Husband zu verses- zen, women die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Justande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Husbands, der hoher als der erste Performance-Husband ist, und eines written Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Husband ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- number eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist;",0.07046070460704607,0.6639566395663956,0.07723577235772358,0.07859078590785908,0.07723577235772358,0.20596205962059622,0.07723577235772358,0.07994579945799458,0.07859078590785908,0.07723577235772358,118,patents +118,7,"Revendications 1. Procede comportant les etapes consistent a : detester (402) un evecement pour faire passer un circuit integre d'un systeme informatique a un etat de performances plus eleve, le circuit integre avant de multiples etats de performed-",0.1285140562248996,0.18875502008032127,0.12449799196787148,0.18875502008032127,0.1285140562248996,0.21285140562248997,0.14457831325301204,0.1285140562248996,0.1566265060240964,0.1686746987951807,118,patents +119,0,Up 2019/0010119 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8888888888888888,0.9444444444444444,0.16666666666666666,0.8888888888888888,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.8333333333333334,0.05555555555555555,119,patents +119,1,40,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.5,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.0,119,patents +119,2,"Jan. 10, 2019",0.0,0.6153846153846154,0.7692307692307693,0.8461538461538461,0.0,0.8461538461538461,0.0,0.0,0.9230769230769231,0.0,119,patents +119,3,"[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit By2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!%.",0.02880658436213992,0.9012345679012346,0.02880658436213992,0.0205761316872428,0.02880658436213992,0.012345679012345678,0.037037037037037035,0.02880658436213992,0.05761316872427984,0.0205761316872428,119,patents +119,4,"[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a check- calls amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit By2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of consisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",0.022082018927444796,0.9495268138801262,0.022082018927444796,0.015772870662460567,0.022082018927444796,0.07728706624605679,0.022082018927444796,0.022082018927444796,0.022082018927444796,0.015772870662460567,119,patents +119,5,"g p [0146] When the inventive resist composition is a check- calls amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactate structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustra- time examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesive- ness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity.",0.0365296803652968,0.943683409436834,0.0350076103500761,0.0334855403348554,0.0350076103500761,0.1232876712328767,0.0380517503805175,0.0350076103500761,0.0395738203957382,0.0319634703196347,119,patents +120,0,En 1 499 943 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,120,patents +120,1,"13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: frequency regulation logic to change an operas- ing frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.04205607476635514,0.6542056074766355,0.03271028037383177,0.037383177570093455,0.04205607476635514,0.08878504672897196,0.06074766355140187,0.037383177570093455,0.037383177570093455,0.037383177570093455,120,patents +120,2,"14. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the pro- gram.",0.052884615384615384,0.6634615384615384,0.028846153846153848,0.03365384615384615,0.038461538461538464,0.028846153846153848,0.057692307692307696,0.03365384615384615,0.038461538461538464,0.03365384615384615,120,patents +120,3,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.0,0.30851063829787234,0.0,0.0425531914893617,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0425531914893617,0.0425531914893617,0.031914893617021274,120,patents +120,4,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.0,0.22093023255813954,0.0,0.046511627906976744,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.046511627906976744,0.06976744186046512,0.046511627906976744,120,patents +120,5,"Patentanspruche 1. Verfahren, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen howeren Performance-Husband zu verses- zen, women die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Justande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Husbands, der hoher als",0.1151685393258427,0.12359550561797752,0.07584269662921349,0.10955056179775281,0.0702247191011236,0.1601123595505618,0.08707865168539326,0.07865168539325842,0.08707865168539326,0.09550561797752809,120,patents +121,0,Up 2012/0003590 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8333333333333334,0.8333333333333334,0.16666666666666666,0.7222222222222222,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.8333333333333334,0.05555555555555555,121,patents +121,1,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,0.4166666666666667,0.6666666666666666,0.6666666666666666,0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.0,0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.0,121,patents +121,2,60,0.0,0.0,0.5,0.0,0.0,0.5,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,121,patents +121,3,-continued,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.5,0.3,0.0,0.5,0.0,0.5,0.0,121,patents +121,4," [0317] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an anti- oxidase, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. (Photo-Acid Generator)",0.04498269896193772,0.7889273356401384,0.04152249134948097,0.04152249134948097,0.05536332179930796,0.1453287197231834,0.05190311418685121,0.05190311418685121,0.04152249134948097,0.06228373702422145,121,patents +121,5,[0318] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeat- ing unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).,0.05,0.9125,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0125,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,121,patents +121,6,"[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for catholic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-dis- coloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an opium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).",0.010115606936416185,0.8728323699421965,0.010115606936416185,0.010115606936416185,0.010115606936416185,0.023121387283236993,0.010115606936416185,0.014450867052023121,0.010115606936416185,0.010115606936416185,121,patents +121,7,"[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (Zh), (Zoo) and (ZIII):",0.022556390977443608,0.8646616541353384,0.022556390977443608,0.14285714285714285,0.022556390977443608,0.11278195488721804,0.022556390977443608,0.022556390977443608,0.14285714285714285,0.11278195488721804,121,patents +121,8,P-55,0.0,0.0,0.5,1.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.75,121,patents +122,0,En 3 800 018 A1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,122,patents +122,1,EUROPAISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,122,patents +122,2,(43) Veroffentlichungstag: 07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14,0.03508771929824561,0.8771929824561403,0.19298245614035087,0.08771929824561403,0.45614035087719296,0.5964912280701754,0.10526315789473684,0.15789473684210525,0.017543859649122806,0.08771929824561403,122,patents +122,3,(21) Anmeldenummer: 19200966.0,0.0,0.13333333333333333,0.3,0.13333333333333333,0.6333333333333333,0.1,0.13333333333333333,0.13333333333333333,0.0,0.13333333333333333,122,patents +122,4,(22) Anmeldetag: 02.10.2019,0.0,0.14814814814814814,0.3333333333333333,0.14814814814814814,0.5185185185185185,0.1111111111111111,0.14814814814814814,0.14814814814814814,0.0,0.14814814814814814,122,patents +122,5,(51) Int Cl.: B26D 1/16 (2006.01) (2006 01),0.20930232558139536,0.7674418604651163,0.4418604651162791,0.5348837209302325,0.6046511627906976,0.6511627906976745,0.3488372093023256,0.37209302325581395,0.7441860465116279,0.46511627906976744,122,patents +122,6,(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: As As By By Co Co Co De De En En Ft Ft Gt Gt He He In In In Lt Lt Lt Lt My My My Ns Ns Px Px Re Re So So So So To Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: By My Benannte Validierungsstaaten: Km MA My To,0.22972972972972974,0.8828828828828829,0.2747747747747748,0.26576576576576577,0.5495495495495496,0.21621621621621623,0.2882882882882883,0.36036036036036034,0.19369369369369369,0.3153153153153153,122,patents +122,7,(71) Anmelder: Pieces Works fur Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. Km 51491 Overall (De),0.11392405063291139,0.7974683544303798,0.24050632911392406,0.1518987341772152,0.3037974683544304,0.26582278481012656,0.16455696202531644,0.20253164556962025,0.11392405063291139,0.1518987341772152,122,patents +122,8,"(72) Erfinder: * Thieves, Role 50733 Koln (De)",0.5,0.7608695652173914,0.34782608695652173,0.17391304347826086,0.45652173913043476,0.2391304347826087,0.43478260869565216,0.6086956521739131,0.1956521739130435,0.17391304347826086,122,patents +122,9,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FUR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.022222222222222223,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.022222222222222223,0.022222222222222223,0.022222222222222223,0.022222222222222223,0.13333333333333333,0.1111111111111111,122,patents +122,10,"(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensor- vorrichtung (4) fur einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend - einen Grandeorner (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvor- richtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), - mindestens einen an dem Grandeorner (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Grosse und - einen an dem Grandeorner (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Ubertragung der von dem Sensor (7) er- fassten Grosse.",0.07838479809976247,0.9144893111638955,0.09263657957244656,0.0855106888361045,0.10451306413301663,0.08076009501187649,0.08076009501187649,0.08076009501187649,0.0855106888361045,0.08076009501187649,122,patents +123,0,"une deglieme zone precurseur (16, 116, 316) essayee de la premiere, le deglieme gaz pre- curseur ewant different du premier ; guidage d'un substrat flexible (12, 112, 312) se- lon un mouvement de gazette entre les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs, en passant par une serie de passages d'etranglement (54, 56, 154, 156, 354, 356) d'une zone d'isolation (20, 120, 320) interioree entre les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs, de facon a ce que le substrat traverse les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs plusieurs fois, qu'une mono- course du premier gaz precurseur absorbs a la surface du substrat pendant le transit du subs- that dans la premiere zone precurseur et que, pendant un transit ulterieur du substrat dans la deglieme zone precurseur, le deglieme gaz precurseur resuisse avec le premier precurseur absorbe a la surface du substrat akin de depower un film since sur le substrat ; introduction d'un gaz invite dans la zone d'isolation ; et creation d'un premier differenting de pressing en- tre la zone d'isolation et la premiere zone pre- curseur et d'un deglieme differenting de pres- sign entre la zone d'isolation et la deglieme zo- ne precurseur, les differentiels de pressing ewant suffisants pour empecher la migration des pre- tier et deglieme gaz precurseurs horn des pre- miere et deglieme zones precurseurs respects- ves et le melange des premier et deglieme gaz precurseurs dans une des zones, ce qui empe- che les reactions a l'interieur des zones entre les quantumes non-absorbees des premier et deglieme gaz precurseurs.",0.11296534017971759,0.7265725288831836,0.10783055198973042,0.11296534017971759,0.0975609756097561,0.1803594351732991,0.09563543003851091,0.11296534017971759,0.11489088575096278,0.11874197689345314,123,patents +123,1,"13. Le procede de la revendication 12, qui suppose ega- cement de guides le substrat dans une troisieme zone precurseur (190) dans laquelle un troisieme gaz pre- curseur different du deglieme est introduce.",0.11165048543689321,0.5922330097087378,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.24757281553398058,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,123,patents +123,2,"14. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 ou 13, dans sequel la creation des differentiels de pressing suppose d'injected le gaz invite dans les passages.",0.06432748538011696,0.5146198830409356,0.07602339181286549,0.08771929824561403,0.06432748538011696,0.18128654970760233,0.06432748538011696,0.06432748538011696,0.08771929824561403,0.09941520467836257,123,patents +123,3,"15. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 a 14, dans sequel le guidage du substrat en na- cette entre les premiere et deglieme zones precur- spurs suppose de faire avancer continuellement le substrat sur un travel de transport unduee.",0.099601593625498,0.5418326693227091,0.10358565737051793,0.099601593625498,0.099601593625498,0.11553784860557768,0.099601593625498,0.099601593625498,0.10358565737051793,0.10358565737051793,123,patents +123,4,"16. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 a 15, qui suppose ebasement d'cluster une lon- guest d'au joins pertains des transits dans la pre- miere zone precurseur.",0.12777777777777777,0.49444444444444446,0.14444444444444443,0.12777777777777777,0.12777777777777777,0.15,0.12777777777777777,0.12777777777777777,0.12777777777777777,0.14444444444444443,123,patents +123,5,17. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications,0.05454545454545454,0.12727272727272726,0.07272727272727272,0.10909090909090909,0.05454545454545454,0.23636363636363636,0.05454545454545454,0.05454545454545454,0.05454545454545454,0.12727272727272726,123,patents +123,6,En 2 000 008 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.6666666666666666,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.06666666666666667,123,patents +125,0,"Up 7,851,130 B2",0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,125,patents +125,1,"In formula (F2), Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As preferred substituents that the alkyl group represented by Rx may have, a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom are example- find. Fa represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkaline group, and preferably a single bond. Fb represents a monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Fe represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkaline group, and preferably a single bond or a methylene group. F 1 represents a group represented by formula (F 1). P1 represents from 1 to 3. As the cyclic hydrocarbon group represented by Fb, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbomyl group is preferred. The specific examples of the repeating units having the structure represented by formula (Fl) are shown below.",0.03044496487119438,0.7540983606557377,0.03864168618266979,0.09718969555035128,0.15690866510538642,0.09250585480093677,0.040983606557377046,0.040983606557377046,0.09718969555035128,0.04566744730679157,125,patents +125,2,"The alicyclic hydrocarbon-based acid-decomposable resin in the invention can contain various kinds of repeating strut- rural units, besides the above repeating structural units, for the purpose of the adjustments of dry etching resistance, aptitude for standard developing solutions, adhesion to a substrate, resist profile, and further, general requisite performances of resists, e.g., resolution, heat resistance and sensitivity. As these repeating structural units, the repeating structural units corresponding to the monsters shown below can be exemplified, but the invention is not restricted thereto. By containing such various repeating structural units, fine adjustment of performances required of the alicyclic hydro-",0.013774104683195593,0.522038567493113,0.01652892561983471,0.03856749311294766,0.012396694214876033,0.05096418732782369,0.01652892561983471,0.013774104683195593,0.03856749311294766,0.011019283746556474,125,patents +125,3,67 68,0.8,0.6,0.8,1.0,0.8,0.6,0.8,0.4,0.8,0.6,125,patents +126,0,c12) United States Patent Kawanishi et al.,0.047619047619047616,0.7380952380952381,0.4523809523809524,0.42857142857142855,0.7142857142857143,0.0,0.23809523809523808,0.47619047619047616,0.19047619047619047,0.38095238095238093,126,patents +126,1,11111 111111111111111 111 Up007851130B2,0.6666666666666666,0.28205128205128205,0.8974358974358975,0.8205128205128205,0.8461538461538461,0.717948717948718,0.7948717948717948,0.6923076923076923,0.8717948717948718,0.7948717948717948,126,patents +126,2,"(In) Patent No.: Up 7,851,130 B2",0.09375,0.0625,0.34375,0.1875,0.40625,0.15625,0.28125,0.3125,0.59375,0.21875,126,patents +126,3,"(45) Date of Patent: *Dec. 14, 2010",0.0,0.2857142857142857,0.22857142857142856,0.17142857142857143,0.2857142857142857,0.08571428571428572,0.2571428571428571,0.2857142857142857,0.4857142857142857,0.11428571428571428,126,patents +126,4,"(54) PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, COMPOUND For Url In The PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, And PATTERN-FORMING METHOD USING The PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION",0.10135135135135136,0.9054054054054054,0.11486486486486487,0.10135135135135136,0.7905405405405406,0.07432432432432433,0.07432432432432433,0.07432432432432433,0.07432432432432433,0.10135135135135136,126,patents +126,5,"(75) Inventors: Yasutomo Kawanishi, Ashigarakami-gun (Ja); Kanji Wada, Barbara-gun (Ja)",0.08045977011494253,0.8160919540229885,0.26436781609195403,0.27586206896551724,0.5862068965517241,0.11494252873563218,0.09195402298850575,0.09195402298850575,0.05747126436781609,0.22988505747126436,126,patents +126,6,"(73) Assigned: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (Ja)",0.0425531914893617,0.8297872340425532,0.2978723404255319,0.19148936170212766,0.2765957446808511,0.10638297872340426,0.10638297872340426,0.10638297872340426,0.19148936170212766,0.19148936170212766,126,patents +126,7,"(21) Apps. No.: 11/857,645",0.038461538461538464,0.19230769230769232,0.38461538461538464,0.19230769230769232,0.5384615384615384,0.15384615384615385,0.19230769230769232,0.19230769230769232,0.038461538461538464,0.19230769230769232,126,patents +126,8,G03F 71038 (2006.01) G03F 71039 (2006.01) G03F 7120 (2006.01),0.8032786885245902,0.5573770491803278,0.29508196721311475,0.4918032786885246,0.29508196721311475,0.2459016393442623,0.4262295081967213,0.3770491803278688,0.5409836065573771,0.8360655737704918,126,patents +126,9,"References Cited U.S. PATENT DOCUMENTS 6,680,157 Bl 1/2004 Fedynyshyn 2006/0210919 Al * 9/2006 Mizutani et al. ......... 430/270.1 2007/0072117 Al* 3/2007 Mizutani et al. ......... 430/270.1",0.25263157894736843,0.8473684210526315,0.5578947368421052,0.5526315789473685,0.5526315789473685,0.5052631578947369,0.45263157894736844,0.5473684210526316,0.5789473684210527,0.8263157894736842,126,patents +126,10,FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS En 1480078 Al 5/2004 En 1 693 705 A2 * 8/2006 En 1 703 326 A2 * 9/2006 En 1 767 991 A2 * 3/2007,0.7833333333333333,0.45,0.5833333333333334,0.5916666666666667,0.6833333333333333,0.6166666666666667,0.5666666666666667,0.6583333333333333,0.675,0.8416666666666667,126,patents +126,11,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS Machine-assisted English translation of Ja2006-276759 provided by Jan.* * cited by examiner Primary Examiner-Sin J. Lee (74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue Moon, PLLC",0.0748663101604278,0.7914438502673797,0.27807486631016043,0.12834224598930483,0.20320855614973263,0.10695187165775401,0.46524064171123,0.20320855614973263,0.47058823529411764,0.13368983957219252,126,patents +126,12,"(57) ABSTRACT A photosensitive composition includes (A) a compound rep- resented by the following formula (I): wherein R 1 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a covalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group.",0.3425925925925926,0.7685185185185185,0.3950617283950617,0.19444444444444445,0.3611111111111111,0.12037037037037036,0.33024691358024694,0.38271604938271603,0.2962962962962963,0.38271604938271603,126,patents +126,13,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,126,patents +127,0,-continued,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.4,0.0,0.0,0.4,0.0,0.4,0.0,127,patents +127,1,Up 2020/0050106 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8888888888888888,0.8333333333333334,0.16666666666666666,0.8888888888888888,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.7777777777777778,0.05555555555555555,127,patents +127,2,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,0.6153846153846154,0.6923076923076923,0.6153846153846154,0.0,0.6923076923076923,0.0,0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,127,patents +127,3,"[0293] In General Formula (Zh), [0294] R201 , R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. [0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R201 , R202, and R203 is preferably 1 to 30, and",0.10810810810810811,0.7657657657657657,0.21171171171171171,0.16216216216216217,0.2702702702702703,0.11261261261261261,0.03153153153153153,0.36486486486486486,0.36936936936936937,0.16666666666666666,127,patents +127,4,350A3,0.4,0.2,0.6,0.2,0.0,0.2,0.4,0.2,0.6,0.4,127,patents +127,5,"[0301] Specific examples of the substituent which may be contained in the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, and the arol group exemplified above include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as fluorine atom, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a piano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an arol group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy- carbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyl aryloxy- sulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably hav- ing 5 to 20 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms).",0.019087136929460582,0.7560165975103734,0.07219917012448132,0.04398340248962656,0.009128630705394191,0.0995850622406639,0.009128630705394191,0.009128630705394191,0.014107883817427386,0.04398340248962656,127,patents diff --git a/prod_benchmark.py b/prod_benchmark.py index 7c4768e..a0bb3dc 100644 --- a/prod_benchmark.py +++ b/prod_benchmark.py @@ -366,6 +366,7 @@ def analyze_results(scores_df, mapping_file, score_columns, min_score_threshold, filtered_df = merged_df.dropna(subset=score_columns).copy() # Exclude specified folders (e.g., 'test' folders) filtered_df = filtered_df[~filtered_df["Folder"].isin(excluded_folders)] + filtered_df.to_csv("benchmark_granular.csv", index=False) # Keep only rows where at least one method found a close match filtered_df = filtered_df[filtered_df[score_columns].min(axis=1) < min_score_threshold] @@ -456,7 +457,7 @@ def main(): # Define folder info for benchmarking folder_info = [ ('reducto_markdowns', 'reducto'), - ('pymupdf_markdowns', 'pymupdf'), + ('pymupdf_markdowns', 'pymupdf4llm'), ('llamaparse_markdowns', 'llamaparse'), ('datalab_markdowns', 'datalab'), ('gemini_markdowns', 'gemini'), From 61ea42314396a2fc90f96b30a9f80e67f9e9bba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jamie Lemon Date: Fri, 21 Nov 2025 16:25:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 2/3] Removes the auto correct in the clean method as it auto corrects badly. --- prod_benchmark.py | 13 ++++++++----- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/prod_benchmark.py b/prod_benchmark.py index a0bb3dc..dab8c02 100644 --- a/prod_benchmark.py +++ b/prod_benchmark.py @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -import fitz # PyMuPDF +import pymupdf # PyMuPDF import re import json import os @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ def extract_highlighted_text(pdf_path, logger): for idx, file_path in enumerate(pdf_files, start=1): logger.info(f"Processing PDF {idx}/{len(pdf_files)}: {file_path}") - doc = fitz.open(file_path) + doc = pymupdf.open(file_path) page = doc[0] # Find source annotation for this page @@ -76,10 +76,12 @@ def extract_highlighted_text(pdf_path, logger): # Check for pattern (1.1, 1.2, etc.) and highlight type match = re.match(r'^(\d+\.\d+)', content) - if match and annot.type[0] == 8: # Highlight annotation + if match and annot.type[1] == 'Highlight': # Highlight annotation key = match.group(1) - final_text = page.get_text(clip=annot.rect, sort=True).strip() + # Expand by 10 pixels on all sides to fully capture the annotation text + final_text = page.get_text("text", clip=annot.rect, sort=True).strip() + # Clean the extracted text final_text = ' '.join(final_text.split()) # Remove \n and extra spaces @@ -232,7 +234,8 @@ def extract_and_clean_by_page(data, logger): order_num = 0 # Clean the text - text = spell(text) # Apply autocorrect + # text = spell(text) # Apply autocorrect, note this auto corrects badly! e.g. field -> fiend + cleaned_text = clean( text, lower=False, From 2ba9967e722918758d8d1a505c77b71a07b410c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: hashiromer Date: Fri, 21 Nov 2025 22:30:24 +0500 Subject: [PATCH 3/3] Benchmark run with Jamie fix --- benchmark_granular.csv | 14664 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- benchmark_results_final.csv | 16 +- cleaned_output.json | 506 +- 3 files changed, 14493 insertions(+), 693 deletions(-) diff --git a/benchmark_granular.csv b/benchmark_granular.csv index f71bb40..ff45c11 100644 --- a/benchmark_granular.csv +++ b/benchmark_granular.csv @@ -1,432 +1,14232 @@ -page_number,needle_index,needle,reducto,pymupdf4llm,llamaparse,datalab,gemini,docling,geminipro,llamaparse_highest,datalabllm,pymupdflayout,Page,Folder -1,0,"where sn,k,l = un,k,l(p0)f(p0) . Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis The initial allocation phase has a complexity of O(KN2) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell l with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier n. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the com- rotational complexity of this step is O(Key). Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as O(KNLM). Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is O(KN2 + NKLM). The complexity of Phase In is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficults (Doi) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the Gt [15]. Since we are dealing with Lt power constraints and Log power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is O(KN2 + NKLM) + Doi(Log). Apparently it seems that implementing centralized Gt/successive Gt based schemes may not",0.20926517571884984,0.07987220447284345,0.134185303514377,0.08626198083067092,0.06629392971246006,0.07268370607028754,0.07667731629392971,0.0670926517571885,0.09105431309904154,0.05591054313099041,1,science_sample -2,0,"Substantial progress are reported on fiend effect transistors (For) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and im- purified. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWik powders with polyflmoreno as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize For, embedding randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-offcurrent ratio is 105, the on-current level is around 10 uA and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm2/vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Roman and electrical measurements.",0.14759725400457666,0.7700228832951945,0.05835240274599542,0.07551487414187644,0.09496567505720824,0.030892448512585814,0.028604118993135013,0.06979405034324943,0.07551487414187644,0.03318077803203661,2,science_sample -2,1,"Novel semiconductors materials for fiend effect tran- sister For and thin-film transistors The are highly demanded.1 In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-offcurrent ratio, high electron/hole mobil- ity, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies.2-5 Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s- SWNTs,2-5 but generally poor ones using ensemble (net- work and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metal- lic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles).6-8 Therefore, very effievent meth- ods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still re- quoted. In recent years, several approaches to extract s- SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization,9-11 Div and polymers wrapping,12,13 and density gradient ultra- centrifugation techniques.6 The latter efficiently sept- rates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the For. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyflmoreno as extracting agent.14,15 According to Fish et al.,14 the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of For devices were addressed. In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of For consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ul- tracentrifugation (250,000g), sanitation and filocation of solutions composed of SWik powders with polyflmoreno as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Roman and electrical measure- meets (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such s- SWNTs realize high-performances For devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution process- able polymers/organic materials.1,6,16 S-SWNTs solutions were prepared as follow. First, SWNTs powders (as-prepared Disco, Carbon Nanotech- colonies Inc.), Per (Poly-9,9-di-n-butyl-fluorenyl-2,7- dial, Sigma-Aldrich) and toluene were mixed in the fol- losing ratio SWik (5 mg): Per (5 mg): toluene (30 ml)",0.1819267515923567,0.8594745222929936,0.07006369426751592,0.19148089171974522,0.05573248407643312,0.21536624203821655,0.12818471337579618,0.25039808917197454,0.19148089171974522,0.17038216560509553,2,science_sample -3,0,"Random Effacts Model In the random effacts model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each ai, bi pair), which produces a twofold improve- ment in Effiagency over the most effievent static algorithm - for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height h = 0.1 indicates that only the ai, bi pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high End, which results in nearly identical Effiagency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. Auto-Aggressive Model In the auto-repressive model (Table 1), an As process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (As process values, fired effacts, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the As process. Scalar sampling of As process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it's a",0.11140819964349376,0.09714795008912656,0.08912655971479501,0.11319073083778966,0.08645276292335116,0.0481283422459893,0.05258467023172905,0.10784313725490197,0.10249554367201426,0.07040998217468805,3,science_sample -5,0,"Queue Prioritization Experiment We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in- vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the dev- set are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially out- performing the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impunity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after fistoring among followers in the training set and over- age sentence count after fistoring among pensioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly inflhence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative In token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table Vs lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking Lt achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.17360899969595622,0.08543630282760717,0.008513225904530252,0.008817269686834904,0.007601094557616297,0.008513225904530252,0.007601094557616297,0.4442079659470964,0.00972940103374886,0.010641532380662816,5,science_sample -6,0,"F0 and F1 over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of multiple triangles. Application to the Distribution of Effacts of Smoking on Birth Weight In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effacts on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effacts, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effacts on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the Div",0.01790073230268511,0.07241659886086249,0.01871440195280716,0.01871440195280716,0.02034174125305126,0.01627339300244101,0.01952807160292921,0.02034174125305126,0.01871440195280716,0.027664768104149716,6,science_sample -7,0,"It is apparent form Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, (A -1)By A -1 -2d(y1 -0)(y3 -y2). Introducing new variables as in the Sec. Its and integrating over his we obtain",0.6029411764705882,0.8382352941176471,0.2696078431372549,0.30392156862745096,0.2696078431372549,0.15196078431372548,0.25980392156862747,0.25980392156862747,0.30392156862745096,0.12254901960784313,7,science_sample -7,1,"Here again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable a introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singularity,",0.09606986899563319,0.777292576419214,0.0611353711790393,0.07860262008733625,0.0611353711790393,0.004366812227074236,0.0611353711790393,0.0611353711790393,0.07860262008733625,0.004366812227074236,7,science_sample -7,2,"The remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The sub- request integration over a restores the singularity in the self energy correction,",0.25547445255474455,0.21897810218978103,0.11678832116788321,0.145985401459854,0.1386861313868613,0.23357664233576642,0.11678832116788321,0.1386861313868613,0.145985401459854,0.051094890510948905,7,science_sample -7,3,"In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, o ~ky to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singular- ity at o = ky to come from the region y2 x2, and introduce new variables accordingly, x2 = xy2, y1 = ey2. Performing integration over y2 we obtain",0.2511737089201878,0.7887323943661971,0.18779342723004694,0.22300469483568075,0.19014084507042253,0.12910798122065728,0.18309859154929578,0.18544600938967137,0.21830985915492956,0.025821596244131457,7,science_sample -7,4,We notice that the singularity at o ~ky comes from the region of small x. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations over xis we obtain,0.25728155339805825,0.8155339805825242,0.16019417475728157,0.23786407766990292,0.16019417475728157,0.06796116504854369,0.16019417475728157,0.16019417475728157,0.23786407766990292,0.02912621359223301,7,science_sample -7,5,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,0.7352941176470589,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,7,science_sample -8,0,"where U and V are orthogonal matrices that span the range and the null space of Bij and Del = l2dkl, a drag- oral matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the Sha, we select the dominant proves to con- tribute to the kh2 by requiring that l2 > 2/Nik. In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (li) for the in- creating eigenmodes and see a ""link"" in the district- tion which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this link (with li < 0.01) where the eigenvalues start to flalten out. Statistical determination of large scale flow As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evi- dance for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalized LCan model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this pa- per, we provide a first demonstration of our new param- eterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the ""squashing"" of the 2- D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the De3 sample to leads to large statistical er- rows, due to a signsficant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., Loss) should provide stronger con- strained and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters b and vp for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation be- tweet these two parameters because the anisotropic am- plitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fiends. The best fit value from Fig- ure 5 is vp = 270+433 km/s (at the 1s level marginalized with other parameters including b) and is consistent with vp = 0. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on vp as it is below zero and thus has no physical mean- ing. Instead, we quote the upper bound on vp and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of vp is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5-normalized LCan model. We propose above that vp is a complementary param- ever for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter gTh, which is equivalent to fs8, is not de- terminus precisely without the prior information of As. But when we report our measurement with vp, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to g*Th determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value vp at a given redshift is not only in- dependent of bias but also independent of normalization. B. Reconstruction of matter density fiend from vp We convert vp measurement into gTh using As from WMAP5 (gTh: coherent growth factor of peculiar below- ity, and it is equivalent to fs8 in other parameteriza- lions). With the evolution of gTh known, dynamics of per- turbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ps through the Ruler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of vp is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (z 0.1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Th into the coherent evolution of Ps. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the cover- ent evolution of Ph, gPh. We are able to determine matter density flsituations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the cover- ent growth of dm, gd = 0.7, which is related to gPh as",0.21756688541140837,0.8980312973245835,0.17895002523977788,0.17566885411408378,0.12089853609288238,0.06511862695608278,0.12291771832407875,0.5426552246340233,0.17566885411408378,0.044169611307420496,8,science_sample -9,0,"At first, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., m = 3), the divided points and boundaries are (0, z1, z2, 1.8, ), where z1 and z2 are left as free parameters of the model, and 0 < z1 < z2 < 1.8. In the fourth bin we set we = -1. It means that we divide the region with z (0, 1.8) into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of wwe(z) in this region. The reconstructed wwe of the best-fitied model is shown in Fig. 1,",0.38202247191011235,0.0696629213483146,0.19101123595505617,0.23820224719101124,0.21123595505617979,0.1752808988764045,0.19101123595505617,0.3707865168539326,0.23820224719101124,0.024719101123595506,9,science_sample -10,0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,0.028901734104046242,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,10,science_sample -11,0,"Proof. We prove the lemma for the case of the Co trade- offcurve. The proof for the Co trade-offcurve is similar. Let (C(t), Q(t)) for 0 <=t <=1 be a parametrization of the trade-offcurve with C(0) equal to the classical capacity and Q(1) equal to the quantum capacity. The function C (t) is monotonically decreasing and the function Q (t) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decreasing.",0.22030651340996169,0.7509578544061303,0.13793103448275862,0.13793103448275862,0.0842911877394636,0.07662835249042145,0.0842911877394636,0.09195402298850575,0.13793103448275862,0.16091954022988506,11,science_sample -11,1,"If (C(t), Q(t)) is a point on the graph at which the derive- time is not constant, then setting -l to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satinfied. If the graph is not differentiable at (C(t), Q(t)), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting -l to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satinfied. At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, l might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that l does parametrize. Appendix D: Form of the Co Trade-offCurve for Orbit Dephasing Channels We first prove two important commas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the Co trade-off curve. Lemma 12 Let N be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the Co trade-offcurve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with drag- oral conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:",0.19837232960325535,0.844354018311292,0.17599186164801628,0.2115971515768057,0.5971515768056969,0.054933875890132246,0.1363173957273652,0.08646998982706001,0.2105798575788403,0.12105798575788403,11,science_sample -12,0,"Figure 5: Partition degenerate and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing popularity for a single instance of div (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coeffievents for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",0.009269988412514484,0.9988412514484357,0.03244495944380069,0.009269988412514484,0.5619930475086906,0.009269988412514484,0.013904982618771726,0.14020857473928158,0.009269988412514484,0.009269988412514484,12,science_sample -12,1,"Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean diffprince in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non- excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yes et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (Div), dorsal attention (Div), limbic (Law), ventral attention (Via), somatomotor network (Sha), and visual (Via). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with Div.",0.027237354085603113,1.0,0.041504539559014265,0.02464332036316472,0.5849546044098574,0.027237354085603113,0.027237354085603113,0.10894941634241245,0.02464332036316472,0.027237354085603113,12,science_sample -14,0,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This morre- spends to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities (p(wi|wi-1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsely problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments (wi cj) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities (p(ci|ci-1)) and the word probabilities (p(wi|cj)). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section In-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). In. EXPERIMENTS A. Experimental Data The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone convey- nations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsely problem. As a point of comparison, Catalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary items as Tamil.",0.19897523484201537,0.16011955593509822,0.04953031596925705,0.14773697694278395,0.215200683176772,0.09521776259607173,0.21135781383432964,0.2412467976088813,0.11058923996584116,0.0990606319385141,14,science_sample -14,1,"We performed data collection and language model train- ing experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table In. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter Lt was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.",0.013452914798206279,0.07623318385650224,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,0.013452914798206279,14,science_sample -14,2,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,0.06825938566552901,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,14,science_sample -15,0,"web text sources for conversational speech language modeling using class-dependent mixtures,"" in Proc. His/NAACL, 2003, pp. 7-9. [5] S. Schwarz, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, ""Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,"" IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334-342, 2004. [6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocks, and C. Occur, ""Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,"" And Transactions on Speech and Language Processing, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1-xx, 2007. [7] A. Setup, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, ""Building topic-specsfic language models from weodata using competitive models,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2005, pp. 1293-1296. [8] R. Sarikaya, A. Grabado, and Y. Gao, ""Rapid language model develop- ment using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,"" in Proc. ICASSP, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573-576. [9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawamura, ""Incorporating semantic infos- nation to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,"" in Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on, May 2013, pp. 8252-8256. [10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, ""Intelligent selection of language model training,"" in Proc. And, 2010. [11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, ""Domain adaptation via pseudo in- domain data selection,"" in Proc. EMNLP, 2011. [12] G. Recurve, J. Lines, T. Main, and P. Motlicek, ""Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2012. [13] T. Schlippe, L. Greg, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, ""Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2013. [14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Poetry, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mer- cer, ""Class-based n-gram models of natural language,"" Computational Linguistics, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467-479, 1992. [15] R. User and M. Ostendorf, ""Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,"" in Proc. Eurospeech, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975-1978. [16] A. Stolcke, ""SRILM - an extensible language modeling toolkit,"" in Proc. ICSLP, 2002, pp. 901-904. [17] P. Liang, ""Semi-supervised learning for natural language,"" Ph.D. sister- nation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. [18] I. H. Bitten and T. Bell, ""The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,"" Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085-1094, 1991. [19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Moving, and L. Page, ""Offievent crawling through url ordering,"" Campus. Nets. ISDN Syst., vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161-172, 1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98) 00108-1 [20] A. Liam and M. Winner, ""Classefication and regression by randomforest,"" R News, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18-22, 2002. [Online]. Available: http://CRAN.R-project.org/doc/Enews/",0.03155006858710562,0.14609053497942387,0.06927297668038408,0.13065843621399176,0.04869684499314129,0.06001371742112483,0.057956104252400546,0.057956104252400546,0.0747599451303155,0.11454046639231824,15,science_sample -16,0,"Figure 7: The red arcs are the trajectory of the system (5.60) with initial value (0, 1.2) and the blue arcs are the orbit with initial value (0, 1.5). Through simulation, we observe that the trajectories approach to the periodic solution of (5.60) as time increases.",0.0,0.7940074906367042,0.0149812734082397,0.10861423220973783,0.00749063670411985,0.052434456928838954,0.00749063670411985,0.0149812734082397,0.10861423220973783,0.0,16,science_sample -16,1,"Let us start with the linearization of system (5.71) around the periodic solution Ps0(t). Consider a near solution y(t) = y(t, 0, y*+y), where y = (y1, y2), to the periodic solution Ps0(t). Assume that",0.3880597014925373,0.11940298507462686,0.3482587064676617,0.3333333333333333,0.3383084577114428,0.2835820895522388,0.417910447761194,0.40298507462686567,0.3333333333333333,0.0845771144278607,16,science_sample -16,2,"near solution y(t) = y(t, 0, y*+y), where y = (y1, y2), to the periodic solution Ps0(t). Assume that y(t) satinfies condition (N1), and it meets the surface of discontinuity G at the moment t = x and at the point -y = y(x, 0, y*+ y). Considering the formula (3.10) for the transversal point -y = (-y1, -y2), the first t(-y) t(-y) component can be evaluated as = . From the last equality, the singularity is seen at the y0 y0 -1-y",0.6153846153846154,0.3006993006993007,0.5384615384615384,0.48717948717948717,0.44988344988344986,0.34265734265734266,0.44988344988344986,0.5477855477855478,0.48717948717948717,0.23543123543123542,16,science_sample -17,0,"Y0-W >=Y1-Y0and Pr , Y1 >=Y0 >=W = 1, respectively, where td is a level of input for each treatment t1-t0 t0-to status d {0, 1} while to is a level of input without the treatment and to < t0 < t1. Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of (Y0, Y1) to the region below the straight line Y1 = t1-tat0-to Y0 - t0-tat1-t0 w and above the straight line Y1 = Y0, and to the region above two",0.5205479452054794,0.365296803652968,0.4200913242009132,0.3881278538812785,0.2853881278538813,0.21232876712328766,0.2808219178082192,0.4840182648401826,0.3698630136986301,0.3538812785388128,17,science_sample -17,1,"Example 3 (Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.0,0.06418918918918919,0.033783783783783786,0.0,0.013513513513513514,0.0,0.013513513513513514,0.0033783783783783786,0.0945945945945946,0.02027027027027027,17,science_sample -17,2,"where uC (Z) represents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observances Z. Then treated (D = 1) and untreated people (D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y1 -Y0 >=uC (Z)} and {Y1 -Y0 < uC (Z)}, respectively. Example 4 (Div conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional Div for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written as",0.4075,0.2175,0.4,0.3675,0.1975,0.14,0.1925,0.3775,0.2625,0.26,17,science_sample -18,0,"For this purpose, we look at the temperature seven- dance of the rotation angle of the magnetization between Ns planes. In Fig. 7, phl(T ) for n = 8 and n = 16 (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, l = 1 . . . 4. For both thicknesses, a monotypic trend is observed for all l, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for n = 8 we see, starting from a temperature T To(8), an abrupt drop of ph3 and ph4, which rapidly reach an almost con- start value, only slightly larger than ph1. In the tem- perature range To(8) T < To(8) we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all Ns layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-Ft confiduration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position Az,max of the structure factor S(0, 0, qz). In Fig. 8 the average of Az,max vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for diffevent lateral dimer- signs L26. As expected from the previous argument, we see that Az,max = 0 for To(8) < T < To(8), while it be- wins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below To(8), making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with Az,max = 0 and reaching a value of about 21*for T = 10 K. In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by My simulations of a Heidelberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements16) on a His lattice14,15, it was found that for thicknesses comma- table with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite diffevent from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 -16, three diffevent magnetic phases could be sin- fled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner dis- ordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the sig- natures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. The absence of the block phase in the J1 -J2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the diffevent range of interactions, rather than to the diffevent lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a But lattice: the results we obtained for phl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the bookmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers ( l =1. . . 5 and 8. . . 12 ), where phl is roughly 10*, sep- stated by a block of disordered layers, and with almost",0.40606483095155105,0.8082955733705124,0.14220982920878356,0.4918089926803764,0.26734053677239455,0.3802718717323109,0.2767514813523876,0.44231439525967237,0.4918089926803764,0.4102474729871035,18,science_sample -20,0,"Note that o1,2,3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the En precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio (g/-g5)2 originates from the presence of brand localized kinetic terms. The o parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters a, Gt and my in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:",0.21705426356589147,0.07596899224806201,0.21550387596899226,0.13953488372093023,0.11937984496124031,0.06666666666666667,0.11937984496124031,0.12558139534883722,0.13953488372093023,0.02945736434108527,20,science_sample -20,1,"In section Vs, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by En precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, b(y) 1 (flat extra dimension) and b(y) = e-2ky (a slice of Add5). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and (75),",0.34523809523809523,0.6071428571428571,0.19047619047619047,0.23809523809523808,0.10317460317460317,0.10317460317460317,0.10317460317460317,0.14285714285714285,0.23809523809523808,0.07936507936507936,20,science_sample -21,0,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where ak+1 -ak = d for each integer k at the optimum. In this case, the lower bound reduces to",0.18067226890756302,0.14285714285714285,0.15126050420168066,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.029411764705882353,0.11764705882352941,0.20168067226890757,0.11764705882352941,0.09243697478991597,21,science_sample -21,1,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.0,21,science_sample -21,2,"It is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function max{x, 0} is non- differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicated",0.09259259259259259,0.06481481481481481,0.07407407407407407,0.06481481481481481,0.046296296296296294,0.027777777777777776,0.046296296296296294,0.009259259259259259,0.06481481481481481,0.05555555555555555,21,science_sample -22,0,"A Lt for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case Its. Observing the dependency of Its on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple Lt for the average network throughput C taking the worst case Its into account can be written as follows:",0.09701492537313433,0.06716417910447761,0.09701492537313433,0.01990049751243781,0.029850746268656716,0.01990049751243781,0.01990049751243781,0.01990049751243781,0.08706467661691543,0.01990049751243781,22,science_sample -22,1,"A tighter Lt can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that minimizes In,k,l where:",0.13709677419354838,0.13709677419354838,0.12903225806451613,0.03225806451612903,0.11290322580645161,0.04838709677419355,0.11290322580645161,0.14516129032258066,0.12096774193548387,0.03225806451612903,22,science_sample -22,2,"Thus, In,k,l is an SINR term for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Al RexK. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the Lt network throughput using (1). Note that if xn,l = 0, than In,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without Its [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insightficant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filying solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filying rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughout Establishing an Up is signsficastle important in order to celebrate the performance of sub- optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The Up can be derived",0.2403393025447691,0.18661639962299717,0.20452403393025448,0.10273327049952875,0.17530631479736097,0.07257304429783223,0.17530631479736097,0.21960414703110273,0.19321394910461828,0.06220546654099906,22,science_sample -23,0,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion E(k) and spectral coupling v(k),0.08823529411764706,0.6985294117647058,0.08823529411764706,0.058823529411764705,0.04411764705882353,0.04411764705882353,0.04411764705882353,0.0,0.051470588235294115,0.0,23,science_sample -23,1,"The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to pos- less a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the cousin- num) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let x1,2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation",0.09454545454545454,0.7527272727272727,0.08,0.08,0.06545454545454546,0.04727272727272727,0.06545454545454546,0.09818181818181818,0.08,0.04727272727272727,23,science_sample -24,0,"Figure S1: We show the effacts of Fisher transforming correlation coeffievents on the range of dynamic flsituations in Fisher-transformed coeffievents. (A) Given four levels of static func- gional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variables of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic flsituations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text.",0.0199501246882793,1.0,0.0399002493765586,0.0199501246882793,0.46384039900249374,0.0199501246882793,0.0199501246882793,0.0199501246882793,0.02493765586034913,0.0199501246882793,24,science_sample -24,1,Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coeffievents with Fisher-transformed coeffi- events. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotypic (preserves rank) it does not change percentages in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile ma- trip with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coeffievents is r 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity.,0.07358490566037736,1.0,0.10377358490566038,0.03207547169811321,0.4867924528301887,0.035849056603773584,0.0660377358490566,0.035849056603773584,0.0660377358490566,0.035849056603773584,24,science_sample -25,0,"(vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armory, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (Co) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, Co agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of Co agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of Co agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor (xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof",0.0034482758620689655,0.28551724137931034,0.0034482758620689655,0.1386206896551724,0.06551724137931035,0.06482758620689655,0.06137931034482759,0.07310344827586207,0.1386206896551724,0.13448275862068965,25,laws_sample -25,1,"Goods listed below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials (ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear reactors",0.6887417218543046,0.11589403973509933,0.0,0.11589403973509933,0.304635761589404,0.0,0.046357615894039736,0.059602649006622516,0.11589403973509933,0.11589403973509933,25,laws_sample -26,0,"Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (For) lock- lions. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many Fans and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. Certain Fans provide Local Airport Advisory (Law) on 123.6. Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and q T: R - Receive Only T - Transmit Only",0.059602649006622516,0.7306843267108167,0.0684326710816777,0.05077262693156733,0.052980132450331126,0.8609271523178808,0.052980132450331126,0.052980132450331126,0.05077262693156733,0.82560706401766,26,laws_sample -26,1,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling For name indicate no For frequencies available. Frequencies post- signed above the thin line boxes are removed to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling For named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet.",0.03759398496240601,0.7644110275689223,0.047619047619047616,0.09774436090225563,0.03759398496240601,0.8546365914786967,0.03759398496240601,0.03759398496240601,0.3132832080200501,0.7969924812030075,26,laws_sample -27,0,"The Secretary of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006(a). Citation, interpretation and commencement 1.--(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. (2) In this Order ""coronavirus"" has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020(b) (meaning of ""coronavirus"" and related terminology). (3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity 2.--(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. (2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons -- (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 00027657; and",0.04304932735426009,0.442152466367713,0.08161434977578476,0.08609865470852018,0.08071748878923767,0.05291479820627803,0.08340807174887892,0.03497757847533632,0.09417040358744394,0.10762331838565023,27,laws_sample -27,1,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,27,laws_sample -29,0,"Abkommen fur T-Div Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und fur Div-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils guorigen nationales Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 To 22 bow. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). b fu di j il f bha i i d f ld a k i d fu l d guorigen nationales Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 To 22 bow. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). Annabel fur die jeweils frequenzabhanoise Mindestnutzfeldstarke sind fur To-analog der Its-R By.417 zu entnehmen, Annabel fur den Berries eines Canals im Band In in analogue Ubertragungstechnik (Url- Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Gene 1984 zu entnehmen, Annabel fur den Berries eines T-Div-Canals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Put. 2.2.3, Gazelle 1, Position ""Medianwert der Mindestfeldstarke"") und Annabel fur den Berries eines Div-T-Canals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Gazelle A.1.50, Position ""Medianwert fur die minimize aquivalente Relistarke""). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. f d i d b b i k i d fu i S d f k l i Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. Auf der Basis der open genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird fur eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstarkekontur gemass den jeweils guorigen internationally Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich fur seven 10deg-Schmitt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punch, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht ist. Params kann fur seven der 36 10deg-Schritte ein Flachenelement A berechnet werden:",0.2845528455284553,0.8394308943089431,0.22831978319783197,0.22493224932249323,0.22425474254742547,0.2269647696476965,0.26422764227642276,0.2676151761517615,0.22493224932249323,0.2669376693766938,29,laws_sample -29,1,"Dutch Addition der 36 Flachenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsflache einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. i i l d f b i f d b i k fu d b i d f hl Quadratkilometern. Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen easiest auf den Ausbreitungskurven fur Landausbreitung der Empfehlung Its-R P.370 fur 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Gelanderauigkeit betaagt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Were der Mindestnutzfeldstarke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhohen und Leistungen erforderlich. Fur Entfernungen r, die cleaner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Antigen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 To 22 bow. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finder sind. u S d di i h i Gl i h ll b i b d i d i l 2a der Richtlinie 176 To 22 bow. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finder sind. Fur Sender, die im Rahman eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird matters Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstarke des Metres berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsflache entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flachenelementen, in seven die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht wird.",0.3104325699745547,0.8634435962680237,0.3070398642917727,0.3104325699745547,0.30788804071246817,0.3053435114503817,0.3095843935538592,0.3095843935538592,0.3112807463952502,0.30279898218829515,29,laws_sample -30,0,"Chapter In; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter Via; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; (b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter Vs; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; and",0.02857142857142857,0.69,0.025714285714285714,0.03428571428571429,0.024285714285714285,0.03,0.015714285714285715,0.018571428571428572,0.05714285714285714,0.06714285714285714,30,laws_sample -31,0,"(1) The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- (a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; (b) if he or she is absent from the settings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; (c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. (2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unbound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 days",0.021684737281067557,0.7197664720600501,0.026688907422852376,0.029190992493744787,0.025020850708924104,0.029190992493744787,0.045871559633027525,0.006672226855713094,0.03669724770642202,0.058381984987489574,31,laws_sample -33,0,"Runway centerline lights (Co) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with Co are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., The/Co Rays 6 and 24.",0.02145922746781116,0.778969957081545,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.019313304721030045,0.02145922746781116,33,laws_sample -34,0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and This except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,34,laws_sample -36,0,"Di Wu Tiao Guo Jia Cai Qu Cuo Shi ,Jian Ce , Fang Yu , Chu Zhi Lai Yuan Yu Zhong Hua Ren Min Gong He Guo Jing Nei Wai De Wang Luo An Quan Feng Xian He Wei Xie ,Bao Hu Guan Jian Xin Xi Ji Chu She Shi Mian Shou Gong Ji , Qin Ru , Gan Rao He Po Pi ,Yi Fa Cheng Zhi Wang Luo Wei Fa Fan Zui Huo Dong ,Wei Hu Wang Luo Kong Jian An Quan He Zhi Xu . Di Liu Tiao Guo Jia Chang Dao Cheng Shi Shou Xin , Jian Kang Wen Ming De Wang Luo Xing Wei ,Tui Dong Chuan Bo She Hui Zhu Yi He Xin Jie Zhi Guan , Cai Qu Cuo Shi Ti Gao Quan She Hui De Wang Luo An Quan Yi Shi He Shui Ping ,Xing Cheng Quan She Hui Gong Tong Can Yu Cu Jin Wang Luo An Quan De Liang Hao Huan Jing . Di Qi Tiao Guo Jia Ji Ji Kai Zhan Wang Luo Kong Jian Zhi Li , Wang Luo Ji Zhu Yan Fa He Biao Zhun Zhi Ding , Da Ji Wang Luo Wei Fa Fan Zui Deng Fang Mian De Guo Ji Jiao Liu Yu He Zuo ,Tui Dong Gou Jian He Ping , An Quan , Kai Fang , He Zuo De Wang Luo Kong Jian ,Jian Li Duo Bian , Min Zhu , Tou Ming De Wang Luo Zhi Li Ti Xi .",0.9663951120162932,0.9735234215885947,0.9633401221995926,0.9501018329938901,0.9653767820773931,0.9562118126272913,0.9663951120162932,0.9735234215885947,0.9480651731160896,0.9490835030549898,36,laws_sample -37,0,Map for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross Job at 15200' Map for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross Job at 13400' Map for aircraft crossing over and turning at Job: Aircraft traveling Ns on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or higher,0.06191950464396285,0.5603715170278638,0.10526315789473684,0.058823529411764705,0.16408668730650156,0.058823529411764705,0.13312693498452013,0.17956656346749225,0.06501547987616099,0.06811145510835913,37,laws_sample -39,0,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means according different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. (4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision-",0.008319467554076539,0.7670549084858569,0.013311148086522463,0.008319467554076539,0.008319467554076539,0.009983361064891847,0.004991680532445923,0.008319467554076539,0.008319467554076539,0.016638935108153077,39,laws_sample -40,0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on Ref Via/Div R-250 to TEKGU Its/Ref 19 Div and on End Via/Div R-179 to WOKPA/End 44.2 Div and hold, continue climb-in- hold to 13000.",0.1437125748502994,0.25748502994011974,0.1437125748502994,0.25149700598802394,0.1437125748502994,0.1317365269461078,0.1437125748502994,0.1437125748502994,0.25748502994011974,0.25748502994011974,40,laws_sample -40,1,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via Sha R-128, then reverse course to Sha Via/Div and hold.",0.17475728155339806,0.14563106796116504,0.07766990291262135,0.14563106796116504,0.07766990291262135,0.07766990291262135,0.07766990291262135,0.07766990291262135,0.14563106796116504,0.14563106796116504,40,laws_sample -40,2,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112deg to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112deg to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289deg to Jan Via/Div and hold.",0.17582417582417584,0.15384615384615385,0.10989010989010989,0.15934065934065933,0.11538461538461539,0.09340659340659341,0.09340659340659341,0.11538461538461539,0.16483516483516483,0.15384615384615385,40,laws_sample -41,0,"3.--(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft--",0.021505376344086023,0.7311827956989247,0.01881720430107527,0.01881720430107527,0.024193548387096774,0.01881720430107527,0.021505376344086023,0.01881720430107527,0.04838709677419355,0.03763440860215054,41,laws_sample -41,1,"(a) S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. (b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (Url) is one hour behind British Summer Time (But).",0.041916167664670656,0.7485029940119761,0.04790419161676647,0.20958083832335328,0.0658682634730539,0.0658682634730539,0.0718562874251497,0.04790419161676647,0.16167664670658682,0.1317365269461078,41,laws_sample -42,0,"That airspace from 18,000' Map to and including Ft 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25deg 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' And.",0.038461538461538464,0.8205128205128205,0.05384615384615385,0.038461538461538464,0.038461538461538464,0.04358974358974359,0.038461538461538464,0.038461538461538464,0.038461538461538464,0.14871794871794872,42,laws_sample -42,1,"That airspace from 18,000' Map to and including Ft 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas.",0.042105263157894736,0.9,0.05789473684210526,0.042105263157894736,0.042105263157894736,0.04736842105263158,0.042105263157894736,0.042105263157894736,0.042105263157894736,0.6263157894736842,42,laws_sample -42,2,"That airspace from the surface to 10,000' Map (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busy- est airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers.",0.6475770925110133,0.8766519823788547,0.039647577092511016,0.030837004405286344,0.030837004405286344,0.7092511013215859,0.030837004405286344,0.030837004405286344,0.03524229074889868,0.039647577092511016,42,laws_sample -42,3,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See For 91.215),0.3,0.8470588235294118,0.011764705882352941,0.48823529411764705,0.011764705882352941,0.011764705882352941,0.29411764705882354,0.011764705882352941,0.49411764705882355,0.15294117647058825,42,laws_sample -43,0,"On Via Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is , g ( avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (Via/Url) NAVAID names q y g q y ( ) and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only ( ) p y those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Horse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids.",0.36531365313653136,0.8167281672816729,0.07749077490774908,0.07134071340713408,0.07749077490774908,0.06642066420664207,0.07749077490774908,0.07749077490774908,0.17712177121771217,0.07749077490774908,43,laws_sample -43,1,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,0.7846153846153846,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,43,laws_sample -43,2,Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' Other than hard-surfaced runways Seaplane bases,0.1686746987951807,0.7349397590361446,0.4397590361445783,0.05421686746987952,0.42771084337349397,0.42771084337349397,0.39156626506024095,0.39759036144578314,0.1746987951807229,0.0963855421686747,43,laws_sample -44,0,"member of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. (6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. (7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commission.",0.009309542280837859,0.7121799844840963,0.013964313421256789,0.0069821567106283944,0.01008533747090768,0.01008533747090768,0.010861132660977503,0.0069821567106283944,0.019394879751745538,0.009309542280837859,44,laws_sample -45,0,"(3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. (4) A Member of the Solo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Solo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member.",0.011986301369863013,0.6883561643835616,0.030821917808219176,0.025684931506849314,0.02226027397260274,0.017123287671232876,0.025684931506849314,0.011986301369863013,0.0273972602739726,0.0821917808219178,45,laws_sample -46,0,"Where a physical data room is used, it will be made available to Wanderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Wanderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Rendered will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the 'Terms of Reference'. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to them.",0.010507880910683012,0.6199649737302977,0.04203152364273205,0.04203152364273205,0.03677758318739054,0.07005253940455342,0.03852889667250438,0.028021015761821366,0.028021015761821366,0.04203152364273205,46,govt tenders -47,0,"not use confidential information or documents for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; (b) ensure the protection of such confidential information or documents with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligence;",0.01366120218579235,0.6502732240437158,0.03278688524590164,0.040983606557377046,0.04371584699453552,0.12021857923497267,0.030054644808743168,0.030054644808743168,0.04371584699453552,0.0546448087431694,47,govt tenders -48,0,"Le pouvoir adjudicateur est sounds au protocols no 7 sur les triviaeges et immunites de l'Union europeenne figuring dans le traite sur le fonctionnement de l'Union europeenne, notamment en ce qui concerns l'inviolabilite des archives (y compass la localization physique des downees et des services comme prevu a l'article I.9.2) et la securite des downees, ce qui compound les downees a carpetere personnel devenues pour le couple du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locale du contracting ou du sous-traitant. Le contracting informe sans delai le pouvoir adjudicateur de route demands juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des downees a carpetere personnel traitees pour le couple du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est accessee par une autobioe publique nationale, y compass une autobioe d'un pays tiers. Le contracting n'est pas autobuse a accorded cet acces sans l'autorisation ewrite prearable du pouvoir adjudicateur. La duree du traitement des downees a carpetere personnel par le contracting n'etcesera pas la pediode indianee a l'article In.22.2. A l'issue de cette pediode, le contracting doit, selon le choir du responsible du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs delaws et dans un format arrete d'un common accord routes les downees a carpetere personnel traitees pour le couple du responsible du traitement, hindi que les copies de ces downees, ou decruise de maniere effective routes les downees a carpetere personnel a joins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exile de les conserved plus longtemps.",0.09561231172233137,0.7066142763588736,0.09954158480681075,0.09561231172233137,0.09561231172233137,0.1761624099541585,0.09561231172233137,0.09561231172233137,0.09561231172233137,0.09692206941715782,48,govt tenders -49,0,"Avant de proceder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit notified formellement au contracting son intention de recouvrer le montana concerne, en precisant le montana du et les motifs du recouvrement et en inviting le contracting a faire part de ses observations dans un delai de 30 jours a chapter de la recaption de la notification. Si accuse observation n'a ete presentee ou si, majore les observations presentees, le pouvoir adjudicateur decode de poursuivre la procesure de recouvrement, il doit confirmed ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de debit au contracting, precisant la date de pavement. Le contracting doit payer le montana conformement aux dispositions de la note de debit. Si le contracting n'a toujours pas effectse le pavement a la date d'echeance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, apres en avoid informe le contracting par ecrit, recouvrer les montanus due: a) par compensation avec des hommes que l'Union doit au contracting; b) par mobilisation de la garantie financeere si le contracting a remix une tells garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; c) par une action en justice.",0.07920792079207921,0.7452745274527453,0.10441044104410441,0.0891089108910891,0.08640864086408641,0.18001800180018002,0.09180918091809182,0.0846084608460846,0.08370837083708371,0.09900990099009901,49,govt tenders -50,0,European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Social Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attila | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@evisa.europa.eu www.evisa.europa.eu,0.06285714285714286,0.6857142857142857,0.68,0.14285714285714285,0.06285714285714286,0.03428571428571429,0.06285714285714286,0.14857142857142858,0.03428571428571429,0.03428571428571429,50,govt tenders -51,0,"Relying on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tendered is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tendered will be disregarded. 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tendered and/or as a joint tendered in a group of wanderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, wanderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing.",0.02219626168224299,0.8364485981308412,0.02219626168224299,0.03154205607476635,0.02219626168224299,0.0689252336448598,0.02219626168224299,0.02219626168224299,0.02219626168224299,0.028037383177570093,51,govt tenders -52,0,"When making use of the results, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer.",0.0,0.7323943661971831,0.014084507042253521,0.011267605633802818,0.011267605633802818,0.011267605633802818,0.011267605633802818,0.0,0.0,0.01971830985915493,52,govt tenders -53,0,"2) Copies of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. - All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity Wanderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract.",0.4823906083244397,0.7908217716115261,0.052294557097118465,0.4663820704375667,0.0384204909284952,0.06937033084311633,0.0384204909284952,0.026680896478121666,0.44930629669156885,0.16435432230522945,53,govt tenders -53,1,The wanderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts15 with at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016 - 08/01/2021). 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: - Information systems consultancy and/or studies - minimum 6 references; - Information systems development and support - minimum 4 references; 3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems consultancy and/or studies: a. Engagement of In experts corresponding to the relevant In profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days.,0.18361153262518967,0.212443095599393,0.11229135053110774,0.701062215477997,0.13657056145675264,0.012139605462822459,0.12139605462822459,0.11380880121396054,0.6752655538694993,0.1244309559939302,53,govt tenders -53,2,Minimum level of capacity,0.52,0.68,0.0,0.56,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.56,0.56,53,govt tenders -54,0,"The joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the Group Leader who will act as the Contracting Authority's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The Group Leader will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the Contracting Authority shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in Annex 04 ""Power of Attorney"".",0.0,0.6873977086743044,0.03436988543371522,0.03273322422258593,0.07201309328968904,0.04091653027823241,0.04091653027823241,0.04582651391162029,0.02618657937806874,0.04091653027823241,54,govt tenders -54,1,9 References to tendered or wanderers in this document shall be understood as covering both sole wanderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender.,0.030120481927710843,0.08433734939759036,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.03614457831325301,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,0.0783132530120482,54,govt tenders -55,0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.0,0.5294117647058824,0.0,0.13725490196078433,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.27450980392156865,55,govt tenders -55,1,Forecast balance,0.0,0.125,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,55,govt tenders -56,0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.0,0.7113970588235294,0.007352941176470588,0.0,0.0,0.16544117647058823,0.0,0.007352941176470588,0.0,0.0,56,govt tenders -57,0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,0.649867374005305,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.06631299734748011,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,57,govt tenders -58,0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,0.6170212765957447,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.1580547112462006,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,58,govt tenders -59,0,"Apres l'evaluation, le travail ne peut etre repair qu'apres que le bagiment ait ete declane sur et que l'acces a cells-ci ait ete officiellement autobuse par le service de securite. Change enterprise grille a ce que tout cembre du personnel present sur le chanting reclive une topic de la procesure d'evaluation dewrite a l'appendage 2.",0.1488095238095238,0.7172619047619048,0.16071428571428573,0.15773809523809523,0.1488095238095238,0.15773809523809523,0.15178571428571427,0.15178571428571427,0.15773809523809523,0.1488095238095238,59,govt tenders -60,0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.007042253521126761,0.4788732394366197,0.014084507042253521,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.014084507042253521,60,govt tenders -61,0,"Le contracting doit satisfaire aux evidences minimally presues dans le career des charges. Cell compound le respect des obligations applicables en verse de la leviolation environnementale et sociale et de la leviolation du travail etallies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions legislatives internationally dans le domains environnemental et social et dans le domains du travail enumerees a l'andere X de la directive 2014/24/Up4, hindi que le respect des obligations en mathere de protection des downees decourant des reelements (Up) 2016/6795 et (Up) 2018/17256.",0.07532051282051282,0.7516025641025641,0.08012820512820513,0.11858974358974358,0.09455128205128205,0.14743589743589744,0.09455128205128205,0.12179487179487179,0.11858974358974358,0.10737179487179487,61,govt tenders -62,0,"Each tendered's financial offer must be completely unambiguous and unconditional. Renders which contain statements preventing an accurate and complete comparison of the tenders (e.g. ""To be discussed"", ""Depending on x"", etc.) or referring to external circumstances (such as an already existing but separate contract) will be disqualified. Make sure you prepare and submit your electronic tender in e-Submission early enough to ensure it is received within the deadline specified under Heading In.2.2 of the contract notice. A tender received after this deadline will be rejected.",0.41968911917098445,0.7962003454231433,0.4283246977547496,0.41968911917098445,0.4214162348877375,0.46459412780656306,0.4214162348877375,0.41968911917098445,0.41968911917098445,0.42487046632124353,62,govt tenders -63,0,"Once the contract has entered into force, the prices indicated in the financial proposal of the successful Rendered may only be revised under the conditions laid down in the contract.",0.01092896174863388,0.01639344262295082,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.15300546448087432,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,0.01092896174863388,63,govt tenders -64,0,"Wanderers must provide minimum 10 (and in any case no more than 20) contract references. Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in Annex 09 to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered. Wanderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same En Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each En Institution (including an En agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender. The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the clients, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evidence.",0.16193656093489148,0.11686143572621036,0.04618809126321647,0.34891485809682804,0.021146355036171398,0.10406232609905398,0.021146355036171398,0.0077907623817473565,0.43683917640511966,0.11686143572621036,64,govt tenders -64,1,"A consolidated assessment of the tendered as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tendered relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.10138248847926268,0.07373271889400922,0.009216589861751152,0.07373271889400922,0.009216589861751152,0.009216589861751152,0.009216589861751152,0.009216589861751152,0.07373271889400922,0.07373271889400922,64,govt tenders -64,2,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant Its standards,0.1188118811881188,0.16831683168316833,0.7227722772277227,0.0891089108910891,0.019801980198019802,0.019801980198019802,0.019801980198019802,0.019801980198019802,0.0891089108910891,0.019801980198019802,64,govt tenders -64,3,The tendered must be certified in the following Its standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: * T 2.1: Its 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by,0.19747899159663865,0.16806722689075632,0.13865546218487396,0.42016806722689076,0.029411764705882353,0.046218487394957986,0.12605042016806722,0.037815126050420166,0.41596638655462187,0.31092436974789917,64,govt tenders -65,0,"It is the responsibility of each tendered to ensure that the total amount of the tender inserted in the relevant field of the e-Submission application corresponds to the amount indicated in the uploaded financial offer. In case of discrepancies, only the amount indicated in the financial offer will be taken into account. The financial offer shall be: expressed in euro.cents. Wanderers from countries outside the euro zone have to quote their prices in euro as well. The price quoted may not be revised in line with exchange rate movements. It is for the tendered to bear the risks or the benefits deriving from any variation. quoted free of all duties, taxes and other charges, i.e. also free of Via. The tendered may indicate the amount of Via but it must be shown separately. Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the For. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be involved separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft For. The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how wanderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements:",0.37760097919216645,0.7233782129742962,0.3763769889840881,0.379436964504284,0.3788249694002448,0.3880048959608323,0.37821297429620565,0.37760097919216645,0.37209302325581395,0.3763769889840881,65,govt tenders -65,1,"The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the En under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Impurities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refuses upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of Via must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable Via system, it is the tendered's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from Via.",0.019973368841544607,0.7736351531291611,0.03462050599201065,0.02130492676431425,0.019973368841544607,0.118508655126498,0.023968042609853527,0.023968042609853527,0.10918774966711052,0.019973368841544607,65,govt tenders -66,0,"There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. p In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. CHANGING The INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. p p p p y To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. FOCUSING Remove the lens protective cover. p 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. g 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. g pp p 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. CHANGING The BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord. p 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminated cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminated.",0.06582506762849413,0.8791704238052299,0.061316501352569885,0.1036970243462579,0.08476104598737602,0.06853020739404869,0.06853020739404869,0.06853020739404869,0.08205590622182146,0.7141568981064021,66,manuals_sample -66,1,"1. Turn the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. y g 2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. ZOOM MAGNIFICATION 1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. 2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. y 3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: p a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. g b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. y g g p g d.With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting.",0.038929440389294405,0.8929440389294404,0.0575831305758313,0.0535279805352798,0.0535279805352798,0.030819140308191405,0.0340632603406326,0.0340632603406326,0.0535279805352798,0.537712895377129,66,manuals_sample -66,2,"USING The VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS As11230/11234 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro To unit 2. Chosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. 3. Make sure that both the images in",0.05063291139240506,0.8924050632911392,0.05379746835443038,0.06962025316455696,0.05379746835443038,0.04113924050632911,0.028481012658227847,0.03481012658227848,0.06329113924050633,0.509493670886076,66,manuals_sample -66,3,"CHANGING The BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminated cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminated.",0.07250755287009064,0.8761329305135952,0.0513595166163142,0.06646525679758308,0.07854984894259819,0.07854984894259819,0.07854984894259819,0.07854984894259819,0.06646525679758308,0.3202416918429003,66,manuals_sample -66,4,MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model As11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.,0.015384615384615385,0.85,0.015384615384615385,0.03076923076923077,0.015384615384615385,0.015384615384615385,0.007692307692307693,0.015384615384615385,0.015384615384615385,0.03461538461538462,66,manuals_sample -66,5,"CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model As11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Course and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs.",0.00984251968503937,0.8582677165354331,0.00984251968503937,0.017716535433070866,0.00984251968503937,0.00984251968503937,0.005905511811023622,0.00984251968503937,0.00984251968503937,0.01968503937007874,66,manuals_sample -67,0,"Each paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. Make sure that you focus on answering the question - only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer.",0.02112676056338028,0.9225352112676056,0.03169014084507042,0.014084507042253521,0.017605633802816902,0.014084507042253521,0.03169014084507042,0.017605633802816902,0.014084507042253521,0.045774647887323945,67,manuals_sample -67,1,8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. 8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.,0.2631578947368421,0.8947368421052632,0.26900584795321636,0.2573099415204678,0.26900584795321636,0.25146198830409355,0.2807017543859649,0.26900584795321636,0.26900584795321636,0.25146198830409355,67,manuals_sample -67,2,"9. Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.",0.010752688172043012,0.8978494623655914,0.04838709677419355,0.016129032258064516,0.03225806451612903,0.026881720430107527,0.026881720430107527,0.03225806451612903,0.043010752688172046,0.016129032258064516,67,manuals_sample -67,3,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments.",0.011904761904761904,0.9206349206349206,0.031746031746031744,0.011904761904761904,0.027777777777777776,0.43253968253968256,0.027777777777777776,0.031746031746031744,0.011904761904761904,0.0,67,manuals_sample -67,4,"TYPES Of QUESTIONS THAT You WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS In ASSIGNMENTS In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""idea- tiny"" certain features, or ""prove"" a certain point. It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.029055690072639227,0.9515738498789347,0.04600484261501211,0.029055690072639227,0.04116222760290557,0.043583535108958835,0.04116222760290557,0.029055690072639227,0.029055690072639227,0.05084745762711865,67,manuals_sample -67,5,Analyse: Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.,0.16304347826086957,0.8586956521739131,0.14130434782608695,0.6739130434782609,0.05434782608695652,0.09782608695652174,0.043478260869565216,0.15217391304347827,0.03260869565217391,0.6739130434782609,67,manuals_sample -67,6,"Argue: Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence.",0.13793103448275862,0.8505747126436781,0.09195402298850575,0.6781609195402298,0.05747126436781609,0.034482758620689655,0.04597701149425287,0.06896551724137931,0.6896551724137931,0.6781609195402298,67,manuals_sample -68,0,PLEASE REMEMBER To ATTACH The FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS To YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.05263157894736842,0.9605263157894737,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,0.05263157894736842,68,manuals_sample -68,1,A copy of your In Proof of your highest grade passed Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained,0.061946902654867256,0.09734513274336283,0.25663716814159293,0.061946902654867256,0.22123893805309736,0.061946902654867256,0.07964601769911504,0.11504424778761062,0.17699115044247787,0.168141592920354,68,manuals_sample -68,2,"Important Note: If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address.",0.0,0.7966101694915254,0.03389830508474576,0.7457627118644068,0.022598870056497175,0.0,0.022598870056497175,0.022598870056497175,0.0,0.768361581920904,68,manuals_sample -70,0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,0.7821782178217822,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,70,manuals_sample -70,1,"Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Notes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Notes, and the Load Balanced is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2).",0.011811023622047244,0.7913385826771654,0.027559055118110236,0.027559055118110236,0.027559055118110236,0.011811023622047244,0.011811023622047244,0.027559055118110236,0.19291338582677164,0.027559055118110236,70,manuals_sample -71,0,"By right-clicking and selecting Properties, you see detailed technical parameters, such as In, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-30.",0.0055248618784530384,0.8176795580110497,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.016574585635359115,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.049723756906077346,0.06077348066298342,71,manuals_sample -71,1,"In an environment with multiple Its Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification Law on the front pane. Click Turn Identify On in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the Get, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify Law was turned on.",0.3407079646017699,0.8827433628318584,0.4092920353982301,0.3053097345132743,0.37610619469026546,0.23672566371681417,0.37831858407079644,0.35176991150442477,0.3495575221238938,0.4424778761061947,71,manuals_sample -72,0,"Approve/Approve of To ""approve"" something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance.",0.03065134099616858,0.842911877394636,0.07662835249042145,0.038314176245210725,0.022988505747126436,0.038314176245210725,0.04597701149425287,0.03065134099616858,0.022988505747126436,0.06130268199233716,72,manuals_sample -72,1,"Barrow/Lend To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work today.",0.026936026936026935,0.8585858585858586,0.06397306397306397,0.04377104377104377,0.020202020202020204,0.04377104377104377,0.04040404040404041,0.026936026936026935,0.04377104377104377,0.05387205387205387,72,manuals_sample -72,2,"Compliment/Complement You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g.That scarf complements her dress.",0.059800664451827246,0.8504983388704319,0.07973421926910298,0.04983388704318937,0.026578073089700997,0.059800664451827246,0.046511627906976744,0.03322259136212625,0.04983388704318937,0.07308970099667775,72,manuals_sample -73,0,STEP 4 - Per YOUR REGISTRATION For And SEND In Of YOUR FORM,0.22033898305084745,0.9322033898305084,0.23728813559322035,0.23728813559322035,0.22033898305084745,0.22033898305084745,0.2033898305084746,0.23728813559322035,0.2033898305084746,0.23728813559322035,73,manuals_sample -73,1,"Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantee to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantee will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.",0.009126466753585397,0.9361147327249022,0.014341590612777053,0.009126466753585397,0.10430247718383312,0.011734028683181226,0.10951760104302477,0.009126466753585397,0.009126466753585397,0.01303780964797914,73,manuals_sample -73,2,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.0,0.8929577464788733,0.0,0.03943661971830986,0.0,0.7577464788732394,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7549295774647887,73,manuals_sample -73,3,"If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:",0.6363636363636364,0.8727272727272727,0.0,0.6363636363636364,0.0,0.6545454545454545,0.0,0.0,0.6363636363636364,0.6545454545454545,73,manuals_sample -74,0,3. Create the A - C relationship (or the B - C relationship).,0.03278688524590164,0.03278688524590164,0.06557377049180328,0.03278688524590164,0.06557377049180328,0.03278688524590164,0.03278688524590164,0.03278688524590164,0.5081967213114754,0.03278688524590164,74,manuals_sample -74,1,"4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A - C is established: - A - B, A - C, A - D, B - C, B - D, and C - D - A - B, A - C, and B - C Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A - B, A - C, and B - C). Figure 11-84 Triangle topology",0.26907630522088355,0.5742971887550201,0.23293172690763053,0.5542168674698795,0.20481927710843373,0.14056224899598393,0.14859437751004015,0.19678714859437751,0.7590361445783133,0.19678714859437751,74,manuals_sample -74,2,System partnership intersex: All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intersex of the Its Sha Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running Its Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later.,0.0392156862745098,0.792156862745098,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.0392156862745098,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,0.054901960784313725,74,manuals_sample -75,0,"WARRANTY BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (Ref) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to pretty such costs. BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. BARSKA DISCLAIMS And WARRANTIES, EXPRESS Of IMPLIED, WHETHER Of MERCHANTABILITY Of FITNESS For A PARTICULAR Url, EXCEPT As EXPRESSLY Sha FORTH HEREIN. The SOLE OBLIGATION Of BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL By To REPAIR Of REPLACE The COVERED PRODUCT, In ACCORDANCE WITH The TERMS Sha FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS And LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT Of CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH Of And WARRANTY, Of ARISING One Of The Url Of INABILITY To Url And BARSKA PRODUCT. And WARRANTIES WHICH And IMPLIED And WHICH CANNOT By DISCLAIMED SHALL By LIMITED In DURATION To A TERM Of One YEAR FROM The DATE Of ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and explosions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 ( ) Fax. (909) 445-8169 ( ) e-mail: service@barska.com Monday-Friday 8:30As-5:30Px Per NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.A.",0.03688778673279603,0.8292002479851209,0.04122752634841909,0.03595784252944823,0.038437693738375696,0.09237445753254804,0.04277743335399876,0.03781773093614383,0.035337879727216366,0.03688778673279603,75,manuals_sample -75,1,"855 Towns Center Drive Pomona, Co 91767 , Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 www.barska.com",0.08695652173913043,0.8695652173913043,0.15217391304347827,0.06521739130434782,0.08695652173913043,0.07608695652173914,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.06521739130434782,0.06521739130434782,75,manuals_sample -75,2,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.045454545454545456,0.8181818181818182,0.0,0.0,0.6818181818181818,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,75,manuals_sample -75,3,"MODEL As11240 40X,100X,400X , , COMPOUND MONOCULAR",0.22,0.26,0.36,0.18,0.68,0.18,0.36,0.38,0.18,0.9,75,manuals_sample -76,0,Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,0.0,0.8181818181818182,0.06060606060606061,0.0,0.06060606060606061,0.12121212121212122,0.06060606060606061,0.12121212121212122,0.0,0.12121212121212122,76,manuals_sample -76,1,"Mark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. A standard storage pool that is created by using the Get has a default extent size of 1 Gt. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 Gt. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking Settings - Get Preferences - General and checking Advanced pool settings, as shown in Figure 6-5. Figure 6-5 Advanced pool settings",0.07719298245614035,0.9228070175438596,0.1,0.11052631578947368,0.09824561403508772,0.04035087719298246,0.07543859649122807,0.06315789473684211,0.1824561403508772,0.11403508771929824,76,manuals_sample -76,2,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,0.8029197080291971,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,76,manuals_sample -76,3,Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.056338028169014086,0.056338028169014086,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.7887323943661971,0.056338028169014086,0.7887323943661971,0.056338028169014086,76,manuals_sample -76,4,"If the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed efficiently.",0.6521739130434783,0.8616600790513834,0.0,0.08300395256916997,0.541501976284585,0.766798418972332,0.6640316205533597,0.0,0.0,0.7470355731225297,76,manuals_sample -77,0,Insert PivotTable Click here to summarize data using a PivotTable or to insert a PivotChart. PivotTables make it easy to arrange and summarize complicated data and drill down on details.,0.7526881720430108,0.7688172043010753,0.043010752688172046,0.6559139784946236,0.0913978494623656,0.7956989247311828,0.7688172043010753,0.0967741935483871,0.021505376344086023,0.8118279569892473,77,manuals_sample -77,1,"Here, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify $A$1:$D$500.",0.0,0.7378277153558053,0.056179775280898875,0.0299625468164794,0.0,0.7415730337078652,0.052434456928838954,0.0,0.0299625468164794,0.48314606741573035,77,manuals_sample -78,0,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click Import. Figure 8-39 import volume mappings source host selection",0.1885245901639344,0.7827868852459017,0.1885245901639344,0.21721311475409835,0.10245901639344263,0.18032786885245902,0.06967213114754098,0.1598360655737705,0.20081967213114754,0.19672131147540983,78,manuals_sample -78,1,"3. After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties. Then, click the Capped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).",0.0033003300330033004,0.7524752475247525,0.08250825082508251,0.08250825082508251,0.08250825082508251,0.009900990099009901,0.08250825082508251,0.0033003300330033004,0.08250825082508251,0.0891089108910891,78,manuals_sample -78,2,"Renaming a host To rename a host, complete the following steps: 1. Select the host, and then right-click and select Rename (see Figure 8-40). Figure 8-40 Rename a host",0.12574850299401197,0.844311377245509,0.20359281437125748,0.20359281437125748,0.1497005988023952,0.07784431137724551,0.12574850299401197,0.19760479041916168,0.17964071856287425,0.2155688622754491,78,manuals_sample -78,3,Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.056338028169014086,0.056338028169014086,0.8591549295774648,0.7887323943661971,0.8028169014084507,0.7746478873239436,0.8028169014084507,0.056338028169014086,0.8169014084507042,0.056338028169014086,78,manuals_sample -79,0,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm",0.0,0.0,0.8235294117647058,0.8235294117647058,0.803921568627451,0.8235294117647058,0.803921568627451,0.0,0.8235294117647058,0.0,79,manuals_sample -79,1,8459ch03.fm,0.0,0.0,1.0,1.0,0.9090909090909091,0.9090909090909091,0.9090909090909091,0.0,1.0,0.0,79,manuals_sample -79,2,3.3.1 Features,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.14285714285714285,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.14285714285714285,79,manuals_sample -79,3,"Its Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with As-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The Its Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. Figure 3-7 Its Cloud Pak for Automation",0.052564102564102565,0.7769230769230769,0.08717948717948718,0.06025641025641026,0.017948717948717947,0.015384615384615385,0.015384615384615385,0.05897435897435897,0.06025641025641026,0.04871794871794872,79,manuals_sample -79,4,"Successful enterprises look for modernizing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. Figure 3-8 Its Cloud Pak for Automation benefits Additional features of the Its Cloud Pak for Automation are: Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models.",0.272552783109405,0.744721689059501,0.2802303262955854,0.1765834932821497,0.3474088291746641,0.3397312859884837,0.3378119001919386,0.272552783109405,0.16122840690978887,0.31669865642994244,79,manuals_sample -79,5,Chapter 3. Its Cloud Pass - Middleware anywhere,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.6808510638297872,0.06382978723404255,0.6808510638297872,0.06382978723404255,79,manuals_sample -79,6,"Logging monitoring security, identity access management",0.21818181818181817,0.8363636363636363,0.07272727272727272,0.7636363636363637,0.07272727272727272,0.6727272727272727,0.21818181818181817,0.2545454545454545,0.7818181818181819,0.7090909090909091,79,manuals_sample -79,7,Reduce costs Improve efficiency of their automated systems Make employees more efficient Extract information from unstructured data,0.25190839694656486,0.7786259541984732,0.21374045801526717,0.7709923664122137,0.10687022900763359,0.1297709923664122,0.22137404580152673,0.183206106870229,0.7633587786259542,0.7633587786259542,79,manuals_sample -79,8,"Improve top-line New business models Find new opportunities for revenue growth Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services",0.48366013071895425,0.803921568627451,0.20261437908496732,0.7581699346405228,0.0784313725490196,0.19607843137254902,0.1503267973856209,0.17647058823529413,0.7647058823529411,0.7647058823529411,79,manuals_sample -80,0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.0,0.9523809523809523,0.0,0.8095238095238095,0.0,0.0,0.8571428571428571,0.0,0.8571428571428571,0.0,80,manuals_sample -80,1,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL And IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.",0.017006802721088437,0.9829931972789115,0.023809523809523808,0.030612244897959183,0.013605442176870748,0.11904761904761904,0.01020408163265306,0.01020408163265306,0.017006802721088437,0.034013605442176874,80,manuals_sample -80,2,"1.3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications.",0.013100436681222707,0.9868995633187773,0.015283842794759825,0.021834061135371178,0.008733624454148471,0.06986899563318777,0.008733624454148471,0.008733624454148471,0.013100436681222707,0.026200873362445413,80,manuals_sample -80,3,"2. ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #Ref!, #NULL!, and #####.",0.03272727272727273,0.9818181818181818,0.05090909090909091,0.03272727272727273,0.04727272727272727,0.01818181818181818,0.04363636363636364,0.01818181818181818,0.01818181818181818,0.03636363636363636,80,manuals_sample -80,4,2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.,0.022058823529411766,0.9632352941176471,0.029411764705882353,0.051470588235294115,0.007352941176470588,0.18382352941176472,0.007352941176470588,0.007352941176470588,0.022058823529411766,0.058823529411764705,80,manuals_sample -80,5,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #Ref! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #Ref!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.015209125475285171,0.9847908745247148,0.045627376425855515,0.015209125475285171,0.045627376425855515,0.015209125475285171,0.045627376425855515,0.015209125475285171,0.015209125475285171,0.015209125475285171,80,manuals_sample -80,6,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.0,0.9032258064516129,0.0,0.5806451612903226,0.0,0.6129032258064516,0.0,0.0,0.5806451612903226,0.6129032258064516,80,manuals_sample -81,0,INDEX Maintenance............................................ 1 Model As11240/Model As11238.................. 2-5 Model As11228/Model As11232.................. 6-9 Model As11230/Model As11234.................. 10-13 Model As11236........................................ 14-18 Warranty Information................................ Back Cover,0.5722713864306784,0.15634218289085547,0.07964601769911504,0.696165191740413,0.2448377581120944,0.13864306784660768,0.616519174041298,0.04424778761061947,0.6902654867256637,0.04424778761061947,81,manuals_sample -81,1,"IMPORTANT NOTES Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32of to 104of. 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. 4. Do not subject the instrument to shock.",0.030721966205837174,0.8556067588325653,0.047619047619047616,0.05222734254992319,0.041474654377880185,0.07680491551459294,0.0445468509984639,0.019969278033794162,0.03840245775729647,0.10138248847926268,81,manuals_sample -81,2,"MAINTENANCE Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: 1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. 2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. 3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: Wet weather: 1:2 Dry Weather: 1:1 4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. 5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container.",0.029069767441860465,0.9287790697674418,0.06976744186046512,0.03924418604651163,0.059593023255813955,0.02616279069767442,0.07122093023255814,0.03197674418604651,0.04215116279069767,0.10465116279069768,81,manuals_sample -81,3,MODEL As11240/As11238,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,81,manuals_sample -81,4,MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model As11240 and Model As11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.,0.01730103806228374,0.9238754325259516,0.01730103806228374,0.031141868512110725,0.010380622837370242,0.01730103806228374,0.01730103806228374,0.01730103806228374,0.01730103806228374,0.03460207612456748,81,manuals_sample -81,5,"CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model As11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90o vertical to 45o level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limited to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model As11238 features a molecular tube that is slanted at a 45o angle. The head rotates 360o. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube.",0.024242424242424242,0.8707070707070707,0.024242424242424242,0.024242424242424242,0.020202020202020204,0.04040404040404041,0.024242424242424242,0.024242424242424242,0.024242424242424242,0.05454545454545454,81,manuals_sample -82,0,"15.Click Finish to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.0,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,0.1038961038961039,82,manuals_sample -82,1,Figure 9-14 Migration is started,0.0,0.59375,0.0625,0.0,0.0625,0.125,0.0625,0.125,0.0,0.125,82,manuals_sample -82,2,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,0.7011494252873564,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,82,manuals_sample -82,3,Figure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.0,0.56,0.02666666666666667,0.0,0.02666666666666667,0.05333333333333334,0.02666666666666667,0.05333333333333334,0.0,0.05333333333333334,82,manuals_sample -82,4,"16.If you want to check the progress by using the Can, run the lsvdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.030303030303030304,0.7878787878787878,0.04242424242424243,0.06060606060606061,0.048484848484848485,0.012121212121212121,0.048484848484848485,0.06060606060606061,0.012121212121212121,0.06060606060606061,82,manuals_sample -82,5,Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using Can,0.07692307692307693,0.8269230769230769,0.057692307692307696,0.057692307692307696,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,0.07692307692307693,82,manuals_sample -82,6,"17.When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click Finalize, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400.",0.011627906976744186,0.75,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.011627906976744186,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.046511627906976744,0.05813953488372093,82,manuals_sample -82,7,The data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies. Then unzone and remove the original storage system.,0.3632075471698113,0.7735849056603774,0.08490566037735849,0.0660377358490566,0.39622641509433965,0.7075471698113207,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7075471698113207,82,manuals_sample -83,0,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the Get, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).",0.006329113924050633,0.75,0.03164556962025317,0.03164556962025317,0.03164556962025317,0.006329113924050633,0.03164556962025317,0.006329113924050633,0.03164556962025317,0.03164556962025317,83,manuals_sample -83,1,Figure 5-80 Enabling login message,0.0,0.5,0.17647058823529413,0.0,0.058823529411764705,0.11764705882352941,0.058823529411764705,0.11764705882352941,0.0,0.11764705882352941,83,manuals_sample -83,2,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,83,manuals_sample -83,3,Figure 5-81 Welcome message in Get,0.11764705882352941,0.5294117647058824,0.17647058823529413,0.058823529411764705,0.08823529411764706,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,0.11764705882352941,83,manuals_sample -83,4,"The banner message also appears in the Can login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,0.022727272727272728,83,manuals_sample -83,5,Figure 5-82 Banner message in Can,0.06060606060606061,0.48484848484848486,0.18181818181818182,0.06060606060606061,0.12121212121212122,0.12121212121212122,0.09090909090909091,0.12121212121212122,0.09090909090909091,0.12121212121212122,83,manuals_sample -83,6,182 Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.05333333333333334,0.10666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.7866666666666666,0.7333333333333333,0.7866666666666666,0.7866666666666666,0.10666666666666667,0.7866666666666666,0.10666666666666667,83,manuals_sample -83,7,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.0,0.8484848484848485,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7878787878787878,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.7878787878787878,83,manuals_sample -84,0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0392156862745098,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0392156862745098,84,manuals_sample -84,1,"To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: 1. Click Settings - System - Licensed Functions. 2. Click Encryption Licenses, as shown in Figure 12-9.",0.04519774011299435,0.4689265536723164,0.23163841807909605,0.24858757062146894,0.05649717514124294,0.05649717514124294,0.23728813559322035,0.04519774011299435,0.4067796610169492,0.2824858757062147,84,manuals_sample -84,2,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.0,0.8048780487804879,0.0,0.0,0.024390243902439025,0.04878048780487805,0.0,0.04878048780487805,0.0,0.04878048780487805,84,manuals_sample -84,3,"3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (Activate License Automatically and Activate License Manually), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page 617.",0.0,0.8073836276083467,0.038523274478330656,0.025682182985553772,0.025682182985553772,0.012841091492776886,0.025682182985553772,0.0,0.0,0.7367576243980738,84,manuals_sample -84,4,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.0,0.6904761904761905,0.0,0.0,0.023809523809523808,0.047619047619047616,0.0,0.047619047619047616,0.0,0.047619047619047616,84,manuals_sample -84,5,Chapter 12. Encryption 613,0.0,0.15384615384615385,0.5,0.5769230769230769,0.5769230769230769,0.6153846153846154,0.5769230769230769,0.15384615384615385,0.5769230769230769,0.15384615384615385,84,manuals_sample -84,6,"Licensed Functions Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance. Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance.",0.7105263157894737,0.7664473684210527,0.631578947368421,0.4342105263157895,0.75,0.7302631578947368,0.7532894736842105,0.4276315789473684,0.4473684210526316,0.7730263157894737,84,manuals_sample -84,7,Encryption Licenses Add the license keys for the following enclosures,0.5652173913043478,0.6231884057971014,0.13043478260869565,0.2028985507246377,0.6521739130434783,0.6521739130434783,0.5362318840579711,0.4782608695652174,0.10144927536231885,0.6376811594202898,84,manuals_sample -85,0,SPECIFICATIONS 1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm 3. Condensed: Abbr; numerical aperture: Ns1.25 (oil immersion) 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm 6. Course Adjustment Range: 20mm 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm 8. Condensed Elevation Range: 15mm 9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm,0.07600950118764846,0.8479809976247031,0.08788598574821853,0.09263657957244656,0.08076009501187649,0.03800475059382423,0.08076009501187649,0.03800475059382423,0.09263657957244656,0.16389548693586697,85,manuals_sample -85,1,Objective Specifications,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,2,Classification,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,3,Magnification,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,4,Numerical Aperture,0.16666666666666666,0.3888888888888889,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.1111111111111111,85,manuals_sample -85,5,Working Distance,0.625,0.4375,0.0,0.4375,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.4375,0.625,85,manuals_sample -85,6,PARTS LIST,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,7,Name,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,8,Qty,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,9,Microscope Stand,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,10,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,11,Achromatic Objective,0.5,0.35,0.0,0.35,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.35,85,manuals_sample -85,12,10x,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -85,13,Packing List,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,85,manuals_sample -86,0,Basic English Language Skills,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.8620689655172413,0.0,0.896551724137931,0.7931034482758621,0.0,0.8275862068965517,0.0,86,manuals_sample -86,1,Compare the following examples:,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,86,manuals_sample -86,2,Hello Mr Smith I don't understand the assignment. Please help. Kind regards [Name] [Student Number],0.6060606060606061,0.8383838383838383,0.15151515151515152,0.7575757575757576,0.1414141414141414,0.8484848484848485,0.24242424242424243,0.1414141414141414,0.12121212121212122,0.8484848484848485,86,manuals_sample -86,3,"Hello Mr Smith Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? Kind regards [Name] [Student Number]",0.6220735785953178,0.8561872909698997,0.046822742474916385,0.2809364548494983,0.046822742474916385,0.862876254180602,0.07357859531772576,0.046822742474916385,0.04013377926421405,0.7892976588628763,86,manuals_sample -87,0,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: And installation costs; And site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining Arts, And telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to Arts. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of Arts in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the And operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on And hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Creation network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.0141287284144427,0.6718995290423861,0.014913657770800628,0.05180533751962323,0.0141287284144427,0.08163265306122448,0.0141287284144427,0.0141287284144427,0.03767660910518053,0.04317111459968603,87,finance_samples -87,1,Transaction processing and And monitoring,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,0.04878048780487805,87,finance_samples -87,2,"5,242",0.0,0.8,0.0,0.8,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.6,87,finance_samples -87,3,"4,205",0.0,0.6,0.0,0.6,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.8,87,finance_samples -87,4,Other,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,87,finance_samples -88,0,"The project consists of three well-defined miner- closed deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by under- ground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (En60)1.",0.021526418786692758,0.786692759295499,0.023483365949119372,0.021526418786692758,0.021526418786692758,0.021526418786692758,0.021526418786692758,0.025440313111545987,0.025440313111545987,0.021526418786692758,88,finance_samples -88,1,"1 Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",0.0,0.7990196078431373,0.0196078431372549,0.0196078431372549,0.0196078431372549,0.0,0.004901960784313725,0.00980392156862745,0.0,0.0196078431372549,88,finance_samples -89,0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has thickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergson, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.004761904761904762,0.7761904761904762,0.006349206349206349,0.004761904761904762,0.004761904761904762,0.01746031746031746,0.004761904761904762,0.004761904761904762,0.004761904761904762,0.01904761904761905,89,finance_samples -89,1,"In December 2003, Shelter mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0038684719535783366,0.7678916827852998,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.007736943907156673,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.0038684719535783366,0.007736943907156673,89,finance_samples -89,2,"Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six- county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",0.005865102639296188,0.7360703812316716,0.005865102639296188,0.011730205278592375,0.005865102639296188,0.17008797653958943,0.005865102639296188,0.005865102639296188,0.011730205278592375,0.011730205278592375,89,finance_samples -89,3,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,0.7560975609756098,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,89,finance_samples -90,0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,0.9090909090909091,0.022727272727272728,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.8181818181818182,90,finance_samples -90,1,"32,522",0.0,0.8333333333333334,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.6666666666666666,90,finance_samples -90,2,"73,066",0.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,90,finance_samples -90,3,"20,879",0.0,0.8333333333333334,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.6666666666666666,90,finance_samples -90,4,"75,006",0.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.16666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,90,finance_samples -90,5,"(323,726)",0.0,0.8888888888888888,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,90,finance_samples -90,6,Key short term employee benefits How much can the executives earn under the Sha Plan?,0.5411764705882353,0.7294117647058823,0.5058823529411764,0.8,0.7294117647058823,0.6235294117647059,0.3764705882352941,0.5294117647058824,0.8,0.7294117647058823,90,finance_samples -90,7,"Threshold - Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. p y Managing Director / Can - up to 15% of The, Can & Can - up to 12.5% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 10% of The. Target - Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. y g q p j Managing Director / Can - up to 30% of The, Can & Can - up to 25% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 20% of The. Stretch (Maximum) - Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. Managing Director / Can - up to 60% of The, Can & Can - up to 50% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 40% of The. (The - Total Fixed Remuneration)",0.08133472367049009,0.7497393117831074,0.11783107403545359,0.10427528675703858,0.13138686131386862,0.06882168925964546,0.11887382690302398,0.13660062565172054,0.132429614181439,0.7455683003128258,90,finance_samples -92,0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.2727272727272727,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,92,finance_samples -92,1,DELIVERING Of The EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,0.07894736842105263,92,finance_samples -92,2,"Exploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: * acquiring new exploration acreage * adding material exploration prospects * drilling wildcat exploration wells. SUCCESS RArr Of 44% In 2004 Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jesus) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineating and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jesus oil discovery in the Samsung Per offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jesus discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were based and suspended as gas discoveries. There was also success in the offshore Stray Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. Other wells in the offshore Stray Basin included the deep water Merit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with gas shows.",0.03198578409595735,0.9840071079520213,0.03287427809862283,0.033762772101288314,0.03243003109729009,0.4162594402487783,0.034207019102621056,0.03243003109729009,0.030208796090626388,0.043980453131941356,92,finance_samples -92,3,'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.',0.0,0.8883248730964467,0.01015228426395939,0.0,0.0,0.01015228426395939,0.0,0.0,0.01015228426395939,0.015228426395939087,92,finance_samples -92,4,JACQUES GOUADAIN Vice President Geoscience and New Ventures,0.06779661016949153,0.8305084745762712,0.3389830508474576,0.11864406779661017,0.13559322033898305,0.3220338983050847,0.3389830508474576,0.2033898305084746,0.05084745762711865,0.06779661016949153,92,finance_samples -92,5,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Stray Basin, Victoria.",0.62,0.89,0.02,0.02,0.02,0.76,0.02,0.02,0.02,0.02,92,finance_samples -94,0,"The Promise of Emerging Markets Expanding Poland's Payment Infrastructure Although still under- developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. Since entering Poland in 1995, Baronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 Arts and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - End Get, Plus Get and IDEA Centertel - further confirms that Baronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland.",0.06354009077155824,0.7760968229954615,0.09531013615733737,0.05143721633888049,0.03479576399394856,0.2692889561270802,0.0680786686838124,0.0453857791225416,0.05143721633888049,0.28895612708018154,94,finance_samples -94,1,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,0.05673758865248227,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,94,finance_samples -94,2,"While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities - particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa.",0.03215434083601286,0.03858520900321544,0.01929260450160772,0.1639871382636656,0.00964630225080386,0.13504823151125403,0.012861736334405145,0.006430868167202572,0.15755627009646303,0.01929260450160772,94,finance_samples -97,0,"1) The Oklahoma Up state tax jurisdiction computer income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.",0.007194244604316547,0.7949640287769785,0.007194244604316547,0.02158273381294964,0.017985611510791366,0.014388489208633094,0.02158273381294964,0.007194244604316547,0.02158273381294964,0.07913669064748201,97,finance_samples -98,0,ENHANCING The PORTFOLIO,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,0.08695652173913043,98,finance_samples -98,1,"In 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the investment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. Santos entered into an agreement with Px Medio during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of Px Medio's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brandes Per and 9% of the Kazan Per from Medio for Up$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medio Up$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kazan Per expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jesus and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Stray Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004.",0.6017441860465116,0.7302325581395349,0.026744186046511628,0.03430232558139535,0.02558139534883721,0.19244186046511627,0.02558139534883721,0.02558139534883721,0.03430232558139535,0.03255813953488372,98,finance_samples -100,0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the Up slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidable lead to supply restrictions from the Up. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattering and ultimate reduction in Up supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0066844919786096255,0.7740641711229946,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.020053475935828877,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.0066844919786096255,0.017379679144385027,100,finance_samples -100,1,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality Up shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.005208333333333333,0.015625,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,0.005208333333333333,100,finance_samples -101,0,"ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-lecturers. An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Outer Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popovi, Donggala and Papalang. 2004 also marked the year that Santos drilled its first operated deep water wells - a significant achievement for a company that had its beginnings in a desert environment.",0.36608187134502923,0.7871345029239766,0.4023391812865497,0.36023391812865496,0.3508771929824561,0.36608187134502923,0.36257309941520466,0.3894736842105263,0.3649122807017544,0.3684210526315789,101,finance_samples -102,0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,0.10256410256410256,0.0,0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,1,Per Market POPS (000),0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,0.09523809523809523,102,finance_samples -102,2,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,3,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,4,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,5,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,6,"2,048",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,7,Per Covered POPS (000),0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,0.09090909090909091,102,finance_samples -102,8,"1,581",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,9,"1,581",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,10,"1,574",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,11,"1,574",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -102,12,"1,555",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,102,finance_samples -103,0,"(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categs- ries are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stimulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspec- times. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring con- sistance with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies.",0.01373825018076645,0.749819233550253,0.046276211135213303,0.01373825018076645,0.03470715835140998,0.02096890817064353,0.01373825018076645,0.015184381778741865,0.01373825018076645,0.0274765003615329,103,finance_samples -104,0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,0.952,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,104,finance_samples -104,1,"LEADER In CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.021645021645021644,0.9264069264069265,0.05194805194805195,0.03463203463203463,0.008658008658008658,0.16883116883116883,0.008658008658008658,0.017316017316017316,0.017316017316017316,0.05194805194805195,104,finance_samples -104,2,MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS And SERVICES A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.,0.027777777777777776,0.9166666666666666,0.06111111111111111,0.05,0.016666666666666666,0.16111111111111112,0.016666666666666666,0.027777777777777776,0.027777777777777776,0.18333333333333332,104,finance_samples -104,3,"CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty To, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.",0.049723756906077346,0.9060773480662984,0.049723756906077346,0.04419889502762431,0.011049723756906077,0.1712707182320442,0.011049723756906077,0.022099447513812154,0.022099447513812154,0.8011049723756906,104,finance_samples -104,4,"SUPERIOR ASSET Map Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.",0.02976190476190476,0.9285714285714286,0.05952380952380952,0.05357142857142857,0.017857142857142856,0.02976190476190476,0.017857142857142856,0.02976190476190476,0.02976190476190476,0.125,104,finance_samples -104,5,"STRONG FRANCHISES And POWERFUL BRANDS Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.",0.03468208092485549,0.8959537572254336,0.057803468208092484,0.05202312138728324,0.017341040462427744,0.028901734104046242,0.017341040462427744,0.028901734104046242,0.028901734104046242,0.6820809248554913,104,finance_samples -104,6,"LEADING NETWORKS And INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.",0.033707865168539325,0.9044943820224719,0.056179775280898875,0.05056179775280899,0.016853932584269662,0.028089887640449437,0.016853932584269662,0.028089887640449437,0.028089887640449437,0.7359550561797753,104,finance_samples -104,7,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP And ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.",0.023923444976076555,0.9186602870813397,0.04784688995215311,0.0430622009569378,0.014354066985645933,0.21052631578947367,0.014354066985645933,0.023923444976076555,0.023923444976076555,0.7081339712918661,104,finance_samples -104,8,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH And FLEXIBILITY Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity.",0.03571428571428571,0.9166666666666666,0.05952380952380952,0.05357142857142857,0.017857142857142856,0.21428571428571427,0.017857142857142856,0.02976190476190476,0.02976190476190476,0.7738095238095238,104,finance_samples -104,9,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME And GROWING DIVIDENDS Ref common stock actively trades on the The and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014.",0.0423728813559322,0.8983050847457628,0.059322033898305086,0.0635593220338983,0.029661016949152543,0.038135593220338986,0.029661016949152543,0.038135593220338986,0.046610169491525424,0.7669491525423728,104,finance_samples -105,0,Cooper Basin,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples -105,1,"1,051",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples -105,2,24,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples -105,3,15,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples -105,4,"1,842",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples -105,5,233,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,105,finance_samples -105,6,"DEFINING RESERVES Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (Sha), World Petroleum Congress (Www) and the American",0.021875,0.85,0.021875,0.034375,0.021875,0.021875,0.021875,0.021875,0.021875,0.728125,105,finance_samples -105,7,"Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (And). Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the And Listing Rules.",0.037953795379537955,0.8547854785478548,0.01155115511551155,0.0165016501650165,0.01155115511551155,0.01155115511551155,0.01155115511551155,0.01155115511551155,0.0165016501650165,0.3580858085808581,105,finance_samples -105,8,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'.",0.014134275618374558,0.8445229681978799,0.024734982332155476,0.024734982332155476,0.01060070671378092,0.038869257950530034,0.01060070671378092,0.01060070671378092,0.01060070671378092,0.024734982332155476,105,finance_samples -106,0,"2.3 Composition of the Board The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: * the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the Can); * the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;",0.05333333333333334,0.7413333333333333,0.02666666666666667,0.032,0.04,0.029333333333333333,0.029333333333333333,0.024,0.021333333333333333,0.056,106,finance_samples -106,1,"Generally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materialism of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materialism guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: * a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; * an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.",0.0193621867881549,0.7050113895216401,0.012528473804100227,0.014806378132118452,0.018223234624145785,0.011389521640091117,0.011389521640091117,0.009111617312072893,0.018223234624145785,0.03758542141230068,106,finance_samples -106,2,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.037037037037037035,0.6697530864197531,0.0030864197530864196,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.015432098765432098,106,finance_samples -107,0,"innovate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Former chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Report carbon packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Tennis-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improve- meets have significantly boosted sales of our Former microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box.",0.016243654822335026,0.10355329949238579,0.03553299492385787,0.030456852791878174,0.018274111675126905,0.07715736040609138,0.029441624365482234,0.3116751269035533,0.025380710659898477,0.03248730964467005,107,finance_samples -108,0,En 2 000 008 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.6666666666666666,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,108,patents -108,1,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,108,patents -108,2,(45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17,0.0,0.7608695652173914,0.10869565217391304,0.043478260869565216,0.08695652173913043,0.32608695652173914,0.05434782608695652,0.0,0.0,0.043478260869565216,108,patents -108,3,(21) Application number: 07759411.7,0.0,0.11428571428571428,0.2,0.11428571428571428,0.22857142857142856,0.08571428571428572,0.11428571428571428,0.0,0.0,0.11428571428571428,108,patents -108,4,(22) Date of filing: 26.03.2007,0.0,0.12903225806451613,0.3225806451612903,0.12903225806451613,0.25806451612903225,0.0967741935483871,0.12903225806451613,0.0,0.12903225806451613,0.12903225806451613,108,patents -108,5,(51) Int Cl.: C23C 16/455(2006.01) C23C 16/54(2006.01) H05B 33/10(2006.01),0.527027027027027,0.6351351351351351,0.28378378378378377,0.2702702702702703,0.47297297297297297,0.4864864864864865,0.5135135135135135,0.5135135135135135,0.47297297297297297,0.8648648648648649,108,patents -108,6,(54) ATOMIC LAYER DEPOSITION SYSTEM And METHOD For COATING FLEXIBLE SUBSTRATES ATOMLAGENABSCHEIDUNGSSYSTEM Url VERFAHREN Zoo BESCHICHTUNG Via FLEXIBLEN SUBSTRATEN DISPOSITIF En PROCEDE De DEPOT En COUCHES ATOMIQUES POUR REVETEMENT De SUBSTRATS FLEXIBLES,0.11067193675889328,0.6679841897233202,0.08695652173913043,0.10276679841897234,0.08300395256916997,0.07905138339920949,0.08695652173913043,0.1422924901185771,0.07905138339920949,0.10276679841897234,108,patents -108,7,"(72) Inventors: * DICKEY, Eric R. Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (Up)",0.11290322580645161,0.8709677419354839,0.25806451612903225,0.24193548387096775,0.20967741935483872,0.11290322580645161,0.08064516129032258,0.14516129032258066,0.24193548387096775,0.2903225806451613,108,patents -108,8,B1 008 000 2 En,0.6,0.6666666666666666,0.8666666666666667,0.5333333333333333,0.6666666666666666,0.7333333333333333,0.6,0.7333333333333333,0.5333333333333333,0.6,108,patents -108,9,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.0,0.9158415841584159,0.0,0.0,0.009900990099009901,0.0,0.009900990099009901,0.0,0.0,0.0,108,patents -109,0,1111 1111111111 11111111 Up009423690B2,0.7105263157894737,0.2631578947368421,0.42105263157894735,0.7631578947368421,0.8947368421052632,0.8157894736842105,0.8157894736842105,0.6842105263157895,0.7894736842105263,0.7368421052631579,109,patents -109,1,c12) United States Patent,0.04,0.68,0.24,0.16,0.32,0.0,0.04,0.16,0.04,0.16,109,patents -109,2,Takizawa et al.,0.0,0.3333333333333333,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,109,patents -109,3,"(In) Patent No.: Up 9,423,690 B2",0.09375,0.0625,0.53125,0.1875,0.25,0.46875,0.21875,0.25,0.65625,0.1875,109,patents -109,4,"(45) Date of Patent: Aug. 23, 2016",0.0,0.47058823529411764,0.35294117647058826,0.11764705882352941,0.20588235294117646,0.3235294117647059,0.11764705882352941,0.23529411764705882,0.23529411764705882,0.11764705882352941,109,patents -109,5,"(54) PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON , BEAM-SENSITIVE Of EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET Ref-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, And METHOD For MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, And ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING The SAME",0.07211538461538461,0.9375,0.7644230769230769,0.07211538461538461,0.09134615384615384,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,0.07211538461538461,109,patents -109,6,"(71) Applicant: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (Ja)",0.020833333333333332,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,0.10416666666666667,0.08333333333333333,0.08333333333333333,0.16666666666666666,0.16666666666666666,109,patents -109,7,"(72) Inventors: Hired Takizawa, Shizuoka (Ja); Saudi , ( ) Hiring, Shizuoka (Ja); Natsumi Yokohama, Shizuoka (Ja); Waters Nihashi, Shizuoka (Ja)",0.18055555555555555,0.8194444444444444,0.5972222222222222,0.3125,0.2152777777777778,0.1875,0.18055555555555555,0.18055555555555555,0.18055555555555555,0.3125,109,patents -109,8,"(57) ABSTRACT There is provided a pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo!% or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A).",0.032915360501567396,0.8119122257053292,0.725705329153605,0.017241379310344827,0.03605015673981191,0.09561128526645768,0.012539184952978056,0.032915360501567396,0.047021943573667714,0.018808777429467086,109,patents -110,0,Up 2020/0050106 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.7222222222222222,1.0,0.16666666666666666,0.7222222222222222,0.7777777777777778,0.16666666666666666,0.8888888888888888,0.05555555555555555,110,patents -110,1,2,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,110,patents -110,2,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,0.0,0.8461538461538461,0.8461538461538461,0.6153846153846154,0.8461538461538461,0.7692307692307693,0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,110,patents -110,3,DESCRIPTION Of The PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.075,0.95,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,0.075,110,patents -110,4,"[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for car- lying out the present invention will be described.",0.047619047619047616,0.6857142857142857,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,0.1523809523809524,0.11428571428571428,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,0.047619047619047616,110,patents -110,5,"y g p [0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.",0.048582995951417005,0.7327935222672065,0.04048582995951417,0.04048582995951417,0.05263157894736842,0.13765182186234817,0.04048582995951417,0.04048582995951417,0.03643724696356275,0.03643724696356275,110,patents -110,6,g [0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. A~([H]x0.04+[C]x 1.0+[N]x2.1 +[O]x30.6+[F]x50. 6+ [S]x 1.5+[I]x39 .5)/([H]x 1 +[C]x 12+[N]x 14+[O]x 16+[F]x19+[S]x32+[I]x127) Formula (1):,0.17209302325581396,0.8651162790697674,0.5813953488372093,0.046511627906976744,0.641860465116279,0.6883720930232559,0.586046511627907,0.5813953488372093,0.5813953488372093,0.037209302325581395,110,patents -110,7,"[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of End light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less.",0.0026041666666666665,0.7513020833333334,0.0026041666666666665,0.0078125,0.01953125,0.10677083333333333,0.0026041666666666665,0.00390625,0.0234375,0.0078125,110,patents -111,0,"Up 9,423,690 B2",0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,111,patents -111,1,"The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer- able contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester strut- sure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).",0.037333333333333336,0.624,0.032,0.08,0.032,0.037333333333333336,0.032,0.032,0.08,0.29333333333333333,111,patents -111,2,"In Formula (A-1 ), Re 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. If n is 2 or more, Re 2's each independently represents a substituent. A represents a single bond or a covalent linking group. Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by -O----C(=O)-O- in the formula. n represents an integer of 0 or more. Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. ( ) The alkyl group represented by Re 1 may have a substitu- ent such as a fluorine atom. Re 1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. p y y g p The substituent represented by Re 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 p y y g p g carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propel group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group g p y g p y g p y g p may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably Oto 4, and more preferably 0. Examples of the a covalent linking group represented by p g g p p y A may include an alkaline group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkaline group may include preferably an alkaline group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkaline group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkaline group.",0.16220391349124613,0.7636457260556128,0.09062821833161688,0.09835221421215241,0.2353244078269825,0.18640576725025745,0.08444902162718847,0.12924819773429455,0.09835221421215241,0.466529351184346,111,patents -112,0,Up 2012/0003590 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8333333333333334,0.8888888888888888,0.1111111111111111,0.8333333333333334,0.7777777777777778,0.1111111111111111,0.8888888888888888,0.05555555555555555,112,patents -112,1,100,0.0,0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.3333333333333333,0.3333333333333333,0.6666666666666666,0.3333333333333333,0.0,0.3333333333333333,0.0,112,patents -112,2,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,0.9166666666666666,0.0,0.8333333333333334,0.6666666666666666,0.0,0.9166666666666666,0.0,112,patents -112,3,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.0,0.7175572519083969,0.05343511450381679,0.0,0.10687022900763359,0.10687022900763359,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.030534351145038167,112,patents -112,4,"[0481] The composition of the present invention is type- calls used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.",0.030612244897959183,0.6887755102040817,0.0663265306122449,0.030612244897959183,0.0663265306122449,0.03571428571428571,0.030612244897959183,0.030612244897959183,0.030612244897959183,0.030612244897959183,112,patents -112,5,"[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 um. The method for coating the composition on a sub- strata is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.",0.028169014084507043,0.7605633802816901,0.06103286384976526,0.107981220657277,0.06103286384976526,0.0892018779342723,0.028169014084507043,0.028169014084507043,0.107981220657277,0.028169014084507043,112,patents -112,6,"[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate ( e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silk- con nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a crater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray- sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known entire- election film may be previously provided by coating.",0.03272727272727273,0.7745454545454545,0.04363636363636364,0.03272727272727273,0.04,0.056363636363636366,0.02909090909090909,0.02909090909090909,0.03272727272727273,0.02909090909090909,112,patents -112,7,"[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, Ja-A-2008- 162101, and ""Yoshihiro Hired (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiss to Gijutsu Kaihatsu*Oro Tznkai-Nanoimprint no Urban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tznkai (Basic and Technology Expansion*Application Development of Nanoimprint-Sub- strata Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shulman"".",0.04329896907216495,0.8309278350515464,0.06391752577319587,0.04329896907216495,0.05979381443298969,0.10515463917525773,0.04329896907216495,0.04329896907216495,0.04329896907216495,0.04742268041237113,112,patents -112,8,EXAMPLES,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,112,patents -113,0,"Up 6,482,565 Bl",0.13333333333333333,0.26666666666666666,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.2,1.0,1.0,0.2,0.8666666666666667,0.26666666666666666,113,patents -113,1,7,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,113,patents -113,2,"Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was p generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure com- pound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",0.017094017094017096,0.6752136752136753,0.010683760683760684,0.00641025641025641,0.017094017094017096,0.17735042735042736,0.008547008547008548,0.017094017094017096,0.10256410256410256,0.017094017094017096,113,patents -113,3,,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.14285714285714285,0.19047619047619047,0.14285714285714285,0.0,0.0,0.0,113,patents -113,4,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethane- sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene.",0.014705882352941176,0.7647058823529411,0.007352941176470588,0.022058823529411766,0.007352941176470588,0.003676470588235294,0.014705882352941176,0.007352941176470588,0.022058823529411766,0.014705882352941176,113,patents -113,5,"EXAMPLE 2 The procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%).",0.015544041450777202,0.47668393782383417,0.02072538860103627,0.06217616580310881,0.015544041450777202,0.05699481865284974,0.02072538860103627,0.02072538860103627,0.12953367875647667,0.07253886010362694,113,patents -114,0,Up 2020/0050106 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.7777777777777778,0.8888888888888888,0.2777777777777778,0.7777777777777778,0.1111111111111111,0.16666666666666666,0.8333333333333334,0.05555555555555555,114,patents -114,1,40,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,114,patents -114,2,-continued,0.4,0.0,0.3,0.3,0.1,0.0,0.2,0.0,0.3,0.3,114,patents -114,3,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,0.6153846153846154,0.9230769230769231,0.8461538461538461,0.0,0.6923076923076923,0.0,0.0,0.8461538461538461,0.0,114,patents -114,4,"[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001 % to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 % to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.0182648401826484,0.7534246575342466,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.0182648401826484,0.1735159817351598,0.0182648401826484,114,patents -114,5,[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.0,0.6981132075471698,0.03773584905660377,0.03773584905660377,0.0,0.1509433962264151,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.03773584905660377,114,patents -114,6,"[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is pref- enable 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffs- sign control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150.",0.021806853582554516,0.7663551401869159,0.021806853582554516,0.018691588785046728,0.021806853582554516,0.10903426791277258,0.021806853582554516,0.021806853582554516,0.021806853582554516,0.018691588785046728,114,patents -114,7,"[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amino group- containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-contain- ing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of Ja2013-011833A.",0.034482758620689655,0.8237547892720306,0.034482758620689655,0.038314176245210725,0.034482758620689655,0.1724137931034483,0.034482758620689655,0.034482758620689655,0.08045977011494253,0.038314176245210725,114,patents -114,8,[0401] <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.0,0.3333333333333333,0.13333333333333333,0.13333333333333333,0.3,0.3,0.0,0.0,0.06666666666666667,0.13333333333333333,114,patents -114,9,"[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",0.0,0.6495726495726496,0.03418803418803419,0.03418803418803419,0.0,0.017094017094017096,0.0,0.0,0.06837606837606838,0.03418803418803419,114,patents -114,10,"[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophobic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.006042296072507553,0.7462235649546828,0.01812688821752266,0.01812688821752266,0.006042296072507553,0.1148036253776435,0.006042296072507553,0.006042296072507553,0.006042296072507553,0.01812688821752266,114,patents -114,11,[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydro- phobia resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas.,0.024390243902439025,0.7414634146341463,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.07804878048780488,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,0.024390243902439025,114,patents -115,0,En 1 499 943 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.8,0.8,0.8666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,115,patents -115,1,"der erste Performance-Husband ist, und eines written Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Husband ist, women das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung auf- wrist, die eine Bacteria beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- number eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingelei- bytes Ereignis ist, directed Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Person- dance-Husband in den written Performance-Zu- stand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleite- tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zu- stand in den zweiten Performance-Husband.",0.07832167832167833,0.73006993006993,0.06713286713286713,0.07832167832167833,0.057342657342657345,0.193006993006993,0.057342657342657345,0.08391608391608392,0.08251748251748252,0.627972027972028,115,patents -115,2,"2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women das Benutzerer- eights durch eine Programmierumgebung deficient ist, innerhalb teacher das Computersystem metric- ben wird. 3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women directed Verses- zen das Versetzen ohne Veryosprung ist.",0.12301587301587301,0.6785714285714286,0.12698412698412698,0.13095238095238096,0.12698412698412698,0.15079365079365079,0.12698412698412698,0.12698412698412698,0.12698412698412698,0.32936507936507936,115,patents -115,3,"4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, werner umfassend: Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem written Performance-Husband fur einen border- bestimmten Zentrum auf Basis von thermischen Uberlegungen, um in einem written Person- dance-Husband ausfallfrei funktionieren.",0.08614232209737828,0.6779026217228464,0.08614232209737828,0.0898876404494382,0.11610486891385768,0.15355805243445692,0.08614232209737828,0.09363295880149813,0.09363295880149813,0.5692883895131086,115,patents -115,4,"5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, women das Computer- system ein Laptop-Computer ist.",0.037037037037037035,0.6172839506172839,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,0.07407407407407407,115,patents -115,5,"6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women das Computer- system ein personeither digitally Assistant ist.",0.12244897959183673,0.6530612244897959,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.12244897959183673,0.1326530612244898,0.12244897959183673,115,patents -115,6,"7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: Matter (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Genus- zer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; women das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zu- standen beinhaltet einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Person- dance-Husbands, der hoher als der erste Per- formance-Husband ist, und eines written Person- dance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Per- formance-Husband ist; Matter zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Er- eights ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und Matter (130, 134) zum directed Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Person- dance-Husband in den written Performance-Zu- stand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Er- eights ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Steal- tung aus dem ersten Performance-Husband in den zweiten Performance-Husband auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist.",0.15765765765765766,0.7450450450450451,0.08198198198198198,0.08558558558558559,0.1009009009009009,0.14234234234234233,0.08198198198198198,0.34594594594594597,0.08738738738738738,0.46306306306306305,115,patents -115,7,"8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, werner umfassend: Matter (134) zum Astern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Per- formance-Husband der integrierten Schaltung zu astern.",0.1076923076923077,0.5076923076923077,0.07692307692307693,0.09230769230769231,0.09743589743589744,0.2153846153846154,0.08717948717948718,0.09743589743589744,0.09743589743589744,0.20512820512820512,115,patents -115,8,"9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, werner umfassend: Matter (130) zum Astern des Betriebsspan- nungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Husband der integrierten Schaltung zu astern.",0.10891089108910891,0.5643564356435643,0.07425742574257425,0.0891089108910891,0.09405940594059406,0.13366336633663367,0.08415841584158416,0.09405940594059406,0.09405940594059406,0.11386138613861387,115,patents -115,9,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Angeruche 7 bis 9, um- fassend: ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeicher- tes Programs zum Manager des Energiever- brauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programs zugeordnete Anweisungen zum directed Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance- Husband in den written Performance-Husband auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignis- ses.",0.07079646017699115,0.7212389380530974,0.06858407079646017,0.07079646017699115,0.09955752212389381,0.1415929203539823,0.06858407079646017,0.06858407079646017,0.07079646017699115,0.581858407079646,115,patents -116,0,"Up 9,423,690 B2",0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,116,patents -116,1,1,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,116,patents -116,2,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE Of EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET Ref-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, And METHOD For MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, And ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING The SAME",0.0845771144278607,0.7860696517412935,0.05472636815920398,0.05970149253731343,0.7114427860696517,0.05472636815920398,0.05472636815920398,0.05472636815920398,0.05970149253731343,0.05472636815920398,116,patents -116,3,"CROSS-REFERENCE To RELATED APPLICATION This is a continuation of International Application No. Per/Ja2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012- 181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorpo- rated herein by reference.",0.03206997084548105,0.7988338192419825,0.03206997084548105,0.03206997084548105,0.11370262390670553,0.14868804664723032,0.03206997084548105,0.03206997084548105,0.03206997084548105,0.15743440233236153,116,patents -116,4,"TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super Log or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac- during an electronic device, and an electronic device using g g the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to",0.02909090909090909,0.6945454545454546,0.02909090909090909,0.02181818181818182,0.05090909090909091,0.08727272727272728,0.02909090909090909,0.02909090909090909,0.02181818181818182,0.02727272727272727,116,patents -116,5,"BACKGROUND And A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manu- featuring process of a semiconductor device such as an In or Log. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter macron region has been required, because",0.042483660130718956,0.7418300653594772,0.042483660130718956,0.09477124183006536,0.0718954248366013,0.09803921568627451,0.042483660130718956,0.042483660130718956,0.09477124183006536,0.0392156862745098,116,patents -116,6,"SUMMARY Of INVENTION The present invention is as follows. [1] A pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo! % or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A):",0.06726457399103139,0.6890881913303438,0.04484304932735426,0.05082212257100149,0.08221225710014948,0.18236173393124067,0.09865470852017937,0.01943198804185351,0.05082212257100149,0.4020926756352765,116,patents -117,0,En 2 000 008 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.8,0.8,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.06666666666666667,117,patents -117,1,"able substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many ad- national advantages and uses of the systems and meth- ods will become apparent from the following detailed de- scripting, which proceeds with reference to the actor- padding drawings.",0.042134831460674156,0.9803370786516854,0.05056179775280899,0.056179775280898875,0.047752808988764044,0.07303370786516854,0.047752808988764044,0.0702247191011236,0.056179775280898875,0.0702247191011236,117,patents -117,2,"[0020] For. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible sub- strata 12 (shown in profile in For. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to For. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an interim- diane isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second pre- cursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are intro- faced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery sys- tens 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clade precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clade piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20.",0.03387096774193549,0.9862903225806452,0.03467741935483871,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,0.10483870967741936,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,0.03387096774193549,117,patents -117,3,"[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividend 34, 36 into three sub-chan- bars, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Ves- sel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the enter- nal environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfering with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to For. 4. A series of first passage- ways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a cor- responding series of second passageways 56 are pro- video through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, pas- sideways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in For. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) ex- tending into the plane of For.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first di- video 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36.",0.03380102040816327,0.985969387755102,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.10522959183673469,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,0.03380102040816327,117,patents -117,4,"[0022] To substantially prevent non-And reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Pas- sideways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and mar- wins may range between mirrors and millimeters in cer- tain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embed- idents, the passageways 54, 56 include a wider for fur- ther restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the sub- strata is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate.",0.023712737127371274,0.9850948509485095,0.023712737127371274,0.029132791327913278,0.023712737127371274,0.10094850948509485,0.023712737127371274,0.023712737127371274,0.03048780487804878,0.023712737127371274,117,patents -117,5,"[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividend 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extend- ing completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 con- nests the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways mentally of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor nigra- tion and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to puzzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in For. 1.",0.023835319609967497,0.9837486457204767,0.023835319609967497,0.032502708559046585,0.023835319609967497,0.10834236186348863,0.023835319609967497,0.023835319609967497,0.03466955579631636,0.023835319609967497,117,patents -117,6,"[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentiate are prefer- able established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embody- ment, the pressure differentiate may be generated by in- meeting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure great- er than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the ex- haunt from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pres- sure differentiate may also be generated by pumping from",0.043478260869565216,0.979539641943734,0.030690537084398978,0.0319693094629156,0.0319693094629156,0.1278772378516624,0.029411764705882353,0.034526854219948847,0.029411764705882353,0.04475703324808184,117,patents -118,0,En 1 499 943 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.8,0.9333333333333333,0.9333333333333333,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,118,patents -118,1,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, women die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programs espnangt.",0.05042016806722689,0.6134453781512605,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.10084033613445378,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,0.05042016806722689,118,patents -118,2,"15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren.",0.07207207207207207,0.5315315315315315,0.05405405405405406,0.05405405405405406,0.05405405405405406,0.1981981981981982,0.05405405405405406,0.05405405405405406,0.06306306306306306,0.05405405405405406,118,patents -118,3,"16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",0.06451612903225806,0.5053763440860215,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.15053763440860216,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,0.06451612903225806,118,patents -118,4,"17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",0.06593406593406594,0.4835164835164835,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.15384615384615385,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,0.06593406593406594,118,patents -118,5,"18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die erste inte- grierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.",0.06382978723404255,0.24468085106382978,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.06382978723404255,0.07446808510638298,0.06382978723404255,118,patents -118,6,"23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen be- reitstellt, die bei Alsouhrung durch eine Matching bewirken, dass die Matching Operational durch- fuhrt, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen howeren Performance-Husband zu verses- zen, women die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Justande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Husbands, der hoher als der erste Performance-Husband ist, und eines written Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Husband ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- number eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist;",0.07046070460704607,0.6639566395663956,0.07723577235772358,0.07859078590785908,0.07723577235772358,0.20596205962059622,0.07723577235772358,0.07994579945799458,0.07859078590785908,0.07723577235772358,118,patents -118,7,"Revendications 1. Procede comportant les etapes consistent a : detester (402) un evecement pour faire passer un circuit integre d'un systeme informatique a un etat de performances plus eleve, le circuit integre avant de multiples etats de performed-",0.1285140562248996,0.18875502008032127,0.12449799196787148,0.18875502008032127,0.1285140562248996,0.21285140562248997,0.14457831325301204,0.1285140562248996,0.1566265060240964,0.1686746987951807,118,patents -119,0,Up 2019/0010119 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8888888888888888,0.9444444444444444,0.16666666666666666,0.8888888888888888,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.8333333333333334,0.05555555555555555,119,patents -119,1,40,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.5,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.0,119,patents -119,2,"Jan. 10, 2019",0.0,0.6153846153846154,0.7692307692307693,0.8461538461538461,0.0,0.8461538461538461,0.0,0.0,0.9230769230769231,0.0,119,patents -119,3,"[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit By2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!%.",0.02880658436213992,0.9012345679012346,0.02880658436213992,0.0205761316872428,0.02880658436213992,0.012345679012345678,0.037037037037037035,0.02880658436213992,0.05761316872427984,0.0205761316872428,119,patents -119,4,"[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a check- calls amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit By2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of consisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",0.022082018927444796,0.9495268138801262,0.022082018927444796,0.015772870662460567,0.022082018927444796,0.07728706624605679,0.022082018927444796,0.022082018927444796,0.022082018927444796,0.015772870662460567,119,patents -119,5,"g p [0146] When the inventive resist composition is a check- calls amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactate structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustra- time examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesive- ness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity.",0.0365296803652968,0.943683409436834,0.0350076103500761,0.0334855403348554,0.0350076103500761,0.1232876712328767,0.0380517503805175,0.0350076103500761,0.0395738203957382,0.0319634703196347,119,patents -120,0,En 1 499 943 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,120,patents -120,1,"13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: frequency regulation logic to change an operas- ing frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.04205607476635514,0.6542056074766355,0.03271028037383177,0.037383177570093455,0.04205607476635514,0.08878504672897196,0.06074766355140187,0.037383177570093455,0.037383177570093455,0.037383177570093455,120,patents -120,2,"14. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the pro- gram.",0.052884615384615384,0.6634615384615384,0.028846153846153848,0.03365384615384615,0.038461538461538464,0.028846153846153848,0.057692307692307696,0.03365384615384615,0.038461538461538464,0.03365384615384615,120,patents -120,3,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.0,0.30851063829787234,0.0,0.0425531914893617,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0425531914893617,0.0425531914893617,0.031914893617021274,120,patents -120,4,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.0,0.22093023255813954,0.0,0.046511627906976744,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.046511627906976744,0.06976744186046512,0.046511627906976744,120,patents -120,5,"Patentanspruche 1. Verfahren, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen howeren Performance-Husband zu verses- zen, women die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Justande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Husbands, der hoher als",0.1151685393258427,0.12359550561797752,0.07584269662921349,0.10955056179775281,0.0702247191011236,0.1601123595505618,0.08707865168539326,0.07865168539325842,0.08707865168539326,0.09550561797752809,120,patents -121,0,Up 2012/0003590 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8333333333333334,0.8333333333333334,0.16666666666666666,0.7222222222222222,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.8333333333333334,0.05555555555555555,121,patents -121,1,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,0.4166666666666667,0.6666666666666666,0.6666666666666666,0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.0,0.0,0.6666666666666666,0.0,121,patents -121,2,60,0.0,0.0,0.5,0.0,0.0,0.5,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,121,patents -121,3,-continued,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.5,0.3,0.0,0.5,0.0,0.5,0.0,121,patents -121,4," [0317] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an anti- oxidase, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. (Photo-Acid Generator)",0.04498269896193772,0.7889273356401384,0.04152249134948097,0.04152249134948097,0.05536332179930796,0.1453287197231834,0.05190311418685121,0.05190311418685121,0.04152249134948097,0.06228373702422145,121,patents -121,5,[0318] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeat- ing unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).,0.05,0.9125,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0125,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,121,patents -121,6,"[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for catholic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-dis- coloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an opium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).",0.010115606936416185,0.8728323699421965,0.010115606936416185,0.010115606936416185,0.010115606936416185,0.023121387283236993,0.010115606936416185,0.014450867052023121,0.010115606936416185,0.010115606936416185,121,patents -121,7,"[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (Zh), (Zoo) and (ZIII):",0.022556390977443608,0.8646616541353384,0.022556390977443608,0.14285714285714285,0.022556390977443608,0.11278195488721804,0.022556390977443608,0.022556390977443608,0.14285714285714285,0.11278195488721804,121,patents -121,8,P-55,0.0,0.0,0.5,1.0,1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.75,121,patents -122,0,En 3 800 018 A1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,122,patents -122,1,EUROPAISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,0.037037037037037035,122,patents -122,2,(43) Veroffentlichungstag: 07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14,0.03508771929824561,0.8771929824561403,0.19298245614035087,0.08771929824561403,0.45614035087719296,0.5964912280701754,0.10526315789473684,0.15789473684210525,0.017543859649122806,0.08771929824561403,122,patents -122,3,(21) Anmeldenummer: 19200966.0,0.0,0.13333333333333333,0.3,0.13333333333333333,0.6333333333333333,0.1,0.13333333333333333,0.13333333333333333,0.0,0.13333333333333333,122,patents -122,4,(22) Anmeldetag: 02.10.2019,0.0,0.14814814814814814,0.3333333333333333,0.14814814814814814,0.5185185185185185,0.1111111111111111,0.14814814814814814,0.14814814814814814,0.0,0.14814814814814814,122,patents -122,5,(51) Int Cl.: B26D 1/16 (2006.01) (2006 01),0.20930232558139536,0.7674418604651163,0.4418604651162791,0.5348837209302325,0.6046511627906976,0.6511627906976745,0.3488372093023256,0.37209302325581395,0.7441860465116279,0.46511627906976744,122,patents -122,6,(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: As As By By Co Co Co De De En En Ft Ft Gt Gt He He In In In Lt Lt Lt Lt My My My Ns Ns Px Px Re Re So So So So To Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: By My Benannte Validierungsstaaten: Km MA My To,0.22972972972972974,0.8828828828828829,0.2747747747747748,0.26576576576576577,0.5495495495495496,0.21621621621621623,0.2882882882882883,0.36036036036036034,0.19369369369369369,0.3153153153153153,122,patents -122,7,(71) Anmelder: Pieces Works fur Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. Km 51491 Overall (De),0.11392405063291139,0.7974683544303798,0.24050632911392406,0.1518987341772152,0.3037974683544304,0.26582278481012656,0.16455696202531644,0.20253164556962025,0.11392405063291139,0.1518987341772152,122,patents -122,8,"(72) Erfinder: * Thieves, Role 50733 Koln (De)",0.5,0.7608695652173914,0.34782608695652173,0.17391304347826086,0.45652173913043476,0.2391304347826087,0.43478260869565216,0.6086956521739131,0.1956521739130435,0.17391304347826086,122,patents -122,9,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FUR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.022222222222222223,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.022222222222222223,0.022222222222222223,0.022222222222222223,0.022222222222222223,0.13333333333333333,0.1111111111111111,122,patents -122,10,"(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensor- vorrichtung (4) fur einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend - einen Grandeorner (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvor- richtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), - mindestens einen an dem Grandeorner (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Grosse und - einen an dem Grandeorner (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Ubertragung der von dem Sensor (7) er- fassten Grosse.",0.07838479809976247,0.9144893111638955,0.09263657957244656,0.0855106888361045,0.10451306413301663,0.08076009501187649,0.08076009501187649,0.08076009501187649,0.0855106888361045,0.08076009501187649,122,patents -123,0,"une deglieme zone precurseur (16, 116, 316) essayee de la premiere, le deglieme gaz pre- curseur ewant different du premier ; guidage d'un substrat flexible (12, 112, 312) se- lon un mouvement de gazette entre les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs, en passant par une serie de passages d'etranglement (54, 56, 154, 156, 354, 356) d'une zone d'isolation (20, 120, 320) interioree entre les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs, de facon a ce que le substrat traverse les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs plusieurs fois, qu'une mono- course du premier gaz precurseur absorbs a la surface du substrat pendant le transit du subs- that dans la premiere zone precurseur et que, pendant un transit ulterieur du substrat dans la deglieme zone precurseur, le deglieme gaz precurseur resuisse avec le premier precurseur absorbe a la surface du substrat akin de depower un film since sur le substrat ; introduction d'un gaz invite dans la zone d'isolation ; et creation d'un premier differenting de pressing en- tre la zone d'isolation et la premiere zone pre- curseur et d'un deglieme differenting de pres- sign entre la zone d'isolation et la deglieme zo- ne precurseur, les differentiels de pressing ewant suffisants pour empecher la migration des pre- tier et deglieme gaz precurseurs horn des pre- miere et deglieme zones precurseurs respects- ves et le melange des premier et deglieme gaz precurseurs dans une des zones, ce qui empe- che les reactions a l'interieur des zones entre les quantumes non-absorbees des premier et deglieme gaz precurseurs.",0.11296534017971759,0.7265725288831836,0.10783055198973042,0.11296534017971759,0.0975609756097561,0.1803594351732991,0.09563543003851091,0.11296534017971759,0.11489088575096278,0.11874197689345314,123,patents -123,1,"13. Le procede de la revendication 12, qui suppose ega- cement de guides le substrat dans une troisieme zone precurseur (190) dans laquelle un troisieme gaz pre- curseur different du deglieme est introduce.",0.11165048543689321,0.5922330097087378,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.24757281553398058,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,0.11165048543689321,123,patents -123,2,"14. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 ou 13, dans sequel la creation des differentiels de pressing suppose d'injected le gaz invite dans les passages.",0.06432748538011696,0.5146198830409356,0.07602339181286549,0.08771929824561403,0.06432748538011696,0.18128654970760233,0.06432748538011696,0.06432748538011696,0.08771929824561403,0.09941520467836257,123,patents -123,3,"15. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 a 14, dans sequel le guidage du substrat en na- cette entre les premiere et deglieme zones precur- spurs suppose de faire avancer continuellement le substrat sur un travel de transport unduee.",0.099601593625498,0.5418326693227091,0.10358565737051793,0.099601593625498,0.099601593625498,0.11553784860557768,0.099601593625498,0.099601593625498,0.10358565737051793,0.10358565737051793,123,patents -123,4,"16. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 a 15, qui suppose ebasement d'cluster une lon- guest d'au joins pertains des transits dans la pre- miere zone precurseur.",0.12777777777777777,0.49444444444444446,0.14444444444444443,0.12777777777777777,0.12777777777777777,0.15,0.12777777777777777,0.12777777777777777,0.12777777777777777,0.14444444444444443,123,patents -123,5,17. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications,0.05454545454545454,0.12727272727272726,0.07272727272727272,0.10909090909090909,0.05454545454545454,0.23636363636363636,0.05454545454545454,0.05454545454545454,0.05454545454545454,0.12727272727272726,123,patents -123,6,En 2 000 008 B1,0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.7333333333333333,0.6666666666666666,0.06666666666666667,0.7333333333333333,0.06666666666666667,123,patents -125,0,"Up 7,851,130 B2",0.06666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,0.8666666666666667,0.06666666666666667,125,patents -125,1,"In formula (F2), Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As preferred substituents that the alkyl group represented by Rx may have, a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom are example- find. Fa represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkaline group, and preferably a single bond. Fb represents a monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Fe represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkaline group, and preferably a single bond or a methylene group. F 1 represents a group represented by formula (F 1). P1 represents from 1 to 3. As the cyclic hydrocarbon group represented by Fb, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbomyl group is preferred. The specific examples of the repeating units having the structure represented by formula (Fl) are shown below.",0.03044496487119438,0.7540983606557377,0.03864168618266979,0.09718969555035128,0.15690866510538642,0.09250585480093677,0.040983606557377046,0.040983606557377046,0.09718969555035128,0.04566744730679157,125,patents -125,2,"The alicyclic hydrocarbon-based acid-decomposable resin in the invention can contain various kinds of repeating strut- rural units, besides the above repeating structural units, for the purpose of the adjustments of dry etching resistance, aptitude for standard developing solutions, adhesion to a substrate, resist profile, and further, general requisite performances of resists, e.g., resolution, heat resistance and sensitivity. As these repeating structural units, the repeating structural units corresponding to the monsters shown below can be exemplified, but the invention is not restricted thereto. By containing such various repeating structural units, fine adjustment of performances required of the alicyclic hydro-",0.013774104683195593,0.522038567493113,0.01652892561983471,0.03856749311294766,0.012396694214876033,0.05096418732782369,0.01652892561983471,0.013774104683195593,0.03856749311294766,0.011019283746556474,125,patents -125,3,67 68,0.8,0.6,0.8,1.0,0.8,0.6,0.8,0.4,0.8,0.6,125,patents -126,0,c12) United States Patent Kawanishi et al.,0.047619047619047616,0.7380952380952381,0.4523809523809524,0.42857142857142855,0.7142857142857143,0.0,0.23809523809523808,0.47619047619047616,0.19047619047619047,0.38095238095238093,126,patents -126,1,11111 111111111111111 111 Up007851130B2,0.6666666666666666,0.28205128205128205,0.8974358974358975,0.8205128205128205,0.8461538461538461,0.717948717948718,0.7948717948717948,0.6923076923076923,0.8717948717948718,0.7948717948717948,126,patents -126,2,"(In) Patent No.: Up 7,851,130 B2",0.09375,0.0625,0.34375,0.1875,0.40625,0.15625,0.28125,0.3125,0.59375,0.21875,126,patents -126,3,"(45) Date of Patent: *Dec. 14, 2010",0.0,0.2857142857142857,0.22857142857142856,0.17142857142857143,0.2857142857142857,0.08571428571428572,0.2571428571428571,0.2857142857142857,0.4857142857142857,0.11428571428571428,126,patents -126,4,"(54) PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, COMPOUND For Url In The PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, And PATTERN-FORMING METHOD USING The PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION",0.10135135135135136,0.9054054054054054,0.11486486486486487,0.10135135135135136,0.7905405405405406,0.07432432432432433,0.07432432432432433,0.07432432432432433,0.07432432432432433,0.10135135135135136,126,patents -126,5,"(75) Inventors: Yasutomo Kawanishi, Ashigarakami-gun (Ja); Kanji Wada, Barbara-gun (Ja)",0.08045977011494253,0.8160919540229885,0.26436781609195403,0.27586206896551724,0.5862068965517241,0.11494252873563218,0.09195402298850575,0.09195402298850575,0.05747126436781609,0.22988505747126436,126,patents -126,6,"(73) Assigned: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (Ja)",0.0425531914893617,0.8297872340425532,0.2978723404255319,0.19148936170212766,0.2765957446808511,0.10638297872340426,0.10638297872340426,0.10638297872340426,0.19148936170212766,0.19148936170212766,126,patents -126,7,"(21) Apps. No.: 11/857,645",0.038461538461538464,0.19230769230769232,0.38461538461538464,0.19230769230769232,0.5384615384615384,0.15384615384615385,0.19230769230769232,0.19230769230769232,0.038461538461538464,0.19230769230769232,126,patents -126,8,G03F 71038 (2006.01) G03F 71039 (2006.01) G03F 7120 (2006.01),0.8032786885245902,0.5573770491803278,0.29508196721311475,0.4918032786885246,0.29508196721311475,0.2459016393442623,0.4262295081967213,0.3770491803278688,0.5409836065573771,0.8360655737704918,126,patents -126,9,"References Cited U.S. PATENT DOCUMENTS 6,680,157 Bl 1/2004 Fedynyshyn 2006/0210919 Al * 9/2006 Mizutani et al. ......... 430/270.1 2007/0072117 Al* 3/2007 Mizutani et al. ......... 430/270.1",0.25263157894736843,0.8473684210526315,0.5578947368421052,0.5526315789473685,0.5526315789473685,0.5052631578947369,0.45263157894736844,0.5473684210526316,0.5789473684210527,0.8263157894736842,126,patents -126,10,FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS En 1480078 Al 5/2004 En 1 693 705 A2 * 8/2006 En 1 703 326 A2 * 9/2006 En 1 767 991 A2 * 3/2007,0.7833333333333333,0.45,0.5833333333333334,0.5916666666666667,0.6833333333333333,0.6166666666666667,0.5666666666666667,0.6583333333333333,0.675,0.8416666666666667,126,patents -126,11,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS Machine-assisted English translation of Ja2006-276759 provided by Jan.* * cited by examiner Primary Examiner-Sin J. Lee (74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue Moon, PLLC",0.0748663101604278,0.7914438502673797,0.27807486631016043,0.12834224598930483,0.20320855614973263,0.10695187165775401,0.46524064171123,0.20320855614973263,0.47058823529411764,0.13368983957219252,126,patents -126,12,"(57) ABSTRACT A photosensitive composition includes (A) a compound rep- resented by the following formula (I): wherein R 1 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a covalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group.",0.3425925925925926,0.7685185185185185,0.3950617283950617,0.19444444444444445,0.3611111111111111,0.12037037037037036,0.33024691358024694,0.38271604938271603,0.2962962962962963,0.38271604938271603,126,patents -126,13,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,126,patents -127,0,-continued,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.4,0.0,0.0,0.4,0.0,0.4,0.0,127,patents -127,1,Up 2020/0050106 Al,0.1111111111111111,0.05555555555555555,0.8888888888888888,0.8333333333333334,0.16666666666666666,0.8888888888888888,0.1111111111111111,0.1111111111111111,0.7777777777777778,0.05555555555555555,127,patents -127,2,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,0.6153846153846154,0.6923076923076923,0.6153846153846154,0.0,0.6923076923076923,0.0,0.0,0.7692307692307693,0.0,127,patents -127,3,"[0293] In General Formula (Zh), [0294] R201 , R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. [0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R201 , R202, and R203 is preferably 1 to 30, and",0.10810810810810811,0.7657657657657657,0.21171171171171171,0.16216216216216217,0.2702702702702703,0.11261261261261261,0.03153153153153153,0.36486486486486486,0.36936936936936937,0.16666666666666666,127,patents -127,4,350A3,0.4,0.2,0.6,0.2,0.0,0.2,0.4,0.2,0.6,0.4,127,patents -127,5,"[0301] Specific examples of the substituent which may be contained in the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, and the arol group exemplified above include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as fluorine atom, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a piano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an arol group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy- carbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyl aryloxy- sulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably hav- ing 5 to 20 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms).",0.019087136929460582,0.7560165975103734,0.07219917012448132,0.04398340248962656,0.009128630705394191,0.0995850622406639,0.009128630705394191,0.009128630705394191,0.014107883817427386,0.04398340248962656,127,patents +page_number,needle_index,needle,reducto,reducto_best_match,pymupdf4llm,pymupdf4llm_best_match,llamaparse,llamaparse_best_match,datalab,datalab_best_match,gemini,gemini_best_match,docling,docling_best_match,geminipro,geminipro_best_match,llamaparse_highest,llamaparse_highest_best_match,datalabllm,datalabllm_best_match,pymupdflayout,pymupdflayout_best_match,Page,Folder +1,0,"where sn,k,l = un,k,l(p0)f(p0) . Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis The initial allocation phase has a complexity of O(KN2) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell l with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier n. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the com- putational complexity of this step is O(KNL). Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as O(KNLM). Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is O(KN2 + NKLM). The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with LK power constraints and LKN power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is O(KN2 + NKLM) + DoD(LKN). Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may not",0.20047923322683706," \). Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of \( O\left(K N^{2}\right) \) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell \( l \) with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier \( n \). The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is \( O(K N L) \). Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., \( M \) iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as \( O\left(K N L M\right) \). Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is \( O\left(K N^{2}+N K L M\right) \). + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with \( L K \) power constraints and \( L K N \) power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is \( O\left(K N^{2}+N K L M\right",0.0670926517571885,". Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation] + + +method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are + + +presented in Algorithm 2. + + +_B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis_ + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of O(KN [2] ) which is the same as Algorithm 1. + + +Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell l with maximum incremental + + +throughput at subcarrier n. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the com + +putational complexity of this step is O(KNL). Since, the process continues until convergence, + +(i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as O(KNLM). Finally, the total + +complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is O(KN [2] + NKLM). + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the + +degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated + +with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with LK power constraints and LKN power variables, the + +total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is O(KN [2] + NKLM) + DoD(LKN). + + +Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may",0.12300319488817892,"nding the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +### B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of \( O(KN^2) \) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell \( l \) with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier \( n \). The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is \( O(KNL) \). Since the process continues until convergence, (i.e., \( M \) iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as \( O(KNLM) \). Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is \( O(KN^2 + NKLM) \). + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with \( LK \) power constraints and \( LKN \) power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is + +$$ +O(KN^2 + NKLM) + DoD(LKN). +$$ + +Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may not",0.07348242811501597," problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## *B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis* + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of O(KN2 ) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell l with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier n. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is O(KNL). Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as O(KNLM). Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is O(KN2 + NKLM). + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with LK power constraints and LKN power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is O(KN2 + NKLM) + DoD(LKN). Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may no",0.05351437699680511,". Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of $O(KN^2)$ which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell $l$ with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier $n$. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is $O(KNL)$. Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., $M$ iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as $O(KNLM)$. Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is $O(KN^2 + NKLM)$. + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with $LK$ power constraints and $LKN$ power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is $O(KN^2 + NKLM) + DoD(LKN)$. Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may not",0.05990415335463259,"Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of O ( KN 2 ) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell l with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier n . The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is O ( KNL ) . Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as O ( KNLM ) . Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is O ( KN 2 + NKLM ) . + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with LK power constraints and LKN power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is O ( KN 2 + NKLM ) + DoD ( LKN ) . + +Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may no",0.05511182108626198,". Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of $O(KN^2)$ which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell $l$ with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier $n$. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is $O(KNL)$. Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., $M$ iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as $O(KNLM)$. Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is $O(KN^2 + NKLM)$. + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with $LK$ power constraints and $LKN$ power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is $O(KN^2 + NKLM) + DoD(LKN)$. + +Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may not",0.054313099041533544,". Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of $O(KN^2)$ which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell $l$ with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier $n$. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is $O(KNL)$. Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., $M$ iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as $O(KNLM)$. Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is $O(KN^2 + NKLM)$. + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with $LK$ power constraints and $LKN$ power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is $O(KN^2 + NKLM) + DoD(LKN)$. Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may not +",0.07827476038338659," . Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of $O(KN^2)$ which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell $l$ with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier $n$ . The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is $O(KNL)$ . Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as $O(KNLM)$ . Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is $O(KN^2 + NKLM)$ . + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with $LK$ power constraints and $LKN$ power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is $O(KN^2 + NKLM) + DoD(LKN)$ . Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based",0.04313099041533546,"] )[0][)][. Thus, the problem can be solved by extending the single condensation] method presented in [14] for multi-cell scenario. The details of centralized scheme A are presented in Algorithm 2. + +## _B. Centralized Scheme A: Complexity Analysis_ + +The initial allocation phase has a complexity of O(KN[2] ) which is the same as Algorithm 1. Next, we perform a one dimensional search for the user in cell l with maximum incremental throughput at subcarrier n. The process is repeated for each subcarrier and cell. Thus, the computational complexity of this step is O(KNL). Since, the process continues until convergence, (i.e., M iterations), the complexity of this step can be written as O(KNLM). Finally, the total complexity of subcarrier allocation phase is O(KN[2] + NKLM). + +The complexity of Phase II is difficult to determine, however, it can be measured in terms of the degree of difficulty (DoD) that in turn relies on the number of constraints and variables associated with the GP [15]. Since we are dealing with LK power constraints and LKN power variables, the total computational complexity of centralized scheme A is O(KN[2] + NKLM) + DoD(LKN). Apparently it seems that implementing centralized GP/successive GP based schemes may not ",1,science_sample +2,0,"Substantial progress are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and im- purities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-offcurrent ratio is 105, the on-current level is around 10 uA and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm2/vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements.",0.13272311212814644,"bstantial progress are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is \( 10^{5} \), the on-current level is around \( 10 \mu \mathrm{A} \) and the estimated hole mobility is larger than \( 2 \mathrm{~cm}^{2} / \mathrm{vs} \). The present results are demonstrated by ",0.7688787185354691,"Semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotube networks +applied to field effect transistors + + + +N. Izard, S. Kazaoui [∗], K. Hata, T. Okazaki, T. Saito, S. Iijima, and N. Minami +National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology (AIST) +1-1-1 Higashi, Tsukuba, Ibaraki, 305-8565 Japan + + + +PACS numbers: + + + +FIG. 1: (Color online): (a) shows the optical absorption spectra and (b) the Raman spectra at 514.5 nm of L, M and S +samples . (c) displays the transfer characteristic, ID vs VG +for VDS=-14V of FET devices made of sample M and S. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +",0.04233409610983982,"l progress are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is \(10^5\), the on-current level is around 10 \(\mu A\) and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm\(^2\)/Vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measure",0.059496567505720827,"ress are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation $(250,000g)$ of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is $10^5$ , the on-current level is around 10 $\mu$ A and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm2/vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measu",0.07894736842105263," reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is $10^5$, the on-current level is around $10\ \mu\text{A}$ and the estimated hole mobility is larger than $2\ \text{cm}^2/\text{Vs}$. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measu",0.014874141876430207,"ubstantial progress are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is 10 5 , the on-current level is around 10 µ A and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm 2 /vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measuremen",0.09267734553775744," reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation ($250,000g$) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is $10^5$, the on-current level is around $10 \, \mu\text{A}$ and the estimated hole mobility is larger than $2 \, \text{cm}^2/\text{Vs}$. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical",0.05377574370709382,"ogress are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is 105, the on-current level is around 10 μA and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm2/vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measur",0.059496567505720827,"ess are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation $(250,000g)$ of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is $10^5$ , the on-current level is around 10 $\mu$ A and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm2/vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measur",0.017162471395881007,"tantial progress are reported on field effect transistors (FET) consisting of semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities. This outstanding result was made possible in particular by ultracentrifugation (250,000g) of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Such s-SWNTs processable solutions were applied to realize FET, embodying randomly or preferentially oriented nanotube networks prepared by spin coating or dielectrophoresis. Devices exhibit a stable p-type semiconductor behavior in air with very promising characteristics: the on-off current ratio is 10[5] , the on-current level is around 10 µA and the estimated hole mobility is larger than 2 cm[2] /vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements",2,science_sample +2,1,"Novel semiconductors materials for field effect tran- sistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly demanded.1 In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-offcurrent ratio, high electron/hole mobil- ity, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies.2-5 Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s- SWNTs,2-5 but generally poor ones using ensemble (net- work and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metal- lic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles).6-8 Therefore, very efficient meth- ods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still re- quired. In recent years, several approaches to extract s- SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization,9-11 DNA and polymers wrapping,12,13 and density gradient ultra- centrifugation techniques.6 The latter efficiently sepa- rates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent.14,15 According to Nish et al.,14 the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ul- tracentrifugation (250,000g), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measure- ments (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such s- SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution process- able polymers/organic materials.1,6,16 S-SWNTs solutions were prepared as follow. First, SWNTs powders (as-prepared HiPco, Carbon Nanotech- nologies Inc.), PFO (Poly-9,9-di-n-octyl-fluorenyl-2,7- diyl, Sigma-Aldrich) and toluene were mixed in the fol- lowing ratio SWNT (5 mg): PFO (5 mg): toluene (30 ml)",0.17038216560509553,"s: + +Novel semiconductors materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly demanded.1 In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies.2-5 Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s-SWNTs,2-5 but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles).6-8 Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s-SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization, \( { }^{9-11} \) DNA and polymers wrapping, \( { }^{12,13} \) and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques. \( { }^{6} \) The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent. \( { }^{14,15} \) According to Nish et al., \( { }^{14} \) the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation (250,000g), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such s- + +The figure shows three types of analysis (optical absorption, Raman spectroscopy, and electrical measurements) comparing different single-wall carbon nanotube samples labeled L, M, and S. Panel (a) displays optical absorption spectra showing characteristic peaks for semiconducting nanotubes across wavelengths from 600-1600 nm, while panel (b) shows Raman spe",0.8598726114649682,"Semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotube networks +applied to field effect transistors + + + +N. Izard, S. Kazaoui [∗], K. Hata, T. Okazaki, T. Saito, S. Iijima, and N. Minami +National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology (AIST) +1-1-1 Higashi, Tsukuba, Ibaraki, 305-8565 Japan + + + +PACS numbers: + + + +FIG. 1: (Color online): (a) shows the optical absorption spectra and (b) the Raman spectra at 514.5 nm of L, M and S +samples . (c) displays the transfer characteristic, ID vs VG +for VDS=-14V of FET devices made of sample M and S. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +",0.050955414012738856," electrical measurements. + +PACS numbers: + +Novel semiconductors materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly demanded. In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies. Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s-SWNTs, but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles). Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s-SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization, DNA and polymers wrapping, and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques. The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent. According to Nish et al., the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of *semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities*, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation (250,000g), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig. 1). We shall demonstrate that such s-SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution processable polymers/organic materials. + +S-SWNTs solutions were prepared as follow. First, SWNTs powders (as-prepared HiPco, Carbon Nanotechnologies Inc.), PFO (Poly-9,9-di-n-octyl-fluorenyl-2,7-diyl, Sigma-Aldrich) and toluene were mixed in the following ratio SWNT (5 mg): PFO (5 mg): toluene (30 ml). + +---- + +### F",0.17953821656050956,"Novel semiconductors materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly $\text{demanded.}^1$ In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies. $^{2-5}$ Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s- $\text{SWNTs.}^{2-5}$ but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles). $^{6-8}$ Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s-SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization, $^{9-11}$ DNA and polymers wrapping, $^{12,13}$ and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques.6 The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent.14,15 According to Nish *et al.*,14 the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation $(250,000g)$ , sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such $s$ - + +![](_page_0_Figure_10.jpeg) + +FIG. 1: (Color online): (a) shows the optical absorption spectra and (b) the Raman spectra at $514.5 \text{ nm}$ of L, M and S samples . (c) displays the transfer characteristic, $I_D$ vs $V_G$ for $V_{DS}$ =-14V of FET devices made of sample M and S. + +SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices ",0.03662420382165605,"vel semiconductor materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly demanded [1]. In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies [2–5]. Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s-SWNTs [2–5], but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles) [6–8]. Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesize s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s-SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization [9–11], DNA and polymers wrapping [12,13], and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques [6]. The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent [14,15]. According to Nish et al. [14], the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation (250,000g), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig. 1). We shall demonstrate that such s-SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution processable polymers/organic materials [1,6,16]. + +S-SWNTs solutions were prepared as follows. First, SWNTs powders (as-prepared HiPco, Carbon Nanotechnologies Inc.), PFO (Poly-9,9-di-n-octyl-fluorenyl-2,7-diyl, Sigma-Aldrich) and toluene were mixed in the following ratio SWNT (5 mg): PFO (5 mg): toluene (30",0.21377388535031847," known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies. 2-5 Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual sSWNTs, 2-5 but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles). 6-8 Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract sSWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization, 9-11 DNA and polymers wrapping, 12,13 and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques. 6 The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent. 14,15 According to Nish et al. , 14 the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities , with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation (250,000g), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such s- + +FIG. 1: (Color online): (a) shows the optical absorption spectra and (b) the Raman spectra at 514.5 nm of L, M and S samples . (c) displays the transfer characteristic, I D vs V G for V DS =-14V of FET devices made of sample M and S. + + + +SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution processable polymers/organic materials. 1,6,16 + +S-SWNTs solutions were prepared as follow. First, SWNTs powders (as-prepared HiPco, Carbon Nanotechnologies Inc.), PFO (Poly-9,9-di-n-octyl-fluorenyl-2,7diyl, Sigma-Aldrich) and toluene were mixed in the following ratio SWNT (5 mg): PFO (5 mg): toluene (30 ml",0.12579617834394904,"* + +Novel semiconductors materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly demanded [1]. In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies [2–5]. Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s-SWNTs [2–5], but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles) [6–8]. Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s-SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization [9–11], DNA and polymers wrapping [12,13], and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques [6]. The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent [14,15]. According to Nish *et al.* [14], the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of *semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes*, without detectable traces of *metallic nanotubes and impurities*, within our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation ($250,000g$), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig. 1). We shall demonstrate that such s-SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution processable polymers/organic materials [1,6,16]. + +![Figure 1: Optical and Electrical characteristics](figure-1.png) + +**FIG. 1: (Color online):** (a) shows the optical absorption spectra and (b) the Raman spectra at 514.5 nm of L, M and S samples. (c) displays the transfer characteristic, $I_D$ v",0.2376592356687898,"/sup>/vs. The present results are demonstrated by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements. + +**PACS numbers:** + +Novel semiconductors materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly demanded.1 In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies.2-5 Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s-SWNTs,2-5 but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles).6-8 Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s-SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization,9-11 DNA and polymers wrapping,12,13 and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques.6 The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent.14,15 According to Nish et al.,14 the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation (250,000g), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such s- + +| Figure | Description | Data Points ",0.17953821656050956,"Novel semiconductors materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly $\text{demanded.}^1$ In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies. $^{2-5}$ Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s- $\text{SWNTs.}^{2-5}$ but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles). $^{6-8}$ Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s-SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization, $^{9-11}$ DNA and polymers wrapping, $^{12,13}$ and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques.6 The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent.14,15 According to Nish *et al.*,14 the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation $(250,000g)$ , sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such $s$ - + +![](_page_0_Figure_10.jpeg) + +FIG. 1: (Color online): (a) shows the optical absorption spectra and (b) the Raman spectra at $514.5 \text{ nm}$ of L, M and S samples . (c) displays the transfer characteristic, $I_D$ vs $V_G$ for $V_{DS}$ =-14V of FET devices made of sample M and S. + +SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices ",0.15804140127388536," + +Novel semiconductors materials for field effect transistor FET and thin-film transistors TFT are highly demanded.[1] In particular, semiconducting single wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWNTs) are very promising, because individual s-SWNTs are known to exhibit high on-off current ratio, high electron/hole mobility, to carry high current density and to operate at high frequencies.[2–5] Several groups have demonstrated excellent transfer characteristics using individual s- SWNTs,[2–5] but generally poor ones using ensemble (network and thin film) of SWNTs due to traces of metallic nanotubes (m-SWNTs) and impurities (catalytic and amorphous particles).[6–8] Therefore, very efficient methods to selectively synthesis s-SWNTs or to selectively extract s-SWNTs from as-grown nanotubes are still required. + +In recent years, several approaches to extract s- SWNTs from nanotube powders were explored using for instance chemical functionalization,[9–11] DNA and polymers wrapping,[12,13] and density gradient ultracentrifugation techniques.[6] The latter efficiently separates s-SWNTs and m-SWNTs, but traces of surfactant and density gradient materials limit the performances of the FET. Very recently, two groups have reported on the selective extraction of near-armchair s-SWNTs from nanotube powders using polyfluorene as extracting agent.[14,15] According to Nish et al.,[14] the sample shows no detectable traces of m-SWNTs based only on optical spectroscopy. However, neither the electrical properties nor the fabrication of FET devices were addressed. + +In this letter, we report on the electronic properties of FET consisting of semiconducting-enriched single wall carbon nanotubes, without detectable traces of metallic nanotubes and impurities, with in our detection limits. This unprecedented achievement is made possible by ultracentrifugation (250,000g), sonication and filtration of solutions composed of SWNT powders with polyfluorene as extracting agent in toluene. Evidences are gathered by optical absorption, Raman and electrical measurements (see Fig.1). We shall demonstrate that such s- + +**==> picture [355 x 284] intentionally omitted <==** + +FIG. 1: (Color online): (a) shows the optical absorption spectra and (b) the Raman spectra at 514.5 nm of L, M and S samples . (c) displays the transfer characteristic, ID vs VG for VDS=-14V of FET devices made of sample M and S. + +SWNTs realize high-performances FET devices compare to networks/thin films of SWNTs and solution processable polymer",2,science_sample +3,0,"Random Effects Model In the random effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each ai, bi pair), which produces a tenfold improve- ment in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm - for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height h = 0.1 indicates that only the ai, bi pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. Auto-Regressive Model In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it's a",0.0944741532976827,"dom effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each \( \alpha_{i}, \beta_{i} \) pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm - for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height \( h=0.1 \) indicates that only the \( \alpha_{i}, \beta_{i} \) pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +## Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process va",0.07932263814616755,"the random effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical + +to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each _αi_, _βi_ pair), which produces a tenfold improve + +ment in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. + +The cut height _h_ = 0 _._ 1 indicates that only the _αi_, _βi_ pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. + + +The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high + + +ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + + +**Auto-Regressive Model** + + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under + + +All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one + + +hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is + + +largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process + + +values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (",0.07130124777183601,"he random effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each \(\alpha_i, \beta_i\) pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height \(h = 0.1\) indicates that only the \(\alpha_i, \beta_i\) pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +## Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (",0.0962566844919786," (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each αi , βi pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height h = 0.1 indicates that only the αi , βi pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +## Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it's ",0.06951871657754011,"effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each $\alpha_i$, $\beta_i$ pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height $h = 0.1$ indicates that only the $\alpha_i$, $\beta_i$ pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +### Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it's ",0.030303030303030304,"cts Model + +In the random effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each α i , β i pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm - for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height h = 0 . 1 indicates that only the α i , β i pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +## Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it's ",0.062388591800356503," the random effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each $\alpha_i, \beta_i$ pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height $h = 0.1$ indicates that only the $\alpha_i, \beta_i$ pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +### Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (sin",0.09090909090909091,"dom effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each αi, βi pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height h = 0.1 indicates that only the αi, βi pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +## Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process valu",0.0855614973262032,"odel (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each $\alpha_i$ , $\beta_i$ pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height $h = 0.1$ indicates that only the $\alpha_i$ , $\beta_i$ pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +## Auto-Regressive Model + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it's ",0.05258467023172905,"In the random effects model (Table 1), automated blocking generates an MCMC algorithm identical to the Informed Blocking algorithm (blocking each _αi_ , _βi_ pair), which produces a tenfold improvement in Efficiency over the most efficient static algorithm – for this model, All Scalar sampling. The cut height _h_ = 0 _._ 1 indicates that only the _αi_ , _βi_ pairs exhibit posterior correlations above 0.9. The Informed Cross-Level algorithm requires a substantially longer Runtime and produces a high ESS, which results in nearly identical Efficiency as the efficiently blocked Auto Blocking algorithm. + +## **Auto-Regressive Model** + +In the auto-regressive model (Table 1), an AR process value exhibited the slowest mixing under All Scalar sampling. When all 24 model parameters (AR process values, fixed effects, and one hyper-parameter) are blocked, the algorithm Runtime is nearly halved. This decrease in Runtime is largely due to the dependency structure inherent to the AR process. Scalar sampling of AR process values requires nearly a three-fold increase in density evaluations of the process values (since it",3,science_sample +5,0,"Queue Prioritization Experiment We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in- vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the dev- set are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially out- performing the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and aver- age sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.16996047430830039,"e ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse + +download a small set of users and use that as training data high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in-vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive + +download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. language models used the data from the 300 users in the + += + +ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the devset are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially outperforming the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a \( 17 \% \) reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge + +8",0.08178777743995136,"ested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue + + +using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly + + +compare the various methods we first collected a data set + + +of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search + + +queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users’ social + + +connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first + + +download a small set of users and use that as training data + + +to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We + + +randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking + + +methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in + + +the simulated download queue. + + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens + + +obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the + + +download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. + + +The predictive ranking provides three times as many in + +vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the + + +random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative + + +vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken + + +from a held-out dev set different from the text used to + + +produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the + + +type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive + + + +8 + + +ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary + + +compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of + + +the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the dev + +set are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter + + +data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of + + +these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially out + +performing the edge count ranking and the random baseline. + + +The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with + + +the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication + + +of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + + +The most important features for the predictive ranking + + +(as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in + + +the random forest regression model) are average number of + + +reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count + + +after filtering among followers in the training set and aver + +age sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the + + +training set. Even though edge features highly influence the + + +predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse + + +than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and + + +the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are + + +high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter + + +users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count + + +ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top + + +followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama + + +followed by @BillGates.) + + +We created language models from the downloaded data + + +to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The + + +language models used the data from the 300 users in the + + +training set as well as the additional users selected by each of + + +the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting + + +perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive + + +ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over + + +the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the + + +queue. When less than 500 additional users are dow",0.00486470051687443,"Queue Prioritization Experiment + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users’ social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in-vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the dev-set are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially outperforming the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge +",0.005168744299179082,"Queue Prioritization Experiment* + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many invocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the devset are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially outperforming the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.003952569169960474,"Queue Prioritization Experiment + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in-vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the dev-set are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially out-performing the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.00486470051687443,"Queue Prioritization Experiment + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many invocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the devset are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially outperforming the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.004560656734569778,"Queue Prioritization Experiment + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users’ social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in-vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the dev-set are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially outperforming the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.4435998783824871,"Queue Prioritization Experiment + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many in-vocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.006080875646093037,"Queue Prioritization Experiment + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users' social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining $10,000+$ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many invocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the devset are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially outperforming the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the edge",0.006993006993006993,"ueue Prioritization Experiment_ + +We tested our method for prioritizing the crawling queue using Bengali language Twitter users. In order to properly compare the various methods we first collected a data set of 10,785 Twitter users. (5,684 users came from our search queries and an additional 5,103 came from those users’ social connections.) The way the queue ranking works is to first download a small set of users and use that as training data to learn a ranking for the rest of the download queue. We randomly selected 300 users for our training set. The ranking methods were used to order the remaining 10,000+ users in the simulated download queue. + +In Figure 2, we show the cumulative in-vocabulary tokens obtained as an additional 500 users are processed from the download queue for each of the three prioritization strategies. The predictive ranking provides three times as many invocabulary tokens as either the edge count ranking or the random baseline. Figure 3 is similar but shows the cumulative vocabulary coverage (types) where the vocabulary is taken from a held-out dev set different from the text used to produce the Twitter queries. The horizontal line represents the type coverage of the in-domain training data. The predictive + +ranking covers an additional 10% of the dev-set vocabulary compared to either of the other strategies. More than 53% of the vocabulary types and about 9% of the tokens in the devset are not found in the in-domain training data. The Twitter data downloaded using the predictive ranking covers 56% of these previously unseen vocabulary types, substantially outperforming the edge count ranking and the random baseline. The match between the vocabulary of the data obtained with the predictive ranking with the in-domain data is an indication of the value of the predictive ranking strategy. + +The most important features for the predictive ranking (as measured by the average decrease in node impurity in the random forest regression model) are average number of reverse followers in the training set, average sentence count after filtering among followers in the training set and average sentence count after filtering among mentioners in the training set. Even though edge features highly influence the predictive ranking model, the edge count ranking is worse than the predictive ranking on both of the type coverage and the cumulative IV token metrics. This is because there are high edge count connections from Bengali speaking Twitter users to international celebrities, which fools the edge count ranking strategy but not the random forest regression. (The top followed Twitter user by Bengali speakers is @BarackObama followed by @BillGates.) + +We created language models from the downloaded data to compare the effectiveness of the ranking strategies. The language models used the data from the 300 users in the training set as well as the additional users selected by each of the respective ranking strategies. Table VI lists the resulting perplexities on the held-out in-domain data. The predictive ranking LM achieved a 17% reduction in perplexity over the random baseline after downloading 500 users from the queue. When less than 500 additional users are downloaded, the predictive ranking has a better perplexity than the ed",5,science_sample +6,0,"F0 and F1 over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of multiple triangles. Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE",0.014646053702196907,") over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of multiple triangles. + +## 5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE +",0.0691619202603743,"upport causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads + + +the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such + + +informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of _multiple_ + + +triangles. + +# **5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth** **Weight** + + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of + + +smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is + + +also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions + + +of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in + + +Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who + + +change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the + + +distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant + + +birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report est",0.013832384052074858,"1$ over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of *multiple* triangles. + +# Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE.",0.013832384052074858," over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of multiple triangles. + +## 5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE",0.015459723352318959," over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of *multiple* triangles. + +## 5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE",0.012205044751830757,"F 1 over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of multiple triangles. + +## 5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DT",0.015459723352318959," over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of *multiple triangles*. + +## 5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE",0.015459723352318959," over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of *multiple* triangles. + +## 5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE",0.013832384052074858," over the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of multiple triangles. + +# Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth $5$ Weight + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DTE",0.024410089503661515," the support causes more triangles having positive probability lower bounds, which leads the improvement of my new lower bound. On the other hand, the Makarov lower bound gets no such informational gain because it uses only one triangle while my new lower bound takes advantage of _multiple_ triangles. + +## **5 Application to the Distribution of Effects of Smoking on Birth Weight** + +In this section, I apply the results presented in Section 3 to an empirical analysis of the distribution of smoking effects on infant birth weight. Smoking not only has a direct impact on infant birth weight, but is also associated with unobservable factors that affect infant birth weight. I identify marginal distributions of potential infant birth weight with and without smoking by making use of a state cigarette tax hike in Massachusetts (MA) in January 1993 as a source of exogenous variation. I focus on pregnant women who change their smoking behavior from smoking to nonsmoking in response to the tax increase. To identify the distribution of smoking effects, I impose a MTR restriction that smoking has nonpositive effects on infant birth weight with probability one. I propose an estimation procedure and report estimates of the DT",6,science_sample +7,0,"It is apparent form Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, (A -1)BC A -1 -2d(y1 -0)(y3 -y2). Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrating over xis we obtain",0.6323529411764706,"e leading singularity originates from the first term, \( \left(A-1\right) B C \approx A-1 \approx-2 d\left(y_{1}-0\right)\left(y_{3}-y_{2}\right) \). Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integ",0.8382352941176471,"equent integration over α restores the singularity in the + + +[1] Ar. Abanov, A. V. Chubukov and J. Schmalian, Adv. +Phys. 52, 119 (2003) and references therein. + +[2] S. Sachdev, M. A. Metlitski, Y. Qi and C",0.2549019607843137,"apparent from Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, $(A - 1)BC \approx A - 1 \approx -2d(y_1 - 0)(y_3 - y_2)$. Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrating",0.28921568627450983,"t form Eq. $(A12)$ that the leading singularity originates from the first term, $(A-1)BC \approx A-1 \approx$ $-2d(y_1-0)(y_3-y_2)$ . Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrating over ",0.2549019607843137,"nt from Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, $(A - 1)BC \approx A - 1 \approx -2d(y_1 - 0)(y_3 - y_2)$. Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrating over ",0.13725490196078433," is apparent form Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, ( A -1) BC ≈ A -1 ≈ -2 d ( y 1 -0)( y 3 -y 2 ). Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrating over x",0.2549019607843137,"is apparent from Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, $(A - 1)BC \approx A - 1 \approx -2d(y_1 - 0)(y_3 - y_2)$. Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrat",0.24509803921568626,"pparent form Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, $(A - 1)BC \approx A - 1 \approx -2d(y_1 - 0)(y_3 - y_2)$. Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrating ",0.28921568627450983,"t is apparent form Eq. $(A12)$ that the leading singularity originates from the first term, $(A-1)BC \approx A-1 \approx$ $-2d(y_1-0)(y_3-y_2)$ . Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integ",0.10294117647058823,"pparent form Eq. (A12) that the leading singularity originates from the first term, (A − 1)BC ≈ A − 1 ≈ −2d(y1 − 0)(y3 − y2). Introducing new variables as in the Sec. III and integrating over xis we obtai",7,science_sample +7,1,"Here again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable a introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singularity,",0.09606986899563319,"gain, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable \( \alpha \) introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singula",0.777292576419214,"e remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over α restores the singularity in the + + +[1] Ar. Abanov, A. V. Chubukov and J. Schmalian, Adv. +Phys. 52, 119 (2003) and references therein. + +[2] S. Sachdev, M",0.0611353711790393,"re again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable $\alpha$ introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singula",0.07860262008733625," again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable $\alpha$ introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singula",0.0611353711790393,"gain, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable $\alpha$ introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singularity",0.004366812227074236,"Here again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable α introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singularity,",0.0611353711790393,"ere again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable $\alpha$ introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singul",0.0611353711790393,"re again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable $\alpha$ introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singula",0.07860262008733625," again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable $\alpha$ introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singula",0.004366812227074236,"Here again, the integrals are divergent on the upper limit. Similarly to the previous section we differentiate it once with respect to the variable α introduced in Eq. (14) in order to isolate the leading logarithmic singularity,",7,science_sample +7,2,"The remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The sub- sequent integration over a restores the singularity in the self energy correction,",0.24087591240875914,"The remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over \( \alpha \) restores the singularity in the + +[1] Ar. Abano",0.20437956204379562," + +The remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over α restores the singularity in the + + +[1] Ar. Abanov, A. V.",0.10218978102189781,he remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over $\alpha$ restores the singularity in the self energy correct,0.13138686131386862,maining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over $\alpha$ restores the singularity in the self energy correction,0.12408759124087591," remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over $\alpha$ restores the singularity in the + +self energy correcti",0.21897810218978103,"d --> + +The remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over α restores the singularity in the + +- [1] Ar. Abanov,",0.10218978102189781,"emaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over $\alpha$ restores the singularity in the self energy correction,",0.12408759124087591,"e remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over $\alpha$ restores the singularity in the + +self energy correct",0.13138686131386862,remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over $\alpha$ restores the singularity in the self energy correcti,0.0364963503649635,"The remaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over α restores the singularity in the + +self energy correction,",7,science_sample +7,3,"In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, o ~ky to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singular- ity at o = ky to come from the region y2 x2, and introduce new variables accordingly, x2 = xy2, y1 = ey2. Performing integration over y2 we obtain",0.2511737089201878," +In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, \( \omega \sim k_{y} \) to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singularity at \( \omega=k_{y} \) to come from the region \( y_{2} \gg x_{2} \), and introduce new variables accordingly, \( x_{2}=\xi y_",0.7887323943661971,"ng integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over α restores the singularity in the + + +[1] Ar. Abanov, A. V. Chubukov and J. Schmalian, Adv. +Phys. 52, 119 (2003) and references therein. + +[2] S. Sachdev, M. A. Metlitski, Y. Qi and C. Xu, arXiv: +0907.3732 and references therein. + +[[3] M. Khodas and A. M. Tsvelik, arXiv:0910.3967.](http://arxiv.org/abs/0910.3967) + + +",0.18779342723004694," +In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, $\omega \sim k_y$ to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singularity at $\omega = k_y$ to come from the region $y_2 \gg x_2$, and introduce new variables accordingly, $x_2 = \xi y_2$, $y_1 = \eta y_2$",0.22300469483568075," this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, $\omega \sim k_y$ to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression $(A1)$ introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A $1$ we anticipate the singularity at $\omega = k_y$ to come from the region $y_2 \gg x_2$ , and introduce new variables accordingly, $x_2 = \xi y_2, y_1 = ",0.19014084507042253," +In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, $\omega \sim k_y$ to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A1 we anticipate the singularity at $\omega = k_y$ to come from the region $y_2 \gg x_2$, and introduce new variables accordingly, $x_2 = \xi y_2$, $y_1 = \eta y_2$. ",0.12910798122065728,"ppendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, ω ∼ k y to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singularity at ω = k y to come from the region y 2 /greatermuch x 2 , and introduce new variables accordingly, x 2 = ξy 2 , y 1 = ηy 2 . Performing integration ove",0.18544600938967137,"n this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, $\omega \sim k_y$ to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singularity at $\omega = k_y$ to come from the region $y_2 \gg x_2$, and introduce new variables accordingly, $x_2 = \xi y_2$, $y_1 = \eta y_2$. ",0.18544600938967137,"In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, $\omega \sim k_y$ to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singularity at $\omega = k_y$ to come from the region $y_2 \gg x_2$, and introduce new variables accordingly, $x_2 = \xi y_2$, $y_1 = \eta y_2$.",0.21830985915492956,"In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, $\omega \sim k_y$ to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression $(A1)$ introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A $1$ we anticipate the singularity at $\omega = k_y$ to come from the region $y_2 \gg x_2$ , and introduce new variables accordingly, $x_2 = \xi y_2, y_1 ",0.025821596244131457,"In this appendix we evaluate the singular contributions to the Green function at the shadow mass shell, ω ∼ ky to fourth order in the coupling constant. We start with the expression (A1) introduced in App. A 1. In contrast to the discussion in App. A 1 we anticipate the singularity at ω = ky to come from the region y2 ≫ x2, and introduce new variables accordingly, x2 = ξy2, y1 = ηy2. Performing integration over y2 we obtai",7,science_sample +7,4,We notice that the singularity at o ~ky comes from the region of small x. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations over xis we obtain,0.25728155339805825,notice that the singularity at \( \omega \sim k_{y} \) comes from the region of small \( \xi \). Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrat,0.8155339805825242,"emaining integrals are easily evaluated. The subsequent integration over α restores the singularity in the + + +[1] Ar. Abanov, A. V. Chubukov and J. Schmalian, Adv. +Phys. 52, 119 (2003) and references therein",0.16019417475728157, notice that the singularity at $\omega \sim k_y$ comes from the region of small $\xi$. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations over,0.23786407766990292,ice that the singularity at $\omega \sim k_y$ comes from the region of small $\xi$ . Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. $(B1)$ . After performing remaining integrations ,0.16019417475728157,e notice that the singularity at $\omega \sim k_y$ comes from the region of small $\xi$. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations ove,0.06796116504854369, notice that the singularity at ω ∼ k y comes from the region of small ξ . Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations over ξ i s we obt,0.16019417475728157,notice that the singularity at $\omega \sim k_y$ comes from the region of small $\xi$. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations over ,0.16019417475728157,e notice that the singularity at $\omega \sim k_y$ comes from the region of small $\xi$. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations ove,0.23786407766990292, that the singularity at $\omega \sim k_y$ comes from the region of small $\xi$ . Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. $(B1)$ . After performing remaining integrations ove,0.02912621359223301,e notice that the singularity at ω ∼ ky comes from the region of small ξ. Therefore we keep only the first term in the square brackets in Eq. (B1). After performing remaining integrations over ξis we obtain,7,science_sample +7,5,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.7352941176470589,"+ C), (A15) + + +where C is an integration constant. The singular part of +Eq. (A15) is given by Eq. (24). + + +Appendix B: Leading singularities at the shadow +mass shell, ω ∼ ky to the fourth order. + + + +1 [+][ y",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",0.0,"We stress that contrary to the mass shell singularities discussed in App. A, where it was important to compute the self-energy, at the shadow mass shell it is enough to consider the Green function itself.",7,science_sample +8,0,"where U and V are orthogonal matrices that span the range and the null space of Cij and Dkl = l2dkl, a diag- onal matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the SVD, we select the dominant pmodes to con- tribute to the kh2 by requiring that l2 > 2/Njk. In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (li) for the in- creasing eigenmodes and see a ""kink"" in the distribu- tion which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with li < 0.01) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. Statistical determination of large scale flow As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evi- dence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised LCDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this pa- per, we provide a first demonstration of our new param- eterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the ""squashing"" of the 2- D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical er- rors, due to a significant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger con- straints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters b and vp for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation be- tween these two parameters because the anisotropic am- plitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Fig- ure 5 is vp = 270+433 km/s (at the 1s level marginalised with other parameters including b) and is consistent with vp = 0. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on vp as it is below zero and thus has no physical mean- ing. Instead, we quote the upper bound on vp and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of vp is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5-normalised LCDM model. We propose above that vp is a complementary param- eter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter gTh, which is equivalent to fs8, is not de- termined precisely without the prior information of AS. But when we report our measurement with vp, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to g*Th determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value vp at a given redshift is not only in- dependent of bias but also independent of normalisation. B. Reconstruction of matter density field from vp We convert vp measurement into gTh using As from WMAP5 (gTh: coherent growth factor of peculiar veloc- ity, and it is equivalent to fs8 in other parameteriza- tions). With the evolution of gTh known, dynamics of per- turbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ps through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of vp is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (z 0.1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Th into the coherent evolution of Ps. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coher- ent evolution of Ph, gPh. We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coher- ent growth of dm, gd = 0.7, which is related to gPh as",0.2087329631499243," increasing eigenmodes and see a ""kink"" in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with \( \lambda_{i}<0.01) \) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +## A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised ΛCDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate + +6 + +evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the ""squashing"" of the 2-D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical errors, due to a significant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger constraints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters \( b \) and \( v_{p} \) for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is \( v_{p}=270^{+433} \mathrm{~km} / \mathrm{s} \) (at the \( 1 \sigma \) level marginalised with other parameters including \( b \) ) and is consistent with \( v_{p}=0 \). We do not quote the negative bound of the error on \( v_{p} \) as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on \( v_{p} \) and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of \( v_{p} \) is close to the predicted value of \( 203 \mathrm{~km} / \mathrm{s} \) for a WMAP5-normalised \( \Lambda \mathrm{CDM} \) model. + +We propose above that \( v_{p} \) is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter \( g_{\Theta} \), which is equivalent to \( f \sigma_{8} \), is not determined precisely without the prior information of \( A_{S} \). But when we report our measurement with \( v_{p} \), there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to \( g_{\Theta}^{*} \) determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value \( v_{p} \) at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +## B. Reconstruction of matter density field from \( v_{p} \) + +We convert \( v_{p} \) measurement into \( g_{\Theta} \) using \( A_{s} \) from WMAP5 ( \( g_{\Theta} \): coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to \( f \sigma_{8} \) in other parameterizations). With the evolution of \( g_{\Theta} \) known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of \( \Psi \) through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of \( v_{p} \) is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample ( \( z \simeq 0.1 \) ), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of \( \Theta \) into the coherent evolution of \( \Psi \). If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of \( \Phi, g_{\Phi} \). + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent",0.897778899545684,"FIG. 4: An ordered list of the Eigenvalues for our cluster covariance matrix. + + +Before we invert Cij in Eqn. 12, we note that the values +of Cij are estimated to limited resolution, + + + +6 + +B. Reconstruction of matter density field from vp + + + +∆Cij = + + + +� + + + +2 +(14) +Njk + + + +and therefore, if Njk is small, or there are degeneracies +within Cij, the inversion will be affected. This problem +can be eliminated by performing a Single Value Decomposition (SVD) of the matrix, + + +Cij = Uik [†] [D][kl][V][lj] [,] (15) + + +A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + + +",0.17087329631499243,"t{\frac{2}{N_{jk}}}. +$$ + +In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (\(\lambda_i\)) for the increasing eigenmodes and see a “kink” in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal–to–noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with \(\lambda_i < 0.01\)) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +### A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised \(\Lambda\)CDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the “squashing” of the 2-D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to lead to large statistical errors, due to a significant shot–noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger constraints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters \( b \) and \( v_p \) for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is + +$$ +v_p = 270^{+433} \text{ km/s} +$$ + +(at the 1\(\sigma\) level marginalised with other parameters including \( b \)) and is consistent with \( v_p = 0 \). We do not quote the negative bound of the error on \( v_p \) as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on \( v_p \) and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of \( v_p \) is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5–normalised \(\Lambda\)CDM model. + +We propose above that \( v_p \) is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter \( g_\Theta \), which is equivalent to \( f \sigma_8 \), is not determined precisely without the prior information of \( A_S \). But when we report our measurement with \( v_p \), there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to \( g_\Theta^* \) determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value \( v_p \) at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +### B. Reconstruction of matter density field from \( v_p \) + +We convert \( v_p \) measurement into \( g_\Theta \) using \( A_s \) from WMAP5 (\( g_\Theta \): coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to \( f \sigma_8 \) in other parameterizations). With the evolution of \( g_\Theta \) known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of \(\Psi\) through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of \( v_p \) is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (\( z \simeq 0.1 \)), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of \(\Theta\) into the coherent evolution of \(\Psi\). If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of \(\Phi\), \( g_\Phi \). + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent growth of ",0.1673397274103988,"qrt{2/N_{jk}}$ . + +In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues $(\lambda_i)$ for the increasing eigenmodes and see a ""kink"" in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with $\lambda_i < 0.01$ ) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +## Α. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised $\Lambda$ CDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate + +6 + +evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the ""squashing"" of the 2- $D$ correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical $\text{er-}$ rors, due to a significant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and $\text{galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger con-}$ straints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters $b$ and $v_p$ for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure $3$ and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is $v_p = 270^{+433}$ km/s (at the $1\sigma$ level marginalised with other parameters including $b$ ) and is consistent with $v_p = 0$ . We do not quote the negative bound of the error on $v_p$ as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on $v_p$ and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of $v_p$ is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a $WMAP5\text{--normalised } \Lambda CDM \text{ model.}$ + +We propose above that $v_p$ is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter $g_{\Theta}$ , which is equivalent to $f_{\sigma_8}$ , is not determined precisely without the prior information of $A_S$ . But when we report our measurement with $v_p$ , there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to $g_{\Theta}^*$ determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value $v_p$ at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +## В. Reconstruction of matter density field from $v_p$ + +We convert $v_p$ measurement into $g_{\Theta}$ using $A_s$ from WMAP5 $(g_{\Theta}:$ coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to $f\sigma_8$ in other parameterizations). With the evolution of $g_{\Theta}$ known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of $\Psi$ through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of $v_p$ is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample ( $z \simeq 0.1$ ), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. $9$ . Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of $\Theta$ into the coherent evolution of $\Psi$ . If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of $\Phi$ , $g_{\Phi}$ . + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent growth of ",0.1110550227158001," matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the SVD, we select the dominant modes to contribute to the $\chi^2$ by requiring that $\chi^2 > \sqrt{2/N_{jk}}$. In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues ($\lambda_i$) for the increasing eigenmodes and see a ""kink"" in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with $\lambda_i < 0.01$) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +## A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised $\Lambda$CDM model [@WMAP5_ref] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the ""squashing"" of the 2-D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to lead to large statistical errors, due to a significant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger constraints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters $b$ and $v_p$ for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is $v_p = 270^{+433}$ km/s (at the 1$\sigma$ level marginalised with other parameters including $b$) and is consistent with $v_p = 0$. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on $v_p$ as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on $v_p$ and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of $v_p$ is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5-normalised $\Lambda$CDM model. + +We propose above that $v_p$ is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter $g_\Theta$, which is equivalent to $f\sigma_8$, is not determined precisely without the prior information of $A_s$. But when we report our measurement with $v_p$, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to $g_\Theta$ determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value $v_p$ at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +## B. Reconstruction of matter density field from $v_p$ + +We convert $v_p$ measurement into $g_\Theta$ using $A_s$ from WMAP5 ($g_\Theta$: coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to $f\sigma_8$ in other parameterizations). With the evolution of $g_\Theta$ known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of $\Psi$ through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of $v_p$ is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample ($z \approx 0.1$), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of $\Phi$ into the coherent evolution of $\Psi$. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of $\Phi, g_\Phi$. + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the c",0.05350832912670368,"where U and V are orthogonal matrices that span the range and the null space of C ij and D kl = λ 2 δ kl , a diagonal matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the SVD, we select the dominant modes to contribute to the χ 2 by requiring that λ 2 > 2 /N jk . + +√ In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues ( λ i ) for the increasing eigenmodes and see a 'kink' in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with λ i < 0 . 01) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +## A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised ΛCDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the 'squashing' of the 2D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical errors, due to a significant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger constraints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters b and v p for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is v p = 270 +433 km/s (at the 1 σ level marginalised with other parameters including b ) and is consistent with v p = 0. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on v p as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on v p and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of v p is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5-normalised ΛCDM model. + +We propose above that v p is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter g Θ , which is equivalent to fσ 8 , is not determined precisely without the prior information of A S . But when we report our measurement with v p , there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to g ∗ Θ determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value v p at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +## B. Reconstruction of matter density field from v p + +We convert v p measurement into g Θ using A s from WMAP5 ( g Θ : coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to fσ 8 in other parameterizations). With the evolution of g Θ known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ψ through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of v p is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample ( z /similarequal 0 . 1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Θ into the coherent evolution of Ψ. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of Φ, g Φ . + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent growth of δ m ",0.11231701161029783," singular values along the diagonal. In doing the SVD, we select the dominant modes to contribute to the $\chi^2$ by requiring that $\lambda^2 > \sqrt{2/N_{jk}}$. + +In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues ($\lambda_i$) for the increasing eigenmodes and see a “kink” in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal–to–noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with $\lambda_i < 0.01$) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +## A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised $\Lambda$CDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the “squashing” of the 2-D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical errors, due to a significant shot–noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger constraints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters $b$ and $v_p$ for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is $v_p = 270^{+433}$ km/s (at the $1\sigma$ level marginalised with other parameters including $b$) and is consistent with $v_p = 0$. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on $v_p$ as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on $v_p$ and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of $v_p$ is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5–normalised $\Lambda$CDM model. + +We propose above that $v_p$ is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter $g_\Theta$, which is equivalent to $f\sigma_8$, is not determined precisely without the prior information of $A_S$. But when we report our measurement with $v_p$, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to $g^*_\Theta$ determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value $v_p$ at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +## B. Reconstruction of matter density field from $v_p$ + +We convert $v_p$ measurement into $g_\Theta$ using $A_s$ from WMAP5 ($g_\Theta$: coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to $f\sigma_8$ in other parameterizations). With the evolution of $g_\Theta$ known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of $\Psi$ through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of $v_p$ is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample ($z \simeq 0.1$), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of $\Theta$ into the coherent evolution of $\Psi$. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of $\Phi$, $g_\Phi$. + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent gr",0.5358404846037355,"where U and V are orthogonal matrices that span the range and the null space of Cij and Dkl = λ2δkl, a diagonal matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the SVD, we select the dominant modes to contribute to the χ2 by requiring that λ2 > √2/Njk. + +In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (λi) for the increasing eigenmodes and see a ""kink"" in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal–to–noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with λi < 0.01) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +We propose above that vp is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter gΘ, which is equivalent to fσ8, is not determined precisely without the prior information of AS. But when we report our measurement with vp, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to gΘ* determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value vp at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +## A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised ΛCDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate + +## B. Reconstruction of matter density field from vp + +We convert vp measurement into gΘ using As from WMAP5 (gΘ: coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to fσ8 in other parameterizations). With the evolution of gΘ known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ψ through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of vp is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (z ≃ 0.1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Θ into the coherent evolution of Ψ. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of Φ, gΦ. + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent growth of δm, gδ = 0.7, which is related to gΦ as",0.1673397274103988,"qrt{2/N_{jk}}$ . + +In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues $(\lambda_i)$ for the increasing eigenmodes and see a ""kink"" in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with $\lambda_i < 0.01$ ) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +## Α. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised $\Lambda$ CDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate + +6 + +evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the ""squashing"" of the 2- $D$ correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical $\text{er-}$ rors, due to a significant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and $\text{galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger con-}$ straints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters $b$ and $v_p$ for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure $3$ and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is $v_p = 270^{+433}$ km/s (at the $1\sigma$ level marginalised with other parameters including $b$ ) and is consistent with $v_p = 0$ . We do not quote the negative bound of the error on $v_p$ as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on $v_p$ and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of $v_p$ is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a $WMAP5\text{--normalised } \Lambda CDM \text{ model.}$ + +We propose above that $v_p$ is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter $g_{\Theta}$ , which is equivalent to $f_{\sigma_8}$ , is not determined precisely without the prior information of $A_S$ . But when we report our measurement with $v_p$ , there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to $g_{\Theta}^*$ determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value $v_p$ at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +## В. Reconstruction of matter density field from $v_p$ + +We convert $v_p$ measurement into $g_{\Theta}$ using $A_s$ from WMAP5 $(g_{\Theta}:$ coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to $f\sigma_8$ in other parameterizations). With the evolution of $g_{\Theta}$ known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of $\Psi$ through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of $v_p$ is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample ( $z \simeq 0.1$ ), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. $9$ . Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of $\Theta$ into the coherent evolution of $\Psi$ . If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of $\Phi$ , $g_{\Phi}$ . + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent growth of ",0.03255931347804139,"where U and V are orthogonal matrices that span the range and the null space of Cij and Dkl = λ[2] δkl, a diagonal matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the SVD, we select the dominant modes to contribute to the χ[2] by requiring that λ[2] > �2/Njk. + +In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (λi) for the increasing eigenmodes and see a “kink” in the distribution which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal–to–noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with λi < 0.01) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. + +## A. Statistical determination of large scale flow + +As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evidence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised ΛCDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate + +evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this paper, we provide a first demonstration of our new parameterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the “squashing” of the 2- D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical errors, due to a significant shot–noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger constraints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. + +In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters b and vp for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation between these two parameters because the anisotropic amplitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Figure 5 is vp = 270[+433] km/s (at the 1σ level marginalised with other parameters including b) and is consistent with vp = 0. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on vp as it is below zero and thus has no physical meaning. Instead, we quote the upper bound on vp and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of vp is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5–normalised ΛCDM model. + +We propose above that vp is a complementary parameter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter gΘ, which is equivalent to fσ8, is not determined precisely without the prior information of AS. But when we report our measurement with vp, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to gΘ[∗] determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value vp at a given redshift is not only independent of bias but also independent of normalisation. + +- B. Reconstruction of matter density field from vp + +We convert vp measurement into gΘ using As from WMAP5 (gΘ: coherent growth factor of peculiar velocity, and it is equivalent to fσ8 in other parameterizations). With the evolution of gΘ known, dynamics of perturbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ψ through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of vp is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (z ≃ 0.1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Θ into the coherent evolution of Ψ. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coherent evolution of Φ, gΦ. + +We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coherent growth of δm, gδ = 0.7, which is related to gΦ as + +",8,science_sample +9,0,"At first, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., m = 3), the divided points and boundaries are (0, z1, z2, 1.8, ), where z1 and z2 are left as free parameters of the model, and 0 < z1 < z2 < 1.8. In the fourth bin we set wL = -1. It means that we divide the region with z (0, 1.8) into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of wde(z) in this region. The reconstructed wde of the best-fitted model is shown in Fig. 1,",0.38202247191011235,"irst, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., \( m=3) \), the divided points and boundaries are \( \left(0, z_{1}, z_{2}, 1.8, \infty\right) \), where \( z_{1} \) and \( z_{2} \) are left as free parameters of the model, and \( 01, z2, 1.8, ∞), where z1 and z2 are left as free parameters of the model, and 0 < z1 < z2 < 1.8. In the fourth bin we set wL = −1. It means that we divide the region with z ∈ (0, 1.8) into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of wde<",0.23370786516853934,"At first, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., $m = 3$ ), the divided points and boundaries are $(0, z_1, z_2, 1.8, \infty)$ , where $z_1$ and $z_2$ are left as free parameters of the model, and $0 < z_1 < z_2 < 1.8$ . In the fourth bin we set $w_L = -1$ . It means that we divide the region with $z \in (0, 1.8)$ into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of $w_{de}(z)$ in this region. The reconstruc",0.015730337078651686,"At first, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., m = 3), the divided points and boundaries are (0, z1, z2, 1.8, ∞), where z1 and z2 are left as free parameters of the model, and 0 < z1 < z2 < 1.8. In the fourth bin we set wL = −1. It means that we divide the region with z ∈ (0, 1.8) into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of wde(z) in this region. The reconstructed wde of the best-fitted model is shown in Fig.",9,science_sample +10,0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.028901734104046242,"ppendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and + + +Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs",0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,0.0,Appendix B presents the procedure used to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR in Section 4 and Section 5. The following lemma is useful for reducing computational costs:,10,science_sample +11,0,"Proof. We prove the lemma for the case of the CQ trade- offcurve. The proof for the CE trade-offcurve is similar. Let (C(t), Q(t)) for 0 <=t <=1 be a parametrization of the trade-offcurve with C(0) equal to the classical capacity and Q(1) equal to the quantum capacity. The function C (t) is monotonically decreasing and the function Q (t) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decreasing.",0.21839080459770116,"r the case of the CQ tradeoff curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let \( \left(C(t), Q(t)\right) \) for \( 0 \leq t \leq 1 \) be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with \( C(0) \) equal to the classical capacity and \( Q(1) \) equal to the quantum capacity. The function \( C(t) \) is monotonically decreasing and the function \( Q(t) \) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also m",0.7509578544061303,"**Appendix C: On the parametrization of the trade-off** + +**curve** + + +**Lemma 11** _λ parametrizes all points on the CQ and CE_ +_trade-off curves with the possible exception of those lying_ +_on segments of constant slope._ + + +Consider the function _fλ_ ( _N_ ) where + + +_fλ_ ( _N_ ) _≡_ max _ρXBE I_ ( _X_ ; _B_ ) + _λI_ ( _A⟩BX_ ) _._ + + +For any ",0.13409961685823754,"e the lemma for the case of the CQ trade-off curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let \((C(t), Q(t))\) for \(0 \leq t \leq 1\) be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with \(C(0)\) equal to the classical capacity and \(Q(1)\) equal to the quantum capacity. The function \(C(t)\) is monotonically decreasing and the function \(Q(t)\) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonic",0.13409961685823754," the lemma for the case of the $CQ$ tradeoff curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let $(C(t), Q(t))$ for $0 < t < 1$ be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with $C(0)$ equal to the classical capacity and $Q(1)$ equal to the quantum capacity. The function $C(t)$ is monotonically decreasing and the function $Q(t)$ is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points $[70]$ . It is also monotonica",0.08045977011494253," prove the lemma for the case of the CQ trade-off curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let $(C(t), Q(t))$ for $0 \le t \le 1$ be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with $C(0)$ equal to the classical capacity and $Q(1)$ equal to the quantum capacity. The function $C(t)$ is monotonically decreasing and the function $Q(t)$ is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decr",0.07279693486590039,"oof. We prove the lemma for the case of the CQ tradeoff curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let ( C ( t ) , Q ( t )) for 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with C (0) equal to the classical capacity and Q (1) equal to the quantum capacity. The function C ( t ) is monotonically decreasing and the function Q ( t ) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonicall",0.08812260536398467,"he lemma for the case of the CQ trade-off curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let $(C(t), Q(t))$ for $0 \leq t \leq 1$ be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with $C(0)$ equal to the classical capacity and $Q(1)$ equal to the quantum capacity. The function $C(t)$ is monotonically decreasing and the function $Q(t)$ is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decreasing",0.08812260536398467," the lemma for the case of the CQ trade-off curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let $(C(t), Q(t))$ for $0 \leq t \leq 1$ be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with $C(0)$ equal to the classical capacity and $Q(1)$ equal to the quantum capacity. The function $C(t)$ is monotonically decreasing and the function $Q(t)$ is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decreasi",0.13409961685823754," We prove the lemma for the case of the $CQ$ tradeoff curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let $(C(t), Q(t))$ for $0 < t < 1$ be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with $C(0)$ equal to the classical capacity and $Q(1)$ equal to the quantum capacity. The function $C(t)$ is monotonically decreasing and the function $Q(t)$ is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points $[70]$ . It is also m",0.15708812260536398,"ove the lemma for the case of the CQ tradeoff curve. The proof for the CE trade-off curve is similar. Let ( _C_ ( _t_ ) _, Q_ ( _t_ )) for 0 _≤ t ≤_ 1 be a parametrization of the trade-off curve with _C_ (0) equal to the classical capacity and _Q_ (1) equal to the quantum capacity. The function _C_ ( _t_ ) is monotonically decreasing and the function _Q_ ( _t_ ) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also ",11,science_sample +11,1,"If (C(t), Q(t)) is a point on the graph at which the deriva- tive is not constant, then setting -l to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at (C(t), Q(t)), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting -l to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, l might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that l does parametrize. Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-offCurve for Qubit Dephasing Channels We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. Lemma 12 Let N be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the CQ trade-offcurve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diag- onal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:",0.1871820956256358," \( -\lambda \) to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at \( \left(C(t), Q(t)\right) \), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting \( -\lambda \) to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, \( \lambda \) might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that \( \lambda \) does parametrize. + +## Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-off Curve for Qubit Dephasing Channels + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. + +Lemma 12 Let \( \mathcal{N} \) be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the \( C Q \) trade-off curve, it + +suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds",0.8423194303153612,"H_ ( _B|X_ ) _ρ −_ _λH_ ( _E|X_ ) _ρ_ +_≤_ _H_ ( _Y_ ) _σ_ + ( _λ −_ 1) _H_ ( _Y |X_ ) _σ −_ _λH_ ( _E|X_ ) _σ_ += _H_ ( _B_ ) _θ_ + ( _λ −_ 1) _H_ ( _B|X_ ) _θ −_ _λH_ ( _E|X_ ) _θ_ += _I_ ( _X_ ; _B_ ) _θ_ + _λI_ ( _A⟩BX_ ) _θ ._ + + +The first equality follows from entropic manipulations. +The inequality follows because the entropies _H_ ( _B_ ) _ρ_ and +_H_ ( _B|X_ ) _ρ_ can only increase under a complete dephasing + +[61]. The second equality follows because _N ◦_ ∆= ∆ _◦N_ +and _N_ _[c]_ _◦_ ∆= _N_ _[c]_ for a generalized dephasing channel +_N_, and the final equality follows from entropic manipulations. + + +**Lemma 13** _An_ _ensemble_ _of_ _the_ _following_ _form_ +_parametrizes_ _all_ _points_ _on_ _the_ _CQ_ _trade-off_ _curve_ +_for a qubit dephasing channel:_ + + +1 +2 _[|]_ [0] _[⟩⟨]_ [0] _[|][X][ ⊗]_ _[ψ]_ 0 _[AA][′]_ + [1] 2 _[|]_ [1] _[⟩⟨]_ [1] _[|][X][ ⊗]_ _[ψ]_ 1 _[AA][′]_ _,_ (D1) + + +_where ψ_ 0 _[AA][′]_ _and ψ_ 1 _[AA][′]_ _are pure states, defined as follows_ +_for µ ∈",0.16480162767039674,"derivative is not constant, then setting \(-\lambda\) to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at \((C(t), Q(t))\), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting \(-\lambda\) to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, \(\lambda\) might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that \(\lambda\) does parametrize. + +---- + +# Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-off Curve for Qubit Dephasing Channels + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. + +**Lemma 12** +Let \(\mathcal{N}\) be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the CQ trade-off curve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the foll",0.20040691759918616,"da$ to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. $(C1)$ being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at $(C(t), Q(t))$ , then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting $-\lambda$ to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. $\blacksquare$ + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, $\lambda$ might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that $\lambda$ does parametrize. + +## Appendix D: Form of the $CQ$ Trade-off Curve for **Qubit Dephasing Channels** + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the $CQ$ trade-off curve + +**Lemma 12** Let $\mathcal{N}$ be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the $CQ$ trade-off curve, it + +suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:",0.5910478128179044," +$$ +\frac{C(s) - C(t)}{Q(s) - Q(t)} \ge -\lambda +$$ + +because of the monotonicity of the functions $C$ and $Q$. Likewise, when $s > t$, it has the form + +$$ +\frac{C(s) - C(t)}{Q(s) - Q(t)} \le -\lambda +$$ + +If $(C(t), Q(t))$ is a point on the graph at which the derivative is not constant, then setting $-\lambda$ to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at $(C(t), Q(t))$, then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting $-\lambda$ to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, $\lambda$ might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that $\lambda$ does parametrize. + +suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds: + +$$ +I(X; B)_\rho + \lambda I(A; BX)_\rho \le I(X; B)",0.04170905391658189,")) is a point on the graph at which the derivative is not constant, then setting -λ to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at ( C ( t ) , Q ( t )), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting -λ to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, λ might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that λ does parametrize. + +## Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-off Curve for Qubit Dephasing Channels + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. + +Lemma 12 Let N be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the CQ trade-off curve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:",0.12614445574771108,"h at which the derivative is not constant, then setting $-\lambda$ to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at $(C(t), Q(t))$, then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting $-\lambda$ to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. ■ + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, $\lambda$ might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that $\lambda$ does parametrize. + +## Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-off Curve for Qubit Dephasing Channels + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. + +**Lemma 12** Let $\mathcal{N}$ be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the CQ trade-off curve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the followin",0.07324516785350967,"n the graph at which the derivative is not constant, then setting $-λ$ to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at $(C(t), Q(t))$, then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting $-λ$ to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. ■ + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, λ might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that λ does parametrize. + +## Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-off Curve for Qubit Dephasing Channels + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. + +**Lemma 12** Let $\mathcal{N}$ be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the CQ trade-off curve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds",0.19938962360122076,"bda$ to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. $(C1)$ being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at $(C(t), Q(t))$ , then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting $-\lambda$ to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. $\blacksquare$ + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, $\lambda$ might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that $\lambda$ does parametrize. + +# Appendix D: Form of the $CQ$ Trade-off Curve for **Qubit Dephasing Channels** + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the $CQ$ trade-off curve + +**Lemma 12** Let $\mathcal{N}$ be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the $CQ$ trade-off curve, it + +suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:",0.10783316378433368,"on the graph at which the derivative is not constant, then setting _−λ_ to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at ( _C_ ( _t_ ) _, Q_ ( _t_ )), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting _−λ_ to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. + +At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, _λ_ might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that _λ_ does parametrize. + +## **Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-off Curve for Qubit Dephasing Channels** + +We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. + +**Lemma 12** _Let N be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the CQ trade-off curve, it_ + +_suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diagonal conditional density operators, in the sense that the followin",11,science_sample +12,0,"Figure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",0.0,"Figure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",0.9988412514484357,"43 + + +",0.023174971031286212," Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. +(A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). +(B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. +(C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). +(D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. +(E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations",0.0,"Figure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",0.5596755504055619,"ows Partitions identified using Louvain, with a Community ID color bar. +(B) Shows an association matrix for these 100 partitions, where each element indicates how many times two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The x and y axes represent Node ID, with an Association weight color bar. +(C) Presents a matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). The x and y axes represent Partitions identified using Louvain, with a Z-score Rand index color bar. +(D) Is a scatterplot showing the mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated for one representative participant. +(E) Is a line plot displaying the correlation coefficients between z-score Rand index and event count across participants. It notes that only four out of 80 participants exhibited negative correlations. +",0.0,"Figure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",0.010428736964078795,"igure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count.** +(A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). +(B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. +(C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). +(D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. +(E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations",0.1332560834298957," and correlation with excursion count. + +**Panel A:** As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). + +**Panel B:** The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. + +**Panel C:** Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). + +**Panel D:** We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. + +**Panel E:** Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited ne",0.0,"Figure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",0.0,"Figure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.",12,science_sample +12,1,"Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non- excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DMN.",0.005188067444876783,"Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during nonexcursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DMN. + +",1.0,"43 + + +",0.020752269779507133,"Figure 6:** Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. +A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. +B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non-excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). +C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DM",0.0025940337224383916,"Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during nonexcursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DMN.",0.5888456549935149,"rticipants), with a color bar ranging from -0.10 to +0.10. +(B) Displays a heatmap indicating node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non-excursions compared to excursions. The x and y axes represent nodes, with an ""Excursion > Non"" and ""Non > Excursion"" color indicator. Network labels (CONT, DMN, DAN, LIM, VAN, SMN, VIS) from Yeo et al. (2011) are used for interpretation. +(C) Is a bar chart showing the number of significant co-assignment changes for nodes (ordered by rank). This sum is derived from the rows of the matrix in panel B), identifying regions that consistently change their community co-assignments. The legend indicates various networks, and the figure highlights that regions associated with D",0.005188067444876783," +Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during nonexcursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DMN. +",0.11543450064850844,"efault mode network dissociates during mass-excursions.** +A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions ($\Delta_{ij}$). +B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non-excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for: +* control (CONT) +* default mode (DMN) +* dorsal attention (DAN) +* limbic (LIM) +* ventral attention (VAN) +* somatomotor network (SMN) +* visual (VIS) + +C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions ",0.08949416342412451,"t mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. + +**Panel A:** Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. + +**Panel B:** Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non-excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). + +**Panel C:** We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions asso",0.0025940337224383916,"Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during nonexcursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DMN.",0.005188067444876783," +Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during nonexcursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DMN. ",12,science_sample +14,0,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corre- sponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities (p(wi|wi-1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments (wi cj) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities (p(ci|ci-1)) and the word probabilities (p(wi|cj)). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). IV. EXPERIMENTS A. Experimental Data The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conver- sations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary items as Tamil.",0.19470538001707943,"anguage model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities \( \left(p\left(w_{i} \mid w_{i-1}\right)\right) \), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments \( \left(w_{i} \in c_{j}\right) \) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities \( \left(p\left(c_{i} \mid c_{i-1}\right)\right) \) and the word probabilities \( \left(p\left(w_{i} \mid c_{j}\right)\right) \). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +## IV. EXPERIMENTS + +## A. Experimental Data + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program. \( { }^{1} \) This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We + +¹http://www.iarpa.gov/index.php/research-programs/babel + +exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as",0.15499573014517506,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corre + +sponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a + + +bigram model. + + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting + + +language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based + + +n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so + + +small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters + + +to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data + + +is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities + + +( _p_ ( _wi|wi−_ 1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good + + +partitioning of the words into classes. + + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word + + +class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data + + +sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that + + +is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the + + +learned from the same training text which is used to estimate + + +the class transition probabilities ( _p_ ( _ci|ci−_ 1)) and the word + + +probabilities ( _p_ ( _wi|cj_ )). Twitter data, in these experiments, + + +refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter + + +with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The + + +experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class + + +assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the + + +traditional approach (baseline). + + +IV. EXPERIMENTS + + +_A. Experimental Data_ + + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper + + +on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages + + +are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native + + +speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from + + +researchers and also in the sense that the provided training + + +data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We + + +1http://www.iarpa.gov/index.php/research-programs/babel + + + +5 + + +exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, + + +which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conver + +sations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, + + +Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we + + +selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes + + +(See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus + + +suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of + + +comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, + + +has ",0.0444064901793339,"t tokens in the data. This corresponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities +$$p(w_i|w_{i-1})$$ +, then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments +$$ (w_i \in c_j) $$ +are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities +$$p(c_i|c_{i-1})$$ +and the word probabilities +$$p(w_i|c_j)$$ +. Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +# IV. EXPERIMENTS + +## A. Experimental Data + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.[^1] This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary",0.1430401366353544,"enefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities (p(wi |wi−1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments (wi ∈ cj ) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities (p(ci |ci−1)) and the word probabilities (p(wi |cj )). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +## IV. EXPERIMENTS + +## *A. Experimental Data* + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We + +1http://www.iarpa.gov/index.php/research-programs/babel + +exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vo",0.21050384286934246,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corresponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities ($p(W_i | W_{i-1})$), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments ($w_i \in c_j$) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities ($p(c_i | C_{i-1})$) and the word probabilities ($p(w_i | c_j)$). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary items as Tamil.",0.09094790777113577,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corresponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities ( p ( w i | w i -1 ) ), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments ( w i ∈ c j ) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities ( p ( c i | c i -1 ) ) and the word probabilities ( p ( w i | c j ) ). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +## IV. EXPERIMENTS + +## A. Experimental Data + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program. 1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We + +1 http://www.iarpa.gov/index.php/research-programs/babel exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of compari",0.039709649871904354,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corresponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities ($p(w_i | w_{i-1})$), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments ($w_i \in c_j$) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities ($p(c_i | c_{i-1})$) and the word probabilities ($p(w_i | c_j)$). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +## IV. EXPERIMENTS + +### A. Experimental Data + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.[^1] This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one",0.23654995730145176," +5 + +information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corresponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities (p(wi|wi-1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments (wi ∈ cj) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities (p(ci|ci-1)) and the word probabilities (p(wi|cj)). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary items as Tamil.",0.1063193851409052,"information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corresponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities $(p(w_i|w_{i-1}))$ , then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments $(w_i \in c_j)$ are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities $(p(c_i|c_{i-1}))$ and the word probabilities $(p(w_i|c_i))$ . Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +# IV. EXPERIMENTS + +## A. Experimental Data + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We + +1http://www.iarpa.gov/index.php/research-programs/babel + +exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a",0.09479077711357814,"kelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. + +The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities ( _p_ ( _wi|wi−_ 1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. + +Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments ( _wi ∈ cj_ ) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities ( _p_ ( _ci|ci−_ 1)) and the word probabilities ( _p_ ( _wi|cj_ )). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). + +## IV. EXPERIMENTS + +## _A. Experimental Data_ + +The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.[1] This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We + +1http://www.iarpa.gov/index.php/research-programs/babel + +exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conversations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabu",14,science_sample +14,1,"We performed data collection and language model train- ing experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.",0.008968609865470852," + +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.",0.07174887892376682,"formed data collection and language model train + +ing experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu + + +languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of + + +the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection + + +experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. + + +For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to + + +the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction + + +in perplexity was more tha",0.008968609865470852," +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%. +",0.008968609865470852," +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%. +",0.008968609865470852," +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%. +",0.008968609865470852," +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%. +",0.008968609865470852,"We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%. + +",0.008968609865470852," + +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.",0.008968609865470852," + +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.",0.008968609865470852," + +We performed data collection and language model training experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.",14,science_sample +14,2,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.06825938566552901,"arge amount of data was also collected for Zulu and + + +Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as + + +it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible + + +explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger + + +vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, ",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",0.0,"A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which",14,science_sample +15,0,"web text sources for conversational speech language modeling using class-dependent mixtures,"" in Proc. HLT/NAACL, 2003, pp. 7-9. [5] S. Schwarm, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, ""Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,"" IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334-342, 2004. [6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocke, and C. Ozgur, ""Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,"" ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1-xx, 2007. [7] A. Sethy, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, ""Building topic-specific language models from webdata using competitive models,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2005, pp. 1293-1296. [8] R. Sarikaya, A. Gravano, and Y. Gao, ""Rapid language model develop- ment using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,"" in Proc. ICASSP, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573-576. [9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawahara, ""Incorporating semantic infor- mation to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,"" in Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on, May 2013, pp. 8252-8256. [10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, ""Intelligent selection of language model training,"" in Proc. ACL, 2010. [11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, ""Domain adaptation via pseudo in- domain data selection,"" in Proc. EMNLP, 2011. [12] G. Lecorve, J. Dines, T. Hain, and P. Motlicek, ""Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2012. [13] T. Schlippe, L. Gren, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, ""Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2013. [14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Pietra, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mer- cer, ""Class-based n-gram models of natural language,"" Computational Linguistics, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467-479, 1992. [15] R. Iyer and M. Ostendorf, ""Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,"" in Proc. Eurospeech, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975-1978. [16] A. Stolcke, ""SRILM - an extensible language modeling toolkit,"" in Proc. ICSLP, 2002, pp. 901-904. [17] P. Liang, ""Semi-supervised learning for natural language,"" Ph.D. disser- tation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. [18] I. H. Witten and T. Bell, ""The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,"" Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085-1094, 1991. [19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Molina, and L. Page, ""Efficient crawling through url ordering,"" Comput. Netw. ISDN Syst., vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161-172, 1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98) 00108-1 [20] A. Liaw and M. Wiener, ""Classification and regression by randomforest,"" R News, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18-22, 2002. [Online]. Available: http://CRAN.R-project.org/doc/Rnews/",0.01646090534979424,"web text sources for conversational speech language modeling using class-dependent mixtures,"" in Proc. HLT/NAACL, 2003, pp. 7-9. + +[5] S. Schwarm, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, ""Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,"" IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334-342, 2004. + +[6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocke, and C. Ozgur, ""Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,"" ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1-xx, 2007. + +[7] A. Sethy, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, ""Building topic-specific language models from webdata using competitive models,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2005, pp. 1293-1296. + +[8] R. Sarikaya, A. Gravano, and Y. Gao, ""Rapid language model development using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,"" in Proc. ICASSP, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573-576. + +[9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawahara, ""Incorporating semantic information to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,"" in Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on, May 2013, pp. 8252-8256. + +[10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, ""Intelligent selection of language model training,"" in Proc. ACL, 2010. + +[11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, ""Domain adaptation via pseudo in-domain data selection,"" in Proc. EMNLP, 2011. + +[12] G. Lecorve, J. Dines, T. Hain, and P. Motlicek, ""Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2012. + +[13] T. Schlippe, L. Gren, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, ""Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,"" in Proc. Interspeech, 2013. + +[14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Pietra, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mercer, ""Class-based n-gram models of natural language,"" Computational Linguistics, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467-479, 1992. + +[15] R. Iyer and M. Ostendorf, ""Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,"" in Proc. Eurospeech, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975-1978. + +[16] A. Stolcke, ""SRILM - an extensible language modeling toolkit,"" in Proc. ICSLP, 2002, pp. 901-904. + +[17] P. Liang, ""Semi-supervised learning for natural language,"" Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. + +[18] I. H. Witten and T. Bell, ""The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,"" Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085-1094, 1991. + +[19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Molina, and L. Page, ""Efficient crawling through url ordering,"" Comput. Netw. ISDN Syst., vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161-172, 1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98)00108-1 + +[20] A. Liaw and M. Wiener, ""Classification and regression by randomforest,"" R News, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18-22, 2002. [Online]. Available: http://CRAN.R-project.org/doc/",0.13203017832647462,"web text sources for conversational speech language modeling using + + +class-dependent mixtures,” in _Proc. HLT/NAACL_, 2003, pp. 7–9. + + +[5] S. Schwarm, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, “Adaptive language modeling + + +with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,” _IEEE Trans. Speech_ + + +_and Audio_, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334–342, 2004. + + +[6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocke, and C. Ozgur, “Web + + +resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,” + + +_ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing_, vol. 5, no. 1, + + +pp. 1–xx, 2007. + + +[7] A. Sethy, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, “Building topic-specific + + +language models from webdata using competitive models,” in _Proc._ + + +_Interspeech_, 2005, pp. 1293–1296. + + +[8] R. Sarikaya, A. Gravano, and Y. Gao, “Rapid language model develop + +ment using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,” in _Proc._ + + +_ICASSP_, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573–576. + + +[9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawahara, “Incorporating semantic infor + +mation to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue + + +system,” in _Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013_ + + +_IEEE International Conference on_, May 2013, pp. 8252–8256. + + +[10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, “Intelligent selection of language model + + +training,” in _Proc. ACL_, 2010. + + +[11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, “Domain adaptation via pseudo in + +domain data selection,” in _Proc. EMNLP_, 2011. + + +[12] G. Lecorve, J. Dines, T. Hain, and P. Motlicek, “Supervised and + + +unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,” in _Proc._ + + +_Interspeech_, 2012. + + +[13] T. Schlippe, L. Gren, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, “Unsupervised language + + +model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news + + +using web 2.0,” in _Proc. Interspeech_, 2013. + + +[14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Pietra, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mer + +cer, “Class-based n-gram models of natural language,” _Computational_ + + +_Linguistics_, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467–479, 1992. + + +[15] R. Iyer and M. Ostendorf, “Transforming out-of-domain estimates to + + +improve in-domain language models,” in _Proc. Eurospeech_, vol. 4, 1997, + + +pp. 1975–1978. + + +[16] A. Stolcke, “SRILM – an extensible language modeling toolkit,” in _Proc._ + + +_ICSLP_, 2002, pp. 901–904. + + +[17] P. Liang, “Semi-supervised learning for natural language,” Ph.D. disser + +tation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. + + +[18] I. H. Witten and T. Bell, “The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the + + +probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,” _Information_ + + +_Theory, IEEE Transactions on_, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085–1094, 1991. + + +[19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Molina, and L. Page, “Efficient crawling through url + + +ordering,” _Comput. Netw. ISDN Syst._, vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161–172, + + +[1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98)](http://dx.doi.org/",0.0541838134430727,"eech language modeling using class-dependent mixtures,” in *Proc. HLT/NAACL*, 2003, pp. 7–9. + +[5] S. Schwarm, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, “Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,” *IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio*, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334–342, 2004. + +[6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocke, and C. Ozgur, “Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,” *ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing*, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1–xx, 2007. + +[7] A. Sethy, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, “Building topic-specific language models from webdata using competitive models,” in *Proc. Interspeech*, 2005, pp. 1293–1296. + +[8] R. Sarikaya, A. Gravano, and Y. Gao, “Rapid language model development using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,” in *Proc. ICASSP*, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573–576. + +[9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawahara, “Incorporating semantic information to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,” in *Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on*, May 2013, pp. 8252–8256. + +[10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, “Intelligent selection of language model training,” in *Proc. ACL*, 2010. + +[11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, “Domain adaptation via pseudo in-domain data selection,” in *Proc. EMNLP*, 2011. + +[12] G. Lecorve, J. Dines, T. Hain, and P. Motlicek, “Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,” in *Proc. Interspeech*, 2012. + +[13] T. Schlippe, L. Gren, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, “Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,” in *Proc. Interspeech*, 2013. + +[14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Pietra, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mercer, “Class-based n-gram models of natural language,” *Computational Linguistics*, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467–479, 1992. + +[15] R. Iyer and M. Ostendorf, “Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,” in *Proc. Eurospeech*, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975–1978. + +[16] A. Stolcke, “SRILM – an extensible language modeling toolkit,” in *Proc. ICSLP*, 2002, pp. 901–904. + +[17] P. Liang, “Semi-supervised learning for natural language,” Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. + +[18] I. H. Witten and T. Bell, “The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,” *Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on*, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085–1094, 1991. + +[19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Molina, and L. Page, “Efficient crawling through url ordering,” *Comput. Netw. ISDN Syst.*, vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161–172, 1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98)00108-1 + +[20] A. Liaw and M. Wiener, “Classification and regression by randomforest,” *R News*, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18–22, 2002. [Online]. Available: http://CRAN.R-project.org/doc/Rnews/",0.11659807956104253,"- [5] S. Schwarm, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, ""Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,"" *IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio*, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334–342, 2004. +- [6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocke, and C. Ozgur, ""Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,"" *ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing*, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1–xx, 2007. +- [7] A. Sethy, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, ""Building topic-specific language models from webdata using competitive models,"" in *Proc. Interspeech*, 2005, pp. 1293–1296. +- [8] R. Sarikaya, A. Gravano, and Y. Gao, ""Rapid language model development using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,"" in *Proc. ICASSP*, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573–576. +- [9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawahara, ""Incorporating semantic information to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,"" in *Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on*, May 2013, pp. 8252–8256. +- [10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, ""Intelligent selection of language model training,"" in *Proc. ACL*, 2010. +- [11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, ""Domain adaptation via pseudo indomain data selection,"" in *Proc. EMNLP*, 2011. +- [12] G. Lecorve, J. Dines, T. Hain, and P. Motlicek, ""Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,"" in *Proc. Interspeech*, 2012. +- [13] T. Schlippe, L. Gren, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, ""Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,"" in *Proc. Interspeech*, 2013. +- [14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Pietra, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mercer, ""Class-based n-gram models of natural language,"" *Computational Linguistics*, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467–479, 1992. +- [15] R. Iyer and M. Ostendorf, ""Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,"" in *Proc. Eurospeech*, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975–1978. +- [16] A. Stolcke, ""SRILM an extensible language modeling toolkit,"" in *Proc. ICSLP*, 2002, pp. 901–904. +- [17] P. Liang, ""Semi-supervised learning for natural language,"" Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. +- [18] I. H. Witten and T. Bell, ""The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,"" *Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on*, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085–1094, 1991. +- [19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Molina, and L. Page, ""Efficient crawling through url ordering,"" *Comput. Netw. ISDN Syst.*, vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161–172, 1998. [Online]. Available: [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552\(98\)](http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98)00108-1) [00108-1](http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98)00108-1) + +[20] A. Liaw and M. Wiener, ""Classification and regression by randomforest,"" *R News*, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18–22, 2002. [Online]. Available: 0(*t*). Consider a near solution *y*(*t*) = *y*(*t*, 0, *y** + Δ*y*), where Δ*y* = (Δ*y** + Δ*y*), where Δ*y* = (Δ*y*1, Δ*y*2), to the periodic solution Ψ0(*t*). Assume that *y*(*t*) satisfies condition (*N*1), and it meets the surface of discontinuity Γ at the moment *t* = *ξ* and at the point *ȳ* = *y*(*ξ*, 0, *y** + Δ*y*). Considering the formula (3.10) for the transversal point *ȳ* = (*ȳ*1, *ȳ*2=Y1-Y0and Pr , Y1 >=Y0 >=W = 1, respectively, where td is a level of input for each treatment t1-t0 t0-tW status d {0, 1} while tW is a level of input without the treatment and tW < t0 < t1. Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of (Y0, Y1) to the region below the straight line Y1 = t1-tWt0-tW Y0 - t0-tWt1-t0 w and above the straight line Y1 = Y0, and to the region above two",0.5159817351598174,") is a level of input for each treatment status \( d \in\{0,1\} \) while \( t_{W} \) is a level of input without the treatment and \( t_{W} ≥ Y0 ≥ W = 1, respectively, where td is a level of input for each treatment status d ∈ {0, 1} while tW is a level of input without the treatment and tW < t0 < t1. Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of (Y0, Y1) to the region below the straight line Y1 = t1−tW t0−tW Y0 − t1−t",0.2762557077625571,"ively, where $t_d$ is a level of input for each treatment status $d \in \{0,1\}$ while $t_W$ is a level of input without the treatment and $t_W < t_0 < t_1$. Given $W = w$, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of $(Y_0, Y_1)$ to the region below the straight line $Y_1 = \frac{t_1-t_W}{t_0-t_W} Y_0 - \frac{t_1-t_0}{t_0-t_W} w$ and above the straight line $Y_1 = Y_0$, and to the region above tw",0.20319634703196346,"W ) = 1 , respectively, where t d is a level of input for each treatment status d ∈ { 0 , 1 } while t W is a level of input without the treatment and t W < t 0 < t 1 . Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of ( Y 0 , Y 1 ) to the region below the straight line Y 1 = t 1 -t W t 0 -t W Y 0 -t 1 -t 0 t 0 -t W w and above the straight line Y 1 = Y 0 , and to the region above two",0.271689497716895,", respectively, where $t_d$ is a level of input for each treatment status $d \in \{0, 1\}$ while $t_W$ is a level of input without the treatment and $t_W < t_0 < t_1$. Given $W = w$, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of $(Y_0, Y_1)$ to the region below the straight line $Y_1 = \frac{t_1-t_W}{t_0-t_W}Y_0 - \frac{t_1-t_0}{t_0-t_W}w$ and above the straight line $Y_1 = Y_0$, and to the region ",0.4748858447488584,">d is a level of input for each treatment status d ∈ {0, 1} while tW is a level of input without the treatment and tW < t0 < t1. Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of (Y0, Y1) to the region below the straight line $$Y_1 = \frac{t_1-t_W}{t_0-t_W}Y_0 - \frac{t_1-t_0}{t_0-t_W}w$$ and above the straight line Y<",0.3607305936073059,"s a level of input for each treatment status $d \in \{0,1\}$ while $t_W$ is a level of input without the treatment and $t_W < t_0 < t_1$ . Given $W = w$ , concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of $(Y_0, Y_1)$ to the region below the straight line $Y_1 = \frac{t_1 - t_W}{t_0 - t_W} Y_0 - \frac{t_1 - t_0}{t_0 - t_W} w$ and above the straight line $Y_1 = Y_0$ , and to the region above ",0.3493150684931507,"� = 1 _, respectively, where td is a level of input for each treatment status d ∈{_ 0 _,_ 1 _} while tW is a level of input without the treatment and tW < t_ 0 _< t_ 1 _. Given W_ = _w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of_ ( _Y_ 0 _, Y_ 1) _to the region below the straight line Y_ 1 = _[t] t_[1] 0 _[−] −[t] t[W] W[Y]_[0] _[ −] tt_ 01 _−−ttW_ 0 _[w][ and above the straight line][ Y]_[1][ =",17,science_sample +17,1,"Example 3 (Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.0,"Example 3 (Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.06418918918918919," _(Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the_ + + +_treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes_ + + +_that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.033783783783783786,"ample 3 (Roy Model)** +*In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equati",0.0,"Example 3 (Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.013513513513513514,"Example 3 (Roy Model)** In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equatio",0.0,"Example 3 (Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.02027027027027027,"ample 3** *(Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation",0.0033783783783783786,"Example 3 (Roy Model) +In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:",0.0945945945945946,"Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the $\mathbf{S}$ treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equati",0.02027027027027027,"ample 3** _(Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation",17,science_sample +17,2,"where uC (Z) represents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observables Z. Then treated (D = 1) and untreated people (D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y1 -Y0 >=uC (Z)} and {Y1 -Y0 < uC (Z)}, respectively. Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written as",0.3975,"of observables \( Z \). Then treated \( (D=1) \) and untreated people \( (D=0) \) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions \( \left\{Y_{1}-Y_{0} \geq \mu_{C}(Z)\right\} \) and \( \left\{Y_{1}-Y_{0}<\mu_{C}(Z)\right\} \), respectively. + +Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set ",0.2025,") _represents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observables Z._ _Then treated_ ( _D_ = 1) _and_ + +_untreated people_ ( _D_ = 0) _are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y_ 1 _−_ _Y_ 0 _≥_ _µC_ ( _Z_ ) _} and_ + + +**Example 4** _(DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup_ + + +_whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written ",0.3975,"y costs with a vector of observables* \( Z \). *Then treated* \( (D = 1) \) *and untreated people* \( (D = 0) \) *are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions* \( \{ Y_1 - Y_0 \geq \mu_C(Z) \} \) *and* \( \{ Y_1 - Y_0 < \mu_C(Z) \} \), *respectively.* + +---- + +**Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes)** +*The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcome",0.3575,"ctor of observables Z. Then treated (D = 1) and untreated people (D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y1 − Y0 ≥ µC (Z)} and {Y1 − Y0 < µC (Z)}, respectively. + +Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain se",0.1825,"epresents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observables $Z$. Then treated ($D = 1$) and untreated people ($D = 0$) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions $\{Y_1 – Y_0 \geq \mu_C (Z)\}$ and $\{Y_1 – Y_0 < \mu_C (Z)\}$, respectively. + +**Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes)** The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain",0.125,"ents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observables Z . Then treated ( D = 1) and untreated people ( D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions { Y 1 -Y 0 ≥ µ C ( Z ) } and { Y 1 -Y 0 < µ C ( Z ) } , respectively. + +Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written",0.1875,"resents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observables $Z$. Then treated $(D = 1)$ and untreated people $(D = 0)$ are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions $\{Y_1 - Y_0 \geq \mu_C (Z)\}$ and $\{Y_1 - Y_0 < \mu_C (Z)\}$, respectively.* + +**Example 4** *(DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain",0.3675," Z. Then treated (D = 1) and untreated people (D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y1 - Y0 ≥ μC (Z)} and {Y1 - Y0 < μC (Z)}, respectively. + +## Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) +The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written a",0.2475,"iary costs with a vector of observables Z. Then treated $(D = 1)$ and untreated people $(D = 0)$ are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions $\{Y_1 - Y_0 \geq \mu_C(Z)\}$ and ${Y_1 - Y_0 < \mu_C(Z)}$ , respectively. + +**Example 4** ( $DTE$ conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional $DTE$ for the unobservable subgroup $whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C",0.245,"ry costs with a vector of observables Z. Then treated_ ( _D_ = 1) _and untreated people_ ( _D_ = 0) _are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y_ 1 _− Y_ 0 _≥ µC_ ( _Z_ ) _} and {Y_ 1 _− Y_ 0 _< µC_ ( _Z_ ) _}, respectively._ + +**Example 4** _(DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C i",17,science_sample +18,0,"For this purpose, we look at the temperature depen- dence of the rotation angle of the magnetization between NN planes. In Fig. 7, phl(T ) for n = 8 and n = 16 (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, l = 1 . . . 4. For both thicknesses, a monotonic trend is observed for all l, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for n = 8 we see, starting from a temperature T TN(8), an abrupt drop of ph3 and ph4, which rapidly reach an almost con- stant value, only slightly larger than ph1. In the tem- perature range TN(8) T < TC(8) we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position Qz,max of the structure factor S(0, 0, qz). In Fig. 8 the average of Qz,max vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for different lateral dimen- sions L26. As expected from the previous argument, we see that Qz,max = 0 for TN(8) < T < TC(8), while it be- gins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below TN(8), making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with Qz,max = 0 and reaching a value of about 21*for T = 10 K. In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements16) on a HCP lattice14,15, it was found that for thicknesses compa- rable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 -16, three different magnetic phases could be sin- gled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner dis- ordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the sig- natures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. The absence of the block phase in the J1 -J2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for phl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers ( l =1. . . 5 and 8. . . 12 ), where phl is roughly 10*, sep- arated by a block of disordered layers, and with almost",0.3935169048448937,"For this purpose, we look at the temperature dependence of the rotation angle of the magnetization between NN planes. In Fig. 7, \( \Delta \varphi_{l}(T) \) for \( n=8 \) and \( n=16 \) (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, \( l=1 \ldots 4 \). For both thicknesses, a monotonic trend is observed for all \( l \), but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for \( n=8 \) we see, starting from a temperature \( T \lesssim T_{N}(8) \), an abrupt drop of \( \Delta \varphi_{3} \) and \( \Delta \varphi_{4} \), which rapidly reach an almost constant value, only slightly larger than \( \Delta \varphi_{1} \). In the temperature range \( T_{N}(8) \lesssim Tl(T) for n = 8 and n = 16 (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, l = 1 . . . 4. For both thicknesses, a monotonic trend is observed for all l, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for n = 8 we see, starting from a temperature $$T \lesssim T_N(8)$$, an abrupt drop of Δϕ3 and Δϕ4, which rapidly reach an almost constant value, only slightly larger than Δϕ1. In the temperature range $$T_N(8) \lesssim T < T_C(8)$$ we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable *quasi*-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the peak position $$Q_{z,max}$$ of the structure factor $$S(0,0,q_z)$$. In Fig. 8 the average of $$Q_{z,max}$$ vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for different lateral dimensions L26. As expected from the previous argument, we see that $$Q_{z,max} = 0$$ for $$T_N(8) < T < T_C(8)$$, while it begins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below $$T_N(8)$$, making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with $$Q_{z,max} \neq 0$$ and reaching a value of about 21° for T = 10 K. + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements16) on a HCP lattice14,15, it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 − 16, three different magnetic phases could be singled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +The absence of the block phase in the $$J_1 - J_2$$ model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for Δϕl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers (l = ",0.481700941094458,"N(8) \lesssim T < T_C(8)$ we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position $Q_{z,max}$ of the structure factor $S(0,0,q_z)$ . In Fig. 8 the average of $Q_{z,max}$ vs T is reported, again for $n = 8$ and for different lateral dimensions $L^{26}$ . As expected from the previous argument, we see that $Q_{z,max} = 0$ for $T_N(8) < T < T_C(8)$ , while it begins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below $T_N(8)$ , making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with $Q_{z,max} \neq 0$ and reaching a value of about $21^{\circ}$ for $T = 10 \text{ K}$ . + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of $a$ Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements $16$ ) on a HCP lattice $^{14,15}$ , it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for $n = 9 - 16$ , three different magnetic phases could be sin- + +![](_page_0_Figure_6.jpeg) + +FIG. 8: (color online) $Q_z$ , position of the maximum of $S(\vec{q})$ , vs. temperature for thickness $n = 8$ . Inset: magnetic vector $(m_l^x, m_l^y)$ profile for some temperatures for $L = 64$ . Colors and symbols as in Fig. $2$ . + +![](_page_0_Figure_8.jpeg) + +FIG. 9: $\Delta\varphi_l$ for a BCT lattice and $n = 12$ , when the six coupling constants set employed in Ref. $14,15$ (see text) is used. The temperature range has been chosen around $T_C(n)$ (error bars lye within point size). + +gled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +The absence of the block phase in the $J_1 - J_2$ model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. $14,15$ , but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for $\Delta\varphi_l$ with $n=12$ are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. $15$ and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers $(l=1...",0.2551411641686999,"For this purpose, we look at the temperature dependence of the rotation angle of the magnetization between NN planes. In Fig. 7, $\Delta\varphi_l(T)$ for $n=8$ and $n=16$ (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, $l=1 \dots 4$. For both thicknesses, a monotonic trend is observed for all $l$, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for $n=8$ we see, starting from a temperature $T \le T_N(8)$, an abrupt drop of $\Delta\varphi_3$ and $\Delta\varphi_4$, which rapidly reach an almost constant value, only slightly larger than $\Delta\varphi_1$. In the temperature range $T_N(8) \le T < T_C(8)$ we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position $Q_{z,max}$ of the structure factor $S(0, 0, q_z)$. In Fig. 8 the average of $Q_{z,max}$ vs $T$ is reported, again for $n=8$ and for different lateral dimensions $L$ [@Ref26]. As expected from the previous argument, we see that $Q_{z,max} = 0$ for $T_N(8) < T < T_C(8)$, while it begins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below $T_N(8)$, making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with $Q_{z,max} \ne 0$ and reaching a value of about $21^\circ$ for $T = 10\text{ K}$. + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements [@Ref16]) on an HCP lattice [@Ref14, @Ref15], it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for $n=9-16$, three different magnetic phases could be singled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layer blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +![Figure 8: $Q_{z,max}$ vs. temperature for thickness $n=8$](figure-8.png) + +**Figure 8 (summary):** This plot shows $Q_{z,max}$, the position of the maximum of $S(\vec{q})$, as a function of temperature $T$ (in K) for thickness $n=8$. The inset, which is not fully visible in this crop, is described as showing the magnetic vector ($m_i^x, m_i^y$) profile for some temperatures for $L=64$, with colors and symbols as in Fig. 2 (not provided in this excerpt). + +The absence of the block phase in the $J_1 - J_2$ model here investigated has to be att",0.3698152666434298," larger than ∆ ϕ 1 . In the temperature range T N (8) /lessorsimilar T < T C (8) we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi -FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position Q z,max of the structure factor S (0 , 0 , q z ). In Fig. 8 the average of Q z,max vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for different lateral dimensions L 26 . As expected from the previous argument, we see that Q z,max = 0 for T N (8) < T < T C (8), while it begins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below T N (8), making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with Q z,max = 0 and reaching a value of about 21 ◦ for T = 10K. + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements 16 ) on a HCPlattice 14,15 , it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 -16, three different magnetic phases could be sin- + +FIG. 8: (color online) Q z , position of the maximum of S ( /vector q ), vs. temperature for thickness n = 8. Inset: magnetic vector ( m x l , m y l ) profile for some temperatures for L = 64. Colors and symbols as in Fig. 2. + + + +FIG. 9: ∆ ϕ l for a BCT lattice and n = 12, when the six coupling constants set employed in Ref. 14,15 (see text) is used. The temperature range has been chosen around T C ( n ) (error bars lye within point size). + + + +gled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +The absence of the block phase in the J 1 -J 2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for ∆ ϕ l with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers ( l =1.. . 5 and 8. . . 12 ), where ∆ ϕ l is roughly 10 ◦ , separated by a block of disordered layers, and with almost",0.3056814220982921,"monotonic trend is observed for all $l$, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for $n = 8$ we see, starting from a temperature $T \lesssim T_N(8)$, an abrupt drop of $\Delta\phi_3$ and $\Delta\phi_4$, which rapidly reach an almost constant value, only slightly larger than $\Delta\phi_1$. In the temperature range $T_N(8) \lesssim T < T_C(8)$ we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position $Q_{z,max}$ of the structure factor $S(0, 0, q_z)$. In Fig. 8 the average of $Q_{z,max}$ vs $T$ is reported, again for $n = 8$ and for different lateral dimensions $L$ [26]. As expected from the previous argument, we see that $Q_{z,max} = 0$ for $T_N(8) < T < T_C(8)$, while it begins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below $T_N(8)$, making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with $Q_{z,max} \neq 0$ and reaching a value of about $21^{\circ}$ for $T = 10$ K. + +![Figure 9: Plot of Delta phi vs layer index l](figure-9.png) + +**FIG. 9:** $\Delta\phi_l$ for a BCT lattice and $n = 12$, when the six coupling constants set employed in Ref. 14,15 (see text) is used. The temperature range has been chosen around $T_C(n)$ (error bars lie within point size). + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements [16]) on a HCP lattice [14,15], it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for $n = 9 - 16$, three different magnetic phases could be singled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +The absence of the block phase in the $J_1 - J_2$ model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for $\Delta\phi_l$ with $n = 12$ are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external bl",0.4363889857093064,"or a BCT lattice and n = 12, when the six coupling constants set employed in Ref. 14,15 (see text) is used. The temperature range has been chosen around TC(n) (error bars lye within point size). + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements16) on a HCP lattice14,15, it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 − 16, three different magnetic phases could be singled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +The absence of the block phase in the J1 − J2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for Δφl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers (l =1...5 and 8...12), where Δφl is roughly 10°, separated by a block of disordered layers, and with almost",0.481700941094458,"N(8) \lesssim T < T_C(8)$ we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position $Q_{z,max}$ of the structure factor $S(0,0,q_z)$ . In Fig. 8 the average of $Q_{z,max}$ vs T is reported, again for $n = 8$ and for different lateral dimensions $L^{26}$ . As expected from the previous argument, we see that $Q_{z,max} = 0$ for $T_N(8) < T < T_C(8)$ , while it begins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below $T_N(8)$ , making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with $Q_{z,max} \neq 0$ and reaching a value of about $21^{\circ}$ for $T = 10 \text{ K}$ . + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of $a$ Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements $16$ ) on a HCP lattice $^{14,15}$ , it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for $n = 9 - 16$ , three different magnetic phases could be sin- + +![](_page_0_Figure_6.jpeg) + +FIG. 8: (color online) $Q_z$ , position of the maximum of $S(\vec{q})$ , vs. temperature for thickness $n = 8$ . Inset: magnetic vector $(m_l^x, m_l^y)$ profile for some temperatures for $L = 64$ . Colors and symbols as in Fig. $2$ . + +![](_page_0_Figure_8.jpeg) + +FIG. 9: $\Delta\varphi_l$ for a BCT lattice and $n = 12$ , when the six coupling constants set employed in Ref. $14,15$ (see text) is used. The temperature range has been chosen around $T_C(n)$ (error bars lye within point size). + +gled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +The absence of the block phase in the $J_1 - J_2$ model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. $14,15$ , but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for $\Delta\varphi_l$ with $n=12$ are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. $15$ and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers $(l=1...",0.399093760892297,"apidly reach an almost constant value, only slightly larger than ∆ϕ1. In the temperature range TN (8) ≲ T < TC(8) we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position Qz,max of the structure factor S(0, 0, qz). In Fig. 8 the average of Qz,max vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for different lateral dimensions L[26] . As expected from the previous argument, we see that Qz,max = 0 for TN (8) < T < TC(8), while it begins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below TN (8), making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with Qz,max ̸= 0 and reaching a value of about 21[◦] for T = 10 K. + +In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements[16] ) on a HCP lattice[14,15] , it was found that for thicknesses comparable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 − 16, three different magnetic phases could be sin- + +**==> picture [207 x 148] intentionally omitted <==** + +FIG. 8: (color online) Qz, position of the maximum of S(⃗q), vs. temperature for thickness n = 8. Inset: magnetic vector (m[x] l[, m][y] l[) profile for some temperatures for][ L][ = 64. Colors] and symbols as in Fig. 2. + +**==> picture [207 x 146] intentionally omitted <==** + +FIG. 9: ∆ϕl for a BCT lattice and n = 12, when the six coupling constants set employed in Ref. 14,15 (see text) is used. The temperature range has been chosen around TC(n) (error bars lye within point size). + +gled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner disordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the signatures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. + +The absence of the block phase in the J1 − J2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for ∆ϕl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers ( l =1. . . 5 and 8. . . 12 ), where",18,science_sample +20,0,"Note that o1,2,3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio (g/-g5)2 originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. The o parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters a, GF and mZ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:",0.21085271317829457,"ble suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio \( \left(g / \bar{g}_{5}\right)^{2} \) originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The \( \epsilon \) parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters \( \alpha, G_{F} \) and \( m_{Z} \) in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the resu",0.06976744186046512,"2,3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This + + +feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW + + +¯ +precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio (g/g5) [2] originates + + +from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + + +The ǫ parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to + + +express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in + +[60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters α, GF and mZ in terms of the + + +model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the resu",0.20930232558139536,"ins a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio \(\left(\frac{g}{\overline{g}_5}\right)^2\) originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The \(\epsilon\) parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters \(\alpha\), \(G_F\) and \(m_Z\) in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite ",0.13333333333333333," which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio $(g/\bar{g}_5)^2$ originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The $\epsilon$ parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters $\alpha$ , $G_F$ and $m_Z$ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:",0.11317829457364341,"to $\bar{X}$ which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio $(g/\bar{g}_5)^2$ originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The $\epsilon$ parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters $\alpha$, $G_F$ and $m_Z$ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the result",0.06046511627906977,"3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio ( g/ ¯ g 5 ) 2 originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The /epsilon1 parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters α , G F and m Z in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the resul",0.11007751937984496,"erline{X}$ which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio $(g/\bar{g}_5)^2$ originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The $\epsilon$ parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters $\alpha$, $G_F$ and $m_Z$ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:",0.11937984496124031,"bar{X}$ which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio $(g/\tilde{g}_5)^2$ originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The $\epsilon$ parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters $\alpha$, $G_F$ and $m_Z$ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results: +",0.13333333333333333," which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio $(g/\bar{g}_5)^2$ originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The $\epsilon$ parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters $\alpha$ , $G_F$ and $m_Z$ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:",0.023255813953488372,"Note that ǫ1,2,3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW ¯ precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio (g/g5)[2] originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. + +The ǫ parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters α, GF and mZ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the res",20,science_sample +20,1,"In section VI, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, b(y) 1 (flat extra dimension) and b(y) = e-2ky (a slice of AdS5). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and (75),",0.29365079365079366,"ion VI, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, \( b(y)=1 \) (flat extra dimension) and \( b(y)=e^{-2 k y} \) (a slice of \( \operatorname{AdS}_{5} \) ). To this aim we ne",0.5992063492063492," +In section VI, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision + + + +θ0 [+][ s] θ [4] 0 [)] +�1 + [4][πα] g¯5 [(][2][c][s][4][2] θ0 [c][2][θ] 0 + + + +g [2] = [4][πα] + +s [2] +θ0 + + + +g [2] = [4][πα] + + + +, (78) +� + + +, (79) +� + + + +′2 πα +g = ",0.18253968253968253,"ill study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, \(b(y) \equiv 1\) (flat extra dimension) and \(b(y) = e^{-2ky}\) (a slice of AdS\(_5\)). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and (",0.23015873015873015,"will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, $b(y) \equiv 1$ (flat extra dimension) and $b(y) = e^{-2ky}$ (a slice of $\text{AdS}_5$ ). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74",0.09523809523809523,"n section VI, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, $b(y) = 1$ (flat extra dimension) and $b(y) = e^{-2ky}$ (a slice of AdS$_5$). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74",0.09523809523809523,"tion VI, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, b ( y ) ≡ 1 (flat extra dimension) and b ( y ) = e -2 ky (a slice of AdS 5 ). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and",0.1349206349206349,"I, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, $b(y) \equiv 1$ (flat extra dimension) and $b(y) = e^{-2ky}$ (a slice of AdS$_5$). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and ",0.1349206349206349,"I, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, $b(y) \equiv 1$ (flat extra dimension) and $b(y) = e^{-2ky}$ (a slice of AdS$_5$). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and ",0.23015873015873015,"will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, $b(y) \equiv 1$ (flat extra dimension) and $b(y) = e^{-2ky}$ (a slice of $\text{AdS}_5$ ). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74",0.06746031746031746,"ection VI, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, b(y) ≡ 1 (flat extra dimension) and b(y) = e[−][2][ky] (a slice of AdS5). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and (",20,science_sample +21,0,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where ak+1 -ak = d for each integer k at the optimum. In this case, the lower bound reduces to",0.18067226890756302,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where \( a_{k+1}-a_{k}=\delta \) for each integer \( k \) at the optimum. In this case, the lo",0.14285714285714285,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I + +pay particular attention to the special case where _ak_ +1 _−_ _ak_ = _δ_ for each integer _k_ at the optimum. In this + + +case, the lower b",0.15126050420168066,"he constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where \(a_{k+1} - a_k = \delta\) for each integer \(k\) at the optimum. In this case, the lower bound reduces",0.11764705882352941,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where $a_{k+1} - a_k = \delta$ for each integer k at the optimum. In this case, the lower bo",0.11764705882352941,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where $a_{k+1} - a_k = \delta$ for each integer $k$ at the optimum. In this case, the lower bo",0.029411764705882353,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where a k +1 -a k = δ for each integer k at the optimum. In this case, the lower bound reduces",0.11764705882352941,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where $a_{k+1} - a_k = \delta$ for each integer $k$ at the optimum. In this case, the lower bo",0.20168067226890757," the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where ak+1 − ak = δ for each integer k at the optimum. In this case, the lower bound ",0.11764705882352941,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where $a_{k+1} - a_k = \delta$ for each integer k at the optimum. In this case, the lower bo",0.09243697478991597,"Now I present the constrained optimization procedure to compute the sharp lower bound under MTR. I pay particular attention to the special case where _ak_ +1 _− ak_ = _δ_ for each integer _k_ at the optimum. In this case, the lower bound ",21,science_sample +21,1,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.1038961038961039, computation of $(B.1)$ poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,0.1038961038961039, computation of $(B.1)$ poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem,0.0,and computation of (B.1) poses a simple one-dimensional optimization problem.,21,science_sample +21,2,"It is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function max{x, 0} is non- differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicated",0.09259259259259259,"ot straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function \( \max \{x,0\} \) is non-differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicate",0.06481481481481481,"is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function max _{x,_ 0 _}_ is non + +differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complica",0.07407407407407407,"not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function \(\max\{x, 0\}\) is non-differentiable. Furthermore, in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicate",0.06481481481481481," is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function $\max\{x,0\}$ is nondifferentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicat",0.046296296296296294,"It is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function $\max\{x,0\}$ is non-differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complica",0.027777777777777776,"It is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function max { x, 0 } is nondifferentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicate",0.046296296296296294,"is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function $\max\{x, 0\}$ is non-differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicate",0.009259259259259259," +It is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function max{x, 0} is non-differentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicated",0.06481481481481481," is not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function $\max\{x,0\}$ is nondifferentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicat",0.05555555555555555,"s not straightforward to solve the problem (B.2) numerically in Step 3; the function max _{x,_ 0 _}_ is nondifferentiable. Furthermore in practice, marginal distribution functions are often estimated in a complicated",21,science_sample +22,0,"A LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput C taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows:",0.07960199004975124," for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput \( \mathcal{C} \) taking the worst case ICI into account can be written",0.04975124378109453,"for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst + + +case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation + + +variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its + + +maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput C taking the worst case ICI + + +into account can be written as follo",0.07960199004975124,"B for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput \( \mathcal{C} \) taking the worst case ICI into account can be writte",0.0,"A LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput C taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows:",0.009950248756218905," LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput $C$ taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows",0.0,"A LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput C taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows:",0.009950248756218905," LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput $C$ taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows",0.0,"A LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput C taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows:",0.06965174129353234,"B for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput $\mathcal{C}$ taking the worst case ICI into account can be written ",0.0,"A LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput C taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows:",22,science_sample +22,1,"A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes Qn,k,l where:",0.11290322580645161," +A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes \( Q_{n, k, ",0.10483870967741936,"ter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the + +̸ + + + +user that maximizes Qn,k,l where:",0.0967741935483871,"A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes \( Q_{n,k,l} ",0.0,"A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes Qn,k,l where:",0.08064516129032258," tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes $Q_{n,k,l}$ wh",0.016129032258064516,"A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes Q n,k,l where",0.08064516129032258,"hter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes $Q_{n,k,l}$ where:",0.11290322580645161," + +A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes Qn,k,l",0.08870967741935484,"A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes $Q_{n,k,l}$ ",0.0,"A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes Qn,k,l where:",22,science_sample +22,2,"Thus, Qn,k,l is an SINR term for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Ql RNxK. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). Note that if xn,l = 0, than Qn,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of sub- optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derived",0.22525918944392084,"e interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector \( \mathbf{q}_{n, l}=\left[q_{n, 1, l}, q_{n, 2, l} \cdots, q_{n, K, l}\right] \) and then stack all the vectors in a matrix \( \mathbf{Q}_{l} \in \mathbb{R}^{N \times K} \). The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +Note that if \( \xi_{n, l}=0 \), than \( Q_{n, k, l} \) becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +## B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of suboptimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB c",0.1705937794533459,"Thus, Qn,k,l is an SINR term for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst + +̸ + + +̸ + + + +case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and + + +are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +̸ + + +̸ + + +̸ + + + +Note that if ξn,l = 0, than Qn,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal + + +criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has + +insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution + + +[2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we + +can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + + +_B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput_ + + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of sub + +optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derived + + +March 19, 2018 DRAFT + + + +̸ + + + +̸ + + +",0.1885014137606032," case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector \( \mathbf{q}_{n,l} = [q_{n,1,l}, q_{n,2,l}, \ldots, q_{n,K,l}] \) and then stack all the vectors in a matrix \( \mathbf{Q}_l \in \mathbb{R}^{N \times K} \). The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +Note that if \( \xi_{n,l} = 0 \), then \( Q_{n,k,l} \) becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +## B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of sub-optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derived",0.08671065032987747,"r k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Ql ∈ R N×K. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +Note that if ξn,l = 0, than Qn,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +## *B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput* + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of suboptimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derive",0.15928369462770972," assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector $\mathbf{q}_{n,l} = [q_{n,1,l}, q_{n,2,l}, \dots, q_{n,K,l}]$ and then stack all the vectors in a matrix $\mathbf{Q}_l \in \mathbb{R}^{N \times K}$. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +Note that if $\xi_{n,l} = 0$, then $Q_{n,k,l}$ becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +### B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of sub-optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derived",0.05655042412818096,"erm for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector q n,l = [ q n, 1 ,l , q n, 2 ,l ...., q n,K,l ] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Q l ∈ R N × K . The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +Note that if ξ n,l = 0 , than Q n,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +## B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of suboptimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derive",0.1583411875589067," assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector $\mathbf{q}_{n,l} = [q_{n,1,l}, q_{n,2,l}, \dots, q_{n,K,l}]$ and then stack all the vectors in a matrix $\mathbf{Q}_l \in \mathbb{R}^{N \times K}$. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +Note that if $\xi_{n,l} = 0$, than $Q_{n,k,l}$ becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +### B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of sub-optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derived",0.20358152686145145,"t each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector **q**n,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l,..., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix **Q**l ∈ ℝN×K. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +Note that if ξn,l = 0, than Qn,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +### B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of sub-optimal resource allocation schemes w",0.17813383600377003," for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector $\mathbf{q}_{n,l} = [q_{n,1,l}, q_{n,2,l}, \dots, q_{n,K,l}]$ and then stack all the vectors in a matrix $\mathbf{Q}_l \in \mathbb{R}^{N \times K}$ . The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using $(1)$ . + +Note that if $\xi_{n,l} = 0$ , than $Q_{n,k,l}$ becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +## B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput + +Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of suboptimal resource allocation scheme",0.04524033930254477,",l is an SINR term for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Ql ∈ R[N][×][K] . The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). + +̸ Note that if ξn,l = 0, than Qn,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. + +̸ _B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput_ + +̸ Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of suboptimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can",22,science_sample +23,0,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion E(k) and spectral coupling v(k),0.08823529411764706,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion \( E(k) \) and spectral couplin,0.6985294117647058,"Let us now consider the occurrence of spectral singularities. According to Eqs.(19) and (20) and using Eqs.(49) +and (51), a spectral sin",0.08823529411764706,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion \( E(k) \) and spectral couplin,0.058823529411764705," +Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion $E(k)$ and spectral coupling ",0.04411764705882353, us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion $E(k)$ and spectral coupling $v(k),0.04411764705882353,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion E ( k ) and spectral coupling v,0.04411764705882353,et us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion $E(k)$ and spectral coupling $v(,0.0,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion E(k) and spectral coupling v(k),0.051470588235294115,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion $E(k)$ and spectral coupling ,0.0,Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion E(k) and spectral coupling v(k),23,science_sample +23,1,"The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to pos- sess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the contin- uum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let x1,2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation",0.08," condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let \( \xi_{1,2} \) be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equa",0.7636363636363637,"e spectral singularity, at the energy E0 = + + + +Then the Hamiltonian H has a real-valued energy spectrum if and only if |ξ1,2| ≤ 1. Figure 2 shows the domain +in the plane (Im(Ea)/κ0, κa/κ0) where H has a purely +continuous energy spectrum for a few increasing values +of the rati",0.06545454545454546," condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let \(\xi_{1,2}\) be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equati",0.06545454545454546,"ondition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let $\xi_{1,2}$ be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation",0.05090909090909091," condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let $\xi_{1,2}$ be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation",0.03272727272727273," The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let ξ 1 , 2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation",0.05090909090909091,"e condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let $\xi_{1,2}$ be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equatio",0.08363636363636363,"he condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let ξ1,2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic eq",0.06545454545454546,"The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let $\xi_{1,2}$ be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equ",0.03272727272727273," + +The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to possess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the continuum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let ξ1,2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation +",23,science_sample +24,0,"Figure S1: We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static func- tional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text.",0.004987531172069825," +Figure S1: We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text. +",1.0,"46 + + +",0.02493765586034913,"re S1:** We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. +> (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. +> (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main t",0.004987531172069825," +Figure S1: We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text. +",0.4551122194513716," + +**Figure S1 (summary):** This figure illustrates the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on dynamic functional connectivity. +- **Panel A** shows probability density distributions of Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity (FC) magnitude for four different levels of static functional connectivity. Despite varying static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of these distributions are similar, contrasting with Figure 2 in the main text where static magnitude significantly influenced dynamic fluctuation range. +- **Panel B** displays a scatter plot of the temporal mean versus the standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix, indicating no systematic relationship. This also contrasts with panel C in Figure 1 in the main text. + +--- +",0.004987531172069825," +Figure S1: We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text. +",0.004987531172069825,"Figure S1:** We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text.",0.004987531172069825,"Figure S1:** We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text.",0.00997506234413965,"igure S1: We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel $C$ in Figure 1 from the main text",0.004987531172069825,"Figure S1: We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static functional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text. +",24,science_sample +24,1,Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coeffi- cients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile ma- trix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is r 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity.,0.052830188679245285,Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is \( r \approx 1 \). (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional con,1.0,"46 + + +",0.0830188679245283,"son of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. +> (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is \( r \approx 1 \). +> (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity.",0.011320754716981131,Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is r ≈ 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity.,0.4811320754716981,"ercentiles, showing a strong linear relationship ($r=0.9999$). This demonstrates that the monotonic nature of the Fisher transformation preserves rank, meaning percentiles remain largely unchanged. The correlation between the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix and the raw Pearson correlation coefficients' percentile matrix is approximately 1. +- **Panel B** presents a scatter plot showing the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity, wi",0.01509433962264151," +Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is r ≈ 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity. +",0.045283018867924525,S2:** Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is $r \approx 1$. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity,0.01509433962264151,Figure S2:** Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is r ≈ 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity.,0.045283018867924525,S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is $r \approx 1$ . (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity,0.01509433962264151,Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile matrix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is _r ≈_ 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity.,24,science_sample +25,0,"(vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor (xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof",0.0,"(vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor (xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof",0.28206896551724137,"idges
,,
speciall y designed for military use or parts thereof
,
( viii) Military vessels their hulls or accessories or
,,
parts thereof
(i x) Military aircraft their accessories or parts thereof
,,
( x) Antisubmarine nets anti -torpedo nets or buoyant
,,
electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping
( xi) Armor plates military helmets bod y armors or
,,,
parts thereof
( xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor
( xiii) Military bacterial agents chemical warfare (CW)
,
agents radioacti ve materials or equipment or parts for
,,
the dissemination protection decontamination
,,,
detection or identification thereof
,
( xiii) -2 Chemical mi xtures speciall y formulated for the
decontamination of military bacterial agents CW
,
agents or radioacti ve materials
,
( xi v) Biopol ymers for the detection or identification of
CW agents culture of cells used for the production of
,
such biopol ymers biocatal ysts for the decontamination
,
or degradation of CW agents or expression vectors
,,
viruses or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes
,
required for production thereof
( xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or
testing of military propellants or parts thereof
,
( xvi) Equipment speciall designed for the production of
y
weapons test devices or parts or accessories therefor<",0.0,"(vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor (xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof",0.13517241379310344," (vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or
projectiles, or parts thereof
(vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges
specially designed for military use, or parts thereof
(viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or
parts thereof
(ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof
(x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant
electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping
(xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or
parts thereof
(xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor
(xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW)
agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for
the dissemination, protection, decontamination,
detection, or identification thereof
(xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the
decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW
agents, or radioactive materials
(xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of
CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of
such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination
or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors,
viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes
required for production thereof
(xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or
testing of military propellants, or parts thereof
(xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of | | +|-",0.06206896551724138," (vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof +* (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof +* (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof +* (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof +* (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping +* (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof +* (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor +* (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof +* (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials +* (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof +* (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof +* (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor",0.06137931034482759,"| (vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of | ",0.11379310344827587,"inetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof

(vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof

(viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof

(ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof

(x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping

(xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof

(xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor

(xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof

(xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials

(xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof

(xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof

(xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or par",0.0696551724137931," (vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof
(vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof
(viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof
(ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof
(x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping
(xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof
(xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor
(xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof
(xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials
(xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof
(xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof
(xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor",0.13517241379310344," (vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or
projectiles, or parts thereof
(vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges
specially designed for military use, or parts thereof
(viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or
parts thereof
(ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof
(x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant
electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping
(xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or
parts thereof
(xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor
(xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW)
agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for
the dissemination, protection, decontamination,
detection, or identification thereof
(xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the
decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW
agents, or radioactive materials
(xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of
CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of
such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination
or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors,
viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes
required for production thereof
(xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or
testing of military propellants, or parts thereof
(xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of | | +|-",0.1310344827586207,">(vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges
specially designed for military use, or parts thereof
(viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or
parts thereof
(ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof
(x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant
electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping
(xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or
parts thereof
(xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor
(xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW)
agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for
the dissemination, protection, decontamination,
detection, or identification thereof
(xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the
decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW
agents, or radioactive materials
(xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of
CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of
such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination
or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors,
viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes
required for production thereof
(xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or
testing of military propellants, or parts thereof
(xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of
weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor
(xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof",25,laws_sample +25,1,"Goods listed below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials (ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear reactors",0.6887417218543046,"ally designed for the separation or
reprocessing of irradiated nuclear fuel materials or
nuclear source materials, or components or controllers
therefor
(vi) Equipment for the separation of lithium isotopes, or
equipment for the fabrication of nuclear fuel materials
(vii)",0.11589403973509933,"s listed below whose specifications comply with
Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry
(i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials
(ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries
therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment
specially designed for nucle",0.0,"Goods listed below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials (ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear reactors",0.11589403973509933," below whose specifications comply with
Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry
(i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials
(ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries
therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment
specially designed for nuclear react",0.304635761589404,"comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (Applicability: All regions): + * (i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials + * (ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear re",0.0,"Goods listed below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials (ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear reactors",0.09933774834437085,"listed below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry

(i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials

(ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear ",0.059602649006622516,"isted below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry
(i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials
(ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear reactor",0.11589403973509933,"ds listed below whose specifications comply with
Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry
(i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials
(ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries
therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment
specially designed for nucl",0.11589403973509933,"oods listed below whose specifications comply with
Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry
(i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials
(ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries
therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment
specially designed for nu",25,laws_sample +26,0,"Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) loca- tions. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and q T: R - Receive Only T - Transmit Only",0.037527593818984545,"hadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) locations. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + +Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and + +T: + +R - Receive Only + +- T - Transmit On",0.7218543046357616,"**RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION (Continued)** + + +**Stand Alone Flight Services and Communication Outlets** + + +**Flight Service Station (FSS)** + + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + + +**Remote Communications Outlet (RCO)** + + +**Stand Alone AWOS & ASO",0.046357615894039736,"adow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) locations. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + +Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and T: +- R - Receive Only +- T - Transmit ",0.02869757174392936,"Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) locations. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + +Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and + +- T: R - Receive Only +- T Transmit Onl",0.03090507726269316,"Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) locations. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + +Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and T: +- R - Receive Only +- T - Transmit On",0.8587196467991169,"## RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION (Continued) + +## Stand Alone Flight Services and Communication Outlets + +## LOW CHARTS + +## HIGH CHARTS + +",0.0706401766004415,"Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) locations. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + +Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and T: + +* **R** - Receive Only +* **T** ",0.03090507726269316,"adow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) locations. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + +Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and T: +- R - Receive Only +- T - Transmit Only",0.02869757174392936,"hadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) locations. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + +Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and + +- T: R - Receive Only +- T Transmit Only",0.82560706401766,"## **RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION (Continued)** + +## **Stand Alone Flight Services and Communication Outlets** + +**==> picture [566 x 545] intentionally omitted <==** + +**==> picture [121 x 40] intentionally omitted <==** + +**==> picture [117 x 38] intentionally omitted <==** + +74 + +",26,laws_sample +26,1,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies posi- tioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet.",0.012531328320802004,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies positioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. + +In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet. +",0.7593984962406015,"**RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION (Continued)** + + +**Stand Alone Flight Services and Communication Outlets** + + +**Flight Service Station (FSS)** + + +Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. + + +**Remote Communications Outlet",0.022556390977443608,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies positioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception.* + +*In Canada, a “D” after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet",0.07268170426065163,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies positioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception.* + +*In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote*",0.012531328320802004," +Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies positioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. + +In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet.",0.8571428571428571,"## RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION (Continued) + +## Stand Alone Flight Services and Communication Outlets + +## LOW CHARTS + +## HIGH CHARTS + +",0.012531328320802004," +Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies positioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. + +In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet.",0.012531328320802004,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies positioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. + +In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet. +",0.2882205513784461,"Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies posi- + +tioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. + +Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, + +In Canada, a ""D"" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote + +however altitude and terrain may determine their reception.",0.7969924812030075,"## **RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION (Continued)** + +## **Stand Alone Flight Services and Communication Outlets** + +**==> picture [566 x 545] intentionally omitted <==** + +**==> picture [121 x 40] intentionally omitted <==** + +**==> picture [117 x 38] intentionally omitted <==** + +74 + +",26,laws_sample +27,0,"The Secretary of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006(a). Citation, interpretation and commencement 1.--(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. (2) In this Order ""coronavirus"" has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020(b) (meaning of ""coronavirus"" and related terminology). (3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity 2.--(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. (2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons -- (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 00027657; and",0.04304932735426009,"tary of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006(a). + +## Citation, interpretation and commencement + +- 1.—(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. + +(2) In this Order ""coronavirus"" has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020(b) (meaning of ""coronavirus"" and related terminology). + +(3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +## Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity + +- 2.—(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. + +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons - + + (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; + + (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 0002",0.442152466367713," on 17th April 2020_ + + +_Coming into force -_ _-_ _at 1.57 p.m. on 17th April 2020_ + + +**Citation, interpretation and commencement** + + +**1.** —(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated +Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. + + +(2) In this Order “coronavirus” has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act +2020( **b** ) (meaning of “coronavirus” and related terminology). + + +(3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + + +**Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a** +**regulated activity** + + +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — + + +(a) members of Her Majesty’s Forces; + + +(b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 00027657; and + + +( **a** ) 2006 c.47. +( **b** ) 2020 c.7. + + +",0.08161434977578476,"Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006**(a)**. + +### Citation, interpretation and commencement + +**1.—**(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. +(2) In this Order “coronavirus” has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020**(b)** (meaning of “coronavirus” and related terminology). +(3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +### Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity + +**2.—**(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — +* (a) members of Her Majesty’s Forces; +* (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 0",0.08609865470852018,"lth and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006(**a**). + +#### **Citation, interpretation and commencement** + +**1.**—(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. + +(2) In this Order ""coronavirus"" has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020(**b**) (meaning of ""coronavirus"" and related terminology). + +(3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +#### **Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity** + +**2.**—(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. + +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — + +- (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; +- (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number ",0.08071748878923767,"cretary of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006[a]. + +## 1. Citation, interpretation and commencement + +1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. +2. (2) In this Order “coronavirus” has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020[b] (meaning of “coronavirus"" and related terminology). +3. (3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +## 2. Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity + +1. (1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. +2. (2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — + 1. (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; + 2. (b) employees of The Boots Company plc",0.05291479820627803," of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006( a ). + +## Citation, interpretation and commencement + +1. -(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. +- (2) In this Order 'coronavirus' has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020( b ) (meaning of 'coronavirus' and related terminology). +- (3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +## Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity + +2. -(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. +- (2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons - +3. (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; +4. (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 0",0.06636771300448431,"of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006[^a]. + +### Citation, interpretation and commencement + +**1.**—(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. + +(2) In this Order “coronavirus” has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020[^b] (meaning of “coronavirus” and related terminology). + +(3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +### Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity + +**2.**—(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. + +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — + +* (a) members of Her Majesty’s Forces; +* (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number ",0.03497757847533632,"ecretary of State for Health and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006(a). + +## Citation, interpretation and commencement + +1.—(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. + +(2) In this Order ""coronavirus"" has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020(b) (meaning of ""coronavirus"" and related terminology). + +(3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +## Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity + +2.—(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. + +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — + +(a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; + +(b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 000276",0.09417040358744394,"l Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006(a). + +#### Citation, interpretation and commencement + +**1.**—(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. + +(2) In this Order ""coronavirus"" has the meaning described in section $1(1)$ of the Coronavirus Act $2020(\mathbf{b})$ (meaning of ""coronavirus"" and related terminology). + +(3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +#### Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity + +**2.** $-(1)$ Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. + +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — + +- (a) members of Her Majesty's Forces; +- (b) employees of The Boots Company plc, company number 00027657",0.10762331838565023,"lth and Social Care makes the following Order in exercise of the powers conferred by section 61(5) of, and paragraphs 6 and 9 of Schedule 4 to, the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006( **a** ). + +## **Citation, interpretation and commencement** + +**1.** —(1) This Order may be cited as the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020. + +(2) In this Order “coronavirus” has the meaning described in section 1(1) of the Coronavirus Act 2020( **b** ) (meaning of “coronavirus” and related terminology). + +- (3) This Order comes into force on 17th April 2020. + +## **Removing saliva or mucus for the purpose of testing for coronavirus is not to be treated as a regulated activity** + +**2.** —(1) Removing saliva or mucus from the mouth or nose of an individual where that is being done for the purpose of testing the presence of coronavirus in that individual, is not to be treated as a regulated activity. + +(2) Paragraph (1) applies to testing carried out by the following persons — + +- (a) members of Her Majesty’s Forces; + +(b) employees of The Boots Company plc, com",27,laws_sample +27,1,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,0.0,The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 (Regulated Activities) (Coronavirus) Order 2020,27,laws_sample +29,0,"Abkommen fur T-DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und fur DVB-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gultigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). b fu di j il f bha i i d f ld a k i d fu l d gultigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). Angaben fur die jeweils frequenzabhangige Mindestnutzfeldstarke sind fur TV-analog der ITU-R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben fur den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Ubertragungstechnik (UKW- Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben fur den Betrieb eines T-DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position ""Medianwert der Mindestfeldstarke"") und Angaben fur den Betrieb eines DVB-T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position ""Medianwert fur die minimale aquivalente Feldstarke""). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. f d i d b b i k i d fu i S d f k l i Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird fur eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstarkekontur gemass den jeweils gultigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich fur jeden 10deg-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht ist. Daraus kann fur jeden der 36 10deg-Schritte ein Flachenelement A berechnet werden:",0.24119241192411925,"Ein Service des Bundesministeriums der Justiz und für Verbraucherschutz +sowie des Bundesamts für Justiz – www.gesetze-im-internet.de + +Abkommen für T-DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). +Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU-R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKW-Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T-DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position „Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke“) und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB-T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position „Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke“). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. + +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden \( 10^{\circ} \)-Schritt eine Entfernung \( r \) vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 \( 10^{\circ} \)-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",0.8380758807588076,"Ein Service des Bundesministeriums der Justiz und für Verbraucherschutz +sowie des Bundesamts für Justiz ‒ www.gesetze-im-internet.de + + +Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +|Nr
.|Funkdienst/
Funkanwendung|Nutzergruppen|Bezugseinheit|Jahresbeitragje
Bezugseinheit
(inEuro)|Col6| +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +|Nr.|Funkdienst/
Funkanwendung|Nutzergruppen|Bezugseinheit|TKG|EMVG| +|1|2|3|4|5|6| +|1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5|Öffentlicher
Mobilfunk|GSM
(entfällt)
Funkruf
(entfällt)
UMTS|je angefangene 100 kHz
Bandbreite
Frequenz
je angefangene 100 kHz
Bandbreite|1265,73
16848,29
1673,71|90,69
770,85
453,21| +|2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.1.6|Rundfunkdienst
Ton-Rundfunk|LW
MW
KW
digitale MW
digitale LW
digitale KW|Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz|0,00
0,00
0,32
0,00
0,00
0,00|4486,94
2714,34
111,94
0,00
0,00
1783,41| + + + + - Seite 41 von 78 + +",0.1842818428184282," +Abkommen für T‑DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB‑T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). +Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU‑R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKW-Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T‑DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position „Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke“) und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB‑T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position „Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke“). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",0.18157181571815717,"Abkommen für T-DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). + +Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU-R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKW-Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T-DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3. Tabelle 1. Position ""Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke"") und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB-T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position ""Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke""). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. + +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",0.18157181571815717,"Abkommen für T-DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU-R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKW-Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T-DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position „Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke“) und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB-T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position „Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke“). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",0.18360433604336043,"Abkommen für T-DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). + +Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU-R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKWTonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T-DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position 'Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke') und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB-T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position 'Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke'). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. + +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",0.23035230352303523,"Ein Service des Bundesministeriums der Justiz und für Verbraucherschutz sowie des Bundesamts für Justiz ‒ www.gesetze-im-internet.de + +--- + +Abkommen für T‑DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB‑T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). + +Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU‑R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKW-Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T‑DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position „Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke“) und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB‑T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position „Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke“). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. + +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung $r$ vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement $A$ berechnet werden:",0.22425474254742547," + +Ein Service des Bundesministeriums der Justiz und für Verbraucherschutz +sowie des Bundesamts für Justiz – www.gesetze-im-internet.de + +Abkommen für T‑DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB‑T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). + +Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU‑R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKW-Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T‑DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position „Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke"") und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB‑T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position „Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke""). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. + +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",0.18157181571815717,"Abkommen für T-DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). + +Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU-R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKW-Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T-DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3. Tabelle 1. Position ""Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke"") und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB-T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position ""Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke""). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. + +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",0.22357723577235772,"Ein Service des Bundesministeriums der Justiz und für Verbraucherschutz sowie des Bundesamts für Justiz ‒ www.gesetze-im-internet.de + +Abkommen für T‑DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und für DVB‑T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gültigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom März 1992). Angaben für die jeweils frequenzabhängige Mindestnutzfeldstärke sind für TV-analog der ITU‑R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Übertragungstechnik (UKWTonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben für den Betrieb eines T‑DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position „Medianwert der Mindestfeldstärke“) und Angaben für den Betrieb eines DVB‑T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position „Medianwert für die minimale äquivalente Feldstärke“). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflächen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. + +Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird für eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstärkekontur gemäß den jeweils gültigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich für jeden 10°-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht ist. Daraus kann für jeden der 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden:",29,laws_sample +29,1,"Durch Addition der 36 Flachenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsflache einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. i i l d f b i f d b i k fu d b i d f hl Quadratkilometern. Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven fur Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU-R P.370 fur 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Gelanderauigkeit betragt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstarke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhohen und Leistungen erforderlich. Fur Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. u S d di i h i Gl i h ll b i b d i d i l 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. Fur Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstarke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsflache entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flachenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht wird.",0.30364715860899066,"ment A berechnet werden: + +\( A=\frac{\pi r^{2}}{36} \) + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU-R P.370 für 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. +Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + +| Nr. | Funkdienst/
Funkanwendung | | Nu",0.8625954198473282,"Ein Service des Bundesministeriums der Justiz und für Verbraucherschutz +sowie des Bundesamts für Justiz ‒ www.gesetze-im-internet.de + + +Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +|Nr
.|Funkdienst/
Funkanwendung|Nutzergruppen|Bezugseinheit|Jahresbeitragje
Bezugseinheit
(inEuro)|Col6| +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +|Nr.|Funkdienst/
Funkanwendung|Nutzergruppen|Bezugseinheit|TKG|EMVG| +|1|2|3|4|5|6| +|1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5|Öffentlicher
Mobilfunk|GSM
(entfällt)
Funkruf
(entfällt)
UMTS|je angefangene 100 kHz
Bandbreite
Frequenz
je angefangene 100 kHz
Bandbreite|1265,73
16848,29
1673,71|90,69
770,85
453,21| +|2.
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.1.6|Rundfunkdienst
Ton-Rundfunk|LW
MW
KW
digitale MW
digitale LW
digitale KW|Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz
Frequenz|0,00
0,00
0,32
0,00
0,00
0,00|4486,94
2714,34
111,94
0,00
0,00
1783,41| + + + + - Seite 41 von 78 + +",0.29855810008481765," 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden: + +$$ +A = \frac{\pi r^2}{36} +$$ + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU‑R P.370 für 50 % Zeit‑ und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. +Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + +| Nr. | Funkdienst",0.30364715860899066," + +$$A = \frac{\pi r^2}{36}$$ + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Ouadratkilometern. + +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU-R P.370 für 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. + +Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels + +Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +| Nr. | Funkdienst/
Funkanwendung | Nutzergruppen | Bezugseinheit | Jahresbeitrag je
Bezugseinheit
(in",0.30195080576759964," 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden: + +$$ +A = \frac{\pi r^2}{36} +$$ + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU-R P.370 für 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +## Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + +**Table: Frequenznutz",0.30195080576759964," A berechnet werden: + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. + +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU-R P.370 für 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. + +Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +## Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + +| Nr. | Nutzergruppen | Bezugseinheit | Jahresbeitrag je ",0.30364715860899066," +$$ +A = \frac{\pi r^2}{36} +$$ + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. + +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU‑R P.370 für 50 % Zeit‑ und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen $r$, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. + +Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +## Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + +| Nr. | Funkdienst/ Funkanwendung | Nutzergruppen | Bezugseinheit | Ja",0.30364715860899066,"r 36 10°-Schritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden: + +$$A = \frac{\pi r^2}{36}$$ + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. + +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU‑R P.370 für 50 % Zeit‑ und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. + +Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +## Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + +| Nr.
1 | Fun",0.30364715860899066,"ritte ein Flächenelement A berechnet werden: + +$$A = \frac{\pi r^2}{36}$$ + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Ouadratkilometern. + +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU-R P.370 für 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. + +Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels + +Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +| Nr. | Funkdienst/
Funkanwendung | Nutzergruppen | Bezugseinheit ",0.30195080576759964,"lement A berechnet werden: + +**==> picture [36 x 22] intentionally omitted <==** + +Durch Addition der 36 Flächenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsfläche einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. + +Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven für Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU‑R P.370 für 50 % Zeit‑ und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Geländerauigkeit beträgt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstärke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhöhen und Leistungen erforderlich. Für Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. Für Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstärke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsfläche entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flächenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstärke erreicht wird. + +Frequenznutzungsbeiträge und EMV-Beiträge für das Jahr 2013 + +|Nr.|Funkdienst/
Fu",29,laws_sample +30,0,"Chapter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; (b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; and",0.022857142857142857,"ter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; + + (b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +- a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + + (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; ",0.6928571428571428,"25. Staff +26. Class-child ratio + + +(ii) at such final voting the Bill is supported by the votes of not less than two-thirds of all the +Members of the Assembly. +(4) In so far as it alters any of the provisions mentioned in subsection (3)( _b_ ) of this section +no Bill shall be presented to the President for his or her assent unless after its passage by the +Assembly it has been submitted to the electors qualified to vote in the election of the Elected +Members of the National Assembly, and, on a vote taken in such manner as Parliament may +prescribe, the majority of the electors voting have approved the Bil",0.02,"ter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; +(b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- +(i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; ",0.03,"ter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; + - (*b*) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + +- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembl",0.018571428571428572,"Chapter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; +(b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +A Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + - (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly",0.024285714285714285,"apter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; +- ( b ) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + +- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembl",0.012857142857142857,"Chapter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; + +(b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + +(i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; ",0.012857142857142857,"apter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; + +(b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + +(i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; an",0.05285714285714286,"apter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 (a) inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph: + - sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), $(b)$ and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph. + +a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + +- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the ",0.06285714285714286,"s 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; + + - ( _b_ ) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, + +- a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- + + - (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; ",30,laws_sample +31,0,"(1) The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- (a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; (b) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; (c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. (2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 days",0.020016680567139282,"at of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National + +- Assembly shall become vacant- + + (a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; + + (b) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; + + (c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +(2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 days",0.7197664720600501," may, at the request of the Member, from time to time extend +that period for further periods of 30 days to enable the Member to pursue an appeal against the +decision, so, however, that extensions of time exceeding in the aggregate 150 days shall not be +given without the approval of the Assembly signified by resolution. +(3) If, on the determination of any appeal, such circumstances continue to exist and no +further appeal is open to the Member of the Assembly, or if, by reason of the expiration of any +period for entering an appeal or notice thereof or the refusal of leave to appeal or for any other +reason, it ceases to be open to the Member to appeal, he or she shall forthwith vacate his or her +seat. +(4) If at any time before the Member of the Assembly vacates his or her seat such +circumstances as aforesaid cease to exist, his or her seat shall not become vacant by reason of +those circumstances, and he or she may resume the performance of his or her functions as a +Member of the Assembly. +**69.** **Determination of questions as to membership of National Assembly** +(1) The High Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any question whether( _a_ ) any person has been validly ",0.025020850708924104,"seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- +* (a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; +* (b) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; +* (c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +(2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of ",0.027522935779816515," The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- + +- (*a*) upon the dissolution of Parliament; +- (*b*) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; +- (*c*) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +(2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (*c*) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a peri",0.02335279399499583," The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- + a. upon the dissolution of Parliament; + b. if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; + c. subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. +2. If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 3",0.027522935779816515,"(1) The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- + +- ( a ) upon the dissolution of Parliament; +- ( b ) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; +- ( c ) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +(2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph ( c ) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a p",0.01751459549624687,"e seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- + a. upon the dissolution of Parliament; + b. if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; + c. subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +2. If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 days",0.0050041701417848205,"(1) The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- +(a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; +(b) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; +(c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +(2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 day",0.03502919099249374,"seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- + +- upon the dissolution of Parliament; (a) +- if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such $(b)$ circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly: +- subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances $(c)$ arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +(2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 3",0.0567139282735613,"lected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- + +- ( _a_ ) upon the dissolution of Parliament; + +- ( _b_ ) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such + +- circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; + +- ( _c_ ) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. + +(2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph ( _c_ ) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a per",31,laws_sample +33,0,"Runway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24.",0.008583690987124463,"unway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL +Rwys 6 and 24.",0.778969957081545,". Runway lights (HIRL) (MIRL) (LIRL) (TDZL)(TDZ/CL) shall be indicated by a note, e.g. HIRL Rwy +9-27. + + +Other approach lighting is shown on the airport sketch as a symbol on the side of the runway +where they are actually located. Symbols that are shown in negative indicate pilot-controlled +lighting. + + +**Time/Distance Table** + + +When applicable, a Time/Distance Table is provided below the airport sketch. The table provides the distance and time +that is required fr",0.006437768240343348,"Runway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24",0.006437768240343348,"unway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24.",0.006437768240343348,"Runway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24",0.006437768240343348,"Runway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24",0.006437768240343348,"unway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24.",0.006437768240343348,"Runway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24",0.006437768240343348,"Runway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24",0.008583690987124463,"unway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. + +Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24",33,laws_sample +34,0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",0.0,"The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different.",34,laws_sample +36,0,"Di Wu Tiao Guo Jia Cai Qu Cuo Shi ,Jian Ce , Fang Yu , Chu Zhi Lai Yuan Yu Zhong Hua Ren Min Gong He Guo Jing Nei Wai De Wang Luo An Quan Feng Xian He Wei Xie ,Bao Hu Guan Jian Xin Xi Ji Chu She Shi Mian Shou Gong Ji , Qin Ru , Gan Rao He Po Pi ,Yi Fa Cheng Zhi Wang Luo Wei Fa Fan Zui Huo Dong ,Wei Hu Wang Luo Kong Jian An Quan He Zhi Xu . Di Liu Tiao Guo Jia Chang Dao Cheng Shi Shou Xin , Jian Kang Wen Ming De Wang Luo Xing Wei ,Tui Dong Chuan Bo She Hui Zhu Yi He Xin Jie Zhi Guan , Cai Qu Cuo Shi Ti Gao Quan She Hui De Wang Luo An Quan Yi Shi He Shui Ping ,Xing Cheng Quan She Hui Gong Tong Can Yu Cu Jin Wang Luo An Quan De Liang Hao Huan Jing . Di Qi Tiao Guo Jia Ji Ji Kai Zhan Wang Luo Kong Jian Zhi Li , Wang Luo Ji Zhu Yan Fa He Biao Zhun Zhi Ding , Da Ji Wang Luo Wei Fa Fan Zui Deng Fang Mian De Guo Ji Jiao Liu Yu He Zuo ,Tui Dong Gou Jian He Ping , An Quan , Kai Fang , He Zuo De Wang Luo Kong Jian ,Jian Li Duo Bian , Min Zhu , Tou Ming De Wang Luo Zhi Li Ti Xi .",0.9663951120162932,"第五条 国家采取措施,监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安全风险和威胁,保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏,依法惩治网络违法犯罪活动,维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +第六条 国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为,推动传播社会主义核心价值观,采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平,形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环境。 + +第七条 国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯罪等方面的国际交流与合作，推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间，建立多边、民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +第八条 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定，在各自职责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责,按照国家有关规定确定。 + +第九条 网络运营者开展经营和服务活动,必须遵守法律、行政法规,尊重社会公德,遵守商业道德,诚实信用,履行网络安全保护义务,接受政府和社会的监督,承担社会责任。 + +第十条 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务,应当依照法律、行政法规的规定和国家标准的强制性要求,采取技术措施和其他必要措施,保障网络安全、稳定运行,有效应对网络安全事件,防范网络违法犯罪活动,维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +第十一条 网络相关行业组织按照章程,加强行业自律,制定网络安全行为规范,指导会员加强网络安全保护,提高网络安全保护水平,促进行业健康发展。 + +第十二条 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利,促进网络接入普及,提升网络服务水平,为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务,保障网络信息依法有序自由流动。 + +Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content_2001605.htm +Accessed: 28-March 2018 + +=",0.9735234215885947,"第五条 国家采取措施，监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安 + + +全风险和威胁，保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏，依法惩治网络违法 + + +犯罪活动，维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + + +第六条 国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为，推动传播社会主义核心价值观， + + +采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平，形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环 + + +境。 + + +第七条 国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯 + + +罪等方面的国际交流与合作，推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间，建立多边、 + + +民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + + +第八条 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电 + + +信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定，在各自职 + + +责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责，按照国家有关规定 + + +确定。 + + +第九条 网络运营者开展经营和服务活动，必须遵守法律、行政法规，尊重社会公 + + +德，遵守商业道德，诚实信用，履行网络安全保护义务，接受政府和社会的监督，承担社 + + +会责任。 + + +第十条 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务，应当依照法律、行政法规的规定 + + +和国家标准的强制性要求，采取技术措施和其他必要措施，保障网络安全、稳定运行，有 + + +效应对网络安全事件，防范网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + + +第十一条 网络相关行业组织按照章程，加强行业自律，制定网络安全行为规范， + + +指导会员加强网络安全保护，提高网络安全保护水平，促进行业健康发展。 + + +第十二条 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利，促进网络接入普 + + +及，提升网络服务水平，为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务，保障网络信息依法有序自由 + + +流动。 + +# Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content_2001605.htm Accessed: 28-March_2018 + + +",0.9633401221995926," +第五条 国家采取措施，监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安全风险和威胁，保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏，依法惩治网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +第六条 国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为，推动传播社会主义核心价值观，采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平，形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环境。 + +第七条 国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯罪等方面的国际交流与合作，推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间，建立多边、民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +第八条 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定，在各自职责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责，按照国家有关规定确定。 + +第九条 网络运营者开展经营和服务活动，必须遵守法律、行政法规，尊重社会公德，遵守商业道德，诚实信用，履行网络安全保护义务，接受政府和社会的监督，承担社会责任。 + +第十条 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务，应当依照法律、行政法规的规定和国家标准的强制性要求，采取技术措施和其他必要措施，保障网络安全、稳定运行，有效应对网络安全事件，防范网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +第十一条 网络相关行业组织按照章程，加强行业自律，制定网络安全行为规范，指导会员加强网络安全保护，提高网络安全保护水平，促进行业健康发展。 + +第十二条 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利，促进网络接入普及，提升网络服务水平，为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务，保障网络信息依法有序自由流动。 + +Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content_2001605.htm +Accessed: 28-March-2018 +",0.9501018329938901,"第五条 国家采取措施,监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安 全风险和威胁,保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏,依法惩治网络违法 犯罪活动,维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +第六条 国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为,推动传播社会主义核心价值观, 采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平,形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环 境。 + +第七条 国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯 罪等方面的国际交流与合作,推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间,建立多边、 民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +第八条 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电 信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定,在各自职 责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责,按照国家有关规定 确定。 + +第九条 网络运营者开展经营和服务活动,必须遵守法律、行政法规,尊重社会公 德,遵守商业道德,诚实信用,履行网络安全保护义务,接受政府和社会的监督,承担社 会责任。 + +第十条 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务,应当依照法律、行政法规的规定 和国家标准的强制性要求,采取技术措施和其他必要措施,保障网络安全、稳定运行,有 效应对网络安全事件,防范网络违法犯罪活动,维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +第十一条 网络相关行业组织按照章程,加强行业自律,制定网络安全行为规范, 指导会员加强网络安全保护,提高网络安全保护水平,促进行业健康发展。 + +第十二条 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利,促进网络接入普 及,提升网络服务水平,为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务,保障网络信息依法有序自由 流动。 + +Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content\_2001605.htm Accessed: 28-March\_2018",0.9653767820773931,"## 第五条 +国家采取措施,监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安全风险和威胁,保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏,依法惩治网络违法犯罪活动,维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +## 第六条 +国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为,推动传播社会主义核心价值观,采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平,形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环境。 + +## 第七条 +国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯罪等方面的国际交流与合作,推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间,建立多边、民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +## 第八条 +国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定,在各自职责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责,按照国家有关规定确定。 + +## 第九条 +网络运营者开展经营和服务活动,必须遵守法律、行政法规,尊重社会公德,遵守商业道德,诚实信用,履行网络安全保护义务,接受政府和社会的监督,承担社会责任。 + +## 第十条 +建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务,应当依照法律、行政法规的规定和国家标准的强制性要求,采取技术措施和其他必要措施,保障网络安全、稳定运行,有效应对网络安全事件,防范网络违法犯罪活动,维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +## 第十一条 +网络相关行业组织按照章程,加强行业自律,制定网络安全行为规范,指导会员加强网络安全保护,提高网络安全保护水平,促进行业健康发展。 + +## 第十二条 +国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利,促进网络接入普及,提升网络服务水平,为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务,保障网络信息依法有序自由流动。 + +## References +Source: +Accessed: 28-March 2018",0.9562118126272913,"第五条 国家采取措施，监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安 全风险和威胁，保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏，依法惩治网络违法 犯罪活动，维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +第六条 国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为，推动传播社会主义核心价值观， 采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平，形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环 境。 + +第七条 国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯 罪等方面的国际交流与合作，推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间，建立多边、 民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +第八条 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电 信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定，在各自职 责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责，按照国家有关规定 确定。 + +第九条 网络运营者开展经营和服务活动，必须遵守法律、行政法规，尊重社会公 德，遵守商业道德，诚实信用，履行网络安全保护义务，接受政府和社会的监督，承担社 会责任。 + +第十条 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务，应当依照法律、行政法规的规定 和国家标准的强制性要求，采取技术措施和其他必要措施，保障网络安全、稳定运行，有 效应对网络安全事件，防范网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +第十一条 网络相关行业组织按照章程，加强行业自律，制定网络安全行为规范， 指导会员加强网络安全保护，提高网络安全保护水平，促进行业健康发展。 + +第十二条 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利，促进网络接入普 及，提升网络服务水平，为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务，保障网络信息依法有序自由 流动。 + +Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content\_2001605.htm Accessed: 28-March\_2018",0.9725050916496945,"**第五条** 国家采取措施，监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安全风险和威胁，保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏，依法惩治网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +**第六条** 国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为，推动传播社会主义核心价值观，采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平，形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环境。 + +**第七条** 国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯罪等方面的国际交流与合作，推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间，建立多边、民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +**第八条** 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定，在各自职责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责，按照国家有关规定确定。 + +**第九条** 网络运营者开展经营和服务活动，必须遵守法律、行政法规，尊重社会公德，遵守商业道德，诚实信用，履行网络安全保护义务，接受政府和社会的监督，承担社会责任。 + +**第十条** 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务，应当依照法律、行政法规的规定和国家标准的强制性要求，采取技术措施和其他必要措施，保障网络安全、稳定运行，有效应对网络安全事件，防范网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +**第十一条** 网络相关行业组织按照章程，加强行业自律，制定网络安全行为规范，指导会员加强网络安全保护，提高网络安全保护水平，促进行业健康发展。 + +**第十二条** 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利，促进网络接入普及，提升网络服务水平，为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务，保障网络信息依法有序自由流动。 + +--- + +**Source:** http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content_2001605.htm +**Accessed:** 28-March_2018",0.9735234215885947," +## 第五条 + +国家采取措施，监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安全风险和威胁，保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏，依法惩治网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +## 第六条 + +国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为，推动传播社会主义核心价值观，采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平，形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环境。 + +## 第七条 + +国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯罪等方面的国际交流与合作，推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间，建立多边、民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +## 第八条 + +国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定，在各自职责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责，按照国家有关规定确定。 + +## 第九条 + +网络运营者开展经营和服务活动，必须遵守法律、行政法规，尊重社会公德，遵守商业道德，诚实信用，履行网络安全保护义务，接受政府和社会的监督，承担社会责任。 + +## 第十条 + +建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务，应当依照法律、行政法规的规定和国家标准的强制性要求，采取技术措施和其他必要措施，保障网络安全、稳定运行，有效应对网络安全事件，防范网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +## 第十一条 + +网络相关行业组织按照章程，加强行业自律，制定网络安全行为规范，指导会员加强网络安全保护，提高网络安全保护水平，促进行业健康发展。 + +## 第十二条 + +国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利，促进网络接入普及，提升网络服务水平，为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务，保障网络信息依法有序自由流动。 + +Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content_2001605.htm +Accessed: 28-March_2018 +",0.9480651731160896,"国家采取措施,监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安 第五条 全风险和威胁,保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏,依法惩治网络违法 犯罪活动, 维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为, 推动传播社会主义核心价值观, 第六条 采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平,形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环 境。 + +国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯 第七条 罪等方面的国际交流与合作,推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间,建立多边、 民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +第八条 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电 信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定, 在各自职 责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +具级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责,按照国家有关规定 确定。 + +网络运营者开展经营和服务活动,必须遵守法律、行政法规,尊重社会公 第九条 德,遵守商业道德,诚实信用,履行网络安全保护义务,接受政府和社会的监督,承担社 会责任。 + +第十条 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务,应当依照法律、行政法规的规定 和国家标准的强制性要求,采取技术措施和其他必要措施,保障网络安全、稳定运行,有 效应对网络安全事件,防范网络违法犯罪活动,维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +第十一条 网络相关行业组织按照章程,加强行业自律,制定网络安全行为规范, 指导会员加强网络安全保护,提高网络安全保护水平,促进行业健康发展。 + +第十二条 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利,促进网络接入普 及,提升网络服务水平,为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务,保障网络信息依法有序自由 流动。 + +Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content\_2001605.htm Accessed: 28-March 2018 + +Ξ",0.9490835030549898,"第五条 国家采取措施，监测、防御、处置来源于中华人民共和国境内外的网络安 全风险和威胁，保护关键信息基础设施免受攻击、侵入、干扰和破坏，依法惩治网络违法 犯罪活动，维护网络空间安全和秩序。 + +第六条 国家倡导诚实守信、健康文明的网络行为，推动传播社会主义核心价值观， 采取措施提高全社会的网络安全意识和水平，形成全社会共同参与促进网络安全的良好环 境。 + +第七条 国家积极开展网络空间治理、网络技术研发和标准制定、打击网络违法犯 罪等方面的国际交流与合作，推动构建和平、安全、开放、合作的网络空间，建立多边、 民主、透明的网络治理体系。 + +第八条 国家网信部门负责统筹协调网络安全工作和相关监督管理工作。国务院电 信主管部门、公安部门和其他有关机关依照本法和有关法律、行政法规的规定，在各自职 责范围内负责网络安全保护和监督管理工作。 + +县级以上地方人民政府有关部门的网络安全保护和监督管理职责，按照国家有关规定 确定。 + +第九条 网络运营者开展经营和服务活动，必须遵守法律、行政法规，尊重社会公 德，遵守商业道德，诚实信用，履行网络安全保护义务，接受政府和社会的监督，承担社 会责任。 + +第十条 建设、运营网络或者通过网络提供服务，应当依照法律、行政法规的规定 和国家标准的强制性要求，采取技术措施和其他必要措施，保障网络安全、稳定运行，有 效应对网络安全事件，防范网络违法犯罪活动，维护网络数据的完整性、保密性和可用性。 + +第十一条 网络相关行业组织按照章程，加强行业自律，制定网络安全行为规范， 指导会员加强网络安全保护，提高网络安全保护水平，促进行业健康发展。 + +第十二条 国家保护公民、法人和其他组织依法使用网络的权利，促进网络接入普 及，提升网络服务水平，为社会提供安全、便利的网络服务，保障网络信息依法有序自由 流动。 + +Source: http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/xinwen/2016-11/07/content_2001605.htm Accessed: 28-March_2018 + +",36,laws_sample +37,0,MCA for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200' MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400' MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or higher,0.021671826625386997,"CA for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200' +MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400' + +MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: + +Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or highe",0.541795665634675,"e** + + +MEA for aircraft utilizing VHF NAVAID of 15000’ +MEA for aircraft utilizing RNAV of 13300’ + + +MOCA of 13300’ + + +**MCA and MTA Example at a NAVAID** + + +MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: + + +Aircraft traveling E on V520 and turning to V330 on a W heading +must turn at altitude of 14200’ + + +Aircraft traveling ",0.07120743034055728,"A for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200’ +MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400’ + +MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: + +* Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000’ o",0.018575851393188854,"MCA for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200' MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400' + +MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: + +Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or high",0.13622291021671826,"traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200' + * Aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400' +* **MTA (for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC):** + * Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or highe",0.018575851393188854,"MCA for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200' MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400' + +MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: + +Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or high",0.12074303405572756,A for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200’
MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400’

MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC:

Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 1,0.14551083591331268,for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200'
MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400'

MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC:

Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude o,0.018575851393188854,"MCA for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200' MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400' + +MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: + +Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000 or highe",0.034055727554179564,"A for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200’ MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400’ + +MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: + +Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000’ or high",37,laws_sample +39,0,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. (4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision-",0.004991680532445923,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision",0.7653910149750416,"), (5) and (7) of this section, no law shall +make any provision that is discriminatory either of itself or in its effect. +(2) Subject to the provisions of subsections (6), (7) and (8) of this section, no person shall +be treated in a discriminatory manner by any person acting by virtue of any written law or in the +performance of the functions of any public office or any public authority. + +( _a_ ) for the appropriation of public revenues or other public funds; +( _b_ ) with respect to persons who are not citizens of Botswana; +( _c_ ) with respect to adoption, marriage, divorce, burial, devolution ",0.009983361064891847,") In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision",0.004991680532445923,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision",0.004991680532445923,"3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision-",0.0066555740432612314,") In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. +- (4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision-",0.004991680532445923,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision",0.004991680532445923,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision",0.004991680532445923,"(3) In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision",0.013311148086522463,"In this section, the expression ""discriminatory"" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. + +(4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes + +provision-",39,laws_sample +40,0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in- hold to 13000.",0.011976047904191617," MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-hold to 13000.",0.12574850299401197,"APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME
R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME
R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-
hold to 1300",0.011976047904191617," MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-hold to 13000.",0.11976047904191617,"SED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME
R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME
R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in
hold to 1",0.011976047904191617," MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-hold to 13000.",0.0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in- hold to 13000.",0.023952095808383235,"ISSED APPROACH:** Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-hold to 13000.",0.011976047904191617," MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-hold to 13000.",0.12574850299401197,"ED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME
R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME
R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-
hold to 1",0.12574850299401197,"SED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME
R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME
R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in-
hold to ",40,laws_sample +40,1,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold.",0.0970873786407767,"SED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC
R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hol",0.06796116504854369,"SSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC
R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold",0.0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold.",0.06796116504854369,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC
R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and ho",0.0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold.",0.0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold.",0.038834951456310676,"ISSED APPROACH:** Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold",0.0,"MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold.",0.06796116504854369,"ISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC
R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hol",0.06796116504854369,"ISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC
R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hol",40,laws_sample +40,2,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112deg to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112deg to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289deg to JNC VOR/DME and hold.",0.14285714285714285," MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY,
cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE,
right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and<",0.12087912087912088,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY,
cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE,
ight turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and
hol",0.07692307692307693,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and hold. | + + +",0.12637362637362637,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY,
cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE,
right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and
ho",0.08241758241758242,"ol. | MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and hold.",0.06043956043956044,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and hold. |",0.08241758241758242,"*MISSED APPROACH:** Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and hold. | +",0.08241758241758242,"⟲ | MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and hold. |",0.13186813186813187,"SSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY,
cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE,
right turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and
hold",0.12087912087912088,"MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112° to JETRY,
cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112° to PAKPE,
ight turn to WULKU, and on track 289° to JNC VOR/DME and
hol",40,laws_sample +41,0,"3.--(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft--",0.021505376344086023,".—(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + + (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft-",0.7311827956989247,".** These Regulations may be cited as the Air Navigation (Restriction of Flying) (Royal St +George’s Golf Course) Regulations 2021 and come into force on 11th July 2021. + + +**Interpretation** + + +**2.** In regulation 3(1) the times referred to are Co-ordinated Universal Time( **b** ). + + +**Restricted airspace** + + +(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft— + + +(a) operat",0.01881720430107527,"3.—**(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + +(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft",0.01881720430107527,"3.**—(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + +(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft",0.024193548387096774,". (1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft",0.01881720430107527,"3. -(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + +- (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraf",0.01881720430107527,"3.**—(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + +(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft",0.01881720430107527," +3.—(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + +(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft—",0.04838709677419355,") Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + + $(2)$ Paragraph $(1)$ does not apply to any aircraf",0.03763440860215054,"(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. + + - (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraf",41,laws_sample +41,1,"(a) S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. (b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST).",0.017964071856287425,"a) S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. + +(b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST).",0.7485029940119761,"ly 2021. + + +**Interpretation** + + +**2.** In regulation 3(1) the times referred to are Co-ordinated Universal Time( **b** ). + + +**Restricted airspace** + + +(2) Paragraph (1)",0.023952095808383235,") S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. +(b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST).",0.19760479041916168,"65, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. + +(**b**) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST)",0.041916167664670656," S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. +[b]: Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST).",0.041916167664670656,") S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. + +( b ) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST)",0.04790419161676647," S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. +[^b]: Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST).",0.023952095808383235,"a) S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. +(b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST)",0.1497005988023952,"16/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. + +(b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST)",0.11976047904191617,".I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. + +> ( **b** ) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (",41,laws_sample +42,0,"That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25deg 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL.",0.02564102564102564,"e) + +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL.",0.8205128205128205,"irspace_ + + +**Mode C Area** + + +_Low Chart Only_ + + +_Controlled_ + +_Airspace_ + + + +Open Area (White) + + +A Solid Blue Outline + + +|600, NM ska bara|Col2| +|---|---| +|

.
the
d|| +|s
ly

_Example:_|| + + + + + + + +_Example:_ + + + +_See Chart example above._ + + + +83 + + +",0.041025641025641026,"* +That airspace from 18,000’ MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04’00” N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00’00” W, and the airspace less than 1,500’ AGL.",0.02564102564102564,"* + +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL. +",0.02564102564102564,"y** +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL.",0.03076923076923077,"ce + +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04'00' N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00' W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL.",0.02564102564102564,"e) + +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL.",0.02564102564102564," +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL. + +T",0.02564102564102564,"ce + +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04'00"" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL.",0.14102564102564102,"airspace from 18,000’ MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM _Controlled_ of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska _Airspace_ and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04’00” N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00’00” W, and the airspace less t",42,laws_sample +42,1,"That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas.",0.02631578947368421," +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas. +",0.9,"Low Chart Only_ + + +_Controlled_ + +_Airspace_ + + +**Mode C Area** + + +_Low Chart Only_ + + +_Controlled_ + +_Airspace_ + + + +Open Area (White) + + +A Solid Blue Outline + + +|600, NM ska bara|Col2| +|---|---| +|<",0.042105263157894736," +That airspace from 18,000’ MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00’00” W, and designated offshore areas. +",0.02631578947368421," +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas. +",0.02631578947368421,"* +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas.",0.031578947368421054,"That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00' W, and designated offshore areas. + +",0.02631578947368421," +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas. +",0.02631578947368421," +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas. +",0.02631578947368421," + +That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00'00"" W, and designated offshore areas.",0.631578947368421,"and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25° 04’00” N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160°00’00” W, and the airs",42,laws_sample +42,2,"That airspace from the surface to 10,000' MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busi- est airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers.",0.6475770925110133,"blue outline on aeronautical charts. Class B airspace extends from the surface to 10,000 feet MSL around the nation's busiest airports and consists of individually tailored surface areas with two or more layers. The right side ",0.8590308370044053,"irspace_ + + +**Class B** + + +_Low Chart Only_ + + +_Controlled_ + +_Airspace_ + + +**Mode C Area** + + +_Low Chart Only_ + + +_Controlled_ + +_Airspace_ + + + +Open Area (White) + + +A Solid Blue Outline + + +|600, NM ska bara|Col2| +|---|---| +|

",0.02643171806167401," +That airspace from the surface to 10,000’ MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation’s busiest airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers. +",0.01762114537444934," +That airspace from the surface to 10,000' MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busiest airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers. +",0.01762114537444934," + +That airspace from the surface to 10,000' MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busiest airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers.",0.7048458149779736,"That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Is",0.022026431718061675,"That airspace from the surface to 10,000' MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation’s busiest airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers. + +",0.01762114537444934," +That airspace from the surface to 10,000' MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busiest airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers. +",0.022026431718061675," +That airspace from the surface to 10,000' MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busiest airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers + +",0.02643171806167401," + +That airspace from the surface to 10,000’ MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation’s busiest airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers.",42,laws_sample +42,3,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215),0.3,"ithin 30 NM of the primary airports of +Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. See Chart example above. +Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See F",0.8529411764705882,"Airspace_ + + +**Class B** + + +_Low Chart Only_ + + +_Controlled_ + +_Airspace_ + + +**Mode C Area** + + +_Low Chart Only_ + + +_Controlled_ + +_Airspace_ + + + +Open Area (White) + + +A Solid Blue ",0.0,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215),0.4823529411764706,irspace | Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports.
See Chart example above.
Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR
91.215) |,0.0,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215),0.0,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215),0.0,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215),0.0,That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215),0.4823529411764706, Airspace | Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Example: See Chart example above
Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215) |,0.15294117647058825, airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. _Controlled_ Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FA,42,laws_sample +43,0,"On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is , g ( avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names q y g q y ( ) and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only ( ) p y those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids.",0.35793357933579334,"# RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION + +On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is + +avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the + +same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation + +(TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no + +misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be + +indicated only once within the identification box. Very High + +Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names + +and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only + +| Feature | Information ",0.8179581795817958,"d on and breaking +the top line of the NAVAID box. + + +DMEs are shown without the compass rose. + + +**AIRPORTS** + + +Airports in the following categories are charted as indicated (additional symbols are shown later in this Section). +Public use airports: + + +Seaplane bases + + +Military airports: + + +Other than hard-surfaced runways + + +Hard-surfaced runways are depicted the same as public-use airports. + + +U.S. military airports are identified by abbreviations such as AAF (Army Air Field), AFB (Air Force Base), MCAS (Marine +Corps Air Station), NAS (Naval Air Station), NAV (Naval Air Facility), NAAS (Naval Auxiliary Air Station), etc. Canadian +military airports are identified by the abbreviation DND (Department of National Defense). + + +Fuel Available: + + +Fuel availability indicated by use of tick marks around the basic air",0.06888068880688807,"VIGATION + +On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids. + +A NAVAID that is",0.06273062730627306,"n VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is + +avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only + +![](_page_0_Figure_3.jpeg) + +those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids",0.06888068880688807,"# RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION + +On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids.",0.05781057810578106,"N + +On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only + + + +those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids. + +A NAVA",0.06888068880688807,"# RADIO AIDS TO NAVIGATION + +On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids.",0.06888068880688807,"ATION + +On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids. + +[NAVAID Information",0.17097170971709716,"ion about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is + +avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only + +![](_page_0_Figure_3.jpeg) + +114.3 SVM + +NAVAIR Type of N/
in top of bo + +those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identifi",0.06888068880688807,"ATION** + +On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids. + +A NAVAID that i",43,laws_sample +43,1,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.7846153846153846," Canadian +military airports are identified by the abbreviation DND (Department of National Defense). + + +Fuel Available: + + +Fuel availability indicated by use of tick marks around the basic airport ",0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,0.0,A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.,43,laws_sample +43,2,Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' Other than hard-surfaced runways Seaplane bases,0.1686746987951807,"aced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' + + + +- Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' + + + + - Other than hard-surfaced runways + +⚓ Seaplane ",0.7349397590361446,"mbols are shown later in this Section). +Public use airports: + + +Seaplane bases + + +Military airports: + + +Other than hard-surfaced runways + + +Hard-surfaced runways are depi",0.4397590361445783,"] Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069’ or some multiple runways less than 8069’ +* ![Purple circle with X] Hard-surfaced runways 1500’ to 8069’ +* ![Purple circle] ",0.05421686746987952,"ard-surfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' + +Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' + +Other than hard-surfaced runways + +Seaplane bas",0.42771084337349397,"base) Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' +* (Symbol: purple X) Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' +* (Symbol: pink ",0.42771084337349397,"runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' + + + +Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' + + + +- Other than hard-surfaced ",0.42771084337349397,"Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069’ or some multiple runways less than 8069’ +* **[Magenta circular symbol]** Hard-surfaced runways 1500’ to 8069’ +* **[Blue o",0.39759036144578314,"Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' + +* [Purple diamond symbol] Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' + +* [Purple circle sy",0.1746987951807229,"urfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' + +Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' + + $\cup$ Other than hard-surfaced runways + +🕹 Seapla",0.0963855421686747,"rd-surfaced runways greater than 8069’ or some multiple runways less than 8069’ + +Hard-surfaced runways 1500’ to 8069’ + +Other than hard-surfaced runways + +Seaplane b",43,laws_sample +44,0,"member of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. (6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. (7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commission.",0.009309542280837859,"ber of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +(6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. + +(7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +- Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commissio",0.7121799844840963,"r to have been so +engaged during the relevant period if( _a_ ) he or she is, or was at any time during that period, a Member of the National Assembly; +( _b_ ) he or she is, or was at any time during that period, nominated as a candidate for election +to the National Assembly; or +( _c_ ) he or she is, or was at any time during that period, the holder of an office in any political +organization that sponsors or supports, or has at any time sponsored or supported, a +candidate for election as a Member of the National Assembly: +Provided that no person shall be disqualified from holding the office of Chairman or + +**65.** **Report of Commission** +(1) Whenever a Delimitation Commission has been appointed the Commission shall as +soon as practicable submit to the President a report which shall state whether any alteration is +necessary to the boundaries of the constituencies in order to give effect to subsection (2) of this +section or in consequence of any alteration in the number of seats of Elected Members in the +National Assembly and where any alteration is necessary shall include a list of the constituencies +delimited by the Commission and a description of the boundaries of those constituencies. +(2) The boundaries of each constituency shall be such that the number of inhabitant",0.013964313421256789,"of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +(6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. + +(7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commissio",0.0069821567106283944,"ber of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +(6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. + +(7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commission.",0.01008533747090768,"member of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +1. The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. +2. If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commissio",0.01008533747090768,"er of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +- (6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. +- (7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commissio",0.0069821567106283944,"mber of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +(6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. + +(7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commission",0.0069821567106283944,"member of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +(6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. + +(7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commissi",0.019394879751745538,"r of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +(6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. + +(7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections $(3)$ to $(5)$ of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commi",0.009309542280837859,"ber of a Delimitation Commission by reason only of the fact that he or she has been the Speaker of the National Assembly if he or she was elected to that office from amongst persons who were not Members of the National Assembly. + +(6) The office of Chairman or other member of the Delimitation Commission shall become vacant if circumstances arise that, were he or she not Chairman or member of the Delimitation Commission, would disqualify him or her for appointment as such. + +(7) If, after the appointment of the Delimitation Commission and before the Commission has submitted its report under section 65, the office of Chairman or any other member of the Commission falls vacant or the holder of the office becomes unable for any reason to discharge his or her functions as a member of the Commission, the Judicial Service Commission may, subject to the provisions of subsections (3) to (5) of this section, appoint another person to be a member of the Commission: + +Provided that a member appointed under this section because of the inability of some other member to discharge his or her functions shall cease to be a member of the Commission when, in the opinion of the Judicial Service Commission, that other member is able to resume his or her functions as a member of the Commissi",44,laws_sample +45,0,"(3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. (4) A Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member.",0.005136986301369863,"(3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + +(4) A Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member",0.6815068493150684,"he or she takes the +oath of allegiance under section 80 of this Constitution; +( _b_ ) if, having been designated or selected to the _Ntlo ya Dikgosi_ as such, he or she ceases to +be a person for the time being performing the functions of the office of _Kgosi_ ; +( _c_ ) if he or she ceases to be qualified for membership of the _Ntlo ya Dikgosi_ in terms of +section 79; +( _d_ ) if he or she participates in party politics; or +( _e_ ) upon the dissolution of Parliament, +whichever occurs first. +(2) A member of the _Ntlo ya Dikgosi_ shall be eligible for reselection, redesignation or +",0.023972602739726026," For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + +(4) A Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not bar any person from being such a Mem",0.018835616438356163,"or the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + +(4) A Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not bar any person from being such a Member.",0.015410958904109588,"3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. +(4) A Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not bar any person from being such a Memb",0.010273972602739725," For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + +- (4) A Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member.",0.018835616438356163,") For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + +(4) A Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the *Ntlo ya Dikgosi* shall not bar any person from being such a Memb",0.005136986301369863,"3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + +(4) A Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member.",0.02054794520547945,"3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + +(4) A Member of the *Ntlo va Dikgosi* shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Ntlo ya *Dikgosi* shall not bar any person from being such a Mem",0.07534246575342465,"he purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to + +be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate + +period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. + + - (4) A Member of the _Ntlo ya Dikgosi_ shall not, while he or she is such a Member, + +- participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the _Ntlo ya Dikgosi_ shall not bar any person from being s",45,laws_sample +46,0,"Where a physical data room is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the 'Terms of Reference'. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to them.",0.0,"Where a physical data room is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the 'Terms of Reference'. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to them.",0.6147110332749562,"Where a **virtual data room** is used, it will be made available upon specific request by the + +Tenderer to access all existing and necessary technical or confidential data that Tenderers +may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. The virtual data room is the +computerized online platform and will be accessible to the Tenderers who register online and +sign the Undertaking of confidentiality and Non-disclosure. Once the Tenderer has signed +such Undertaking of confidentiality and Non-disclosure and sent back to the following +address [CS-procuremen",0.03152364273204904,"here a **physical data room** is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in **point 1.2** of the `Terms of Reference`. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available t",0.03152364273204904,"here a **physical data room** is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in **point 1.2** of the `Terms of Reference`. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available t",0.02626970227670753,"*physical data room** is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in **point 1.2** of the 'Terms of Reference'. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to them. +",0.0595446584938704,"a physical data room is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the `Terms of Reference`. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made availabl",0.024518388791593695,"here a physical data room is used**, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in **point 1.2** of the ‘Terms of Reference’. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to ",0.017513134851138354,"ere a **physical data room** is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the `Terms of Reference`. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to the",0.017513134851138354,"here a **physical data room** is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the `Terms of Reference`. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to th",0.03152364273204904,"Where a **physical data room** is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in **point 1.2** of the `Terms of Reference`. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available ",46,govt tenders +47,0,"not use confidential information or documents for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; (b) ensure the protection of such confidential information or documents with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligence;",0.01366120218579235,"not use confidential information or documents for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; + + (b) ensure the protection of such confidential information or documents with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligenc",0.6502732240437158,"ndirectly _confidential information or documents_ to third + +parties without the prior written agreement of the other party. + + +**II.8.3** The confidentiality obligation set out in this Article are binding on the contracting + +authority and the contractor during the performance of the contract and for as long +as the information or documents remain confidential unless",0.03278688524590164,"not use *confidential information or documents* for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; +* (b) ensure the protection of such *confidential information or documents* with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due dili",0.040983606557377046,"*confidential information or documents* for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; + - (b) ensure the protection of such *confidential information or documents* with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligence;",0.04371584699453552,"se *confidential information or documents* for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; +2. ensure the protection of such *confidential information or documents* with the same level of protection as its own *confidential information or documents*, and in any case with due diligence",0.12021857923497267,"information or documents for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; +- (b) ensure the protection of such confidential information or documents with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligence",0.030054644808743168,"ot use *confidential information or documents* for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; + +(b) ensure the protection of such *confidential information or documents* with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due dilige",0.030054644808743168," use *confidential information or documents* for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; + +(b) ensure the protection of such *confidential information or documents* with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligenc",0.04371584699453552,"se *confidential information or documents* for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; + - (b) ensure the protection of such *confidential information or documents* with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligen",0.0546448087431694,"nfidential information or documents_ for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under the contract without the prior written agreement of the other party; + + - (b) ensure the protection of such _confidential information or documents_ with the same level of protection as its own confidential information or documents, and in any case with due diligence;",47,govt tenders +48,0,"Le pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole no 7 sur les privileges et immunites de l'Union europeenne figurant dans le traite sur le fonctionnement de l'Union europeenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilite des archives (y compris la localisation physique des donnees et des services comme prevu a l'article I.9.2) et la securite des donnees, ce qui comprend les donnees a caractere personnel detenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. Le contractant informe sans delai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des donnees a caractere personnel traitees pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressee par une autorite publique nationale, y compris une autorite d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorise a accorder cet acces sans l'autorisation ecrite prealable du pouvoir adjudicateur. La duree du traitement des donnees a caractere personnel par le contractant n'excedera pas la periode indiquee a l'article II.22.2. A l'issue de cette periode, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs delais et dans un format arrete d'un commun accord toutes les donnees a caractere personnel traitees pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces donnees, ou detruire de maniere effective toutes les donnees a caractere personnel a moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps.",0.03929273084479371," pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole n° 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps.",0.6967910936476752,"Le contractant aide le responsable du traitement à satisfaire aux obligations qui lui incombent en +vertu des articles 33 à 41 du règlement (UE) 2018/1725, à savoir: + +a) garantir le respect de ses obligations en matière de protection des données en ce qui concerne +la sécurité du traitement et la confidentialité des communications électroniques et des +annuaires d'utilisateurs; + +b) notifier au Contrôleur européen de la protection des données toute violation de données à +caractère personnel; + +c) communiquer une violation de données à caractère personnel à la personne concernée dans les +meilleurs délais, le cas échéant; + +d) effectuer des analyses d'impact relatives à la protection des données et des consultations +préalables dans la mesure nécessaire. + +Le contractant tient un registre contenant toutes les opérations de traitement de données effectuées +pour le compte du responsable du traitement, les transferts de données à caractère personnel, les +violations de la sécurité, les suites données aux demandes soumises par des personnes dont les +données à caractère personnel ont été traitées en vue d'exercer leurs droits et les demandes d'accès +aux données à caractère personnel par des tiers. + +Aux fins de l'article II.10, si tout ou partie du traitement des données à caractère personnel est soustraité à un tiers, le contractant transmet par écrit à ces parties, y compris",0.043222003929273084," pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole nº 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longte",0.03929273084479371,"e pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole nº 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps",0.03929273084479371,"e pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole n° 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps",0.1237721021611002,"es et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps. +",0.03929273084479371,"Le pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole nº 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemp",0.03929273084479371,"Le pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole nº 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemp",0.03929273084479371,"e pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole nº 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps",0.04060248853962017,"pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole nº 7 sur les privilèges et immunités de l'Union européenne figurant dans le traité sur le fonctionnement de l'Union européenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilité des archives (y compris la localisation physique des données et des services comme prévu à l'article I.9.2) et la sécurité des données, ce qui comprend les données à caractère personnel détenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. + +Le contractant informe sans délai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressée par une autorité publique nationale, y compris une autorité d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorisé à accorder cet accès sans l'autorisation écrite préalable du pouvoir adjudicateur. + +La durée du traitement des données à caractère personnel par le contractant n'excédera pas la période indiquée à l'article II.22.2. À l'issue de cette période, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs délais et dans un format arrêté d'un commun accord toutes les données à caractère personnel traitées pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces données, ou détruire de manière effective toutes les données à caractère personnel à moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps",48,govt tenders +49,0,"Avant de proceder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit notifier formellement au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerne, en precisant le montant du et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant a faire part de ses observations dans un delai de 30 jours a compter de la reception de la notification. Si aucune observation n'a ete presentee ou si, malgre les observations presentees, le pouvoir adjudicateur decide de poursuivre la procedure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de debit au contractant, precisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformement aux dispositions de la note de debit. Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectue le paiement a la date d'echeance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, apres en avoir informe le contractant par ecrit, recouvrer les montants dus: a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; b) par mobilisation de la garantie financiere si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; c) par une action en justice.",0.041404140414041404,"Avant de procéder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit notifier formellement au contractant son intention de recouvrir le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudgeur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus: + +a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; + +b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; + +c) par une action en justic",0.7443744374437443,"a date d'échéance fixée par le +pouvoir adjudicateur dans la note de débit, la somme due est majorée d'intérêts au taux indiqué à +l'article II.20.8. Les intérêts de retard porteront sur la période comprise entre le jour qui suit la date +d'exigibilité du paiement et la date à laquelle le pouvoir adjudicateur obtient le paiement intégral de +la somme due. + + +Tout paiement partiel s'impute d'abord sur les frais et intérêts de retard et ensuite sur le principal. + + +**II.21.4 Règles en matière de recouvrement dans le cas d'une offre conjointe** + + +Si le contrat est signé par un groupement (offre conjointe), ce groupement est conjointement et +solidairement responsable en vertu des conditions énoncées à l'article II.6 (Responsabilité). Le +pouvoir adjudicateur réclame d'abord la totalité du montant au chef de file. + + +Si le chef de file n'a toujours pas effectué l'intégralité du paiement à la date d'échéance et si le +montant dû ne peut être compensé ou ne peut être compensé que partiellement conformément à +l'article II.21.2, point a), le pouvoir adjudicateur peut réclamer le montant restant dû à un ou +plusie",0.0666066606660666," recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit *notifier formellement* au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en *notifiant formellement* une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus : +* a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant ; +* b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur ; +* c) par une action en justi",0.05130513051305131,"de procéder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit *notifier formellement* au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en *notifiant formellement* une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus: + +- a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; +- b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; +- c) par une action en j",0.048604860486048604,"ant de procéder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit **notifier formellement** au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en **notifiant formellement** une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus: +a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; +b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; +c) par une action en ",0.14401440144014402,"it notifier formellement au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus: + +- a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; +- b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; +- c) par une action en just",0.050405040504050404,"ant de procéder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit *notifier formellement* au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en *notifiant formellement* une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus : + +a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; +b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; +c) par une action e",0.046804680468046804,"nt de procéder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit *notifier formellement* au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en *notifiant formellement* une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus: + +a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; + +b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; + +c) par une action en ju",0.04590459045904591,"nt de procéder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit notifier formellement au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus: + +- par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; a) +- par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au b) pouvoir adjudicateur; +- par une action en justi",0.0612061206120612," recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit _notifier formellement_ au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerné, en précisant le montant dû et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant à faire part de ses observations dans un délai de 30 jours à compter de la réception de la notification. + +Si aucune observation n'a été présentée ou si, malgré les observations présentées, le pouvoir adjudicateur décide de poursuivre la procédure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en _notifiant formellement_ une note de débit au contractant, précisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformément aux dispositions de la note de débit. + +Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectué le paiement à la date d'échéance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, après en avoir informé le contractant par écrit, recouvrer les montants dus: + +- a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; + +- b) par mobilisation de la garantie financière si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; + +- c) par une action en justice.",49,govt tenders +50,0,European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu www.enisa.europa.eu,0.02857142857142857,"European Union Agency for Cybersecurity +Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 +151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece +Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 +Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu +www.enisa.europa.eu",0.6857142857142857,"European Union Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA) referred to below as _the contracting authority,_ +is planning to award the contract(s) resulting from the above procurement pro",0.68,"European Union Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA) referred to below as *the contracting authority*, is planning to award the contract(s) resulting from the above procurement pro",0.11428571428571428,") + +European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: [procurement@enisa.europa.eu](mailto:procure",0.02857142857142857,"European Union Agency for Cybersecurity +Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 +151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece +Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 +Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu +www.enisa.europa.eu",0.0,European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu www.enisa.europa.eu,0.16,"European Union Agency for Cybersecurity* +Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 +151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece +Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 +Email: [procurement@enisa.europa.eu](mailto:p",0.11428571428571428,"Union Agency for Cybersecurity +Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 +151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece +Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 +Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu +www.enisa.europa.e",0.0,European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu www.enisa.europa.eu,0.0,European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu www.enisa.europa.eu,50,govt tenders +51,0,"Relying on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing.",0.012850467289719626,"elying on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is miss",0.8364485981308412,"**services for which these capacities are required (i.e. the latter will assume the** +**role of subcontractors).** + + +**2.5.** **Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator** +**submit?** + + +16 + + +",0.012850467289719626,"ng on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing.",0.02219626168224299,"on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## **2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit?** + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing",0.012850467289719626,"ing on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing",0.05957943925233645,"s of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing",0.012850467289719626,"ing on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing",0.012850467289719626,"ing on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing",0.012850467289719626,"ing on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +## 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing",0.018691588785046728,"ying on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. + +**2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit?** + +Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is mis",51,govt tenders +52,0,"When making use of the results, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer.",0.0,"When making use of the results, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer.",0.7323943661971831,"sable manner, the contractor must obtain a statement by these persons (or, in the case of minors, +by the persons exercising parental authority) giving their permission for the described use of their image, +voice or private element and, on request, submit a copy of the permission to the contracting authority. +The contractor must take the necessary measur",0.014084507042253521,"hen making use of the *results*, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority’s official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer",0.011267605633802818,"When making use of the *results*, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaime",0.011267605633802818,"When making use of the *results*, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaime",0.011267605633802818,"When making use of the results , the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaime",0.014084507042253521,"hen making use of the *results*, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority’s official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer",0.0,"When making use of the results, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer.",0.0,"When making use of the results, the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority's official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaimer.",0.01971830985915493,"When making use of the _results_ , the contractor must declare that they have been produced under a contract with the Union and that the opinions expressed are those of the contractor only and do not represent the contracting authority’s official position. The contracting authority may waive this obligation in writing or provide the text of the disclaim",52,govt tenders +53,0,"2) Copies of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. - All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract.",0.48025613660619,"rofit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic
and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting
Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at
least be notified of the reason and its justification. | +| | The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other
document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and
financial capacity. | + +→ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. + +## 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract",0.7897545357524013,"**3.2.3.** **Technical and professional capacity** + + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have +the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. + + +**LOT 1** + + + + + + +|Criterion T1|Col2| +|---|---| +|**Capacity to deliver on projects similar in scope and complexity as required**
**under this Framework Contract**|**Capacity to deliver on projects similar in scope and complexity as required**
**under this Framework Contract**| +|**Minimum**
**level of**
**capacity**|1. The tenderers must have worked on at least**10 contracts15** with
at least**3 different clients** over the**last 4 years**(i.e. 23/11/2016
**– 08/01/2021)**.
2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of
Transformation services in the following domains:
-
Information systems consultanc",0.05016008537886873,"the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. + +> If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the *Contracting Authority* considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. + +> The *Contracting Authority* reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator’s economic and financial capacity. + +> **→ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender.** + +## 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the ",0.464247598719317,"es of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic
and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting
Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at
least be notified of the reason and its justification. | +| The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other
document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and
financial capacity. | + +**→ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender.** + +## **3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity** + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract",0.03628601921024546,"2) Copies of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. + +If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the *Contracting Authority* considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. + +The *Contracting Authority* reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. + +> → All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. + +### 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perfor",0.0672358591248666,"es of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. + +If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. + +The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. + +→ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. + +## 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to",0.04589114194236926,"profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. + +If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the *Contracting Authority* considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. + +The *Contracting Authority* reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator’s economic and financial capacity. + +> **→ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender.** + +### 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contrac",0.02454642475987193,"ies of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. + +If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. + +The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. + +→ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. + +### 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contra",0.4471718249733191,"de the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. | +| The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. | + + $\rightarrow$ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. + +### **Technical and professional capacity** 3.2.3. + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contrac",0.1622198505869797,"e profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the _Contracting Authority_ considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. The _Contracting Authority_ reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator’s economic and financial capacity. + +**==> picture [96 x 164] intentionally omitted <==** + +**→ All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender.** + +## **3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity** + +Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary ",53,govt tenders +53,1,The tenderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts15 with at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016 - 08/01/2021). 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: - Information systems consultancy and/or studies - minimum 6 references; - Information systems development and support - minimum 4 references; 3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems consultancy and/or studies: a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days.,0.18057663125948406,enderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts 15 with
at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016
- 08/01/2021).
2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of
Transformation services in the following domains:
Information systems consultancy and/or studies - minimum
6 references;
Information systems development and support – minimum 4
references;
3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information
systems consultancy and/or studies:
a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT
profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Spec,0.2094081942336874,erers must have worked on at least**10 contracts15** with
at least**3 different clients** over the**last 4 years**(i.e. 23/11/2016
**– 08/01/2021)**.
2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of
Transformation services in the following domains:
-
Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum
6 references;
-
Information systems development and support – minimum 4
references;
3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information
systems** consultancy and/or studies:**
a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT
profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Speci,0.10925644916540213," tenderers must have worked on at least **10 contracts15** with at least **3 different clients** over the **last 4 years** (i.e. 23/11/2016 – **08/01/2021**). + +2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: + + * Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum 6 references; + * Information systems development and support – minimum 4 references; + +3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems **consultancy and/or studies**: + 1. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amountin",0.6813353566009105," The tenderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts15 with
1.
at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016
– 08/01/2021). | +| | 2.
The
10
contract
references
must
cover
the
provision
of
Transformation services in the following domains: | +| | -
Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum
6 references; ",0.13353566009104703,"nderers must have worked on at least **10 contracts**[^15] with at least **3 different clients** over the **last 4 years** (i.e. 23/11/2016 – **08/01/2021**). +2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: + * Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum 6 references; + * Information systems development and support - minimum 4 references; +3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems **consultancy and/or studies**: + a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and am",0.006069802731411229,he tenderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts 15 with at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016 - 08/01/2021) . 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: - Information systems consultancy and/or studies - minimum 6 references; - Information systems development and support - minimum 4 references; 3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems consultancy and/or studies: a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days,0.2336874051593323, different clients** over the **last 4 years** (i.e. 23/11/2016 – **08/01/2021**).

2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains:
  - Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum 6 references;
  - Information systems development and support – minimum 4 references;

3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems **consultancy and/or studies**:
  a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days.,0.11077389984825493,"nderers must have worked on at least **10 contracts**15 with at least **3 different clients** over the **last 4 years** (i.e. 23/11/2016 – 08/01/2021). + +2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: + - Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum 6 references; + - Information systems development and support – minimum 4 references; + +3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems consultancy and/or studies: + a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting",0.6722306525037937,"The tenderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts15 with
at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016
- 08/01/2021). | +| | 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of
Transformation services in the following domains: | +| | - Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum
6 references; ",0.12139605462822459,10 contracts[15]** with **level of** at least **3 different clients** over the **last 4 years** (i.e. 23/11/2016 **capacity – 08/01/2021)** . 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: - Information systems consultancy and/or studies – minimum 6 references; - Information systems development and support – minimum 4 references; 3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems **consultancy and/or studies:** a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days.,53,govt tenders +53,2,Minimum level of capacity,0.52, />level of
capacity,0.68,level of**
**capacity*,0.0,Minimum level of capacity,0.56,mum
level of
capaci,0.0,Minimum level of capacity,0.0,Minimum level of capacity,0.0,Minimum level of capacity,0.0,Minimum level of capacity,0.56,imum
level of
capac,0.56, Minimum volumes for each,53,govt tenders +54,0,"The joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the Group Leader who will act as the Contracting Authority's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The Group Leader will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the Contracting Authority shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in Annex 04 ""Power of Attorney"".",0.0,"The joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the Group Leader who will act as the Contracting Authority's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The Group Leader will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the Contracting Authority shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in Annex 04 ""Power of Attorney"".",0.6873977086743044,"he link they have between them. The group as a +whole is considered a tenderer [9] . + + +All members of the group assume joint and several liability towards the _Contracting Authority_ +for the performance of the contract as a whole. + + +Group members must appoint a _Group Leader_ and a single point of contact authorised to +act on their behalf in connection with the submission of the tender and all relevant +questions, clarification requests, notifications, etc., that may be received during the +evaluation, award and until the contact signature. The model power of attorney attached in +**Annex 04 “Power of Attorn",0.03436988543371522,"nt tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the *Group Leader* who will act as the *Contracting Authority*'s contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The *Group Leader* will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the *Contracting Authority* shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in **Annex 04 “Power of Attorne",0.03273322422258593,"e joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the *Group Leader* who will act as the *Contracting Authority*'s contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The *Group Leader* will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the *Contracting Authority* shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in **Annex 04 ""Power of At",0.07201309328968904,"The joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the **Group Leader** who will act as the **Contracting Authority's** contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The **Group Leader** will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the **Contracting Authority** shall sign the contract with the **Group Leader**, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in **Annex 0",0.04091653027823241,"nt tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the Group Leader who will act as the Contracting Authority 's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The Group Leader will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the Contracting Authority shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in Annex 04 'Power of Attor",0.04091653027823241,"The joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the *Group Leader* who will act as the *Contracting Authority's* contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The *Group Leader* will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the *Contracting Authority* shall sign the contract with the *Group Leader*, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in **Annex 04 “Power o",0.04582651391162029," tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the *Group Leader* who will act as the *Contracting Authority's* contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The *Group Leader* will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the *Contracting Authority* shall sign the contract with the *Group Leader*, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in **Annex 04** ""Power of Attor",0.02618657937806874,"joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the *Group* Leader who will act as the Contracting Authority's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The *Group Leader* will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the *Contracting Authority* shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in **Annex 04 ""Power of Attorn",0.04091653027823241,"he joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the _Group Leader_ who will act as the _Contracting Authority_ 's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The _Group Leader_ will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the _Contracting Authority_ shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in **Annex 04 “Power of",54,govt tenders +54,1,9 References to tenderer or tenderers in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender.,0.0,9 References to tenderer or tenderers in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender.,0.05421686746987952,"References to _tenderer_ or _tenderers_ in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and +groups of economic operators submitting a joint tende",0.04819277108433735,ferences to *tenderer* or *tenderers* in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender.,0.04819277108433735,eferences to *tenderer* or *tenderers* in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender,0.04819277108433735,eferences to *tenderer* or *tenderers* in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender,0.006024096385542169, References to tenderer or tenderers in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender.,0.04819277108433735,eferences to *tenderer* or *tenderers* in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender,0.04819277108433735,References to *tenderer* or *tenderers* in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tende,0.04819277108433735,eferences to *tenderer* or *tenderers* in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender,0.04819277108433735,References to _tenderer_ or _tenderers_ in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tende,54,govt tenders +55,0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.5294117647058824,ance of first pre-financing payment and forecast ba,0.0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.13725490196078433,enewed pre-financing payments and interim
paymen,0.0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.0,Renewed pre-financing payments and interim payments,0.27450980392156865,Renewed**|** pre-financing payments and interim**|*,55,govt tenders +55,1,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,0.125,"orecast balance +",0.0,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,0.0,Forecast balance,55,govt tenders +56,0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.7113970588235294,"ity is deemed to have been received by the contracting +authority on the date on which the department responsible referred to in Article I.8 +registers it. + + +_Formal notifications_ are considered to have been received by the receiving party on the +date of receipt indicated in the proof received by the sending party that the message was +delivered to the specified recipient. + + +**II.5.3.** **Submission of e-documents via e-PRIOR** + + +If provided for in the special conditions, the exchange of electronic documents (edocuments) such as invoices be",0.007352941176470588,"E‑mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e‑mail, provided that it is sent to the e‑mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non‑delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.16544117647058823,"emed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communica",0.0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.007352941176470588,"E‑mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e‑mail, provided that it is sent to the e‑mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non‑delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",0.0,"E-mail is deemed to have been received by the receiving party on the day of dispatch of that e-mail, provided that it is sent to the e-mail address indicated in Article I.8. The sending party must be able to prove the date of dispatch. In the event that the sending party receives a non-delivery report, it must make every effort to ensure that the other party actually receives the communication by email or mail. In such a case, the sending party is not held in breach of its obligation to send such communication within a specified deadline.",56,govt tenders +57,0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.649867374005305,"he contractor shall, at the choice of the controller, return, +without any undue delay in a commonly agreed format, all personal data processed on behalf of the +controller and the copies thereof or shall effectively delete all personal data unless Union or national law +requires a longer storage of personal data. + + +For the purpose of Article II.10, if part or all of the proces",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.06631299734748011,"or shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",0.0,"The contractor shall notify the contracting authority without delay of any legally binding request for disclosure of the personal data processed on behalf of the contracting authority made by any national public authority, including an authority from a third country. The contractor may not give such access without the prior written authorisation of the contracting authority.",57,govt tenders +58,0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.6170212765957447,"0 is simply an acknowledgment of the fact that that the delivery took place +and in no way implies conformity of the supplies with the contract. + + +Conformity of the supplies delivered must be evidenced by the signature of a certificate to +this effect by the contracting authority no later than one month after the date of delivery",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.1580547112462006,"ch delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contr",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",0.0,"Each delivery must be accompanied by a consignment note in duplicate, duly signed and dated by the contractor or its carrier, giving the contract number and particulars of the supplies delivered. One copy of the consignment note must be countersigned by the contracting authority and returned to the contractor or to its carrier.",58,govt tenders +59,0,"Apres l'evacuation, le travail ne peut etre repris qu'apres que le batiment ait ete declare sur et que l'acces a celui-ci ait ete officiellement autorise par le service de securite. Chaque entreprise veille a ce que tout membre du personnel present sur le chantier recoive une copie de la procedure d'evacuation decrite a l'appendice 2.",0.07142857142857142,"Après l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2.",0.7351190476190477," présents au lieu de rassemblement +préalablement désigné. Elle indique au responsable du UP le nombre de personnes évacuées +et transmet les noms des membres du personnel éventuellement manquants. + + +Si le chantier est dépourvu de haut-parleurs ou de sirènes, il convient de mettre au point une +procédure d'évacuation et d'alerte en conce",0.08333333333333333,"Après l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. +Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice ",0.08035714285714286,"près l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. + +Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2.",0.07142857142857142,"Après l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2.",0.08035714285714286,"près l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. + +Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2.",0.09226190476190477,"s l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. +> +> Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2.",0.0744047619047619,"Après l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. +Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2.",0.08035714285714286,"Après l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. + +Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2",0.07142857142857142,"Après l'évacuation, le travail ne peut être repris qu'après que le bâtiment ait été déclaré sûr et que l'accès à celui-ci ait été officiellement autorisé par le service de sécurité. Chaque entreprise veille à ce que tout membre du personnel présent sur le chantier reçoive une copie de la procédure d'évacuation décrite à l'appendice 2.",59,govt tenders +60,0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.007042253521126761,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account +denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.4788732394366197,"ations to make, it must send them to the contractor (or leader +in the case of a joint tender) and suspend the time limit for payment in accord",0.014084507042253521,"Payments must be made to the contractor’s (or leader’s in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.0,"Payments must be made to the contractor's (or leader's in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",0.014084507042253521,"Payments must be made to the contractor’s (or leader’s in the case of a joint tender) bank account denominated in euro, identified as follows:",60,govt tenders +61,0,"Le contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prevues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la legislation environnementale et sociale et de la legislation du travail etablies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions legislatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail enumerees a l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE4, ainsi que le respect des obligations en matiere de protection des donnees decoulant des reglements (UE) 2016/6795 et (UE) 2018/17256.",0.020833333333333332,"Le contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prévues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la législation environnementale et sociale et de la législation du travail établies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions législatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail énumérées à l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE4, ainsi que le respect des obligations en matière de protection des données découlant des règlements (UE) 2016/6795 et (UE) 2018/17256.",0.7467948717948718," Le contractant est seul responsable en ce qui concerne le respect de toutes les obligations +légales qui lui sont applicables, notamment celles émanant du droit fiscal et des +dispositions du droit du travail relatives à la sécurité. + + +**II.4.3.3** Les contractants qui sont des personnes physiques sont tenus d'apporter la preuve de leur +statut d'indépendant. À cette fin, ils doivent fournir les pièces relatives à leur couverture +par la sécurité sociale et à leur assujettissement à la taxe sur la valeur ajoutée (TVA). + + +**II.4.4** C'est au seul contractant qu'il incombe de prendre les mesures nécessaires pour obtenir t",0.02564102564102564,"Le contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prévues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la législation environnementale et sociale et de la législation du travail établies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions législatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail énumérées à l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE⁴, ainsi que le respect des obligations en matière de protection des données découlant des règlements (UE) 2016/679⁵ et (UE) 2018/1725⁶.",0.06570512820512821,"contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prévues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la législation environnementale et sociale et de la législation du travail établies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions législatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail énumérées à l'annexe $X$ de la directive $2014/24/UE^4$ , ainsi que le respect des obligations en matière de protection des données découlant des règlements (UE) $2016/679^5$ et (UE) ",0.04006410256410257,"contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prévues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la législation environnementale et sociale et de la législation du travail établies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions législatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail énumérées à l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE [4], ainsi que le respect des obligations en matière de protection des données découlant des règlements (UE) 2016/679 [5] et (UE) 2018/172",0.09455128205128205,"ontractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prévues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la législation environnementale et sociale et de la législation du travail établies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions législatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail énumérées à l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE 4 , ainsi que le respect des obligations en matière de protection des données découlant des règlements (UE) 2016/679 5",0.04006410256410257," contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prévues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la législation environnementale et sociale et de la législation du travail établies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions législatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail énumérées à l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE[^4], ainsi que le respect des obligations en matière de protection des données découlant des règlements (UE) 2016/679[^5] et (UE) 2018/17",0.07211538461538461," Le contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prévues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la législation environnementale et sociale et de la législation du travail établies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions législatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail énumérées à l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE4, ainsi que le respect des obligations en matière de protection des données découlant des règlements (UE) 2016/6795reference the use of the templates provided in Annex 09 to this
document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will
be considered.

Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic
content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the
contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity
detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and
professional capacity to perform the contract.

The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments,
divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the
same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU
Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client.
Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different
specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with
other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered
as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference
contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by
different economic operators for the same tender.

The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the
clients, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract
reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five
working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact
persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may
be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the
validity of the information provid",0.11407902058987202," Evidence must be provided in the
form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract
reference the use of the templates provided in**Annex 09** to this
document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will
be considered.
Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic
content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the
contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity
detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and
professional capacity to perform the contract.
The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments,
divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the
same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU
Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client.
Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different
specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with
other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered
as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference
contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by
different economic operators for the same tender.
The Contracting Authority may request**statements issued by the**
**clients**, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract
reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five
working days of the Contracting Authority’s request. The contact
persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may
be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the
validity of the information provided as evidence.",0.04340567612687813,"and in any case no more than 20) contract references.** Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in **Annex 09** to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered.

Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract.

The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender.

The Contracting Authority may request **statements issued by the clients**, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority’s request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evidenc",0.34668892598775736,"eference
with regard to the minimum level of capacity
detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and
professional capacity to perform the contract. | +| | The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments,
divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the
same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU
Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client.
Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different
specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with
other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered
as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference
contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by
different economic operators for the same tender. | +| | The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the
clients, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract
reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five
working days of the Contracting Authority's
request. The contact
persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may
be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the
validity of the information provided as evidence",0.018363939899833055,"must provide **minimum 10 (and in any case no more than 20) contract references**. Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in **Annex 09** to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered. + +Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. + +The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender. + +The Contracting Authority may request **statements issued by the clients**, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evid",0.10127991096271564,"vidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in Annex 09 to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered. + +Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. + +The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender. + +The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the clients , public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority 's request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evidence",0.03672787979966611,"mum 10 (and in any case no more than 20) contract references**. Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in **Annex 09** to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered.

Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract.

The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender.

The Contracting Authority may request **statements issued by the clients**, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority’s request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evide",0.005008347245409015,"enderers must provide minimum 10 (and in any case no more than 20) contract references. Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in Annex 09 to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered. + +Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. + +The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender. + +The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the clients, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evidenc",0.43516972732331666,"scription, or who only provide generic
content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the
contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity
detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and
professional capacity to perform the contract. | +| | The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments,
divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the
same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU
Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client.
Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different
specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with
other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered
as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference
contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by
different economic operators for the same tender. | +| | The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the
clients , public or private, as supporting documents for each contract
reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five
working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact
persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form m",0.11407902058987202,". Evidence must be provided in the
form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract
reference the use of the templates provided in**Annex 09** to this
document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will
be considered.
Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic
content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the
contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity
detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and
professional capacity to perform the contract.
The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments,
divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the
same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU
Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client.
Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different
specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with
other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered
as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference
contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by
different economic operators for the same tender.
The Contracting Authority may request**statements issued by the**
**clients**, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract
reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five
working days of the Contracting Authority’s request. The contact
persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may
be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the
validity of the information provided as evidence",64,govt tenders +64,1,"A consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.09216589861751152,"consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if
applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which
the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carr",0.06451612903225806," consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if
applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which
the tenderer relies to fulfilthis selection criterion) willbe carried o",0.0,"A consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.06451612903225806,"onsolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if
applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which
the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried o",0.0,"A consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.0,"A consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.0,"A consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.0,"A consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.",0.06451612903225806," consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if
applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which
the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried",0.06451612903225806,"nsolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if
applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which
the tenderer relies to fulfilthis selection criterion) willbe carried out.",64,govt tenders +64,2,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant ISO standards,0.09900990099009901,apacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with
relevant ISO stand,0.1485148514851485,apacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with**
**relevant ISO sta,0.7821782178217822,"tracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other sp",0.06930693069306931,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with
relevant ISO standa,0.0,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant ISO standards,0.0,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant ISO standards,0.0,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant ISO standards,0.0,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant ISO standards,0.06930693069306931,apacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with
relevant ISO standar,0.0,Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant ISO standards,64,govt tenders +64,3,The tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: * T 2.1: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by,0.18067226890756302,e tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the
areas covered by this call for tenders:

• T 2.1: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts
of the organisation(s) and all location(s) t,0.15126050420168066,The tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the
areas covered by this call for tenders:
•
**T 2.1**: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts
of theorganisation(s) and all location(s) that ,0.12184873949579832,e tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders:

\* **T 2.1:** ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that wil,0.4117647058823529, | •
T 2.1: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts
of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by |,0.008403361344537815,"The tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: +- T 2.1: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by",0.025210084033613446,"The tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: + +- T 2.1 : ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used ",0.11764705882352941,nderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders:
  • **T 2.1:** ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be ,0.01680672268907563,"The tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: + +• T 2.1: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used b",0.40756302521008403, | • T 2.1: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts
    of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by |,0.29411764705882354," certified in the following ISO standards in the **level of** areas covered by this call for tenders: + +**capacity** + +• **T 2.1** : ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that ",64,govt tenders +65,0,"It is the responsibility of each tenderer to ensure that the total amount of the tender inserted in the relevant field of the e-Submission application corresponds to the amount indicated in the uploaded financial offer. In case of discrepancies, only the amount indicated in the financial offer will be taken into account. The financial offer shall be: expressed in euro.cents. Tenderers from countries outside the euro zone have to quote their prices in euro as well. The price quoted may not be revised in line with exchange rate movements. It is for the tenderer to bear the risks or the benefits deriving from any variation. quoted free of all duties, taxes and other charges, i.e. also free of VAT. The tenderer may indicate the amount of VAT but it must be shown separately. Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements:",0.3733170134638923,"st be shown separately. + +The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: +",0.7227662178702571," + + + + +i. the expenditure foreseen for staff (HR cost), with breakdown of cost demonstrating + +compliance of the prices with the laws of the country in which the services are to be +performed, for minimum levels of staff remuneration, contributions to the social +security, occupational safety and health standards, and/or other applicable schemes +and standards; +ii. all other elements that have been taken into account to formulate the financial offer + +and that cover all the non-HR costs arising from the technical aspects of the tender +(including, but not limited to: reporting requirements, training, recruitment and +replacement of staff with the appropriate qualification level, travelling arrangements – +if applicable, FWC management, the potential liquidated damages/compensations +foreseen in the service level agreement and/or other risk factors, company overheads, +profit margin, etc.). + + +The provisions on price revisions are provided in the Draft FWC. + + +The prices provided in the Price Catalogue will become part of Annex II to the FWC. + + +44 + + +",0.37209302325581395,"tely. + +> ☝ The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. +> +> For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +* Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The **price structure** document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: + +",0.37454100367197063,"own separately. + + The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +• Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The **price structure** document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: + +",0.37392900856793143,"n separately. + +> The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +* Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article 1.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The **price structure** document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: +",0.38372093023255816," charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +- Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: +",0.37209302325581395,". + +> ☝️ **The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption.** +> +> For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +* Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The **price structure** document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: + +1",0.3733170134638923,"n separately. + +> ☝ The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. +> +> For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +* Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: + +",0.3671970624235006,"s, i.e. also free of VAT. The tenderer may indicate the amount of VAT but it must be shown separately. + + 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + + Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The **price structure** document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: + +",0.3714810281517748,"ately. + + The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +- • Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. + +The **price structure** document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements: + +-",65,govt tenders +65,1,"The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT.",0.0039946737683089215,"he European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT.",0.7523302263648469," + + + + +i. the expenditure foreseen for staff (HR cost), with breakdown of cost demonstrating + +compliance of the prices with the laws of the country in which the services are to be +performed, for minimum levels of staff remuneration, contributions to the social +security, occupational safety and health standards, and/or other applicable schemes +and standards; +ii. all other elements that have been taken into account to formulate the financial offer + +and that cover all the non-HR costs arising from the technical aspects of the tender +(including, but not limited to: reporting requirements, training, recruitment and +replacement of staff with the appropriate qualification level, tr",0.02130492676431425,"he European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. +> +> For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt fr",0.0039946737683089215,"he European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT.",0.0039946737683089215,"The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT",0.1051930758988016,"opean Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the Eu",0.015978695073235686,"The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption.** +> +> For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt fro",0.010652463382157125,"e European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. +> +> For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VA",0.09587217043941411,"AT. The tenderer may indicate the amount of VAT but it must be shown separately. + + 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT. + +",0.005326231691078562,"The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. + +For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VA",65,govt tenders +66,0,"There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. p In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. p p p p y To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. FOCUSING Remove the lens protective cover. p 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. g 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. g pp p 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. CHANGING THE BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord. p 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator.",0.057709648331830475,"There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. + +2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +## CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE + +1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +## FOCUSING + +1. Remove the lens protective cover. + +2. Place the specimen on the working stage. + +3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. + +4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +## CHANGING THE BULB + +1. Disconnect the power cord. + +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. + +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. + +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator",0.8800721370604148,"# **OPERATION (cont.)** + + + +**13** + + + +**FOCUSING** + + +# **MICROSCOPE USAGE** **CONSTRUCTION** + +**14** + + +# **MODEL AY11236** + +Interpupillary Slide Adjustment + + +Revolving Turret + + +Objectives + + +Stage + + +Condenser +Focusing +Knob + +Lamp +On/Off +Switch + + +**Model AY11236** + + + +Stand + + + +Eyepiece + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + +Stage Clip +Adjustment + + + +Power + +Cord + + + + +",0.05590622182146077," are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. +2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +### CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE +1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +### FOCUSING +1. Remove the lens protective cover. +2. Place the specimen on the working stage. +3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. +4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +### CHANGING THE BULB +1. Disconnect the power cord. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illumin",0.09828674481514878," lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. +- 2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +#### **CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE** + +- 1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +- 2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +### **FOCUSING** + +- 1. Remove the lens protective cover. +- 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. +- 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. +- 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +### **CHANGING THE BULB** + +- 1. Disconnect the power cord. +- 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +- 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +- 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminat",0.0793507664562669,"re are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. +2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +#### CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE + +1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +#### FOCUSING + +1. Remove the lens protective cover. +2. Place the specimen on the working stage. +3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. +4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +#### CHANGING THE BULB + +1. Disconnect the power cord. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illu",0.061316501352569885," + +1. There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. +2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +## CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE + +1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +## FOCUSING + +1. Remove the lens protective cover. +2. Place the specimen on the working stage. +3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. +4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +## CHANGING THE BULB + +1. Disconnect the power cord. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. +",0.061316501352569885,"N +1. There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. +2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +### CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE +1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +### FOCUSING +1. Remove the lens protective cover. +2. Place the specimen on the working stage. +3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. +4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +### CHANGING THE BULB +1. Disconnect the power cord. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. +",0.061316501352569885,". There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. +2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +### CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE +1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +### FOCUSING +1. Remove the lens protective cover. +2. Place the specimen on the working stage. +3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. +4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +### CHANGING THE BULB +1. Disconnect the power cord. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. + +##",0.07664562669071236,"are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. +- 2. In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. + +#### CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE + +- 1. The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. +- 2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +### FOCUSING + +- 1. Remove the lens protective cover. +- 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. +- 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. +- 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +### CHANGING THE BULB + +- 1. Disconnect the power cord. +- 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +- 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +- 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitte",0.7114517583408476,"that you focus at the lowest + +- 1. The distance between the observer's + + - magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as + +- pupils is the interpupillary distance. + +- 2. To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. + +- necessary. + +- 3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +at the same time, the diopter ring may + +## **FOCUSING** + +## **DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT** + +- 1. Remove the lens protective cover. + + - 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + +- 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. + +- 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +- a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point + +- into focus using the focus knob.",66,manuals_sample +66,1,"1. Turn the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. y g 2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. ZOOM MAGNIFICATION 1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. 2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. y 3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: p a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. g b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. y g g p g d.With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting.",0.038929440389294405,"n the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. + +2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +## ZOOM MAGNIFICATION + +1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. + +2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. + +3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +## DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT + +1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + + a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. + + b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. + + - c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. + + + +- d.With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting.",0.8929440389294404,"# **OPERATION (cont.)** + + + +**13** + + + +**FOCUSING** + + +# **MICROSCOPE USAGE** **CONSTRUCTION** + +**14** + + +# **MODEL AY11236** + +Interpupillary Slide Adjustment + + +Revolving Turret + + +Objectives + + +Stage + + +Condenser +Focusing +Knob + +Lamp +On/Off +Switch + + +**Model AY11236** + + + +Stand + + + +Eyepiece + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + +Stage Clip +Adjustment + + + +Power + +Cord + + + + +",0.0575831305758313,"rn the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. +2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +### ZOOM MAGNIFICATION +1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. +2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. +3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +### DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT +1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + - a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. + - b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. + - c. Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. + - d. With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustm",0.0535279805352798,"focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. +- 2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +### **ZOOM MAGNIFICATION** + +- 1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. +- 2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. +- 3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +## **DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT** + +- 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: +- a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. +- b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. +- c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. d.With more than one viewer, each +- viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that set",0.0535279805352798," focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. +2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +#### ZOOM MAGNIFICATION + +1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. +2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. +3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +#### DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT + +1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. + b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. + c. Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. + d. With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that se",0.030819140308191405,"1. Turn the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. +2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +## ZOOM MAGNIFICATION + +1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. +2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. +3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +## DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT + +1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: +- a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. +- b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. +4. c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. +5. d.With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting.",0.038929440389294405,"the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. +2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +### ZOOM MAGNIFICATION +1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. +2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. +3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +### DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT +1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. + b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. + c. Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. + d. With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting.",0.0340632603406326,"Turn the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. +2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +### ZOOM MAGNIFICATION +1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. +2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. +3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +### DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT +1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. + b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. + c. Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. + d. With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting",0.0535279805352798,"cusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. +- 2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. + +### ZOOM MAGNIFICATION + +- 1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. +- 2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. +- 3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +### DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT + +- 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + - a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. + - b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. + - c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. d.With more than one viewer, each + - viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that sett",0.537712895377129,"e time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. + +at the same time, the diopter ring may + +## **FOCUSING** + +## **DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT** + +- 1. Remove the lens protective cover. + + - 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: + +- 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. + +- 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. + +- a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point + +- into focus using the focus knob. + +- b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. + +## **CHANGING THE BULB** + +- 1. Disconnect the power cord. + +- 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the + + - c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. d.With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting. ",66,manuals_sample +66,2,"USING THE VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS AY11230/11234 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit 2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. 3. Make sure that both the images in",0.03164556962025317,"USING THE VERTICAL TUBE - +MODELS AY11230/11234 + +1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit + +2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. + +3. Make sure that both the images",0.8924050632911392,"CUSING** + + +# **MICROSCOPE USAGE** **CONSTRUCTION** + +**14** + + +# **MODEL AY11236** + +Interpupillary Slide Adjustment + + +Revolving Turret + + +Objectives + + +Stage + + +Condenser +Focusing +Knob + +Lamp +On/Off +Switch + + +**Model AY11236** + + + +Stand + + + +Eyepiece + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + +Stage Clip +Adjustment + + + +P",0.03481012658227848,"ING THE VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS AY11230/11234 +1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit. +2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. +3. Make sure that both the images",0.056962025316455694,"THE VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS AY11230/11234** + +- 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit +- 2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. +- 3. Make sure that both the images",0.03481012658227848,"ING THE VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS AY11230/11234 + +1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit +2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. +3. Make sure that both the images ",0.022151898734177215," USING THE VERTICAL TUBE MODELS AY11230/11234 + +1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit +2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. +3. Make sure that both the images in",0.00949367088607595,"USING THE VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS AY11230/11234 +1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit +2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. +3. Make sure that both the images in",0.015822784810126583,"SING THE VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS AY11230/11234 +1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit. +2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. +3. Make sure that both the images in",0.04430379746835443,"USING THE VERTICAL TUBE -MODELS AY11230/11234 + +- 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit +- 2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. +- 3. Make sure that both the ima",0.509493670886076,"l outlet. + +- 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph + +- the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit + +- 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the + +- oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. + +2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring",66,manuals_sample +66,3,"CHANGING THE BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator.",0.054380664652567974,"# CHANGING THE BULB + +1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. + +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. + +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. + +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. + +",0.8761329305135952,"CONSTRUCTION** + +**14** + + +# **MODEL AY11236** + +Interpupillary Slide Adjustment + + +Revolving Turret + + +Objectives + + +Stage + + +Condenser +Focusing +Knob + +Lamp +On/Off +Switch + + +**Model AY11236** + + + +Stand + + + +Eyepiece + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + +Stage Clip +Adjustment + + + +Power + +Cord + + + + +",0.03323262839879154,"CHANGING THE BULB +1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. + +",0.054380664652567974,"CHANGING THE BULB** + +- 1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. +- 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +- 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +- 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminat",0.06042296072507553,"# CHANGING THE BULB + +1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. +",0.06042296072507553," + +## CHANGING THE BULB + +1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. + +",0.06042296072507553,"### CHANGING THE BULB +1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. + +--",0.06042296072507553,". + +### CHANGING THE BULB +1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. +2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator. +",0.04229607250755287,"CHANGING THE BULB + +- 1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. +- 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. +- 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. +- 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator",0.3081570996978852,"for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting. + +- oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. + +- 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. + +- 4. Open the window in the base plate and + +- replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator.",66,manuals_sample +66,4,MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.,0.011538461538461539,"MICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses",0.85,"*MICROSCOPE USAGE** **CONSTRUCTION** + +**14** + + +# **MODEL AY11236** + +Interpupillary Slide Adjustment + + +Revolving Turret + + +Objectives + + +Stage + + +Condenser +Focusing +Knob + +Lamp +On/Off +Switch + + +**Model AY11236** + + + +Stand + + + +Eyepiece + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +A",0.011538461538461539,"ICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.",0.026923076923076925,"ICROSCOPE USAGE** + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific use",0.011538461538461539,"ICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.",0.011538461538461539,"ICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.",0.011538461538461539,"ICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.",0.011538461538461539,"MICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses",0.011538461538461539,"ICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.",0.03076923076923077,"CROSCOPE USAGE** + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific use",66,manuals_sample +66,5,"CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs.",0.005905511811023622,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs",0.8562992125984252,"# **OPERATION (cont.)** + + + +**13** + + + +**FOCUSING** + + +# **MICROSCOPE USAGE** **CONSTRUCTION** + +**14** + + +# **MODEL AY11236** + +Interpupillary Slide Adjustment + + +Revolving Turret + + +Objectives + + +Stage + + +Condenser +Focusing +Knob + +Lamp +On/Off +Switch + + +**Model AY11236** + + + +Stand + + + +Eyepiece + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + +Stage Clip +Adjustment + + + +Power + +Cord + + + + +",0.005905511811023622,"ONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs.",0.013779527559055118,"STRUCTION** + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs.",0.005905511811023622,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs",0.005905511811023622,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs",0.005905511811023622,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs",0.005905511811023622,"ONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs.",0.005905511811023622,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs",0.015748031496062992,"ONSTRUCTION** + +BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment kno",66,manuals_sample +67,0,"Each paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. Make sure that you focus on answering the question - only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer.",0.02112676056338028,"ch paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. + +- Make sure that you focus on answering the question - only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer",0.9225352112676056,"Basic English Language Skills + + +",0.03169014084507042,"ch paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. +* Make sure that you focus on answering the question – only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answe",0.014084507042253521,"Each paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. +- Make sure that you focus on answering the question only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer.",0.017605633802816902,"ch paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. +- Make sure that you focus on answering the question – only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer.",0.014084507042253521,"ch paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. +- Make sure that you focus on answering the question - only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer.",0.017605633802816902,"Each paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. +- Make sure that you focus on answering the question – only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answe",0.017605633802816902,"Each paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. +• Make sure that you focus on answering the question – only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answe",0.014084507042253521,"Each paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. +- Make sure that you focus on answering the question only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answer.",0.045774647887323945,"h paragraph should contain one main thought or idea, and there should be a logical link between each paragraph and the next. + +- • Make sure that you focus on answering the question – only include relevant information, and remember to present logical arguments in support of your answ",67,manuals_sample +67,1,8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. 8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.,0.2631578947368421,"t logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical. + +9",0.8947368421052632,"Basic English Language Skills + + +",0.26900584795321636," logical arguments in support of your answer. + +**8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in.** Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.",0.2573099415204678,"ent logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical. +",0.26900584795321636," logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. **Proofread your assignment before handing it in.** Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.",0.25146198830409355,"resent logical arguments in support of your answer. +8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical",0.26900584795321636," logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. **Proofread your assignment before handing it in.** Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.",0.26900584795321636," logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. **Proofread your assignment before handing it in.** Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.",0.26900584795321636," logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. **Proofread your assignment before handing it in.** Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.",0.25146198830409355,"ent logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.",67,manuals_sample +67,2,"9. Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.",0.010752688172043012,"9. Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. +This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or +redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.",0.8978494623655914,"Basic English Language Skills + + +",0.04838709677419355,"Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment.** +This way, you won’t have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing",0.016129032258064516,". Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. + +This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.",0.03225806451612903,"Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment.** This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing. +",0.026881720430107527,"9. Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. + +This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missin",0.08064516129032258,"ys keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment.** + This way, you won’t have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.",0.03225806451612903,"Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment.** This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing. +",0.043010752688172046,"lways keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. 9. + +This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.",0.016129032258064516,"9. Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. This way, you won’t have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing",67,manuals_sample +67,3,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments.",0.011904761904761904,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: +Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will +help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well +as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments.",0.9206349206349206,"Basic English Language Skills + + +",0.031746031746031744,"When you get your assignment back from your tutor: +Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes.** This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments.",0.011904761904761904,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: + +Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments",0.027777777777777776,"*When you get your assignment back from your tutor: Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes.** This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments. +",0.43253968253968256,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well + +Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments",0.09523809523809523,"hen you get your assignment back from your tutor:** + **Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes.** This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assig",0.031746031746031744,"0. **When you get your assignment back from your tutor: Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes.** This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignmen",0.011904761904761904,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: + +Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments",0.0,"10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments.",67,manuals_sample +67,4,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""iden- tify"" certain features, or ""prove"" a certain point. It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.014527845036319613,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""identify"" certain features, or ""prove"" a certain point. + +It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.9515738498789347,"Basic English Language Skills + + +",0.031476997578692496,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to “explain” a particular concept, “identify” certain features, or “prove” a certain point. + +It’s sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.014527845036319613,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""identify"" certain features, or ""prove"" a certain point. + +It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.026634382566585957,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to “explain” a particular concept, “identify"" certain features, or “prove” a certain point. + +It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.029055690072639227,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to 'explain' a particular concept, 'identify' certain features, or 'prove' a certain point. + +It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.031476997578692496,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to “explain” a particular concept, “identify” certain features, or “prove” a certain point. + +It’s sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.014527845036319613,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""identify"" certain features, or ""prove"" a certain point. + +It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.014527845036319613,"TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""identify"" certain features, or ""prove"" a certain point. + +It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",0.03631961259079903,"PES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS + +In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to “explain” a particular concept, “identify” certain features, or “prove” a certain point. + +It’s sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:",67,manuals_sample +67,5,Analyse: Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.,0.16304347826086957,"se"" as breaking material into separate parts or elements and discussing their main features.",0.8586956521739131,"Basic English Language Skills + + +",0.14130434782608695,alyse:**
    Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main featu,0.6739130434782609,"nger essays in which you have to ""explain"" a particular concept, ""identify"" certain features",0.05434782608695652,"alyse:** +Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.",0.09782608695652174,"age --> + +Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.",0.010869565217391304,"Analyse: +Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.",0.15217391304347827,"yse:** +> +> Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main featur",0.03260869565217391,"nalyse: + +Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.",0.6739130434782609,"nger essays in which you have to “explain” a particular concept, “identify” certain features",67,manuals_sample +67,6,"Argue: Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence.",0.13793103448275862,"s presenting a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence. + +",0.8505747126436781,"Basic English Language Skills + + +",0.09195402298850575,"*
    Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence. ",0.6781609195402298,"er to present logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. Proofread your assignmen",0.05747126436781609,"rgue:** +Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence",0.034482758620689655,"Argue: + +Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence",0.011494252873563218,"Argue: +Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence.",0.06896551724137931," Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence.",0.6896551724137931,"r to present logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. **Proofread your assignme",0.6781609195402298,"er to present logical arguments in support of your answer. + +8. Proofread your assignme",67,manuals_sample +68,0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.881578947368421,"Basic English Language Skills + + +A copy of your ID + + +Proof ",0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,0.0,PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:,68,manuals_sample +68,1,A copy of your ID Proof of your highest grade passed Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained,0.05309734513274336,"A copy of your ID + +Proof of your highest grade passed + +Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtain",0.08849557522123894," copy of your ID + + +Proof of your highest grade passed + + +Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtai",0.24778761061946902,"py of your ID** + +* **Proof of your highest grade passed** + +* **Proof of any other relevant qualifications you hav",0.05309734513274336,"copy of your ID + +Proof of your highest grade passed + +Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained",0.21238938053097345,"of your ID** +- **Proof of your highest grade passed** +- **Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obt",0.05309734513274336," copy of your ID + +Proof of your highest grade passed + +Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtaine",0.07079646017699115,"opy of your ID +- Proof of your highest grade passed +- Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtaine",0.10619469026548672,"y of your ID + +* Proof of your highest grade passed + +* Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtaine",0.168141592920354,"copy of your ID + +**Proof of your highest grade passed** + +**Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have o",0.168141592920354," your ID + +## Proof of your highest grade passed + +## Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtaine",68,manuals_sample +68,2,"Important Note: If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address.",0.0,"Important Note: If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address.",0.7966101694915254,"Basic English Language Skills + + +A copy of your ID + + +Proof of your highest grade passed + + +Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained + + +",0.03389830508474576,"mportant Note:** If you don’t fill in your correct address, we won’t be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address",0.7457627118644068,"py of your ID + +Proof of your highest grade passed + +Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained + +![](_page_0_Picture_6.jpeg)",0.022598870056497175,"Important Note:** If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your addres",0.0,"Important Note: If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address.",0.03389830508474576,"mportant Note:** If you don’t fill in your correct address, we won’t be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address",0.022598870056497175,"Important Note:** If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your addres",0.0,"Important Note: If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address.",0.768361581920904,"py of your ID + +## Proof of your highest grade passed + +## Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained + +**==> picture [95 x 10] intentionally omitted <==** + +",68,manuals_sample +70,0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.7821782178217822,"er_ + + +Chapter 6. Installing Red Hat OpenShift 3.11 on IBM PowerVC **105** + + +",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",0.0,"environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).",70,manuals_sample +70,1,"Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2).",0.0,"Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2).",0.7992125984251969,"e 6-1 OpenShift Container Platform 3.11 all-in-one_ + + +_Figure 6-2 OpenShift Container Platform 3.11 6xNodes + Load Balancer_ + + +Chapter 6. Installing Red Hat OpenShift 3.11 on IBM PowerVC **105** + + +",0.015748031496062992,"Seven nodes deployment** is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2",0.015748031496062992,"even nodes deployment** is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2)",0.015748031496062992,"even nodes deployment** is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2)",0.0,"Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2).",0.0,"Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2).",0.015748031496062992,"even nodes deployment** is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2)",0.18110236220472442," is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and $\blacktriangleright$ Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2)",0.015748031496062992,"even nodes deployment** is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2)",70,manuals_sample +71,0,"By right-clicking and selecting Properties, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-30.",0.0,"By right-clicking and selecting Properties, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-30.",0.8176795580110497,"_Figure 5-30 Canister information_ + + +Chapter 5. Graphical user interface **149** + + +",0.04419889502762431," right-clicking and selecting **Properties**, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-3",0.04419889502762431,"By right-clicking and selecting **Properties**, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5",0.04419889502762431,"By right-clicking and selecting **Properties**, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5",0.011049723756906077,"By right-clicking and selecting Properties , you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-30",0.04419889502762431,"By right-clicking and selecting **Properties**, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5",0.04419889502762431," right-clicking and selecting **Properties**, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-3",0.04419889502762431,"By right-clicking and selecting **Properties**, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5",0.055248618784530384,"By right-clicking and selecting **Properties** , you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure ",71,manuals_sample +71,1,"In an environment with multiple IBM Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click Turn Identify On in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the GUI, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify LED was turned on.",0.34513274336283184,"mation + +In an environment with multiple IBM Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click Turn Identify On in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +The image shows the front view of an IBM Storwize V7000 storage device with a menu displaying the ""Turn Identify On"" option for activating the identification LED. A red arrow points fr",0.8827433628318584,"_Figure 5-30 Canister information_ + + +Chapter 5. Graphical user interface **149** + + +",0.4004424778761062,"n_ + +In an environment with multiple IBM Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click **Turn Identify On** in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +| Front View | Front View | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | +| **Turn Identify On",0.29646017699115046,"an easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click **Turn Identify On** in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +![](_page_0_Figure_4.jpeg) + +*Figure 5-31 Identification LED* + +Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the GUI, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify LED was turned on",0.3672566371681416," +In an environment with multiple IBM Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click **Turn Identify On** in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +![Figure 5-31: Identification LED](placeholder-figure-5-31.png) + +**Figure 5-31 (summary):** This figure demonstrates the process of activating an identification LED. It shows a ""Front Vie",0.22566371681415928," clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click Turn Identify On in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +Figure 5-31 Identification LED + + + +Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the GUI, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify LED was turned on",0.37389380530973454," +In an environment with multiple IBM Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click **Turn Identify On** in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +![Figure 5-31: Identification LED](figure-5-31.png) + +**Figure 5-31 (summary):** +The figure illustrates the process of identifying a drive: +* **Left (Rear View):** A context menu is open",0.34513274336283184," +In an environment with multiple IBM Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click **Turn Identify On** in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +**Figure 5-31 Identification LED** + +The figure shows two Front View panels side by side with an arrow between them, demonstrating the before and after states of turning on the identificat",0.3407079646017699,"direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click **Turn Identify On** in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +![](_page_0_Figure_4.jpeg) + +Figure 5-31 Identification LED + + $\equiv$ + +Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the GUI, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify LED was turned on",0.4336283185840708,"orwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click **Turn Identify On** in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. + +**==> picture [411 x 131] intentionally omitted <==** + +_Figure 5-31 Identification LED_ + +Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the GUI, you see a flashing",71,manuals_sample +72,0,"Approve/Approve of To ""approve"" something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance.",0.03065134099616858,"Approve/Approve of + +To ""approve"" something is to give consent. +E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. +E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school danc",0.842911877394636,"Basic English Language Skills + +# **Approve/Approve of** **Borrow/Lend** **Compliment/Complement** + + +",0.07662835249042145,"/ Approve of + +To “approve” something is to give consent. +E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To “approve of” something is to express a favourable opinion about it. +E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance.",0.038314176245210725,"rove/Approve of** + +To ""approve"" something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance",0.022988505747126436,"prove/Approve of + +To ""approve"" something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance.",0.038314176245210725,"pprove/Approve of + +To 'approve' something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To 'approve of' something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance",0.05363984674329502,"ove/Approve of + +To ""approve"" something is to give consent. +E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. +E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school danc",0.03065134099616858,"Approve/Approve of + +To ""approve"" something is to give consent. +E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. +E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school danc",0.022988505747126436,"pprove/Approve of + +To ""approve"" something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To ""approve of"" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance",0.06130268199233716,"e/Approve of** + +To “approve” something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. + +To “approve of” something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance.",72,manuals_sample +72,1,"Borrow/Lend To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work today.",0.026936026936026935,"Borrow/Lend + +To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. +E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. +E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work toda",0.8619528619528619,"Basic English Language Skills + +# **Approve/Approve of** **Borrow/Lend** **Compliment/Complement** + + +",0.06397306397306397," Lend + +To “borrow” something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. +E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To “lend” something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. +E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work today.",0.04377104377104377,"Borrow/Lend** + +To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. + +E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work t",0.020202020202020204,"Borrow/Lend + +To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work toda",0.04377104377104377,"orrow/Lend + +To 'borrow' something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To 'lend' something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. + +E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work toda",0.04713804713804714,"orrow/Lend + +To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. +E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. +E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work t",0.026936026936026935,"Borrow/Lend + +To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. +E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. +E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work toda",0.04377104377104377,"rrow/Lend** + +To ""borrow"" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To ""lend"" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. + +E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work tod",0.05387205387205387,"orrow/Lend** + +To “borrow” something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. + +To “lend” something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work t",72,manuals_sample +72,2,"Compliment/Complement You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g.That scarf complements her dress.",0.059800664451827246,"Compliment/Complement + +You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add + +something else to it that suits or fits it well. + +- E.g. That scarf complements her",0.8504983388704319,"Basic English Language Skills + +# **Approve/Approve of** **Borrow/Lend** **Compliment/Complement** + + +",0.07973421926910298,"liment / Complement + +You “compliment” someone when you make a favourable comment about them. +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You “complement” something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. +E.g. That scarf complements her d",0.04983388704318937,"liment/Complement** + +You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. + +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g. That scarf complements her dres",0.026578073089700997,"ompliment/Complement + +You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g. That scarf complements her dres",0.059800664451827246,"Compliment/Complement + +You 'compliment' someone when you make a favourable comment about them. + +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You 'complement' something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. + +E.g. That scarf complements her d",0.053156146179401995,"liment/Complement + +You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. +E.g. That scarf complements her dre",0.03322259136212625,"ompliment/Complement + +You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. +E.g. That scarf complements her dres",0.04983388704318937,"liment/Complement** + +You ""compliment"" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. + +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You ""complement"" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g. That scarf complements her dres",0.07308970099667775,"ent/Complement** + +You “compliment” someone when you make a favourable comment about them. + +E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. + +You “complement” something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g. That scarf complements her dres",72,manuals_sample +73,0,STEP 4 - PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN OU YOUR FORM,0.1016949152542373," +# STEP 4 - PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM",0.9322033898305084,"Basic English Language Skills + + +_Developed for Oxbridge ",0.11864406779661017," +# STEP 4 – PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM",0.11864406779661017,## STEP 4 – PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM,0.1016949152542373,## STEP 4 - PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM,0.1016949152542373,## STEP 4 - PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM,0.11864406779661017,"# STEP 4 – PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM +",0.11864406779661017," +# STEP 4 – PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM",0.0847457627118644,STEP 4 – PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN **YOUR FORM*,0.11864406779661017,## STEP 4 – PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN YOUR FORM,73,manuals_sample +73,1,"Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.",0.003911342894393742,"ifferent courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.",0.9361147327249022,"Basic English Language Skills + + +_Developed for Oxbridge Academy_ + + +",0.009126466753585397,"ifferent courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (`www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/Price-list-2015.pdf`) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees",0.003911342894393742,"Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees",0.09908735332464146,"heck the course fees list ([www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/Price-list-2015.pdf](www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/Price-list-2015.pdf)) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees. +",0.00651890482398957,"ifferent courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees",0.003911342894393742,"Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.",0.003911342894393742,"Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees",0.003911342894393742,"Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees",0.007822685788787484,"ferent courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.",73,manuals_sample +73,2,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.0,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.8929577464788733,"Basic English Language Skills + + +_Developed for Oxbridge Academy_ + + +",0.0,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.03943661971830986,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit.
    Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study
    Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of ",0.0,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.7577464788732394," out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration wi",0.0,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.0,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.0,"Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.",0.7549295774647887,"out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. + +If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration wi",73,manuals_sample +73,3,"If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:",0.6363636363636364,"uch you need to pay to register for your chosen course,",0.8727272727272727," English Language Skills + + +_Developed for Oxbridge Acad",0.0,"If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:",0.6363636363636364,"ch you need to pay to register for your chosen course, ",0.0,"If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:",0.6545454545454545,much you need to pay to register for your chosen course,0.0,"If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:",0.0,"If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:",0.6363636363636364,"uch you need to pay to register for your chosen course,",0.6545454545454545,"h you need to pay to register for your chosen course, a",73,manuals_sample +74,0,3. Create the A - C relationship (or the B - C relationship).,0.03278688524590164,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,0.03278688524590164,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,0.06557377049180328,. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,0.03278688524590164,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,0.06557377049180328,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship),0.03278688524590164,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,0.03278688524590164,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,0.03278688524590164,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,0.5081967213114754,3. Create the A $\rightarrow$ C relationship (or the B $\r,0.03278688524590164,3. Create the A → C relationship (or the B → C relationship).,74,manuals_sample +74,1,"4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A - C is established: - A - B, A - C, A - D, B - C, B - D, and C - D - A - B, A - C, and B - C Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A - B, A - C, and B - C). Figure 11-84 Triangle topology",0.26907630522088355,". Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: + + - A → B, A → C, A → D, B → C, B → D, and C → D + + - A → B, A → C, and B → C + +- Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A \( \rightarrow \) B, \( A \rightarrow C \), and ",0.5742971887550201,"the B → C relationship). + + +4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: + + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + + +Figure 11-85 shows an example of a fully connected topology (A → B, A → ",0.23293172690763053," +4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: + - A → B, A → C, A → D, B → C, B → D, and C → D + - A → B, A → C, and B → C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + +| **A** | ",0.5542168674698795,"ghtarrow$ D, and C $\rightarrow$ D +- A $\rightarrow$ B, A $\rightarrow$ C, and B $\rightarrow$ C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + +![](_page_0_Figure_4.jpeg) + +*Figure 11-84 Triangle topology",0.20481927710843373,"nize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: + * A → B, A → C, A → D, B → C, B → D, and C → D + * A → B, A → C, and B → C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + +![Figure 11-84: Triangle t",0.14056224899598393,"ynchronize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: +3. -A → B, A → C, A → D, B → C, B → D, and C → D +4. -A → B, A → C, and B → C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + +Figure 11-84 Triangle topo",0.14859437751004015,"hronize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: + - A → B, A → C, A → D, B → C, B → D, and C → D + - A → B, A → C, and B → C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + +![Figure 11-84: Triangle topo",0.19678714859437751," +4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: + - A → B, A → C, A → D, B → C, B → D, and C → D + - A → B, A → C, and B → C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + +```mermaid +graph TD + ",0.7590361445783133,"A $\rightarrow$ B, A $\rightarrow$ C, and B $\rightarrow$ C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A $\rightarrow$ B, A $\rightarrow$ C, and B $\rightarrow$ C). + +![](_page_0_Figure_4.jpeg) + +Figure 11-84 Triangle topology +",0.19678714859437751,"4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A → C is established: + + - – A → B, A → C, A → D, B → C, B → D, and C → D – A → B, A → C, and B → C + +Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A → B, A → C, and B → C). + +**==> picture [130 ",74,manuals_sample +74,2,System partnership intermix: All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later.,0.0,System partnership intermix: All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later.,0.803921568627451,"e 11-85 Fully connected topology_ + + +Figure 11-85 is a fully connected mesh in which every system has a partnership to each of +the three other systems. This topology enables volumes to be replicated between any pair of +systems, for example A → B, A → C, a",0.01568627450980392,stem partnership intermix:** All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later.,0.01568627450980392,ystem partnership intermix:** All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later,0.01568627450980392,ystem partnership intermix:** All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later,0.0,System partnership intermix: All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later.,0.01568627450980392,ystem partnership intermix:** All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later,0.01568627450980392,stem partnership intermix:** All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later.,0.01568627450980392,ystem partnership intermix:** All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later,0.01568627450980392,ystem partnership intermix:** All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later,74,manuals_sample +75,0,"WARRANTY BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 ( ) Fax. (909) 445-8169 ( ) e-mail: service@barska.com Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.A.",0.014879107253564786,"NTY + +BARSKA warrants your microscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +BARSKA +Customer Service Department +Tel. (909) 445-8168 +Fax. (909) 445-8169 +e-mail: service@barska.com + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.",0.8285802851828891,"## **WARRANTY** + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and +shall be required to prepay such costs. + + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how +long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA +dealer in the U.S.A. + + + +**MODEL AY11232** + +7X-45X + +STEREO ZOOM + + +**MODEL AY11236** +40X,100X,400X,1000X +COMPOUND + + + + + +**MODEL AY11228** +20X,40X +STEREO BINOCULAR + + + + + +**MODEL AY11238** +40X,100X,400X +COMPOUND MONOCULAR + + + +**MODEL AY11230** +20X,40X +STEREO TRINOCULAR + + +**MODEL AY11234** + +7X-45X + +ZOOM STEREO + +TRINOCULAR + + + +©2015 BARSKA Optics +Printed in China + +4-15 + + + + +",0.019218846869187848,"RSKA warrants your microscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. +BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force or effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +BARSKA +Customer Service Department +Tel. (909) 445-8168 +Fax. (909) 445-8169 +e-mail: service@barska.com + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in t",0.013949163050216987,"TY** + +BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 Fax. (909) 445-8169 e-mail: service@barska.com + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.",0.01642901425914445,"BARSKA warrants your microscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +BARSKA +Customer Service Department +Tel. (909) 445-8168 +Fax. (909) 445-8169 +e-mail: service@barska.com + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +**NOTE:** This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.A",0.0703657780533168,"r one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +## BARSKA + +Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 Fax. (909) 445-8169 e-mail: service@barska.com + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the ",0.02417854928704278,"SKA warrants your microscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +> BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +**BARSKA** +Customer Service Department +Tel. (909) 445-8168 +Fax. (909) 445-8169 +e-mail: service@barska.com + +**Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST** + +**NOTE:** This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA deal",0.015809051456912585,"SKA warrants your microscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +BARSKA +Customer Service Department +Tel. (909) 445-8168 +Fax. (909) 445-8169 +e-mail: service@barska.com + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.",0.013329200247985121,"RANTY + +BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 Fax. (909) 445-8169 e-mail: service@barska.com + +Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S",0.014879107253564786,"BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. + +The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. + +All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. + +The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. + +BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. + +This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. + +BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. + +Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. + +This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. + +BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. + +If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: + +BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 Fax. (909) 445-8169 e-mail: service@barska.com Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST + +NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the",75,manuals_sample +75,1,"855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 , Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 www.barska.com",0.06521739130434782,"855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 +Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 +www.barska.com + +",0.8695652173913043," consequential damages or limitation on how +long an implied warranty lasts, so the above lim",0.13043478260869565,"5 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 +Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909-445-8169 +**www.barska.c",0.043478260869565216,"855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 **www.barska.com",0.06521739130434782,"855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 +Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 +www.barska.c",0.05434782608695652,"855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 + +www.barska.com +",0.13043478260869565,"5 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 +Tel: 888-666-6769 +Fax: 909.445.8169 +[www.barska.",0.06521739130434782,"55 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 +Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 +www.barska.co",0.043478260869565216," +855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 www.barska.com +",0.043478260869565216,"855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 **www.barska.com",75,manuals_sample +75,2,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.045454545454545456,"MICROSCOPE +USER MANUAL",0.8181818181818182,"X +COMPOUND MONOCULAR + +",0.0,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.0,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.6818181818181818, OUT OF THE USE OR INA,0.0,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.0,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.0,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.0,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,0.0,MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL,75,manuals_sample +75,3,"MODEL AY11240 40X,100X,400X , , COMPOUND MONOCULAR",0.2,". + +MODEL AY11240 +40X,100X,400X +COMPOUND MONOCULAR +",0.24,"**MODEL AY11238** +40X,100X,400X +COMPOUND MONOCULAR",0.36,"MONOCULAR | 40X, 100X, 400X
    COMPOUND MONOCULAR",0.16,"**MODEL AY11240** 40X,100X,400X COMPOUND MONOCULAR",0.66,"ARSKA Model AY11240 - 40X, 100X, 400X Compound Mon",0.16," +MODEL AY11240 40X,100X,400X COMPOUND MONOCULAR + +<",0.2,"MODEL AY11240** +40X, 100X, 400X +COMPOUND MONOCULAR",0.36,"L AY11240**
    40X,100X,400X
    COMPOUND MONOCUL",0.16,") + +MODEL AY11240 40X,100X,400X COMPOUND MONOCULAR +",0.9,"IR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE W",75,manuals_sample +76,0,Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,0.0,Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,0.8181818181818182,ting the IBM Storwize V7000 with ,0.06060606060606061,igure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,0.0,Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,0.06060606060606061,igure 6-4: Create Pool dialog box,0.12121212121212122,Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog b,0.06060606060606061,igure 6-4: Create Pool dialog box,0.12121212121212122,igure 6-4** Create Pool dialog bo,0.0,Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,0.12121212121212122,gure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box,76,manuals_sample +76,1,"Mark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking Settings - GUI Preferences - General and checking Advanced pool settings, as shown in Figure 6-5. Figure 6-5 Advanced pool settings",0.06666666666666667,"x + +Mark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking Settings → +GUI Preferences → General and checking Advanced pool settings, as shown in +Figure 6-5. + +| Setting | Value / Action ",0.9192982456140351,"**194** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 + + +",0.08947368421052632," + +Mark the **Data Reduction** check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking **Settings → GUI Preferences → General** and checking **Advanced pool settings**, as shown in Figure 6-5. + +| **Dashboard**<",0.1," +Mark the **Data Reduction** check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking **Settings** → **GUI Preferences** → **General** and checking **Advanced pool settings**, as shown in Figure 6-5. + +| $\bolds",0.08771929824561403,"* check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking **Settings** → **GUI Preferences** → **General** and checking **Advanced pool settings**, as shown in Figure 6-5. + +![Figure 6-5: Advanced pool settings",0.02982456140350877,"Mark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking Settings → GUI Preferences → General and checking Advanced pool settings , as shown in Figure 6-5. + +Figure 6-5 Advanced pool se",0.08771929824561403,"* check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking **Settings** → **GUI Preferences** → **General** and checking **Advanced pool settings**, as shown in Figure 6-5. + +![Figure 6-5: Advanced pool settings",0.05263157894736842,"ark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking **Settings → GUI Preferences → General** and checking **Advanced pool settings**, as shown in Figure 6-5. + +## Advanced Pool Settin",0.17192982456140352,"ta Reduction** check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking **Settings** $\rightarrow$ **GUI Preferences** $\rightarrow$ **General** and checking **Advanced pool settings**, as shown in Figure 6-",0.10350877192982456,"rk the **Data Reduction** check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. + +A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking **Settings** → **GUI Preferences** → **General** and checking **Advanced pool settings** , as shown in Figure 6-5. + +**==> pi",76,manuals_sample +76,2,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.8029197080291971,"**194** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 + + +",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",0.0,"When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.",76,manuals_sample +76,3,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.7887323943661971,lt extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation ,0.7887323943661971,lt extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation ,0.7887323943661971,lt extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation ,0.8873239436619719,ction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked ,0.7887323943661971,lt extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation ,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.7887323943661971,lt extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation ,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,76,manuals_sample +76,4,"If the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed efficiently.",0.6521739130434783,"laining that if physical capacity usage exceeds 85%, I/O performance may be affected, and the system requires 15% available capacity for efficient reclamation. The dialog includes Cancel and Create buttons at the bottom. + +Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog b",0.8616600790513834,"**194** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 + + +",0.0,"If the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed efficiently.",0.08300395256916997,"the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds
    more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system
    needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to
    ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed effici",0.541501976284585,"f physical capacity usage in a data reduction pool exceeds 85%, I/O performance might be affected, and 15% physical capacity is needed for efficient reclamation. The dialog includes ""Cancel"" and ""Create"" buttons. + +Mark the **Data Reduction** check box t",0.766798418972332,"l that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent si",0.7470355731225297,"sing the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable thi",0.0,"If the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed efficiently.",0.0,"If the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed efficiently.",0.7470355731225297,"g the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. + +If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this ",76,manuals_sample +77,0,Insert PivotTable Click here to summarize data using a PivotTable or to insert a PivotChart. PivotTables make it easy to arrange and summarize complicated data and drill down on details.,0.7526881720430108,"n of Pivot Table as New Sheet or Existing Sheet. + +The image shows a ""Create PivotTable"" dialog box in Excel with options for selecting data to analyze and choosing the destination for th",0.7688172043010753,"any cell in t **h** is table an **d** +ata source **a** nd suggest **s** + +[ this table. ge. Excel e. If you range to ] + + + +is, as sho **w** think you may want n in Gra",0.043010752688172046,"nsert PivotTable +Click here to summarize data using a PivotTable or to insert a PivotChart. +PivotTables make it easy to arrange and summarize complicated data and drill down on detai",0.6559139784946236," | | | +| PivotTables make it easy to arrange
    and summarize complicated data
    and drill down on details. | Alloy
    ice Ex
    Vages | 16
    ",0.0913978494623656,"tip that reads: ""Click here to summarize data using a PivotTable or to insert a PivotChart. PivotTables make it easy to arrange and summarize complicated data and drill down on details.""",0.7956989247311828,"the table a add data in s many ro ather than A 500. nderstand t s shown in the future, ws as you 1:D50, you he data ran above Slid set the data think you may want ge. Excel",0.7688172043010753,"**Insert** tab is active on the ribbon, showing the **PivotTable** button on the far left. +2. A dialog box titled **Create PivotTable** is open overlaying a spreadsheet. + - The opti",0.0967741935483871,"description: ""Click here to summarize data using a PivotTable or to insert a PivotChart. PivotTables make it easy to arrange and summarize complicated data and drill down on details."" + +T",0.021505376344086023," + +Insert PivotTableClick here to summarize data using a PivotTable or to insert a PivotChart.PivotTables make it easy to arrange and summarize complicated data and drill down on details.",0.8118279569892473,"se Pi **v** ot Table wi **z** ard in the **D** ata menu. **E** xcel a **s** ow choose ks for the **d** ata source **a** nd suggest **s** Click OK. + +**==> picture [60 x 580] intentionall",77,manuals_sample +77,1,"Here, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify $A$1:$D$500.",0.0,"Here, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify $A$1:$D$500.",0.7378277153558053,"any cell in t **h** is table an **d** +ata source **a** nd suggest **s** + +[ this table. ge. Excel e. If you range to ] + + + +is, as sho **w** think you may want n in ",0.056179775280898875,"e, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in the above slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than `A1:D50`, you may want to specify `$A$1:$D$",0.0299625468164794,", we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify \$A\$1:\$D\$500.",0.0,"Here, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify $A$1:$D$500.",0.7415730337078652,"e a need. R $A$1:$D$ need to u the table a add data in s many ro ather than A 500. nderstand t s shown in the future, ws as you 1:D50, you he data ran above Slid set the data think you may want ge. Excel e. If you range to will ever to specify + +",0.02247191011235955,"ere, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than `A1:D50`, you may want to specify `$A$1:$D$50",0.0,"Here, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify $A$1:$D$500.",0.0299625468164794,"Here, we need to understand the data range. Excel suggests the table as shown in above Slide. If you expect to add data in the future, set the data range to include as many rows as you think you will ever need. Rather than A1:D50, you may want to specify \$A\$1:\$D\$",0.48314606741573035,"Here, w **e** need to **u** nderstand **t** he data ra **n** suggests the table **a** s shown i **n** above Sli **d** expect t **o** add data i **n** the future **,** set the dat **a** include **a** s many r **o** will ever need. **R** ather than **A** ws as you 1:D5",77,manuals_sample +78,0,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click Import. Figure 8-39 import volume mappings source host selection",0.1885245901639344,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITS0-VMHOST-01 and click Import. + +The image shows an",0.7827868852459017,"1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + + +**354** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 + + +",0.1885245901639344," +2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host `ITSO-VMHOST-01` and click **Import**. + +| Import Mappings | ",0.21721311475409835,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click **Import**. + +| ",0.10245901639344263,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host **ITSO-VMHOST-01** and click **Import**. + +![Figure 8-39: import volume mappings source ho",0.18032786885245902,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click Import . +3. After the task complet",0.0860655737704918,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host `ITSO-VMHOST-01` and click **Import**. + +![Figure 8-39: import volume mappings source host",0.1598360655737705," +2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click Import. + +**Import Mappings** × + +Select",0.20081967213114754,"2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITS0-VMH0ST-01 and click **Import**. + +**Import Mappings",0.19672131147540983,"- 2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click **Import** . + +**==> picture [397 x 248] intention",78,manuals_sample +78,1,"3. After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties. Then, click the Mapped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).",0.0,"3. After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties. Then, click the Mapped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).",0.7524752475247525,"1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + + +**354** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 + + +",0.07920792079207921," the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the **Hosts** menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select **Properties**. Then, click the **Mapped Volumes** tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 3",0.07920792079207921,"the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the **Hosts** menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select **Properties**. Then, click the **Mapped Volumes** tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 35",0.07920792079207921,"the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the **Hosts** menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select **Properties**. Then, click the **Mapped Volumes** tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 35",0.006600660066006601,". After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties . Then, click the Mapped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).",0.07920792079207921,"er the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the **Hosts** menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select **Properties**. Then, click the **Mapped Volumes** tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page",0.0,"3. After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties. Then, click the Mapped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).",0.07920792079207921,"ter the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the **Hosts** menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select **Properties**. Then, click the **Mapped Volumes** tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on pag",0.0858085808580858,"After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the **Hosts** menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select **Properties** . Then, click the **Mapped Volumes** tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on ",78,manuals_sample +78,2,"Renaming a host To rename a host, complete the following steps: 1. Select the host, and then right-click and select Rename (see Figure 8-40). Figure 8-40 Rename a host",0.12574850299401197,"Renaming a host + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select Rename (see Figure 8-40). + +The image shows a host",0.844311377245509,"1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + + +**354** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 + + +",0.20359281437125748," +## Renaming a host + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + +| Add Host Act",0.20359281437125748,"# **Renaming a host** + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + +| ⊕ Add Host",0.1497005988023952,"ming a host + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + +![Figure 8-40: Rename",0.07784431137724551,"enaming a host + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select Rename (see Figure 8-40). + +Figure 8-40 Rename a ",0.1377245508982036,"g a host + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + +![Figure 8-40: Rename a h",0.19760479041916168,"). + +## Renaming a host + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select Rename (see Figure 8-40). + +| ⊕ Add Host ",0.17964071856287425,"Renaming a host + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + +| Add Host ",0.2155688622754491,"Renaming a host** + +To rename a host, complete the following steps: + +- 1. Select the host, and then right-click and select **Rename** (see Figure 8-40). + +**==> pictu",78,manuals_sample +78,3,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.8169014084507042,pens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume m,0.8169014084507042,opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume ,0.8169014084507042,"mplete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click ",0.8169014084507042,"omplete the following steps: + +1. Select the host, and then right-click ",0.8169014084507042,opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume ,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.8450704225352113,lect the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings.,0.0,Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,78,manuals_sample +79,0,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm",0.0,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm",0.0,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm",0.8235294117647058,rtunities for revenue growth
    \* Deliver better ,0.8235294117647058,"grated automation platform. +- -Measure, in real tim",0.803921568627451,"opportunities for revenue growth, deliver better (m",0.8235294117647058,"rtunities for revenue growth +- Deliver better (more",0.45098039215686275,": Draft Document +date: December 11, 2019 +chapter: 3",0.0,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm",0.8235294117647058,"egrated automation platform. +- Measure, in real tim",0.0,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm",79,manuals_sample +79,1,8459ch03.fm,0.0,8459ch03.fm,0.0,8459ch03.fm,1.0,act informa,1.0,age 43). Th,0.9090909090909091, 43). This ,0.9090909090909091,590000 Inte,0.9090909090909091, 43). This ,0.0,8459ch03.fm,1.0,ge 43). Thi,0.0,8459ch03.fm,79,manuals_sample +79,2,3.3.1 Features,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.14285714285714285,3.3.1 Feature,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.0,3.3.1 Features,0.14285714285714285,3.3.1 Feature,79,manuals_sample +79,3,"IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. Figure 3-7 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation",0.046153846153846156," +IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. + +The image shows a three-layer archite",0.7769230769230769,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm **8459ch03.fm** + +# **3.3.1 Features** + + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + + +� Enable a few expert employees to create great customer experiences at scale. +� Integrated automation platform. +� Measure, in real time, the value of human and automated work across your business. + + +Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere **43** + + +",0.07948717948717948," +# 3.3.1 Features + +IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7). + +This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. + +| IBM contain",0.08076923076923077,"## **3.3.1 Features** + +IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified.",0.011538461538461539,"BM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. + +![Figure 3-7: IBM Cloud Pak for Automat",0.008974358974358974,"M Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. + +Figure 3-7 IBM Cloud Pak for Automatio",0.011538461538461539,"BM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. + +![Figure 3-7: IBM Cloud Pak for Automat",0.052564102564102565,"atures + +IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. + +| IBM containerized software ",0.07692307692307693,"### 3.3.1 Features + +IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified.",0.04230769230769231," +IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. + +**==> picture [242 x 138] intentiona",79,manuals_sample +79,4,"Successful enterprises look for modernizing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models.",0.2648752399232246,"e top-line"" emphasizes new business models, finding revenue growth opportunities, and delivering better, more personalized products and services. + +Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + +- Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. + +- Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. + +- Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models. + +-",0.7408829174664108,"Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm **8459ch03.fm** + +# **3.3.1 Features** + + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + + +� Enable a few expert employees to create great customer experiences at scale. +� Integrated automation platform. +� Measure, in real time, the value of human and automated work across your business. + + +Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere **43** + + +",0.272552783109405,"ess models
    \* Find new opportunities for revenue growth
    \* Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services | + + +_Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits_ + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: +* Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. +* Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. +* Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models",0.1689059500959693,"ing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. + +![](_page_0_Figure_7.jpeg) + +*Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits* + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + +- -Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. +- - Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. +- -Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business mode",0.345489443378119,"mation from unstructured data. +* **Improve top-line**: New business models, find new opportunities for revenue growth, deliver better (more personalized, more relevant) products and services. + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + +* Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. +* Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. +* Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models. +",0.33205374280230326,"unities for revenue growth +- Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant\_) products and services + +Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits + + + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + +- /SM590000 Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. +- /SM590000 Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. +- /SM590000 Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models.",0.33589251439539347,"tructured data +- **Improve top-line** (Up Arrow): + - New business models + - Find new opportunities for revenue growth + - Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + +- Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. +- Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. +- Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models. +-",0.2648752399232246," business models
    • Find new opportunities for revenue growth
    • Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services | + + +Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: +* Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. +* Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. +* Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models. +",0.15355086372360843,"ernizing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. + +![](_page_0_Figure_7.jpeg) + +Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + +- Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. +- Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. +- ► Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business mod",0.30902111324376197,"uccessful enterprises look for modernizing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. + +**==> picture [412 x 120] intentionally omitted <==** + +_Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits_ + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + +- � Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. + +- � Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer + + - experiences for task eff",79,manuals_sample +79,5,Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere,0.0,Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere,0.0,Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere,0.6170212765957447,e IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere,0.6170212765957447,he IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywher,0.6170212765957447,he IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywher,0.6170212765957447,e IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere,0.2765957446808511,"er: 3 +title: IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhe",0.0,Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere,0.6170212765957447,e IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere,0.0,Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere,79,manuals_sample +79,6,"Logging monitoring security, identity access management",0.21818181818181817,"gging, monitoring, security, and identity access manage",0.8363636363636363,"on platform. +� Measure, in real time, the value of huma",0.07272727272727272,"gging, monitoring, security, identity access management",0.7636363636363637,"flow and decision automation, content management, docum",0.07272727272727272,"ogging, monitoring, security, identity access managemen",0.6727272727272727,"as workflow and decision automation, content management",0.07272727272727272,"ogging, monitoring, security, identity access managemen",0.2545454545454545,"ging, monitoring, security,
    Identity access managem",0.7818181818181819,"ow and decision automation, content management, documen",0.7090909090909091,"workflow and decision automation, content management, d",79,manuals_sample +79,7,Reduce costs Improve efficiency of their automated systems Make employees more efficient Extract information from unstructured data,0.25190839694656486,"es on improving efficiency of automated systems, making employees more efficient, and extracting information from unstructured data",0.7786259541984732," Cloud Pak for Automation are: + + +� Enable a few expert employees to create great customer experiences at scale. +� Integrated automa",0.21374045801526717,Improve efficiency of their automated systems
    \* Make employees more efficient
    \* Extract information from unstructured dat,0.7709923664122137,"enhanced customer experiences and new business models. +- -Enable a few expert employees to create great customer experiences at sca",0.10687022900763359,"*Reduce costs**: Improve efficiency of automated systems, make employees more efficient, extract information from unstructured data",0.1297709923664122,"ine + +- Improve efficiency of their automated systems +- Make employees more efficient +- Extract information from unstructured data +-",0.15267175572519084," - Improve efficiency of their automated systems + - Make employees more efficient + - Extract information from unstructured data +",0.183206106870229, Improve efficiency of their automated systems
    • Make employees more efficient
    • Extract information from unstructured data,0.7633587786259542," enhanced customer experiences and new business models. +- Enable a few expert employees to create great customer experiences at sca",0.7633587786259542,"enhanced customer experiences and new business models. + +- � Enable a few expert employees to create great customer experiences at ",79,manuals_sample +79,8,"Improve top-line New business models Find new opportunities for revenue growth Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services",0.48366013071895425," ""Improve top-line"" emphasizes new business models, finding revenue growth opportunities, and delivering better, more personalized products and services.",0.803921568627451,"eatures** + + +Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: + + +� Enable a few expert employees to create great customer experiences at scale.",0.20261437908496732,"* New business models
    \* Find new opportunities for revenue growth
    \* Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services ",0.7581699346405228,overnance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operationa,0.0784313725490196,"Improve top-line**: New business models, find new opportunities for revenue growth, deliver better (more personalized, more relevant) products and servic",0.19607843137254902,"tured data +- business models New +- Find new opportunities for revenue growth +- Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant\_) products and services +",0.1437908496732026,"ow): + - New business models + - Find new opportunities for revenue growth + - Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services",0.17647058823529413," | • New business models
    • Find new opportunities for revenue growth
    • Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services",0.7647058823529411,governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operation,0.7647058823529411,governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operation,79,manuals_sample +80,0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.9523809523809523,"**Page 7** � + + +",0.0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.8095238095238095,ENJOY POWERFUL AND IM,0.0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,0.8571428571428571,L AND IMPROVED TABLE ,0.0,EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL,80,manuals_sample +80,1,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.",0.01020408163265306,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES + +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll",0.9829931972789115,"**Page 7** � + + +",0.017006802721088437,".3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft Excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll",0.023809523809523808,".3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES** + +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scrol",0.006802721088435374,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft Excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.",0.11224489795918367,"OWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES + +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scro",0.003401360544217687,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.",0.003401360544217687,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.",0.01020408163265306,"1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES + +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll",0.027210884353741496,"3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES** + +Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scrol",80,manuals_sample +80,2,"1.3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications.",0.013100436681222707,"1.3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS + +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office application",0.9868995633187773,"**Page 7** � + + +",0.015283842794759825,"3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications",0.021834061135371178,"3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS** + +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office application",0.008733624454148471,"1.3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications",0.06986899563318777,"READSHEETS + +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications",0.008733624454148471,"1.3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications",0.008733624454148471,".3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications.",0.013100436681222707,".3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS + +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications",0.026200873362445413,".3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS** + +Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. + +Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applicat",80,manuals_sample +80,3,"2. ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and #####.",0.025454545454545455," ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) + + + +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and #####",0.9818181818181818,"**Page 7** � + + +",0.04363636363636364,"2. ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as `#REF!`, `#NULL!`, and ",0.025454545454545455," ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE)** + +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and #####",0.04,"RROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as `#REF!`, `#NULL!`, and `#####",0.01090909090909091,". ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) + +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and #####.",0.04363636363636364,"RROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) + +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as `#REF!`, `#NULL!`, and `####",0.01090909090909091,"2. ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) + +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and #####",0.01090909090909091,". ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) + +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and #####.",0.02909090909090909,". ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE)** + +If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and ###",80,manuals_sample +80,4,2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.,0.022058823529411766,".1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE + +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.",0.9632352941176471,"**Page 7** � + + +",0.029411764705882353,"2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell reference",0.051470588235294115,"1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE** + +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references",0.007352941176470588,"2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.",0.18382352941176472,"NVALID CELL REFERENCE + +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell refe",0.007352941176470588,"2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.",0.007352941176470588,"2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.",0.022058823529411766,"2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE + +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references",0.058823529411764705,"INVALID CELL REFERENCE** + +An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.",80,manuals_sample +80,5,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.0,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.9847908745247148,"**Page 7** � + + +",0.030418250950570342,"bove example, if you click on the cell that contains the `#REF!` error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with `#REF!`. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.0,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.030418250950570342,"above example, if you click on the cell that contains the `#REF!` error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with `#REF!`. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula",0.0,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.030418250950570342," above example, if you click on the cell that contains the `#REF!` error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with `#REF!`. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formul",0.0,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.0,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",0.0,"In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.",80,manuals_sample +80,6,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.0,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.9032258064516129,"**Page 7** � + + +",0.0,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.5806451612903226,an error message in Excel you m,0.0,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.6129032258064516, error message in Excel you mig,0.0,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.0,#REF! error in an Excel formula,0.5806451612903226,an error message in Excel you m,0.6129032258064516,n error message in Excel you mi,80,manuals_sample +81,0,INDEX Maintenance............................................ 1 Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. 2-5 Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. 6-9 Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. 10-13 Model AY11236........................................ 14-18 Warranty Information................................ Back Cover,0.551622418879056,"## INDEX + +| Maintenance | 1 | +|-|-| +| Model AY11240/Model AY11238. | 2-5 | +| Model AY11228/Model AY11232..... | 6-9 | +| Model AY11230/Model AY11234. | 10-13 | +| Model AY11236 | 14-18 | +| Warranty Information | Back Cover",0.13569321533923304,"# **INDEX** + +Maintenance............................................ + + +Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. + + +Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. + + +Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. + + +Model AY11236........................................ + + +Warranty Information................................",0.058997050147492625,"Maintenance............................................ 1 +Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. 2-5 +Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. 6-9 +Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. 10-13 +Model AY11236........................................ 14-18 +Warranty Information................................ Back C",0.6755162241887905,"# **INDEX** + +| Maintenance | 1 | +|-----------------------------|------------| +| Model AY11240/Model AY11238 | 2-5 | +| Model AY11228/Model AY11232 | 6-9 | +| Model AY11230/Model AY11234 | 10-13 | +| Model AY11236 | 14-18 | +| Warranty Information | Back Cover",0.22418879056047197,"```markdown +## INDEX +- Maintenance............................. 1 +- Model AY11240/Model AY11238............... 2-5 +- Model AY11228/Model AY11232............... 6-9 +- Model AY11230/Model AY11234............... 10-13 +- Model AY11236........................... 14-18 +- Warranty Information.................... Back Cover",0.11799410029498525,"## INDEX + +Maintenance............................................ + +Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. + +Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. 6-9 + +Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. + +Model AY11236........................................ + +Warranty Information................................",0.5899705014749262,"# INDEX + +| Section | Page | +| :--- | :--- | +| Maintenance | 1 | +| Model AY11240/Model AY11238 | 2-5 | +| Model AY11228/Model AY11232 | 6-9 | +| Model AY11230/Model AY11234 | 10-13 | +| Model AY11236 | 14-18 | +| Warranty Information | Back Cover",0.02359882005899705,"INDEX + +Maintenance............................................ 1 +Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. 2-5 +Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. 6-9 +Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. 10-13 +Model AY11236........................................ 14-18 +Warranty Information................................ Back Cove",0.6696165191740413,"## INDEX + +| Maintenance | | +|-----------------------------------|--| +| Model AY11240/Model AY112382-5 | | +| Model AY11228/Model AY11232 | | +| Model AY11230/Model AY11234 10-13 | | +| Model AY11236 | | +| Warranty Information ",0.02359882005899705,"* + +Maintenance............................................ 1 Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. 2-5 Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. 6-9 Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. 10-13 Model AY11236........................................ 14-18 Warranty Information................................ + +Back Cover",81,manuals_sample +81,1,"IMPORTANT NOTES Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32oF to 104oF. 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. 4. Do not subject the instrument to shock.",0.027649769585253458,"ORTANT NOTES + +Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. + +2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32°F to 104°F. + +3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. +Cover the instrument when not in use. + +4. Do not subject the instrument to shoc",0.8556067588325653,"IMPORTANT NOTES** + + +# **MODEL AY11240/AY11238** + + + +1 + + +2-5 + + +6-9 + + +10-13 + + +14-18 + + +Back Cover + + + +Turret + + +Objectives + + +Clips + +Stage + + +5-Hole +Diaphragm + + + +Eyepiece + + +Eyepiece +Set Screw + + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Stand + + + +Coarse +Adjustment + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Power +Lamp Cord + + +Switch + + +# **MAINTENANCE** + +**1** + + + +Objectives + + +Spring Clips + + +Stage + + + +5-Hole +Diaphragm + +Mirror + + + +**Model AY11240** **Model AY11238** + +# **MICROSCOPE USAGE** **CONSTRUCTION** + + +**2** + + +",0.0445468509984639,"ANT NOTES + +Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. +1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. +2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32°F to 104°F. +3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. **Cover the instrument when not in use.** +4. Do not subject the instrument to",0.04915514592933948,"Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +- 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. +- 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32oF to 104oF. +- 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. **Cover the instrument when not in use.** +- 4. Do not subject the instrument to shock. + +#",0.03840245775729647,"TANT NOTES +Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. +2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32°F to 104°F. +3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. **Cover the instrument when not in use.** +4. Do not subject the instrument to sh",0.07373271889400922,"ongratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. +2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32 o F to 104 o F. +3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. +4. Do not subject the instrument to s",0.11059907834101383,"ions on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. +2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of $32^\circ\text{F}$ to $104^\circ\text{F}$. +3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. **Cover the instrument when not in use.** +4. Do not subject the instrument to ",0.016897081413210446,"MPORTANT NOTES + +Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. +2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32°F to 104°F. +3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. +4. Do not subject the instrument to shock",0.03533026113671275,"RTANT NOTES + +Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +- 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. +- 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32°F to 104°F. +- 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. +- 4. Do not subject the instrument to ",0.09831029185867896,"ratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. + +- 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has + +- been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. + +- 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32[o] F to 104[o] F. + +- 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. + +**Cover the instrument when not in use.** + +- 4. Do not subject the instrume",81,manuals_sample +81,2,"MAINTENANCE Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: 1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. 2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. 3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: Wet weather: 1:2 Dry Weather: 1:1 4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. 5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container.",0.029069767441860465,"INTENANCE + +Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. + +2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. + +3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: +Wet weather: 1:2 +Dry Weather: 1:1 + +4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. + +5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof contai",0.9287790697674418,"Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. + + +Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. + + +Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. + + +Model AY11236........................................ + + +Warranty Information................................ + +# **IMPORTANT NOTES** + + +# **MODEL AY11240/AY11238** + + + +1 + + +2-5 + + +6-9 + + +10-13 + + +14-18 + + +Back Cover + + + +Turret + + +Objectives + + +Clips + +Stage + + +5-Hole +Diaphragm + + + +Eyepiece + + +Eyepiece +Set Screw + + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Stand + + + +Coarse +Adjustment + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Power +Lamp Cord + + +Switch + + +# **MAINTENANCE** + +**1** + + + +Objectives + + +Spring Clips + + +Stage + + + +5-Hole +Diaphragm + +Mirror + + + +**Model AY11240** **Mod",0.06976744186046512,"per care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: +1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. +2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. +3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: + * Wet weather: 1:2 + * Dry Weather: 1:1 +4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. +5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof c",0.03924418604651163,"Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +- 1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. +- 2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. +- 3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: Wet weather: 1:2 + +Dry Weather: 1:1 + +- 4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. +- 5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container",0.059593023255813955,"per care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. +2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. +3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: + - Wet weather: 1:2 + - Dry Weather: 1:1 +4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. +5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof contain",0.02616279069767442,"TENANCE + +Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. +2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. +3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: + +Wet weather: 1:2 + +Dry Weather: 1:1 + +4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. +5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container",0.04505813953488372,"Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. +2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. +3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: + - Wet weather: 1:2 + - Dry Weather: 1:1 +4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. +5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container",0.03197674418604651,"NANCE + +Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. +2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. +3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: + Wet weather: 1:2 + Dry Weather: 1:1 +4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. +5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof containe",0.04215116279069767,"Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +- 1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. +- 2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. +- 3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: Wet weather: 1:2 + +Drv Weather: 1:1 + +- 4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. +- 5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time. remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container",0.10465116279069768,"and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: + +- 1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. + +- 2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. + +- 3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts + +- gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol + +- and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: + +- Wet weather: 1:2 + +- Dry Weather: 1:1 + +- 4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. + +- 5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proo",81,manuals_sample +81,3,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,0.0,MODEL AY11240/AY11238,81,manuals_sample +81,4,MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.,0.010380622837370242,"ICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.",0.9204152249134948,"OTES** + + +# **MODEL AY11240/AY11238** + + + +1 + + +2-5 + + +6-9 + + +10-13 + + +14-18 + + +Back Cover + + + +Turret + + +Objectives + + +Clips + +Stage + + +5-Hole +Diaphragm + + + +Eyepiece + + +Eyepiece +Set Screw + + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Stand + + + +Coarse +Adjustment + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Power +Lamp Co",0.010380622837370242,"MICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction",0.02422145328719723,"MICROSCOPE USAGE** + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instructi",0.0034602076124567475,"MICROSCOPE USAGE +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.",0.010380622837370242,"MICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction",0.010380622837370242,"MICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction",0.010380622837370242,"MICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction",0.010380622837370242,"ICROSCOPE USAGE + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.",0.02768166089965398,"MICROSCOPE USAGE** + +BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruct",81,manuals_sample +81,5,"CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90o vertical to 45o level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45o angle. The head rotates 360o. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube.",0.014141414141414142,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90° vertical to 45° level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45° angle. The head rotates 360°. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube",0.8666666666666667,"ORTANT NOTES** + + +# **MODEL AY11240/AY11238** + + + +1 + + +2-5 + + +6-9 + + +10-13 + + +14-18 + + +Back Cover + + + +Turret + + +Objectives + + +Clips + +Stage + + +5-Hole +Diaphragm + + + +Eyepiece + + +Eyepiece +Set Screw + + + +Coarse +Adjustment +Knob + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Stand + + + +Coarse +Adjustment + + +Fine +Adjustment +Knob + + +Power +Lamp Cord + + +Switch + + +# **MAINTENANCE** + +**1** + + + +Objectives + + +Spring Clips + + +Stage + + + +5-Hole +Diaphragm + +Mirror + + + +**Model AY11240** **Model AY11238** + +# **MICROSCOPE USAGE** **CONSTRUCTION** + + +**2** + + +",0.014141414141414142,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90° vertical to 45° level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45° angle. The head rotates 360°. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube",0.014141414141414142,"NSTRUCTION** + +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90o vertical to 45o level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45o angle. The head rotates 360o. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube",0.010101010101010102,"CONSTRUCTION +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90° vertical to 45° level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45° angle. The head rotates 360°. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube.",0.030303030303030304,"RUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90 o vertical to 45 o level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45 o angle. The head rotates 360 o . The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tub",0.12727272727272726,"Y11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from $90^\circ$ vertical to $45^\circ$ level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. + +BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a $45^\circ$ angle. The head rotates $360^\circ$. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tub",0.014141414141414142,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90° vertical to 45° level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45° angle. The head rotates 360°. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube",0.014141414141414142,"CONSTRUCTION + +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90° vertical to 45° level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45° angle. The head rotates 360°. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube",0.044444444444444446,"* + +BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90[o] vertical to 45[o] level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45[o] angle. The head rotates 360[o] . The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube.",81,manuals_sample +82,0,"15.Click Finish to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.0,"15.Click Finish to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.1038961038961039,"15.Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9",0.1038961038961039,"lick **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.1038961038961039,"lick **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.1038961038961039,"lick **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.0,"15.Click Finish to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.1038961038961039,"lick **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",0.1038961038961039,"Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14",0.1038961038961039,"Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14",0.1038961038961039,"lick **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14.",82,manuals_sample +82,1,Figure 9-14 Migration is started,0.0,Figure 9-14 Migration is started,0.59375,"n Figure 9-14. + + +Chapter 9. Stor",0.0625,Figure 9-14 Migration is starte,0.0,Figure 9-14 Migration is started,0.0625,igure 9-14: Migration is started,0.125,Figure 9-14 Migration is start,0.0625,Figure 9-14: Migration is starte,0.125,igure 9-14** Migration is starte,0.0,Figure 9-14 Migration is started,0.125,Figure 9-14 Migration is start,82,manuals_sample +82,2,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.7011494252873564,"15.Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14. + + +Chapter 9. Storage migration **399** + + +",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",0.0,"The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.",82,manuals_sample +82,3,Figure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.0,Figure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.56,15.Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wi,0.02666666666666667,igure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.0,Figure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.02666666666666667,igure 9-15: The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.05333333333333334,gure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.02666666666666667,Figure 9-15: The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration windo,0.05333333333333334,igure 9-15** The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration windo,0.0,Figure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,0.05333333333333334,gure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window,82,manuals_sample +82,4,"16.If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the lsvdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.01818181818181818,"6. If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the 1svdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.7878787878787878,"15.Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14. + + +Chapter 9. Storage migration **399** + + +",0.030303030303030304," If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the `lsvdisksyncprogress` command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.048484848484848485,"6.If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the **lsvdisksyncprogress** command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-",0.03636363636363636,"If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the `lsvdisksyncprogress` command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16. +",0.0,"16.If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the lsvdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.07272727272727272,"If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the **`lsvdisksyncprogress`** command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-",0.048484848484848485,"f you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the **lsvdisksyncprogress** command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.0,"16.If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the lsvdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.",0.048484848484848485,".If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the **lsvdisksyncprogress** command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-1",82,manuals_sample +82,5,Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CLI,0.0,Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CLI,0.8269230769230769,"hown in Figure 9-14. + + +Chapter 9. Storage migration ",0.038461538461538464,Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CL,0.0,Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CLI,0.038461538461538464,igure 9-16: Checking migration progress by using CLI,0.07692307692307693,igure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CL,0.11538461538461539,ure 9-16:** Checking migration progress by using CLI,0.07692307692307693,Figure 9-16** Checking migration progress by using C,0.0,Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CLI,0.07692307692307693,igure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CL,82,manuals_sample +82,6,"17.When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click Finalize, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400.",0.011627906976744186,"17. When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click Finalize, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400",0.75,"15.Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14. + + +Chapter 9. Storage migration **399** + + +",0.046511627906976744,"hen the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click **Finalize**, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400.",0.046511627906976744,"When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click **Finalize**, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400",0.046511627906976744,"When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click **Finalize**, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400",0.011627906976744186,"17.When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click Finalize , as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400",0.046511627906976744,"When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click **Finalize**, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400",0.046511627906976744,"When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click **Finalize**, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400",0.046511627906976744,"When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click **Finalize**, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400",0.05813953488372093,".When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click **Finalize** , as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 4",82,manuals_sample +82,7,The data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies. Then unzone and remove the original storage system.,0.3632075471698113,ndicates that data migration has begun and provides instructions to use the finalize action in the Migration panel after completion to remove image-mode volume copies and unzone the original storage system. At th,0.7735849056603774,"15.Click **Finish** to end the storage migration wizard, as shown in Figure 9-14. + + +Chapter 9. Storage migration **399** + + +",0.08490566037735849,e data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the
    Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies.
    Then unzone and remove the original storage s,0.0660377358490566,he data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the
    Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies.
    Then unzone and remove the original storage sy,0.39622641509433965,"he accompanying text explains that after completion, the finalize action in the management GUI's Migration panel should be used to remove image-mode volume copies, then unzone and remove the original storage syst",0.7075471698113207,"he migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displaye",0.0,The data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies. Then unzone and remove the original storage system.,0.0,The data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies. Then unzone and remove the original storage system.,0.0,The data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies. Then unzone and remove the original storage system.,0.7075471698113207,"he migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displaye",82,manuals_sample +83,0,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).",0.0,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).",0.75,"The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81. + + +The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82. + + +**182** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 + + +",0.02531645569620253," content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click **Save** (see Figure 5-80)",0.02531645569620253,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click **Save** (see Figure 5-",0.02531645569620253,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click **Save** (see Figure 5-",0.0,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).",0.0,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).",0.0,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).",0.02531645569620253,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click **Save** (see Figure 5-",0.02531645569620253,"The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click **Save** (see Figure 5-",83,manuals_sample +83,1,Figure 5-80 Enabling login message,0.0,Figure 5-80 Enabling login message,0.5," Figure 5-81. + + +The banner message",0.17647058823529413,gure 5-80* *Enabling login messag,0.0,Figure 5-80 Enabling login message,0.058823529411764705,igure 5-80: Enabling login message,0.11764705882352941,gure 5-80 Enabling login message,0.058823529411764705,igure 5-80: Enabling login message,0.11764705882352941,igure 5-80** Enabling login messag,0.0,Figure 5-80 Enabling login message,0.11764705882352941,Figure 5-80 Enabling login messa,83,manuals_sample +83,2,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,0.0,The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.,83,manuals_sample +83,3,Figure 5-81 Welcome message in GUI,0.0,Figure 5-81 Welcome message in GUI,0.5294117647058824,"Figure 5-81. + + +The banner message ",0.17647058823529413,ure 5-81* *Welcome message in GUI,0.0,Figure 5-81 Welcome message in GUI,0.058823529411764705,Figure 5-81: Welcome message in GU,0.11764705882352941,Figure 5-81 Welcome message in G,0.058823529411764705,igure 5-81: Welcome message in GUI,0.11764705882352941,Figure 5-81** Welcome message in G,0.0,Figure 5-81 Welcome message in GUI,0.11764705882352941,gure 5-81 Welcome message in GUI,83,manuals_sample +83,4,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",0.0,"The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.",83,manuals_sample +83,5,Figure 5-82 Banner message in CLI,0.0,Figure 5-82 Banner message in CLI,0.48484848484848486,"Figure 5-81. + + +The banner message",0.18181818181818182,igure 5-82* *Banner message in C,0.0,Figure 5-82 Banner message in CLI,0.06060606060606061,Figure 5-82: Banner message in CL,0.12121212121212122,gure 5-82 Banner message in CLI,0.06060606060606061,Figure 5-82: Banner message in CL,0.12121212121212122,igure 5-82** Banner message in CL,0.0,Figure 5-82 Banner message in CLI,0.12121212121212122,igure 5-82 Banner message in CL,83,manuals_sample +83,6,182 Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.0,182 Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1,0.05333333333333334,82** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.,0.8666666666666667,"ng log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81. + +Storwize V7000 +Storage Managem",0.88,"lting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81. + +| Storwize V7000
    Storage M",0.7333333333333333," screen titled ""Storwize V7000 Storage Management"". It features ""Username"" ",0.7866666666666666," message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and ",0.8,mmary):** The Storwize V7000 login interface. It shows fields for Username ,0.05333333333333334," Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1 +",0.84,"n screen is shown in Figure 5-81. + +**Storwize V7000** + +Storage Management (",0.05333333333333334,82** Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.,83,manuals_sample +83,7,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.0,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.8484848484848485," is shown in Figure 5-81. + + +The banner message also appears in the",0.0,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.0,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.0,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.7878787878787878,"bout some important information about the system, such as security",0.0,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.0,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.0,This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted.,0.7878787878787878,"out some important information about the system, such as security ",83,manuals_sample +84,0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0392156862745098,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running syste,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0,12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,0.0392156862745098,2.3.3 Start activation process on a running system,84,manuals_sample +84,1,"To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: 1. Click Settings - System - Licensed Functions. 2. Click Encryption Licenses, as shown in Figure 12-9.",0.04519774011299435," activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +1. Click Settings → System → Licensed Functions. + +2. Click Encryption Licenses, as shown in Figure 12-9.",0.4689265536723164,"To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + + +2. Click **Encryption Licenses**, as shown in Figure 12-9. + + + + + +Chapter 12. Encryption **613** + + +",0.23163841807909605,"tivate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +1. Click **Settings** → **System** → **Licensed Functions**. +2. Click **Encryption Licenses**, as shown i",0.24858757062146894,"cryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +- 1. Click **Settings** → **System** → **Licensed Functions**. +- 2. Click **Encryption Licenses**, as shown in Figur",0.05649717514124294," activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +1. Click Settings → System → Licensed Functions. +2. Click Encryption Licenses, as shown in Figure 12-9",0.05649717514124294,"o activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +1. Click Settings → System → Licensed Functions . +2. Click Encryption Licenses , as shown in Figure 12-",0.21468926553672316,"vate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +1. Click **Settings** → **System** → **Licensed Functions**. +2. Click **Encryption Licenses**, as shown in Fi",0.04519774011299435,"o activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +1. Click Settings → System → Licensed Functions. + +2. Click Encryption Licenses, as shown in Figure 12-9",0.4067796610169492,"ctivate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +- 1. Click Settings $\rightarrow$ System $\rightarrow$ Licensed Functions. +- 2. Click **Encryption Lic",0.2824858757062147,"To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +- 1. Click **Settings** → **System** → **Licensed Functions** . + +- 2. Click **Encryption Licenses** ",84,manuals_sample +84,2,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.0,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.8048780487804879,"ick **Encryption Licenses**, as shown in Figure 12-9. + + + + + +Chapter 12. Encryption ",0.0,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.0,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.024390243902439025,Figure 12-9: Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions windo,0.04878048780487805,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions wind,0.024390243902439025,igure 12-9: Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.04878048780487805,igure 12-9** Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions windo,0.0,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window,0.04878048780487805,Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions wind,84,manuals_sample +84,3,"3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (Activate License Automatically and Activate License Manually), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page 617.",0.0,"3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (Activate License Automatically and Activate License Manually), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page 617.",0.8073836276083467,"# **12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system** + +To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + + +2. Click **Encryption Licenses**, as shown in Figure 12-9. + + + + + +Chapter 12. Encryption **613** + + +",0.038523274478330656,"he Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. +Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (**Activate License Automatically** and **Activate License Manually**), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, “Activate the license automatically” on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, “Activate the license manually” on pag",0.025682182985553772,"Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (**Activate License Automatically** and **Activate License Manually**), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page 617",0.025682182985553772,"he Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (**Activate License Automatically** and **Activate License Manually**), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page ",0.012841091492776886,"3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options ( Activate License Automatically and Activate License Manually ), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, 'Activate the license automatically' on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, 'Activate the license manually' on page 61",0.03210272873194221,"Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (**Activate License Automatically** and **Activate License Manually**), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, “Activate the license automatically” on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, “Activate the license manually” on page 617",0.0,"3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (Activate License Automatically and Activate License Manually), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page 617.",0.0,"3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (Activate License Automatically and Activate License Manually), as shown in Figure 12-10. Use either option to activate encryption. For more information about how to complete an automatic activation process, see 12.3.4, ""Activate the license automatically"" on page 614. For more information about how to complete a manual activation process, see 12.3.5, ""Activate the license manually"" on page 617.",0.7367576243980738,"## **12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system** + +To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +- 1. Click **Settings** → **System** → **Licensed Functions** . + +- 2. Click **Encryption Licenses** , as shown in Figure 12-9. + +**==> picture [397 x 226] intentionally omitted <==** + +_Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window_ + +**==> picture [412 x 96] intentionally omitted <==** + +**==> picture [397 x 139] intentionally omitted ",84,manuals_sample +84,4,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.0,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.6904761904761905,"# **12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system** + +To activate encryption",0.0,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.0,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.023809523809523808,Figure 12-10: Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryptio,0.047619047619047616,igure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryptio,0.023809523809523808,Figure 12-10: Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryptio,0.047619047619047616,gure 12-10** Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.0,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encryption,0.047619047619047616,Figure 12-10 Select the Control Enclosure on which you want to enable the encrypti,84,manuals_sample +84,5,Chapter 12. Encryption 613,0.0,Chapter 12. Encryption 613,0.15384615384615385,apter 12. Encryption **613,0.5,"age 617. + +| Encryption Lic",0.5769230769230769,"page 617. + +| ▼ Encryption ",0.5769230769230769,"t showing the ""Encryption ",0.6153846153846154,"e 12-9. +3. The Encryption ",0.5769230769230769," +To activate encryption on",0.15384615384615385,apter 12. Encryption 613,0.5769230769230769,"page 617. + +**▼ Encryption ",0.15384615384615385,hapter 12. Encryption **61,84,manuals_sample +84,6,"Licensed Functions Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance. Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance.",0.7105263157894737," Licensed Functions window + +3. The Encryption Licenses window displays information about your control enclosures. Right-click the enclosure on which you want to install an encryption license. This action opens a menu with two license activation options (Activate License Automatically and Activate Licens",0.7664473684210527,"# **12.3.3 Start activation process on a running system** + +To activate encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + + +2. Click **Encryption Licenses**, as shown in Figure 12-9. + + + + + +Chapter 12. Encryption **613** + + +",0.631578947368421,"------------------------------------------------ | +| Monitoring | Licensed Functions | Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance. | +| Pools | | ",0.4342105263157895," | Licensed Functions | Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license
    agreement for proof of compliance. | +| ŧ
    Pools | Update System | Number of enclosures
    10
    External Virtualization:
    Number of enclosures System selected. The ""Licensed Functions"" panel is displayed, listing license counts for features like External Virtualization and Remote Mirroring. A button labeled ""Encryption Licen",0.4276315789473684,"icensed Functions**
    Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance.

    External Virtualization: 10 Number of enclosures
    Remote Mirroring: 10 Number of enclosures
    Compression: 10 Number of enc",0.4473684210526316,"ces | + +Licensed Functions + + Additional licenses are required to use certain system functions. For auditing purposes, retain the license agreement for proof of compliance. + + +| External Virtualization: | 10 Number of enclosures | +|--------------------------|-------------------------| +| Remote Mirroring: ",0.7730263157894737,"→ **Licensed Functions** . + +- 2. Click **Encryption Licenses** , as shown in Figure 12-9. + +**==> picture [397 x 226] intentionally omitted <==** + +_Figure 12-9 Expanding Encryption Licenses section on the Licensed Functions window_ + +**==> picture [412 x 96] intentionally omitted <==** + +**==> picture",84,manuals_sample +84,7,Encryption Licenses Add the license keys for the following enclosures,0.5652173913043478,"l encryption license activation for their chosen control enclosure. + +",0.6231884057971014," encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + + +2. C",0.13043478260869565,ncryption Licenses
    Add the license keys for the following enclosu,0.2028985507246377,ncryption Licenses | Add the license keys for the following encl,0.6521739130434783,"e ""Encryption Licenses"" section, which lists enclosures. The header i",0.6521739130434783,yption Licenses window displays information about your control enclos,0.6086956521739131,"tion titled ""Encryption Licenses"" is shown with a table of enclosures",0.4782608695652174," | +| Add the license keys for the following enclosures | ",0.10144927536231885,"Encryption Licenses** + +Add the license keys for the following enclosu",0.6376811594202898,"te encryption on a running system, complete the following steps: + +- ",84,manuals_sample +85,0,SPECIFICATIONS 1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm 3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm 6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm 8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm 9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm,0.06413301662707839,"IFICATIONS + +1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm + +2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm + +3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) + +4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W + +5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm + +6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm + +7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm + +8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm + +9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm",0.8479809976247031," cover glass), otherwise when the 40x objective is used the +specimen cannot be observed. Observation is best when the +thickness of the cover glass is 0.1-1.1mm and the cover glass +is 0.17mm. +4. Plug power cord into an electrical outlet. Turn microscope +lamp ON. +5. Observe the specimen using the lowest magnification objective +first. The 10x objective provides a larger field of view making it +easier to search the specim",0.07600950118764846,"1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm +2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm +3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) +4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W +5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm +6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm +7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm +8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm +9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30m",0.08076009501187649," +- 1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm +- 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm +- 3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) +- 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W +- 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm +- 6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm +- 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude 40mm; Transversal 70mm +- 8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm +- 9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm",0.0688836104513064,"TIONS + +1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm +2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm +3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) +4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W +5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm +6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm +7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm +8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm +9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30m",0.026128266033254157,"SPECIFICATIONS + +1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm +2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm +3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) +4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W +5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm +6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm +7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm +8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm +9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30m",0.026128266033254157,"PECIFICATIONS + +1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm +2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm +3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) +4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W +5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm +6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm +7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm +8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm +9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm",0.026128266033254157,"PECIFICATIONS + +1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm +2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm +3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) +4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W +5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm +6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm +7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm +8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm +9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm",0.08076009501187649," +- 1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm +- 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm +- 3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) +- 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W +- 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm +- 6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm +- 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude 40mm; Transversal 70mm +- 8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm +- 9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm",0.15201900237529692,"h of mechanical tube: 160mm + +- 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm + +- 3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) + +- 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W + +- 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm + +- 6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm + +- 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm + +- 8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm + +- 9. Iris diaphragm aperture:",85,manuals_sample +85,1,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,0.0,Objective Specifications,85,manuals_sample +85,2,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,0.0,Classification,85,manuals_sample +85,3,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,0.0,Magnification,85,manuals_sample +85,4,Numerical Aperture,0.16666666666666666,umerical aperture:,0.3888888888888889,umerical
    Apertu,0.0,Numerical Aperture,0.16666666666666666,umerical aperture:,0.0,Numerical Aperture,0.0,Numerical Aperture,0.0,Numerical Aperture,0.0,Numerical Aperture,0.16666666666666666,umerical aperture:,0.1111111111111111,numerical aperture,85,manuals_sample +85,5,Working Distance,0.625,orking
    Dist,0.4375,rking
    Distanc,0.0,Working Distance,0.4375,king
    Distance,0.0,Working Distance,0.0,Working Distance,0.0,Working Distance,0.0,Working Distance,0.4375,Working
    Dista,0.625,onjugate distanc,85,manuals_sample +85,6,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,0.0,PARTS LIST,85,manuals_sample +85,7,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,0.0,Name,85,manuals_sample +85,8,Qty,0.0,Qty,0.0,Qty,0.0,Qty,1.0,the,0.0,Qty,0.0,Qty,0.0,Qty,0.0,Qty,0.0,Qty,0.0,Qty,85,manuals_sample +85,9,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,0.0,Microscope Stand,85,manuals_sample +85,10,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),0.0,4x (parfocal distance adjustable),85,manuals_sample +85,11,Achromatic Objective,0.5,chromatic
    Objec,0.35,hromatic
    Objectiv,0.0,Achromatic Objective,0.35,chromatic
    Objecti,0.0,Achromatic Objective,0.0,Achromatic Objective,0.0,Achromatic Objective,0.0,Achromatic Objective,0.0,Achromatic Objective,0.35,Achromatic
    Object,85,manuals_sample +85,12,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,0.0,10x,85,manuals_sample +85,13,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,0.0,Packing List,85,manuals_sample +86,0,Basic English Language Skills,0.0,Basic English Language Skills,0.0,Basic English Language Skills,0.0,Basic English Language Skills,0.8620689655172413,"article, but the article has ",0.0,Basic English Language Skills,0.896551724137931,"s: + +## Example A + + + +## Example B + +",0.24242424242424243,"lo Mr Smith +> +> I don't understand the assignment. Please help. +> +> Kind regards +> [Name] +> [Studen",0.1414141414141414,"Hello Mr Smith + +I don't understand the assignment. Please help. + +Kind regards +[Name] +[Student N",0.12121212121212122,"llo Mr Smith + +I don't understand the assignment. Please help. + +Kind regards + +[Name] + +[Student Numbe",0.8484848484848485,"lls + +Compare the following examples: + +## Example A + +**==> picture [472 x 256] intentionally omit",86,manuals_sample +86,3,"Hello Mr Smith Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? Kind regards [Name] [Student Number]",0.6220735785953178,"t is asking for help with question 2 of the assignment, specifically requesting assistance in finding a newspaper article that was referenced but not included in their study materials. The email is formatted professionally with a clear subject line and includes the student's name and student number",0.8561872909698997,"Basic English Language Skills + + +Compare the following examples: + + +Example A + + +Example B + + +",0.046822742474916385,"llo Mr Smith + +Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? + +Kind regards +[Name] +[Student Num",0.2809364548494983,"ello Mr Smith | Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a
    newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I
    could find a copy of the artic",0.046822742474916385," Mr Smith + +Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? + +Kind regards +[Name] +[Student Number",0.862876254180602,"## Compare the following examples: + +## Example A + + + +## Example B + +",0.07357859531772576," Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? +> +> Kind regards +> [Name] +> [Student Number]",0.046822742474916385," Mr Smith + +Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? + +Kind regards +[Name] +[Student Number",0.04013377926421405,"lo Mr Smith + +Could you please help me with question 2 of the Safety Management 101 assignment? The question refers to a newspaper article, but the article has not been included in my study material. Do you perhaps know where I could find a copy of the article? + +Kind regards + +[Name] + +[Student Number",0.7892976588628763,"Basic English Language Skills + +Compare the following examples: + +## Example A + +**==> picture [472 x 256] intentionally omitted <==** + +## Example B + +**==> picture [472 x 255] intentionally omitted <==** + +",86,manuals_sample +87,0,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.0,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.673469387755102,"action volumes. As a percentage of Network Services Segment revenue, salaries and benefits +fell from 27% for the year ended December 31, 1999 to 20% for the year ended December 31, 2000. + + +Selling, general and administrative costs allocated to the Network Services Segment decreased to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, +2000 from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The $500,000 cost decrease for the year ended December 31, 2000 results fro m +the net effect of (1) a $600,000 increase in the allocation of costs from the selling, general and administrative line of the Budapest pro c e s s i n g +center to the operating cost line, as discussed above, from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 to $3.5 for the year ended +December 31, 2000 and (2) a $100,000 increase in costs associated with the expansion of the Company’s network operations. + + +D e p reciation and amortization increased to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $7.4 million for the year ended December +31, 1999. The increases are due primarily to the increase in the number of owned ATMs as discussed pre v i o u s l y. The Company also re c o rded an +$800,000 write-down of certain ATM hard w a re assets for the year ended December 31, 2000, as pre",0.0007849293563579278,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company’s liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.03767660910518053,"s in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to \$24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from \$21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, i n t e rcompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled \$3.5 million and \$2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, re s p e c t i v e l y. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of \$1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hard w a re. Direct operating costs also include a \$657,000 gain realized in 1999 f rom the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 we",0.0,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.06750392464678179,"ting costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, i n t e rcompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, re s p e c t i v e l y. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hard w a re. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 f rom the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended D",0.0007849293563579278,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company’s liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.0,"Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:",0.023547880690737835,"rating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to \$24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from \$21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $$3.5$ million and $$2.9$ million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $$1.2$ million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a \$657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 ",0.029042386185243328,"ating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, i n t e rcompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, re s p e c t i v e l y. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company’s liability for import taxes on ATM hard w a re. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 f rom the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 199",87,finance_samples +87,1,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,0.0,Transaction processing and ATM monitoring,87,finance_samples +87,2,"5,242",0.0,"5,242",0.8,", 2 4",0.0,"5,242",0.8,", 2 4",0.0,"5,242",0.0,"5,242",0.0,"5,242",0.0,"5,242",0.0,"5,242",0.6,", 4 2",87,finance_samples +87,3,"4,205",0.0,"4,205",0.6,"1, 20",0.0,"4,205",0.6,"1, 20",0.0,"4,205",0.0,"4,205",0.0,"4,205",0.0,"4,205",0.0,"4,205",0.8,", 2 0",87,finance_samples +87,4,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,0.0,Other,87,finance_samples +88,0,"The project consists of three well-defined miner- alised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by under- ground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)1.",0.015655577299412915," + +The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)1. + +",0.786692759295499,"s portion of Nueva Esperanza was +completed in late 2012, demonstrating that open +pit mining at two million tonnes per year and +processing by milling and agitation leaching in +cyanide was technically feasible. Work remained +to integrate the Teterita and Chimberos deposits +into the project, as well as to test lower cost +options for processing. Continued metallurgical +testwork has shown that mineralisation from all +three deposits by heap leaching is technically and +economically feasible and the preferred alte",0.01761252446183953,"The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)¹. + +A ",0.015655577299412915,"The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)1 . + +A",0.015655577299412915," +The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)[^1].",0.015655577299412915,"The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60) 1 . + +",0.015655577299412915,"The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)[^1]. +",0.019569471624266144,"The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)1",0.019569471624266144,"The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)1",0.015655577299412915," +The project consists of three well-defined mineralised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by underground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)[1] .",88,finance_samples +88,1,"1 Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",0.0,"1 Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",0.7990196078431373," Nueva +Esperanza is located in the Maricunga Gold Belt +near Copiapó, a regional mining centre in +Northern Chile. The silver-rich mineralisation is +hosted by the Esperanza high-sulphidation +epithermal alte",0.0196078431372549," Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content *divided* by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60)",0.0196078431372549," Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content *divided* by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60)",0.0196078431372549," Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent = silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60)",0.0,"1 Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",0.004901960784313725," Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",0.00980392156862745," Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60). +",0.0,"1 Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",0.0196078431372549,"Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content _divided_ by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60).",88,finance_samples +89,0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.7682539682539683,"ndergone many changes + +since we published our first directory in 1906, as The Farmers’ Mutual +Telephone System of Shenandoah County. In 1906, the entire phone number +listings were on 15 pages. The first Company directory to include yellow +pages was distributed in 1946. That year local businesses invested in a new +way to reach their potential customers. + + +Early in 2003, we conducted a customer survey to measure potential +public acceptance of a regional phone directory for the six-county area. The +findings of the survey indicated almost 60% would likely use an expanded six-county directory, with a +fourth of all respondents ",0.0015873015873015873,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone’s directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.012698412698412698,"e goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customer",0.0015873015873015873,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone’s directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.0,"The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",0.014285714285714285,"goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone’s directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.",89,finance_samples +89,1,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.7678916827852998,"ny directory to include yellow +pages was distributed in 1946. That year local businesses invested in a new +way to reach their potential customers. + + +Early in 2003, we conducted a customer survey to measure potential +public acceptance of a regional phone directory for the six-county area. The +findings of the survey indicated almost 60% would likely use an expanded six-county directory, with a +fourth of all respondents saying they would use a regional directory more often than the directory they +currently had in t",0.0,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0038684719535783366,"n December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.",0.0038684719535783366,"In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits",89,finance_samples +89,2,"Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six- county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",0.005865102639296188," +Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six-county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",0.7360703812316716,"year local businesses invested in a new +way to reach their potential customers. + + +Early in 2003, we conducted a customer survey to measure potential +public acceptance of a regional phone directory for the six-county area. The +findings of the survey indicated almost 60% would likely use an expanded six-county directory, with a +fourth of all",0.005865102639296188," +Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six-county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",0.011730205278592375," +Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the sixcounty area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking. +",0.005865102639296188," +Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six-county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",0.17008797653958943,"usinesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the sixcounty area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walk",0.005865102639296188," +Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six-county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",0.005865102639296188,"Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six-county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking. +",0.011730205278592375," +Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the sixcounty area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking. +",0.011730205278592375," +Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the sixcounty area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.",89,finance_samples +89,3,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.7560975609756098,"ystem of Shenandoah County. In 1906, the entire phone number +listings were on 15 pages. The first Company directory to inc",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",0.0,"Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch.",89,finance_samples +90,0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.9090909090909091,"ecutives on an annual basis that +reinforce t",0.022727272727272728,Net profit / (loss) after income tax (‘000s),0.0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.0,Net profit / (loss) after income tax ('000s),0.8181818181818182,es the performance of the Group over the las,90,finance_samples +90,1,"32,522",0.0,"32,522",0.8333333333333334,# **52,0.0,"32,522",0.0,"32,522",0.0,"32,522",0.0,"32,522",0.0,"32,522",0.0,"32,522",0.16666666666666666,32.522,0.6666666666666666,**52,90,finance_samples +90,2,"73,066",0.0,"73,066",1.0," 2012,",0.0,"73,066",0.0,"73,066",0.0,"73,066",0.0,"73,066",0.0,"73,066",0.0,"73,066",0.16666666666666666,73.066,0.8333333333333334,370] i,90,finance_samples +90,3,"20,879",0.0,"20,879",0.8333333333333334," 2012,",0.0,"20,879",0.0,"20,879",0.0,"20,879",0.0,"20,879",0.0,"20,879",0.0,"20,879",0.16666666666666666,20.879,0.6666666666666666,"2012, ",90,finance_samples +90,4,"75,006",0.0,"75,006",1.0,# **5,0.0,"75,006",0.0,"75,006",0.0,"75,006",0.0,"75,006",0.0,"75,006",0.0,"75,006",0.16666666666666666,75.006,0.8333333333333334, [505 ,90,finance_samples +90,5,"(323,726)",0.0,"(323,726)",0.8888888888888888,"y 2012, t",0.0,"(323,726)",0.0,"(323,726)",0.0,"(323,726)",0.0,"(323,726)",0.0,"(323,726)",0.0,"(323,726)",0.0,"(323,726)",1.0,"2, the Gr",90,finance_samples +90,6,KMP short term employee benefits How much can the executives earn under the STI Plan?,0.5176470588235295," | +|-|-| +| How much can the executives earn under the STI Plan? | T",0.6941176470588235," from 1 July 2012, the Group implemented an STI Plan. The objectives of the STI Plan ",0.4823529411764706,"------------------ | +| How much can the executives earn under the STI Plan? | **Thre",0.7764705882352941, How much can the
    executives earn under
    the STI Plan? | Threshold – Represents,0.6941176470588235," from 1 July 2012, the Group implemented an STI Plan. The objectives of the STI Plan ",0.6,"----------| +| How much can the executives earn under the STI Plan? | Threshold - Rep",0.36470588235294116," year commencing 1 July). | +| **How much can the executives earn under the STI Plan?*",0.5058823529411764," | +| How much can the executives earn under the STI Plan? | **Threshold",0.7764705882352941, How much can the
    executives earn under
    the STI Plan? | Threshold – Rep,0.7058823529411765,"e from 1 July 2012, the Group implemented an STI Plan. The objectives of the STI Plan",90,finance_samples +90,7,"Threshold - Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. p y Managing Director / CEO - up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 10% of TFR. Target - Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. y g q p j Managing Director / CEO - up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 20% of TFR. Stretch (Maximum) - Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. Managing Director / CEO - up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 40% of TFR. (TFR - Total Fixed Remuneration)",0.04171011470281543," | Threshold – Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. Managing Director / CEO – up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 10% of TFR. Target – Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. Managing Director / CEO – up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 20% of TFR. Stretch (Maximum) – Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. Managing Director / CEO – up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 40% of TFR. (TFR - Total Fixed Remuneration) ",0.7570385818561001,"# **52** + +Directors’ Report + + +The following summarises the performance of the Group over the last five years: + + +Short-Term Incentives + + +Effective from 1 July 2012, the Group implemented an STI Plan. The objectives of the STI Plan are to link the remuneration of certain executives to their +performance and the performance of the Group. The Board set key performance measures and indicators for individual executives on an annual basis that +reinforce the Group’s business plan and targets for the year. + + +Key features of the STI Plan are outlined in the following table. + + +Overview of the STI Plan + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +www.kingsgate.com.au + + + + +",0.07820646506777894,"sents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 10% of TFR.
    **Target** – Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 20% of TFR.
    **Stretch (Maximum)** – Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 40% of TFR.
    *(TFR - Total Fixed Remuneratio",0.06465067778936393,"old – Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be
    payable in relation to that Performance Measure.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 10% of TFR.
    Target – Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will
    normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 20% of TFR.
    Stretch (Maximum) – Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 40% of TFR.
    (TFR - Total Fixed Remunerat",0.09176225234619395,"epresents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. +* Managing Director / CEO – up to 15% of TFR +* COO & CFO – up to 12.5% of TFR +* Other Key Management Personnel – up to 10% of TFR + +**Target** – Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. +* Managing Director / CEO – up to 30% of TFR +* COO & CFO – up to 25% of TFR +* Other Key Management Personnel – up to 20% of TFR + +**Stretch (Maximum)** – Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. +* Managing Director / CEO – up to 60% of TFR +* COO & CFO – up to 50% of TFR +* Other Key Management Personnel – up to 40% of TFR + +(TFR - Total Fixed Re",0.029197080291970802,"STI Plan? | Threshold - Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. Managing Director / CEO - up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 10% of TFR. Target - Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. Managing Director / CEO - up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 20% of TFR. Stretch (Maximum) - Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. Managing Director / CEO - up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 40% of TFR. (TFR - Total Fixed Remuneration) ",0.09280500521376434,"Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 10% of TFR.

    **Target** – Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 20% of TFR.

    **Stretch (Maximum)** – Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 40% of TFR.

    *(TFR - Total Fixed ",0.10010427528675704,"*Threshold** – Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 10% of TFR.

    **Target** – Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 20% of TFR.

    **Stretch (Maximum)** – Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 40% of TFR.
    <",0.09280500521376434,"esents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be
    payable in relation to that Performance Measure.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 10% of TFR.
    Target – Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will
    normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 20% of TFR.
    Stretch (Maximum) – Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement.
    Managing Director / CEO – up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO – up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel – up to 40% of TFR.
    (TFR - Total Fixed Remun",0.7528675703858185,"**52** + +Directors’ Report + +The following summarises the performance of the Group over the last five years: + +**==> picture [505 x 98] intentionally omitted <==** + +## Short-Term Incentives + +Effective from 1 July 2012, the Group implemented an STI Plan. The objectives of the STI Plan are to link the remuneration of certain executives to their performance and the performance of the Group. The Board set key performance measures and indicators for individual executives on an annual basis that reinforce the Group’s business plan and targets for the year. + +Key features of the STI Plan are outlined in the following table. + +**==> picture [505 x 370] intentionally omitted <==** + +www.kingsgate.com.au + +",90,finance_samples +92,0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.2727272727272727,loration opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,0.0,Creating Opportunities,92,finance_samples +92,1,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,0.0,DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY,92,finance_samples +92,2,"Exploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: * acquiring new exploration acreage * adding material exploration prospects * drilling wildcat exploration wells. SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004 Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with gas shows.",0.021768103065304308,"Exploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +- acquiring new exploration acreage + +- adding material exploration prospects + +• drilling wildcat +exploration wells. + +SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004 +Santos' 2004 exploration effort +produced good results, as the +Company high graded its +exploration acreage and started +drilling one of the most exciting +portfolios in the industry. + +Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the + +Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned wi",0.9835628609506886,"Creating Opportunities + +# DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY + + + + + + + + + + +",0.02265659706796979,"key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +* acquiring new exploration acreage +* adding material exploration prospects +* drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +**SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004** +Santos’ 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. + +Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with gas sho",0.023545091070635273,"tion is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +- acquiring new exploration acreage +- adding material exploration prospects +- drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +## **SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004** + +Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. + +Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending \$126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned wit",0.02221235006663705,"tion is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +* acquiring new exploration acreage +* adding material exploration prospects +* drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +**SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004** +Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned wit",0.41092847623278544,"## DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY + +Exploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +- acquiring new exploration acreage + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + + + +- adding material exploration prospects +- drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +## SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004 + +Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. + +'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering. ' + +## JACQUES GOUADAIN + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with gas shows.",0.023545091070635273,"oration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +* acquiring new exploration acreage +* adding material exploration prospects +* drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +## SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004 + +Santos’ 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. + +Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned",0.02221235006663705,"xploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +• acquiring new exploration acreage + +• adding material exploration prospects + +• drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +## SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004 + +Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. + +Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandone",0.019991115059973346,"tion is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +- acquiring new exploration acreage +- adding material exploration prospects +- drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +## SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004 + +Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. + +Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending \$126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with ga",0.033762772101288314,"oration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: + +- • acquiring new exploration acreage + +- • adding material exploration prospects + +- • drilling wildcat exploration wells. + +**SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004** Santos’ 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. + +Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. + +The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. + +Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. + +The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. + +Santos also had further exploration successes in the + +Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. + +There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. + +Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugg",92,finance_samples +92,3,'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.',0.0,'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.',0.8883248730964467,"Creating Opportunities + +# DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY + + + + + + + + + + +",0.01015228426395939,‘2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.’,0.0,'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.',0.0,'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.',0.01015228426395939,2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering. ',0.015228426395939087,"2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.’ +",0.0,'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.',0.01015228426395939," +'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.",0.015228426395939087,2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.’*,92,finance_samples +92,4,JACQUES GOUADAIN Vice President Geoscience and New Ventures,0.06779661016949153,"ACQUES GOUADAIN + +Vice President +Geoscience and New Ventures",0.8305084745762712,Creating Opportunities,0.3389830508474576," GOUADAIN** +> Vice President +> Geoscience and New Ventu",0.11864406779661017,"QUES GOUADAIN** + +Vice President Geoscience and New Ventures",0.13559322033898305,"UES GOUADAIN +> Vice President +> Geoscience and New Ventures",0.3220338983050847,"h gas shows. + +Vice President Geoscience and New Ventures + +S",0.2033898305084746,"S GOUADAIN** +Vice President +Geoscience and New Ventures",0.2033898305084746,"ACQUES GOUADAIN** +Vice President +Geoscience and New Ven",0.05084745762711865,"JACQUES GOUADAIN + +Vice President Geoscience and New Venture",0.06779661016949153,JACQUES GOUADAIN** Vice President Geoscience and New Ventur,92,finance_samples +92,5,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",0.62,toria as part of deep water drilling preparations.,0.89,"Creating Opportunities + +# DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY + + + + + + + + + + +",0.0,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",0.0,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",0.0,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",0.74,"to production only two months after drilling was completed. + +Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin",0.0,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",0.0,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",0.0,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",0.0,"Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria.",92,finance_samples +94,0,"The Promise of Emerging Markets Expanding Poland's Payment Infrastructure Although still under- developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel - further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland.",0.0453857791225416,"ise of +Emerging Markets + +POLAND + +Expanding Poland's +Payment +Infrastructure + +Although still underdeveloped compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. + +Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country – ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland",0.7806354009077155,"ce is rapidly taking shape with greater technology support, + +well-designed infrastructure and rapidly growing networks, as well + +as a critical mass of users. So the shift to new electronic payment + +channels is on, and the number of electronic financial transactions + +has grown tremendously. + + +Euronet Worldwide continuously monitors cash-based economies to + +identify their readiness to embrace electronic payment and transaction + +alternatives. With ATM, point-of-sale (POS), interactive voice response + +(IVR), Internet, mobile solutions and other innovative payment options, + +we can play a vital role in developing the electronic payments fabric + +of these count",0.07715582450832073," Emerging Markets** +> *Expanding Poland’s Payment Infrastructure* +> +> Although still under-developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. +> +> Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country – ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric i",0.03328290468986384,"romise of **Emerging Markets** + +Expanding Poland's Pavment Infrastructure + +Although still under- + +developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. + +Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Pola",0.01664145234493192,"e Promise of Emerging Markets: Expanding Poland's Payment Infrastructure** + +Although still underdeveloped compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country – ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland.",0.25113464447806355,"rastructure and rapidly growing networks, as well as a critical mass of users. So the shift to new electronic payment channels is on, and the number of electronic financial transactions has grown tremendously. + +Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel - further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland.",0.06505295007564296," Expanding Poland’s Payment Infrastructure + +Although still under-developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. + +Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country – ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland. +```",0.02723146747352496," Promise of Emerging Markets +#### Expanding Poland's Payment Infrastructure + +Although still under-developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. + +Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country – ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Pola",0.03328290468986384,"omise of **Emerging Markets** + +Expanding Poland's Pavment Infrastructure + +Although still under- + +developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. + +Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Polan",0.2708018154311649,"sale (POS), interactive voice response (IVR), Internet, mobile solutions and other innovative payment options, we can play a vital role in developing the electronic payments fabric of these countries. + +_Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country – ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel – further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland._ + +In ",94,finance_samples +94,1,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.05673758865248227,w business solutions are thriving as traditional banking_ _environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments_ _and transaction,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,0.0,New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.,94,finance_samples +94,2,"While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities - particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa.",0.03215434083601286,"ile credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, + +the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's + +where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging + +markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa",0.03858520900321544,"ile credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, +### the model is quite different in many “cash-based” economies around the world. And that’s where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Afric",0.01929260450160772," +While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many “cash-based” economies around the world. And that’s where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa",0.1639871382636656," + +hile credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging + +![](_page_0_Picture_4.jpeg) + +## The Promise of **",0.00964630225080386," +While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa",0.13504823151125403,"d for electronic transactions in W estern Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many 'cash-based' economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities - particularly in the emerging W + + + +markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa",0.01607717041800643,"While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many “cash-based” economies around the world. And that’s where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa,",0.006430868167202572,"While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa,",0.15755627009646303," +hile credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many ""cash-based"" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging + +![](_page_0_Picture_4.jpeg) + +# The Promise of **Em",0.01929260450160772," +hile credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many “cash-based” economies around the world. And that’s where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities – particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa,",94,finance_samples +97,0,"1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.",0.0,"1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.",0.7949640287769785,"on, it is treated as an income tax for +financial reporting purposes. + + +3) This income tax benefit results from the election to consolidate certain Australian subsidiaries for income +tax purposes effective 1 January 2014, making previously unrecognized deferred tax assets of one",0.0,"1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.",0.014388489208633094,"1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of \$3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which \$2,064 were unrecognize",0.01079136690647482," The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized. +",0.007194244604316547,"1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized",0.0035971223021582736,"1. The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.",0.0,"1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.",0.014388489208633094,"1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of \$3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which \$2,064 were unrecognize",0.07194244604316546," Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant| +|||portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044| +|||creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecogniz",97,finance_samples +98,0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,0.0,ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO,98,finance_samples +98,1,"In 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004.",0.5976744186046512," 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004. + +As a result of this activity, +Santos realised an after-tax profit +of $47.4 million on oil and gas +asset sales and will continue to +high-grade its portfolio on an +ongoing basis. + +23 + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +In addition, an exploration joint venture was formed with ConocoPhillips in the NT/P61 block offshore Darwin, Northern Territory, to drill the Caldita well and provide Santos with access rights to a potential expansion of the Wickham Point LNG facility. This deal further enhances Santos' infrastructure strategy to leverage its position within vital infrastructure to improve shareholder value while reducing the risk profile of the wildcat exploration program. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +The acquisition of these Victorian gas interests strengthens Santos' domestic gas and infrastructure strategy that was further enhanced by the OMV purchase announced early in 2005. Importantly, Santos is ",0.7319767441860465,", Santos + +expanded its offshore Victorian + +gas interests to 50% in both the + +Patricia-Baleen and the Sole gas + +fields through the acquisition + +from Trinity Gas Resources of an + +additional 30% interest in the + +Patricia-Baleen gas field and + +associated processing facilities in + +eastern Victoria and an additional + +15% interest in the Sole gas field. + + +Santos earned its 30% additional + +equity in the Patricia-Baleen gas + +field by meeting Trinity’s + +remaining share of drilling costs + +on the Baleen 4 well which was + +drilled successfully as a sidetrack + +well of Baleen 3. Santos will earn + +its 15% additional equity in the + +Sole gas field by meeting certain + +development costs on behalf of + +Trinity, if and when the Sole joint + +venture partners proceed to + +develop this gas resource. + + + +The acquisition of these Victorian + +gas interests strengthens Santos’ + +domestic gas and infrastructure + +strategy that was further + +enhanced by the OMV purchase + +announced early in 2005. + +Importantly, Santos is now the + +operator of the strategic Orbost + +gas processing facility. + + +Late in the year, Santos sold its + +18.02% share in the Carpentaria + +Gas Pipeline between Ballera + +and Mount Isa in Queensland + +to Australian Pipeline Trust for + +$59 million, resulting in a + +$21 million after-tax profit + +that was booked in the 2004 + +financial year. + + + + + +Annual Report 2004 23 + + +",0.011627906976744186,"04, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum’s Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco’s takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004",0.01918604651162791,"In 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of \$47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US\$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US\$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan + +Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately \$10.6 million. + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for \$25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of \$18 million that was bo",0.010465116279069767,"2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 20",0.17848837209302326,"stralia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. + +The acquisition of these Victorian gas interests strengthens Santos' domestic gas and infrastructure strategy that was further enhanced by the OMV purchase announced early in 2005. Importantly, Santos is now the operator of the strategic Orbost gas processing facility. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004.",0.011627906976744186," 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum’s Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco’s takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2",0.010465116279069767,"n 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in ",0.01918604651162791,"n 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of \$47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US\$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US\$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan + +Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately \$10.6 million. + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for \$25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of \$18 million that was boo",0.01744186046511628,"n 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. + +As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. + +Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum’s Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco’s takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. + +Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. + +This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. + +Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan + +Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. + +Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was bo",98,finance_samples +100,0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.7754010695187166,"hese high cost barrels come from long lead time projects +that have significant sunk costs so are comparatively slow to react. US shale plays, for +the most part, are not the marginal cost barrel but, because of the short lead times, are +often the quickest to react. + + +While the supply reaction is well under way, demand continues to grow with the economy +(net of efficiency improvements) meaning that, like often in history, market fundamentals +will ultimately come back into balance and beyond, resulting in a period of under-supply +and, therefore, higher than normal prices. While this scenario seems likely as a historical +matter, it is also virtually impossible to predict timing with any degree of accuracy. +Fortunately, since US shale is not t",0.0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.013368983957219251,"his has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low , there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2",0.0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0,"This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.",0.0106951871657754,"his has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 20",100,finance_samples +100,1,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.010416666666666666,"Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale +acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and +strong balance sheet.",0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,0.0,Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet.,100,finance_samples +101,0,"ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Kutei Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popodi, Donggala and Papalang. 2004 also marked the year that Santos drilled its first operated deep water wells - a significant achievement for a company that had its beginnings in a desert environment.",0.36374269005847953,"ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS + +Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +**2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY CATEGORY** + +| Category | Expenditure | +| :--- | :--- | +| Drilling | $63.6 million | +| Geoscience and other | $37.5 million | +| Seismic | $17.2 million | +| New ventures | $7.3 million | + +**2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY REGION** + +| Region | Expenditure | +| :--- | :--- | +| Offshore Australia | $32.6 million | +| On",0.8,"e. + + +Santos continues to seek other + +exploration opportunities in this + +area, concentrating on the Gulf + +of Suez and the onshore Desert + +Basins. + + +Santos has acquired six + +exploration permits in Indonesia + +over the past three years, + +including an interest in the + +Donggala PSC in the Kutei Basin + +during late 2004. This block lies + +between Santos’ other Kutei + +acreage: the Papalang and + +Popodi PSCs. + + +The addition of the Donggala PSC + +gives Santos a particularly strong + +presence in the Kutei Basin and + +covers a highly prospective trend, + +while adding to the Company’s + +growing Indonesian operations. + + +Other exploration acreage + +portfolio management and + +activities during 2004 included: + + + - the award of exploration permit + +T/36P in the Sorell Basin, + +offshore Tasmania + + +16 Annual Report 2004 + + + + +- the addition of three new + +venture areas in the ",0.4,"ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS + +Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on ‘basin excellence’. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +| 2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY CATEGORY | 2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY CATEGORY | 2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY REGION | 2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY REGION | +| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | +| ■ Dril",0.35789473684210527,"DING MATERIAL PROSPECTS** + +Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +## **2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY CATEGORY** + +![](_page_0_Figure_18.jpeg) + +- Geoscience and other \$37.5 million +- Seismic \$17.2 million + +New ventures \$7.3 million + +An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Kutei Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popodi, Donggala and Papalang.",0.3497076023391813,"artners. + +# ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS + +Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +2004 also marked the year that Santos drilled its first operated deep water wells – a significant achievement for a company that had its beginnings in a desert environment. + +![Figure A: 2004 Exploration Expenditure by Category](placeholder-figure-A.png) + +**Figure A (summary): 2004 Exploration Expenditure by Category.** +This pie chart ",0.36374269005847953,"# ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS + +Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence' . This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +## 2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY CATEGORY + + + +$7.3 million + +## 2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY REGION + + + +Offshore Australia + +$32.6 million + +Onshore Australia + +$23.4 million + +South East Asia + +$41.4 million + +United States + +$28.2 million + +An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Kutei Basin,",0.0935672514619883," is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on ‘basin excellence’. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +> **Key Highlights:** +> +> * An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Kutei Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popodi, Donggala and Papalang. +> * 2004 also marked the year that Santos drilled its first operated deep water wells – a significant achievement for a company that had its beginnings in a desert enviro",0.3871345029239766,"ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS + +Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +16 Santos Annual Report 2004 +",0.36257309941520466,"# ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS + +Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +## 2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY CATEGORY + +![](_page_0_Figure_18.jpeg) + +- \$37.5 million +- Seismic \$17.2 million + +New ventures \$7.3 million + +An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Kutei Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popodi, Donggala and Papalang. + +## 2004 EXPLORATION E",0.36608187134502923,"ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS** Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. + +This has been achieved by focusing on ‘basin excellence’. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. + +**2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY CATEGORY** + +**2004 EXPLORATION EXPENDITURE BY REGION** + +**==> picture [65 x 82] intentionally omitted <==** + +- Drilling $63.6 million + + - Offshore Australia $32.6 million Onshore Australia $23.4 million South East Asia $41.4 million United States $28.2 million + +- Geoscience and other $37.5 million + +- Se",101,finance_samples +102,0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.7692307692307693,iles of Distribution WireMiles of Distr,0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.10256410256410256,(See note $(3)$ for definitions of term,0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),0.0,(See note (3) for definitions of terms),102,finance_samples +102,1,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),0.0,PCS Market POPS (000),102,finance_samples +102,2,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",102,finance_samples +102,3,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",102,finance_samples +102,4,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",102,finance_samples +102,5,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",102,finance_samples +102,6,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",0.0,"2,048",102,finance_samples +102,7,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),0.0,PCS Covered POPS (000),102,finance_samples +102,8,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",102,finance_samples +102,9,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",0.0,"1,581",102,finance_samples +102,10,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",102,finance_samples +102,11,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",0.0,"1,574",102,finance_samples +102,12,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",0.0,"1,555",102,finance_samples +103,0,"(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk catego- ries are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspec- tives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring con- sistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies.",0.01012292118582791,"(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +## (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management + +SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies.",0.7512653651482285,"s encapsulated the basic principles to be employed + +in risk management in the manual entitled _Regulations on Risk_ + +_Management_ . In the manual, we have specified the basic policies + +for risk management: 1) Set forth SMFG’s Groupwide basic policies + +for risk management after specifying the categories of risk to which + +these policies apply; 2) Provide all necessary guidance to Group + +companies to enable them to follow the basic risk management + +policies set forth by SMFG and set up their own appropriate risk + +management systems; and 3) Monitor the implementation of risk + +management by all Group companies to ensure that their practices + +meet the relevant standards. + + +- **SMFG’s Risk Management System** + + + +Under SMFG’s Groupwide basic policies for risk management, + +all Group companies periodically carry out reviews of the basic + +management policies for each risk category, or whenever deemed + +necessary, thus ensuring that the policies followed at any time + +are the most appropriate. The management of SMFG constantly + +monitors the conduct of risk management at Group companies, + +providing guidance when necessary. + + +**Risk Management System** + +Top management plays an active role in determining SMFG’s + +Groupwide basic policies for risk management. The system works + +as follows: The basic policies for risk management are determined + +by the Management Committee before be",0.04266088214027477," Be Managed +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: +* (1) credit risk, +* (2) market risk, +* (3) liquidity risk and +* (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). + +In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +## (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management +SMFG’s Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group compani",0.01012292118582791,"(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +## (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management + +SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies.",0.03109182935647144,"## (1) Types of Risk to Be Managed + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: +1. credit risk +2. market risk +3. liquidity risk +4. operational risk (including processing risk and system risk) + +In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +## (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management + +SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies. + +U",0.01735357917570499,"Types of Risk to Be Managed + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +## (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management + +SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies",0.035430224150397684," + +### (1) Types of Risk to Be Managed + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: +1. Credit risk +2. Market risk +3. Liquidity risk +4. Operational risk (including processing risk and system risk) + +In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +### (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management + +SMFG’s Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies. + +U",0.011569052783803326,"1) Types of Risk to Be Managed + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +### (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management + +SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies.",0.01012292118582791,"(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +## (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management + +SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies.",0.02386117136659436," of Risk to Be Managed** + +At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categories are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. + +## **(2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management** + +SMFG’s Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspectives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring consistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies",103,finance_samples +104,0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.952,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",0.0,"Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.",104,finance_samples +104,1,"LEADER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.017316017316017316,"LEADER IN CANADIAN +COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY + +Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses",0.9264069264069265,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.047619047619047616,"DER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY** +Canada’s largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a “quadruple play” of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses",0.030303030303030304,"DER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY** + +Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.004329004329004329,"LEADER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY +Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.16883116883116883,"ERVICES + +## CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS + +Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a 'quadruple play' of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.017316017316017316,"LEADER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY +Canada’s largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a “quadruple play” of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.012987012987012988,"EADER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY + +Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.",0.012987012987012988,"LEADER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY + +Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a ""quadruple play"" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses",0.047619047619047616,"EADER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY** + +Canada’s largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a “quadruple play” of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and business",104,finance_samples +104,2,MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.,0.016666666666666666,"UST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES + +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.",0.9111111111111111,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.05,"UST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES** +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today’s wor",0.03888888888888889,"ST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES** + +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world",0.005555555555555556,"MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.",0.16111111111111112,"SHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE + +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.",0.011111111111111112,"MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today’s world.",0.016666666666666666,"MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES + +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world",0.016666666666666666,"MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES + +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world",0.18888888888888888,"] intentionally omitted <==** + +A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today’s world. ",104,finance_samples +104,3,"CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.",0.04419889502762431,"CATEGORY-LEADING +MEDIA ASSETS + +Unique and complementary collection +of leading broadcast radio and +television, specialty TV, sports +entertainment, publishing and +digital media assets",0.9060773480662984,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.04419889502762431,"TEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS** +Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media asset",0.03867403314917127,"EGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS** + +Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.",0.0055248618784530384,"CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS +Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.",0.16574585635359115,"E: 2008-2013 + + + +Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.",0.0055248618784530384,"CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS +Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.",0.016574585635359115,"CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS + +Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets",0.016574585635359115,"CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS + +Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets",0.8011049723756906," CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY** + +Canada’s largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a “quadruple play” of wireless, Internet, television and te",104,finance_samples +104,4,"SUPERIOR ASSET MIX Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.",0.017857142857142856,"UPERIOR ASSET MIX + +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.",0.9226190476190477,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.047619047619047616,"ERIOR ASSET MIX** +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry",0.041666666666666664,"ERIOR ASSET MIX** + +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.",0.005952380952380952,"SUPERIOR ASSET MIX +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.",0.017857142857142856,"SUPERIOR ASSET MIX + +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry",0.005952380952380952,"SUPERIOR ASSET MIX +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.",0.017857142857142856,"SUPERIOR ASSET MIX + +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry",0.017857142857142856,"SUPERIOR ASSET MIX + +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry",0.125," omitted <==** + +Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry. + +",104,finance_samples +104,5,"STRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.",0.023121387283236993,"TRONG FRANCHISES +AND POWERFUL BRANDS + +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.",0.8901734104046243,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.046242774566473986,"STRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS** +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and va",0.04046242774566474,"TRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS** + +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and valu",0.005780346820809248,"STRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.",0.017341040462427744,"TRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS + +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.",0.005780346820809248,"STRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.",0.017341040462427744,"STRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS + +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value",0.017341040462427744,"STRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS + +Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value",0.6763005780346821,"## **WHY INVEST** IN ROGERS + +**Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven manage",104,finance_samples +104,6,"LEADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.",0.02247191011235955,"LEADING NETWORKS +AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS + +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services",0.9044943820224719,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.0449438202247191,"DING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS** +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services",0.03932584269662921,"ADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS** + +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services",0.0056179775280898875,"LEADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.",0.016853932584269662,"EADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS + +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.",0.0056179775280898875,"LEADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.",0.016853932584269662,"LEADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS + +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services",0.016853932584269662,"EADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS + +Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.",0.7471910112359551," and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry. + +**==> picture [117 x 21] intentionally omitte",104,finance_samples +104,7,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.",0.014354066985645933,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE + +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture",0.9186602870813397,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.03827751196172249,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE** +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial cult",0.03349282296650718,"ROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE** + +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial cultur",0.004784688995215311,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.",0.21052631578947367," FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY + +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture. + +Finan",0.004784688995215311,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.",0.014354066985645933,"PROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE + +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture",0.014354066985645933,"ROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE + +Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.",0.7033492822966507,"## **WHY INVEST** IN ROGERS + +**Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long re",104,finance_samples +104,8,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity.",0.023809523809523808,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH +AND FLEXIBILITY + +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity",0.9166666666666666,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.047619047619047616,"INANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY** +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidi",0.041666666666666664,"NANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY** + +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity",0.005952380952380952,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity.",0.21428571428571427," and an entrepreneurial culture. + +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity. +",0.005952380952380952,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity.",0.017857142857142856,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY + +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity",0.017857142857142856,"FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY + +Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity",0.8095238095238095,"DIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY** + +Canada’s largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a “quadruple play” of wireless, Internet, televisio",104,finance_samples +104,9,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014.",0.01694915254237288,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME +AND GROWING DIVIDENDS + +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014",0.8940677966101694,"# WHY INVEST IN ROGERS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +2013 ANNUAL REPORT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 05 + + +",0.03389830508474576,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS** +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2",0.038135593220338986,"LTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS** + +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of \$1.83 per share in 2014",0.00423728813559322,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014.",0.012711864406779662,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS + +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014",0.00423728813559322,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014.",0.012711864406779662,"HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS + +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014",0.0211864406779661,"ALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS + +RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of \$1.83 per share in 2014.",0.8177966101694916,"HY INVEST** IN ROGERS + +**Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength ",104,finance_samples +105,0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,0.0,Cooper Basin,105,finance_samples +105,1,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",0.0,"1,051",105,finance_samples +105,2,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,0.0,24,105,finance_samples +105,3,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,0.0,15,105,finance_samples +105,4,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",0.0,"1,842",105,finance_samples +105,5,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,0.0,233,105,finance_samples +105,6,"DEFINING RESERVES Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.009375,"EFINING RESERVES + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.853125," end Production Revisions Additions Acq/Divest Year end + +2003 2004 + + +Proven (1P) 338 -47 26 19 12 348 +Proven plus Probable (2P) 636 -47 3 29 22 643 +Contingent Resources (Best Estimate) 1,450 - -4 -13 10 1,443* + + +- Contingent resources excludes any contribution from Jeruk which was still under evaluation at year end. + + +",0.009375,"EFINING RESERVES + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.021875,"INING RESERVES** + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.009375,"EFINING RESERVES + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.009375,"DEFINING RESERVES + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the America",0.009375,"EFINING RESERVES + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.009375,"EFINING RESERVES + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.009375,"EFINING RESERVES + +Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American",0.728125, Santos has in place an evaluation Geologists (AAPG). The definitions and reporting process that is in used are consistent with the line with international industry requirements of the Australian practice and is in general Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). conformity with reserves Reserves are defined as those definitions and ,105,finance_samples +105,7,"Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules.",0.03135313531353135,"Association of Petroleum +Geologists (AAPG). The definitions +used are consistent with the +requirements of the Australian +Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date + +forward. Santos reports reserves +net of the gas required for +processing and transportation to +the customer. Reserves reported are +based on, and accurately reflect, +information compiled by full-time +employees of the Company who +have the requisite qualifications +and experience prescribed by the +ASX Listing Rule",0.858085808580858,"ore Northern Territory 310 1 27 1,507 92 + +Eastern Queensland 256 0 0 22 45 + +Southern Australia 271 0 2 152 50 + +Carnarvon Australia 555 43 3 0 141 + +PNG 0 1 0 0 1 + +Indonesia 243 4 0 0 46 + +USA 40 0 1 0 8 + + +Total 2,873 74 49 3,523 643 + + +**RESERVES (SANTOS SHARE)** +**(mmboe)** + + +Year end Production Revisions Additions Acq/Divest Year end + +2003 2004 + + +Proven (1P) 338 -47 26 19 12 348 +Proven plus Probable (2P) 636 -47 3 29 22 643 +Contingent Resources (Best Estimate) 1,450 - -4 -13 10 1,443* + + +- Contingent resources excludes any contribution from Jeruk which was still under evaluation at year end. + + + +Annual",0.0049504950495049506,"Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules",0.009900990099009901,"Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date + +forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rule",0.0049504950495049506,"Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules",0.0049504950495049506,"ssociation of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules.",0.0049504950495049506,"ssociation of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules.",0.0049504950495049506,"ssociation of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules.",0.009900990099009901,"Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). + +Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date + +forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rule",0.3564356435643564,"s are defined as those definitions and resource quantities of petroleum which are classification systems published by anticipated to be commercially the Society of Petroleum Engineers recovered from known (SPE), World Petroleum Congress accumulations from a given date (WPC) and the American + +forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules.",105,finance_samples +105,8,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'.",0.014134275618374558,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED +BOOKING PROCESS + +Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'",0.8445229681978799," 338 -47 26 19 12 348 +Proven plus Probable (2P) 636 -47 3 29 22 643 +Contingent Resources (Best Estimate) 1,450 - -4 -13 10 1,443* + + +- Contingent resources excludes any contribution from Jeruk which was still under evaluation at year end. + + + +Annual Report 2004 25 + + + + + + + + +",0.024734982332155476,"XTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS + +Santos’ reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be ‘appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos’ reserve position in accordance with international industry practice’.",0.024734982332155476,"TERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS** + +Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'",0.01060070671378092,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS + +Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'",0.038869257950530034,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS + +Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry pract",0.028268551236749116," EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS + +Santos’ reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be ‘appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos’ reserve position in accordance with international industry practice",0.01060070671378092,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS + +Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'",0.01060070671378092,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS + +Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'",0.024734982332155476,"EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS** Santos’ reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be ‘appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos’ reserve position in accordance with international industry practice",105,finance_samples +106,0,"2.3 Composition of the Board The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: * the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); * the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;",0.048,"Composition of the Board + +The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + + - the Board is to comprise +a minimum of five and a +maximum of ten Directors +(exclusive of the CEO); + + - the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors",0.7413333333333333," Directors + +appointed during the year are + +required to submit themselves + +for election by shareholders at + +the Company’s next Annual + +General Meeting. The Board + +Guidelines encourage Directors to + +retire at the first Annual General + +Meeting after reaching the age + +of 72 years and not seek re +appointment. + + +Currently, the Board comprises + +eight non-executive Directors + +and ",0.021333333333333333,"3 Composition of the Board + +The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company’s Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +* the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); +* the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;",0.02666666666666667,".3 Composition of the Board** The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +- the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); +- the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Director",0.034666666666666665," Composition of the Board +The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +* the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); +* the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Director",0.024,"3 Composition of the Board + +The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +- the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); +- the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;",0.042666666666666665,"mposition of the Board + +The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company’s Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +* the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); +* the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;",0.018666666666666668,"2.3 Composition of the Board + +The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +* the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); +* the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Director",0.016,"2.3 Composition of the Board The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +- the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); +- the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors",0.050666666666666665,"position of the Board** The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company’s Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: + +• the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); + +- • the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors",106,finance_samples +106,1,"Generally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: * a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; * an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.",0.014806378132118452,"erally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be + +perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +• a holding of 5% or more of the Company’s voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares; + +- an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.",0.7050113895216401,"on Limited and + +considers all current non +executive Directors, including the + +Chairman, to be independent + +directors. + + + +The Board has determined that + +there should not be any arbitrary + +length of tenure that should be + +considered to materially interfere + +with a Director’s ability to act in + +the best interests of the + +Company, as it believes this + +assessment must be made on a + +case by case basis with reference + +to the length of service of all + +members of the Board. + + +Each Director’s independence is + +assessed by the Board on an + +individual basis, with reference + +to the above materiality + +guidelines and focussing on an + +assessment of each Director’s + +capacity to bring independence + +of judgment to Board decisions. + +In this context, as mentioned + +below, Directors are required to + +promptly disclose their interests + +in contracts and other + +directorships and offices held. +",0.007972665148063782,"Generally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +* a holding of 5% or more of the Company’s voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares; +* an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company",0.010250569476082005,"nerally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be + +perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +- a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; +- an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.",0.01366742596810934,"nerally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +* a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; +* an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Compa",0.00683371298405467,"enerally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +- a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; +- an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.",0.018223234624145785,"nerally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +* a holding of 5% or more of the Company’s voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares; +* an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more of the revenue or expense of the Compa",0.004555808656036446,"Generally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +* a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; +* an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company",0.01366742596810934,"nerally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be + +perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality quidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these quidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +- a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares: +- an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.",0.03302961275626424,"enerally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be + +perceived to materially interfere with, the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted + +materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: + +- • a holding of 5% or more of the Company’s voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares; + +- • an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of t",106,finance_samples +106,2,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.037037037037037035,"The names and details of the +experience, qualifications, special + +responsibilities, and term of +office of each Director of the +Company are set out on page 41 +of this Annual Report. Details +of each Director's attendance at +Board and Committee Meetings +and their shareholdings are also +set out on page 47 of this +Annual Report",0.6697530864197531,"he CEO as a member. + + +The Board Guidelines prescribe + +that the Board is to meet at + +least eight times a year, + +including a strategy meeting of + +two days duration. The number + +of meetings of the Board and of + +each of its Committees and the + +names of attendees at those + +meetings are set out on page 47 + +of this Annual Report.",0.0030864197530864196,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director’s attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.0,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.0,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.0,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.0030864197530864196,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director’s attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.0,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.0,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report.",0.015432098765432098,"The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special + +responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director’s attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Repor",106,finance_samples +107,0,"innovate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Hormel chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Jennie-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improve- ments have significantly boosted sales of our Hormel microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box.",0.006091370558375634,"innovate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Hormel chili varieties were first in their + +product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging – an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Jennie-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our Hormel microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box. +",0.09340101522842639,"novate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it + + +creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal + + +2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of + + +our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food + + +processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. + + +Beginning mid-year, _Hormel_ chili varieties were first in their + + + +product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging – an + + +innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient + + +package and adds excitement to a long established category. + + +Other new convenience product launches include _SPAM_ + + +Singles and _Jennie-O Turkey Store_ Oven Ready Turkey, + + +a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that’s pre-seasoned, ready + + +to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about + + +three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improve + +ments have significantly boosted sales of our _Hormel_ microwave + + +meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the c",0.025380710659898477,"more** +Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, *Hormel* chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging – an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include *SPAM* Singles and *Jennie-O Turkey Store* Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that’s pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our *Hormel* microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box",0.02030456852791878,"e more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, *Hormel* chili varieties were first in their + +product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging – an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include *SPAM* Singles and *Jennie-O Turkey Store* Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our *Hormel* microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box.",0.008121827411167513,"nnovate more** Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Hormel chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Jennie-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our *Hormel* microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box",0.06700507614213198,"ore Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Hormel chili varieties were first in their + + + + + +product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Jennie-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our Hormel microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl",0.02233502538071066,"vate more** Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, *Hormel* chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging – an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include *SPAM* Singles and *Jennie-O Turkey Store* Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that’s pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our *Hormel* microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the ",0.3035532994923858,"osure. We have aggressively converted our hog contracts from a grain-based to a meat-value formula. This limits our exposure to the grain markets for the procurement of live hogs and better aligns the value of the raw material with market conditions. Over the long term, this will support steadier financial performance in the face of grain price fluctuations. + +product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging – an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Jennie-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our Hormel microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box. + +T",0.015228426395939087,"nnovate more** Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, *Hormel* chili varieties were first in their + +product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Jennie-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our *Hormel* microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the ",0.02233502538071066,"ovate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, _Hormel_ chili varieties were first in their + +product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging – an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include _SPAM_ Singles and _Jennie-O Turkey Store_ Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that’s pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improvements have significantly boosted sales of our _Hormel_ microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the",107,finance_samples +108,0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.6666666666666666, 20040 035 083 ,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,108,patents +108,1,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,0.0,EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION,108,patents +108,2,(45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17,0.0,(45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17,0.7608695652173914,"64961** + + + +(87) International publication number: +**WO 2007/112370 (04.10.2007 Gazette 2007/",0.10869565217391304,"Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent:** +27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17",0.043478260869565216,45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: **27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/1,0.08695652173913043,45) **Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent:** 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011,0.32608695652173914,"99(1) European Patent Convention). + +of the grant of the patent: + +27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17",0.08695652173913043," Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent:** +27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17",0.0,(45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17,0.0,(45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17,0.043478260869565216,45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: **27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/1,108,patents +108,3,(21) Application number: 07759411.7,0.0,(21) Application number: 07759411.7,0.11428571428571428,21) Application number: **07759411.,0.2," +**Application number:** 07759411.7",0.11428571428571428,21) Application number: **07759411.,0.22857142857142856,21) **Application number:** 0775941,0.08571428571428572,"21) Application number: + +07759411.7",0.11428571428571428,1) Application number:** 07759411.7,0.0,(21) Application number: 07759411.7,0.0,(21) Application number: 07759411.7,0.11428571428571428,21) Application number: **07759411.,108,patents +108,4,(22) Date of filing: 26.03.2007,0.0,(22) Date of filing: 26.03.2007,0.12903225806451613,22) Date of filing: **26.03.200,0.3225806451612903,"Date of filing:** 26.03.2007 + +*",0.12903225806451613,(22) Date of filing: **26.03.20,0.25806451612903225,) **Date of filing:** 26.03.200,0.0967741935483871,"(22) Date of filing: + +26.03.200",0.12903225806451613,22) Date of filing:** 26.03.200,0.0,(22) Date of filing: 26.03.2007,0.12903225806451613,2) Date of filing: **26.03.2007,0.12903225806451613,(22) Date of filing: **26.03.20,108,patents +108,5,(51) Int Cl.: C23C 16/455(2006.01) C23C 16/54(2006.01) H05B 33/10(2006.01),0.527027027027027," 26.03.2007 + + (51) Int Cl.: +C23C 16/455 (2006.01) H05B 33/10 (2006.01) +C",0.6351351351351351,"6.03.2007** + + + +**C23C 16/455** **[(2006.01)]** **H05B 33/10** **[(2006.01)",0.28378378378378377,"l.:** +C23C 16/455 (2006.01) +C23C 16/54 (2006.01) +H05B 33/10 (2006.01",0.2702702702702703,51) Int Cl.: **C23C 16/455(2006.01) H05B 33/10(2006.01) C23C 16/54(2006.01,0.47297297297297297,"(51) **Int Cl.:** +* *C23C 16/455* (2006.01) +* *H05B 33/10* (2006.01) +*",0.4864864864864865,") Date of filing: + +26.03.2007 + +C23C 16/455 (2006.01) + +H05B 33/10 (2006.01)",0.5,"2007 + +**(51) Int Cl.:** +C23C 16/455 (2006.01) +H05B 33/10 (2006.01) +C",0.5135135135135135,"in 2011/17 + +(51) Int Cl.: C23C 16/455 (2006.01) H05B 33/10 (2006.01) C23C ",0.47297297297297297," +(51) Int Cl.: C23C 16/455(2006.01) C23C 16/54(2006.01)• DICKEY, Eric R.
    Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (US",0.16129032258064516,"*Inventors:** +* DICKEY, Eric R. Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (US)",0.11290322580645161,"72) Inventors: + +- DICKEY, Eric R. + +Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (US",0.3387096774193548,"ventors:** +* DICKEY, Eric R. + Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (",0.14516129032258066,"72) Inventors: +• **DICKEY, Eric R.** Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (",0.24193548387096775," Inventors:
    • DICKEY, Eric R.
    Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (U",0.2903225806451613,"(72) Inventors: + + - **• DICKEY, Eric R. Beaverton, Oregon 9",108,patents +108,8,B1 008 000 2 EP,0.5333333333333333,"2 000 008 B1 + +P",0.6666666666666666,11) EP 2 000 00,0.8666666666666667," +10.12.2008 ",0.5333333333333333, 2 000 008 B1**,0.6666666666666666,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.7333333333333333, EP 2 000 008 B,0.7333333333333333,/10 (2006.01) ,0.7333333333333333,10 (2006.01) C2,0.5333333333333333, 2 000 008 B1 $,0.6,2 000 008 B1** ,108,patents +108,9,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.0,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.9158415841584159,"1) Application number: **07759411.7** + + +(22) Date of filing: **26.03.2007** + + + +**C23C 16/455** **[(2006.01)]** **H05B 33/10** **[(2006.01)]** + + +(86) International application number: +**PCT/US2007/064961** + + + +(87) International publication number: +**WO 2007/112370 (04.10.2007 Gazette 2007/40)** + + +(54) **ATOMIC LAYER DEPOSITION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COATING FLEXIBLE SUBSTRATES** + + + + + + + +Printed by Jouve,",0.0,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.0,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.009900990099009901,"ote:** Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention)",0.0,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.009900990099009901,"te:** Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.0,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.0,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",0.0,"Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention).",108,patents +109,0,1111 1111111111 11111111 US009423690B2,0.6842105263157895," in the resin (A). + + + +US009423690B2 + + ",0.23684210526315788,"* **111111111111111111** +US009423690B2",0.42105263157894735, 11111 1111111111 1111111111 111111111,0.7368421052631579,"### (IO) **Patent No.: US 9,423,690 B2",0.868421052631579," **Patent No.:** US 9,423,690 B2 +* *",0.7894736842105263,"e search history. + +US009423690B2 + + + +[0051] As",0.1111111111111111, US 2020/0050106 A,0.1111111111111111," +US 2020/0050106 A",0.8888888888888888,[ $0051$ ] As desc,0.0,US 2020/0050106 Al,110,patents +110,1,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,0.0,2,110,patents +110,2,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.8461538461538461,erably 0.20 o,0.8461538461538461,erably 0.20 o,0.6153846153846154," 13, 2020"" +so",0.8461538461538461,erably 0.24 ,0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.7692307692307693,erably $0.24,0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",110,patents +110,3,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.925,"L, columns: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manu",0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,0.0,DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS,110,patents +110,4,"[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for car- rying out the present invention will be described.",0.0380952380952381," +[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described. +",0.6857142857142857,"**[0046]** The photosensitive composition for EUV light of +an embodiment of the present invention (herein",0.0380952380952381," +[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described. +",0.0380952380952381,"[0039]** Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described.",0.14285714285714285,"S + +Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described. + +In t",0.10476190476190476,"9] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for car› rying out the present invention will be described",0.0380952380952381,"[0039]** Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described.",0.0380952380952381," + +[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described.",0.0380952380952381," + +[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described.",0.0380952380952381,"[0039]** Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described.",110,patents +110,5,"y g p [0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.",0.048582995951417005,"[0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. + +[004",0.7327935222672065," group (atomic group) +in the present specification, in a case where the group is +denoted without specifying whether it is substituted or +unsubstituted, the group includes both a group not containing a substituent and a group containing a substitue",0.04048582995951417," + +[0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. + +[0",0.04048582995951417,"**[0040]** In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. + +",0.05263157894736842," described. + +In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.",0.13765182186234817," the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respective",0.05263157894736842," +**[0040]** In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of “to” as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. +",0.04048582995951417," + +[0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. + +[0",0.03643724696356275,". + +[0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. + +[",0.03643724696356275," +**[0040]** In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using ""to"" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of ""to"" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. ",110,patents +110,6,g [0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. A~([H]x0.04+[C]x 1.0+[N]x2.1 +[O]x30.6+[F]x50. 6+ [S]x 1.5+[I]x39 .5)/([H]x 1 +[C]x 12+[N]x 14+[O]x 16+[F]x19+[S]x32+[I]x127) Formula (1):,0.17209302325581396,"s ratio. +[0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. + +A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×30.6+[F]×50.6+ +[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]× +16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127) Formula (1): +",0.8651162790697674," resist composition is +increased. The A value represents the absorption efficiency +of EUV light of the resist film in terms of a mass ratio. + + +**[0052]** In a case where A is less than 0.14, the Z-factor is +usually ",0.5813953488372093,"0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. + +$$ +A = \frac{([H] \times 0.04 + [C] \times 1.0 + [N] \times 2.1 + [O] \times 30.6 + [F] \times 50.6 + [S] \times 1.5 + [I] \times 39.5)}{([H",0.046511627906976744,"050]** Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula + +(1) is 0.14 or more. + +A~([H]x0.04+[C]x 1.0+[N]x2.1 +[O]x30.6+[F]x50. 6+ [S]x 1.5+[I]x39 .5)/([H]x 1 +[C]x 12+[N]x 14+[O]x 16+[F]x19+[S]x32+[I]x127) Formula (1):",0.641860465116279,"Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. + +Formula (1): +$$ +A = \frac{ + ([H]\times0.04+[C]\times1.0+[N]\times2.1+[O]\times30.6+[F]\times50.6+[S]\times1.5+[I]\times39.5) +}{ + ([H]\times1",0.6883720930232559,"f a mass ratio. + +[0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. + + + +[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least o",0.5767441860465117,"**[0050]** Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. + +$$ +A = \frac{([H] \times 0.04 + [C] \times 1.0 + [N] \times 2.1 + [O] \times 30.6 + [F] \times 50.6 + [S] \times 1.5 + [I] \times 39.5)",0.5813953488372093,"0049] **Condition 1:** The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. + +$$A=\frac{[H] \times 0.04+[C] \times 1.0+[N] \times 2.1+[O] \times 30.6+[F] \times 50.6+[S] \times 1.5+[I] \times 39.5}{[H] \times 1+[C]",0.5813953488372093,". [0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula + + $(1)$ is 0.14 or more. + + $A\text{=}([H] \text{x} 0.04\text{+}[C] \text{x} 1.0\text{+}[N] \text{x} 2.1\text{+}[O] \text{x} 30.6\text{+}[F] \text{x} 50.6\text",0.037209302325581395,"0050]** Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. + +A~([H]x0.04+[C]x 1.0+[N]x2.1 +[O]x30.6+[F]x50. 6+ [S]x 1.5+[I]x39 .5)/([H]x 1 +[C]x 12+[N]x 14+[O]x 16+[F]x19+[S]x32+[I]x127) Formula (1)",110,patents +110,7,"[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less.",0.0,"[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less.",0.7486979166666666,"otons is available, but the method is a trade-off with a +demand for high sensitivity. Further, a method in which the +thickness of a resist film is increased to cause an increase in + +the number of absorbed photons is also available, but it +causes a reduction in a resolution. + +**[0048]** In contrast, according to the present invention, it is +found that the problem can be solved by making a pattern +thus formed into a thin film while increasing an absorption +efficiency of EUV light. In a case where the A value shown +in Condition 1 is high, absorption of EUV light of a resist +film formed with the resist composition is high, and by +satisfying Condition 2, a pattern formed with the resist + + + +Feb. 13, 2020 + +2 + + +composition is made into a thin film. As a result, a Z-",0.0,"[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less.",0.005208333333333333,"[0051]** As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or les",0.016927083333333332," +As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less. + +In a",0.10416666666666667,"] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or les",0.0078125,"051]** As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as “the effect of the present invention is more excellent”), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less.",0.0013020833333333333,"[0050] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less.",0.020833333333333332,"As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably $0.24$ or less, and more preferably $0.22$ or less",0.005208333333333333,"[0051]** As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as ""the effect of the present invention is more excellent""), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or les",110,patents +111,0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.8,15 p. 2561(2002,0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.9333333333333333,"g (nA=2 or 3), ",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.8,15 p. 2561(2002,0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",111,patents +111,1,"The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer- ably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester struc- ture is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).",0.029333333333333333,"he polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +15 + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).",0.616,"g or a 6-membered ring (nA=2 or 3), and more preferably + +15 a 5-membered ring (nA=2). + +a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer- The polycyclic group containing -O----C(=O)-Oably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester represented by Z may, for example, be a structure in which +structure. a cyclic carbonate ester represented by the follo",0.024,"` + +The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).",0.072,"e polar group which may be possessed by the repeating $_{15}$ unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester struc- 20 ture is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formu",0.024,". + +The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).",0.029333333333333333,"The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer› ably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester struc› ture is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A",0.024,". + +The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).",0.024," + +The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1). +",0.072,"e polar group which may be possessed by the repeating $_{15}$ unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester struc- 20 ture is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formu",0.2906666666666667," + +The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) preferably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. + +15 a 5-membered ring (nA=2). + +The polycyclic group containing -O----C(=O)-Orepresented by Z may, for example, be a structu",111,patents +111,2,"In Formula (A-1 ), RA 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. If n is 2 or more, RA 2's each independently represents a substituent. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by -O----C(=O)-O- in the formula. n represents an integer of 0 or more. Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. ( ) The alkyl group represented by RA 1 may have a substitu- ent such as a fluorine atom. RA 1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. p y y g p The substituent represented by RA 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 p y y g p g carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group g p y g p y g p y g p may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably Oto 4, and more preferably 0. Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by p g g p p y A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group.",0.1529351184346035," \mathrm{R}_{A}^{2} \) 's each independently represents a substituent. +A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. +Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by \( \mathrm{~O}-\mathrm{C}(=\mathrm{O})-\mathrm{O}- \) in the formula. +n represents an integer of 0 or more. +Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. +The alkyl group represented by \( \mathrm{R}_{A}^{1} \) may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. \( \mathrm{R}_{A}^{1} \) represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. +The substituent represented by \( \mathrm{R}_{A}^{2} \) is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxy carbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and a t-butyl group. An alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably 0. +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, + +40 + +45 + +50 + +55 + +60 + +65 + +104 + +an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. + +In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group",0.7801235839340885,"-, +represented by Z is, for example, a 5- to 7-membered ring in +which nA=2 to 4 in the cyclic carbonate ester represented by +the following Formula (a), and preferably a 5-membered +ring or a 6-membered ring (nA=2 or 3), and more preferably + +15 a 5-membered ring (nA=2). + +a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer- The polycyclic group containing -O----C(=O)-Oably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester represented by Z may, for example, be a structure in which +structure. a cyclic carbonate ester represented by the following For + + +15 a 5-membered ring (nA=2). + + + +The polycyclic group containing -O----C(=O)-Orepresented by Z may, for example, be a structure in which +a cyclic carbonate ester represented by the following For + + + + +20 mula (a) are bound with 1 or 2 or more other ring structure +to form a condensed ring or to form a spiro ring. ""Other ring +structures"" capable of forming a condensed ring or spiro ring +may be an alicyclid hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic ring. + + + +(A-1) 25 + + +30 + + +35 + + + + + +40 + + + +(a) + + +The monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1) may be synthesized by a conventionally known method described in, for example, Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 27, No. 32 p. 3741(1986), Organic Letters, +Vol. 4, No. 15 p. 2561(2002), and the like. + + +In the resin (A), the repeating unit represented by Formula +(A-1) may be contained either alone or in a combination of +two or more thereof. + + + +45 + + + +Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure are shown below, but +the present invention is not limited thereto. +ent such as a fluorine atom. _RA_ [1 ] represents preferably a In addition, _RA_ [1 ] in the following specific examples has the + + + +In addition, _RA_ [1 ] in the following specific examples has the + + + +50 same meaning as RA [1 ] in Formula (A-1). + + + + +",0.08032955715756952,"2)_n + / \ + O O +``` + +In Formula (A-1), R_A^1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. + +If n is 2 or more, R_A^2's each independently represents a substituent. + +- A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. +- Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C(=O)—O— in the formula. +- n represents an integer of 0 or more. +- Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by R_A^1 may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. R_A^1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. + +The substituent represented by R_A^2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. + +The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and a t-butyl group. An alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably 0. + +Examples of the divalent linking group represented by A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, or a urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and the like. + +In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group. + +---- +",0.08959835221421215,"-1}$ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. + +If n is 2 or more, $R_4^2$ 's each independently represents a 40 substituent. + +A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. $Z$ represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by + + $O-C(=O)$ — $O$ — in the formula. + +n represents an integer of 0 or more. + +Formula $(A-1)$ will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by $R_A^{-1}$ may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. $R_4^{-1}$ represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, 50 and more preferably a methyl group. + +The substituent represented by $R_A^2$ is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 55 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and a t-butyl group. An alkyl group 60 may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably $0$ . + +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by 65 A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, + +104 + +an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. + +In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group. + +",0.22966014418125644,"ike. + +In Formula (A-1), $\ce{R_A^1}$ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. + +If n is 2 or more, $\ce{R_A^2}$'s each independently represents a substituent. + +A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. + +Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by $\ce{O-C(=O)-O}$ in the formula. + +n represents an integer of 0 or more. + +Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by $\ce{R_A^1}$ may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. $\ce{R_A^1}$ represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. + +The substituent represented by $\ce{R_A^2}$ is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and a t-butyl group. An alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably 0. + +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, and the like. + +In the resin (A), the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1) may be contained either alone or in a combination of two or more thereof. + +Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. + +In addition, $\ce{R_A^1}$ in the following specific examples has",0.17816683831101957,", RA 2 's each independently represents a substituent. + +A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. + +Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by -O----C(=O)-O- in the formula. + +n represents an integer of 0 or more. + +Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by RA 1 may have a substitu› ent such as a fluorine atom. RA 1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. + +The substituent represented by RA 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +5 + +10 + +15 + +20 + +25 + +30 + +35 + +40 + +45 + +50 + +55 + +60 + +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably Oto 4, and more preferably 0. + +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by 65 A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, + +104 + +an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. + +In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single b",0.07363542739443872," moiety. + +In Formula (A-1), $R_A^1$ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. + +If $n$ is 2 or more, $R_A^2$'s each independently represents a substituent. + +$A$ represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. + +$Z$ represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by $\ce{-O-C(=O)-O-}$ in the formula. + +$n$ represents an integer of 0 or more. + +Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by $R_A^1$ may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. $R_A^1$ represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. + +The substituent represented by $R_A^2$ is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and a t-butyl group. An alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +$n$ represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, $n$ is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably 0. + +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by $A$ may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. + +In one aspect of the present invention, $A$ is preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group. + +The ",0.12049433573635428,"esents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. + +If n is 2 or more, RA2's each independently represents a substituent. + +A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. + +Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C(═O)—O— in the formula. + +n represents an integer of 0 or more. + +Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by RA1 may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. RA1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. + +The substituent represented by RA2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. + +The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and a t-butyl group. An alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably 0. + +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, + +## 104 + +an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. + +In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an a",0.08959835221421215,"-1}$ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. + +If n is 2 or more, $R_4^2$ 's each independently represents a 40 substituent. + +A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. $Z$ represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by + + $O-C(=O)$ — $O$ — in the formula. + +n represents an integer of 0 or more. + +Formula $(A-1)$ will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by $R_A^{-1}$ may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. $R_4^{-1}$ represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, 50 and more preferably a methyl group. + +The substituent represented by $R_A^2$ is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 55 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and a t-butyl group. An alkyl group 60 may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably $0$ . + +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by 65 A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, + +104 + +an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. + +In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group. + +",0.46343975283213185," Formula (A-1) may be contained either alone or in a combination of two or more thereof. + +A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by -O----C(=O)-O- in the formula. + +45 + +Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. + +n represents an integer of 0 or more. + +Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. + +The alkyl group represented by _RA_[1 ] may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. _RA_[1 ] represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. + +In addition, _RA_[1 ] in the following specific examples has the + +50 same meaning as RA[1 ] in Formula (A-1). + +The substituent represented by _RA_[2 ] is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group An alkyl group alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. + +The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 55 + +group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group An alkyl group alkyl group 60 + +n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably Oto 4, and more preferably 0. + +Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by 65 A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, +",111,patents +112,0,US 2012/0003590 Al,0.05555555555555555,US 2012/0003590 A,0.0,US 2012/0003590 Al,0.8333333333333334," 1,000 to 3,000 rp",0.8888888888888888," $1,000$ to $3,0",0.05555555555555555,US 2012/0003590 A1,0.8333333333333334,"m 1,000 to 3,000 r",0.1111111111111111, US 2012/0003590 A,0.05555555555555555,US 2012/0003590 A1,0.8888888888888888," $1,000$ to $3,0",0.0,US 2012/0003590 Al,112,patents +112,1,100,0.0,100,0.0,100,0.6666666666666666, 10,0.3333333333333333,"1,0",0.3333333333333333,/00,0.6666666666666666,008,0.0,100,0.0,100,0.3333333333333333,"1,0",0.0,100,112,patents +112,2,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.6666666666666666,"*5,** **2012",0.8333333333333334,.02 to 0.1 µ,0.9166666666666666,"085, JP-A-20",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.8333333333333334,JP-A-2008162,0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.9166666666666666,"085, JP-A-20",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",112,patents +112,3,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.0,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.7175572519083969,"low, but the contents of the present invention are not limited +thereto. + + + + + +**[0493]** Resins P-1 to P-48 illustrated above",0.05343511450381679," +Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.0,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.10687022900763359,"Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above. + +The c",0.10687022900763359,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film",0.030534351145038167,"[0480]** Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film abov",0.0,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.0,"[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.",0.030534351145038167,"0480]** Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above",112,patents +112,4,"[0481] The composition of the present invention is typi- cally used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.",0.02040816326530612," +[0481] The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film. +",0.6887755102040817,"[0492]** The present invention is described in greater detail +below, but the contents of the present invention are not limited +thereto. + + + + + +**[0493]** Resins P-1 to P-48 illustrated above ",0.05612244897959184," above. + +The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.",0.02040816326530612," +[0481] The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film. +",0.05612244897959184," above. + +The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.",0.025510204081632654,"0481] The composition of the present invention is typi› cally used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film",0.02040816326530612,"[0481]** The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.",0.02040816326530612,"[0481] The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film. + +",0.02040816326530612," +[0481] The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film. +",0.02040816326530612,"[0481]** The composition of the present invention is typically used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.",112,patents +112,5,"[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 um. The method for coating the composition on a sub- strate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.",0.023474178403755867," +[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 μm. The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm. +",0.755868544600939," The pH of the alkali developer is +usually from 10.0 to 15.0. + + +EXAMPLES + + +**[0492]** The present invention is described in greater detail +below, but the contents of the present invention are not limited +thereto. +",0.056338028169014086,"a film. + +The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 µm. The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.",0.10328638497652583,"[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to $0.1 \mu m$ . The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from $1,000$ to ",0.056338028169014086,"a film. + +The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 µm. The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.",0.08450704225352113,"The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 µm. The method for coating the composition on a sub› strate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm",0.1596244131455399,"[0482]** The thickness of the film is preferably from $0.02$ to $0.1\ \mu\text{m}$. The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from $1,00",0.023474178403755867," +[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 μm. The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm. +",0.10328638497652583,"[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to $0.1 \mu m$ . The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from $1,000$ to ",0.023474178403755867,"[0482]** The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 µm. The method for coating the composition on a substrate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.",112,patents +112,6,"[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate ( e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, sili- con nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray- sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antire- flection film may be previously provided by coating.",0.025454545454545455,"rpm. + +[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic raysensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. +",0.78," or less, is preferred. Such an actinic ray or +radiation includes, for example, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), +ArF excimerlaser(193 nm), F 2 excimerlaser(157 nm), X-ray +and electron beam. The actinic ray or radiation is preferably, +for example, KrF excimer laser, electron beam, X-ray or EUV +light, more preferably electron beam, X-ray or EUV light. + +**[0486]** That is, the present invention also relates to an +actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition +for KrF excimer laser, electron beam, X-ray or EUV light +(preferably electron ",0.03636363636363636,",000 rpm. + +For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a “resist film”). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. + +",0.025454545454545455," +[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic raysensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. + +[048",0.03272727272727273,"000 rpm. + +For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. + +S",0.04909090909090909,"483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate ( e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, sili› con nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray› sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antire› flection film may be previously provided b",0.02181818181818182,"*[0483]** For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. + +*",0.02181818181818182,". + +[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. + +[",0.025454545454545455," +[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic raysensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. + +[048",0.02181818181818182," +**[0483]** For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate ( e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silicon nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic raysensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a ""resist film""). Incidentally, a known antireflection film may be previously provided by coating. ",112,patents +112,7,"[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008- 162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu*Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion*Application Development of Nanoimprint-Sub- strate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shuppan"".",0.016494845360824743,"[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008-162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu•Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion•Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shuppan"". + +#",0.8309278350515464,"**[0488]** Examples of the alkali developer include an alkaline +aqueous solution containing inorganic alkalis such as sodium +hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium +silicate, sodium metasilicate and aqueous annnonia, primary +amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, secondary +amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary +amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, quaternary a",0.03711340206185567,"5.0. + +Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008-162101, and “Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu•Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion•Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion)”, Frontier Shuppan”. + +#",0.016494845360824743,"[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008-162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu•Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology *Expansion*), Frontier Shuppan"". +",0.032989690721649485,".0. + +Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008-162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shuppan"". + +## ",0.08041237113402062," an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu·Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion·Application Development of Nanoimprint-Sub› strate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shup",0.020618556701030927,"[0491]** Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008-162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), *Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu•Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai* (Basic and Technology Expansion•Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shuppan""",0.016494845360824743," + +[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008-162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu•Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion•Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shuppan"". +",0.016494845360824743,"[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008-162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu•Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology *Expansion*), Frontier Shuppan"". +",0.020618556701030927,"[0491]** Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008162101, and ""Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), _Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu•Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion•Application Development of Nanoimprint-Substrate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion),_ Frontier Shuppan"".",112,patents +112,8,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,0.0,EXAMPLES,112,patents +113,0,"US 6,482,565 Bl",0.06666666666666667,"US 6,482,565 B",0.26666666666666666,"US** 6,482,565 ",0.8666666666666667,In a 250-ml fla,0.8666666666666667,In a 250-ml fla,0.13333333333333333," US 6,482,565 B",1.0," 250-ml flask,",0.13333333333333333," US 6,482,565 B",0.13333333333333333," +US 6,482,565 B",1.0,f 25 Chemical F,0.26666666666666666," 6,482,565 **Bl",113,patents +113,1,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,0.0,7,113,patents +113,2,"Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was p generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure com- pound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",0.017094017094017096," +7 + +Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",0.6752136752136753,"instead of **AIBN** (yield: 40% ). + +35 + + +EXAMPLE 3 40 + + + +In a 100 ml flask, 2-vinyl-1,3-dioxolane (0.1 mole) of +Chemical Formula la, acrylic acid (0.06 mole), tetrahydrofuran (20 g) and AIBN (0.2 g) were placed, and the mixture +was reacted at 65° C. under nitrogen or argon atmosphere for +45 +8 hours. After the polymerization was completed, the polymers were precipitated from distilled water or ethyl ether, to +obtain the compound of Chemical Formula 6 (yield: 60%). +",0.010683760683760684," +Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",0.00641025641025641,"Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was 5 generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",0.017094017094017096,"B1 + +Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",0.17735042735042736,"hus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure com› pound represented by following Chemical",0.017094017094017096,"1 + +Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%). +",0.017094017094017096,"8 + +Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%). +",0.10256410256410256,"Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid $(1 \text{ g})$ and benzene $(200 \text{ g})$ were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Form",0.017094017094017096,". + +Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure compound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).",113,patents +113,3,,0.0,,0.0,,0.0,,0.0,,0.14285714285714285,g Chemical Formula 6a,0.19047619047619047,Chemical Formula 6a,0.09523809523809523,*Chemical Formula 6a ,0.0,,0.0,,0.0,,113,patents +113,4,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethane- sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene.",0.014705882352941176," +As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene. +",0.7647058823529411,"e precipitated from ethyl ether, + + + +30 and dried in vacuo to obtain pure compound of Chemical + Formula 8 (yield: 80%). + + +**As** a polymerization initiator, conventional radical polymerization initiators such as lauryl peroxide may be used +instead of *",0.007352941176470588,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethane-sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene. +",0.022058823529411766,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate 20 may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene",0.007352941176470588," +As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethane-sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene.",0.003676470588235294,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethane› sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene.",0.014705882352941176,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene. + +",0.007352941176470588," +As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethane-sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene.",0.022058823529411766,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate 20 may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene",0.014705882352941176,"As the reaction catalyst, an acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid or boron trifluoride-etherate may be used instead of toluene-p-sulfonic acid. As a reaction solvent, a non-carbonyl solvent such as tetrahydrofuran may be used instead of benzene. +",113,patents +113,5,"EXAMPLE 2 The procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%).",0.015544041450777202,"EXAMPLE 2 + +The procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%)",0.47668393782383417,"EXAMPLE 6 + + +The procedure according to Example 5 was repeated but +using 2-vinyl-1,3-dioxane (0.3 mole) of Chemical Formula +lb instead of 2-vinyl-1,3-dioxolane of Chemical Formula la, +to obtain ",0.02072538860103627,"EXAMPLE 2 + +The procedure according to Example 1 was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%)",0.06217616580310881,"nzene. + +The procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%). + +",0.015544041450777202,"XAMPLE 2 + +The procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%).",0.05699481865284974,"AMPLE 2 + +The procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45",0.02072538860103627,"XAMPLE 2 + +The procedure according to Example 1 was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%).",0.02072538860103627,"EXAMPLE 2 + +The procedure according to Example 1 was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%)",0.12953367875647667,"he procedure according to Example I was repeated but using propane-1,2-diol $(20 \text{ g})$ instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (vield: 45%)",0.07253886010362694," + +> The procedure according to Example I was repeated but + +> using propane-1,2-diol (20 g) instead of ethane-1,2-diol, to obtain the compound represented by Chemical Formula 7a (yield: 45%). ",113,patents +114,0,US 2020/0050106 Al,0.05555555555555555,US 2020/0050106 A,0.0,US 2020/0050106 Al,0.7777777777777778,y 0.001% to 10% by,0.7777777777777778, 0.001 % to 10% by,0.2777777777777778," 2020/0050106 A1 +p",0.7777777777777778, 0.001 % to 10% by,0.05555555555555555,US 2020/0050106 A,0.1111111111111111," +US 2020/0050106 A",0.8333333333333334," 150. + +[0400] Exam",0.0,US 2020/0050106 Al,114,patents +114,1,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,114,patents +114,2,-continued,0.4,contained ,0.0,-continued,0.3, contained,0.3, contained,0.1,(continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.3, contained,0.3, contained,114,patents +114,3,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.6153846153846154,"Feb.** **13, ",0.9230769230769231,erably 300 or,0.8461538461538461,ferably 300 o,0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.6923076923076923," .0 to 200,",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.8461538461538461,eferably 300 ,0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",114,patents +114,4,"[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001 % to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 % to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.0182648401826484," + +[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001% to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.7534246575342466,"al structure which is contained in a side chain moiety of +a resin"" from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the +film surface layer, and more preferably has two or more +kinds. Incidentally, the hydrophobic resin pref",0.0182648401826484,"[0397]** The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001% to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.0182648401826484,"[0397]** The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001 % to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 % to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the compositio",0.0182648401826484," + +[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001% to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.0182648401826484,"[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001 % to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 % to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the compositio",0.0182648401826484,"[0397]** The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001% to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.0182648401826484," + +[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001% to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.",0.1735159817351598,"ontent of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably $0.001\%$ to $10\%$ by mass, and more preferably $0.01\%$ to $5\%$ by mass with respect to the total solid content of the compos",0.0182648401826484,"[0397]** The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001 % to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 % to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the compositio",114,patents +114,5,[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.0,[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.6981132075471698,"he silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be included in +the main chain or the side chain of the resin.",0.03773584905660377,398]** The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.03773584905660377,0398]** The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof,0.0,[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.1509433962264151,8] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds ther,0.03773584905660377,[0398]** The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereo,0.0,[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.0,[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.,0.03773584905660377,[0398]** The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereo,114,patents +114,6,"[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is pref- erably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffu- sion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150.",0.01557632398753894,". + +[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. + +",0.7632398753894081," + +**[0405]** The hydrophobic resin preferably has any one or +more of a ""fluorine atom"", a ""silicon atom"", and a ""CH 3 +partial structure which is contained in a side chain moiety of +a resin"" from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the +film surface layer, and more preferably has two or more +kinds. Incidentally, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a +hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These +groups may be contained in the main chain of the resin or +may be substituted in the side chain. + +**[0406]** In a case where hydrophobic resin includes a +fluorine atom and/or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and/or +the silicon atom ",0.01557632398753894,"*[0399]** The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. + +",0.012461059190031152,"*[0399]** The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. +",0.01557632398753894,"[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. + +[04",0.102803738317757,"9] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is pref› erably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffu› sion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still",0.01557632398753894,"**[0399]** The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. +",0.01557632398753894," + +[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. + +[",0.01557632398753894," +[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. + +[0",0.012461059190031152,"[0399]** The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is preferably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150. +",114,patents +114,7,"[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group- containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-contain- ing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A.",0.02681992337164751," + +[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described in paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A.",0.8237547892720306," more preferably has two or more +kinds. Incidentally, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a +hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These +groups may be contained in the main chain of the resin or +may be substituted in the side chain. + +**[0406]** In a ",0.02681992337164751,"[0400]** Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described in paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A.",0.03065134099616858,"**[0400]** Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido groupcontaining compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A.",0.02681992337164751," + +[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described in paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A.",0.1685823754789272,"0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group› containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-contain› ing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <014",0.02681992337164751,"[0400]** Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described in paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A.",0.02681992337164751," +[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described in paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A. +",0.07279693486590039,"0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido groupcontaining compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described in paragraphs $<0140>$ to $<0144>$ of JP2013-0118",0.03065134099616858,"*[0400]** Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido groupcontaining compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A. ",114,patents +114,8,[0401] <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.0,[0401] <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.3333333333333333,[0405]** The hydrophobic resin,0.13333333333333333,0401]** <(E) Hydrophobic Resin,0.13333333333333333,401]** <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.3,". + +### (E) Hydrophobic Resin + +",0.3,0401] <(E) Hydrophobic Res,0.23333333333333334,1]** **<(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.0,[0401] <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.06666666666666667,0401]$ <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>,0.13333333333333333,0401]** <(E) Hydrophobic Resin,114,patents +114,9,"[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",0.0,"[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",0.6495726495726496," and/or +the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be included in +the main chain or the side chain of the resin. + +",0.03418803418803419,"[0402]** The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A",0.03418803418803419,"[0402]** The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A",0.0,"[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",0.017094017094017096,"0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",0.03418803418803419,"[0402]** The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A",0.0,"[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",0.06837606837606838,"[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin $(A)$ , in addition to the resin ",0.03418803418803419,"402]** The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).",114,patents +114,10,"[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.0,"[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.7522658610271903,"tained in a side chain moiety of +a resin"" from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the +film surface layer, and more preferably has two or more +kinds. Incidentally, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a +hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These +groups may be contained in the main chain of the resin or +may be subs",0.012084592145015106,"403]** Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.012084592145015106,"[0403]** Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar material",0.0,"[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.10876132930513595,"hough it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar ma",0.012084592145015106,"403]** Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.0,"[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.0,"[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.",0.012084592145015106,"0403]** Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials",114,patents +114,11,[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydro- phobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas.,0.01951219512195122,"[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas. + +",0.7365853658536585," a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and/or +the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be included in +the main chain or the side chain of the resin. + +**[0407]** In a case where the hydrophobic resin inclu",0.01951219512195122,[0404]** Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas.,0.01951219512195122,[0404]** Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas.,0.01951219512195122,"[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas. + +",0.07317073170731707,404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydro› phobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out,0.01951219512195122,[0404]** Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas.,0.01951219512195122," +[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas. +",0.01951219512195122," +[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas. +",0.01951219512195122,[0404]** Examples of the effect of addition of the hydrophobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas.,114,patents +115,0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.8," 1, wobei das B",0.8," 1, wobei das B",0.8," 1, wobei das B",0.8,"l (130, 134) ",0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.8, 1. wobei das B,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,115,patents +115,1,"der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung auf- weist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- nutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingelei- tetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Perfor- mance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zu- stand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleite- tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zu- stand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand.",0.044755244755244755,"er erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines +dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als +der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das +Computersystem eine Energieversorgung auf- +weist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; + + - Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; + + - wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand, + + - wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleite- +tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten +Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zu- +stand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand",0.7258741258741259,"der erste Performance-Zustand einen ersten Spannungspegel +und eine erste Betriebsfrequenz umfasst. + + +**12.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der dritte Performance-Zustand eine zweite integrierte Schaltung +umfasst, die zusammen mit der ersten integrierten +Schaltung Anweisungen verarbeitet. + + +**13.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, ferner umfassend: + + +Frequenzregelungslogik zum Ändern einer Betriebsfrequenz der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Frequenzregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt. + + +**14.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, ferner umfassend: + + +Spannungsregelungslogik zum Ändern einer + + +",0.033566433566433566," +der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung aufweist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; +Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; +wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand, +wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand.",0.044755244755244755," + +25 + +30 + +der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung aufweist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- + +nutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; + +wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand, + +wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand. +",0.023776223776223775,"der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung aufweist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand.",0.16503496503496504,"erste Performance- Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als Computersystem eine Energieversorgung auf- der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das weist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten PerformanceZustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand",0.05034965034965035,"...der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung aufweist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; +Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; +wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand, +wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand. + +2. Verfahre",0.05034965034965035," 18 + +der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung aufweist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; +Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; +wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand, +wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand. + +Mit",0.04895104895104895," + +25 + +30 + +der erste Performance-Zustand ist. und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung aufweist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- + +nutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; + +wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand + +wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist. Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand. + +",0.606993006993007," dem ersten Performance-Zustand in ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleides Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von tetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der 10 Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist. integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zu- **8.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: stand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleiteMittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten 15 der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den PerSchaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zuformance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu stand",115,patents +115,2,"2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerer- eignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrie- ben wird. 3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Verset- zen das Versetzen ohne Verzogerung ist.",0.051587301587301584,". + +2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerer-eignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben-wird. + +3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung ist. +",0.6626984126984127,"11.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der erste Performance-Zustand einen ersten Spannungspegel +und eine erste Betriebsfrequenz umfasst. + + +**12.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der dritte Performance-Zustand eine zweite integrierte Schaltung +",0.05555555555555555,"2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. + +3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung ist. + +4. ",0.05952380952380952,"** Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. +- **3.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung ist.",0.05555555555555555," +2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. +3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung ist. +4.",0.07936507936507936,"2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. +3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung i",0.05555555555555555,"2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. + +3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung ist. + +4. ",0.05555555555555555," +2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. + +3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung ist. + +4.",0.05555555555555555,"- 2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1. wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. +- 3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Versetzen das Versetzen ohne Verzögerung ist. +-",0.2896825396825397,"2.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerereignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrieben wird. + +**9.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: 20 + +Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betri",115,patents +115,3,"4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand fur einen vorher- bestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen Uberlegungen, um in einem dritten Perfor- mance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren.",0.03745318352059925,"4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: + + - Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren.",0.6441947565543071,"htung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + +**11.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der erste Performance-Zustand einen ersten Spannungspegel +und eine erste Betriebsfrequenz umfasst. + + +**12.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der dritte Performance-Zustand eine",0.03745318352059925," +4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: +Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitraum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren.",0.04119850187265917,"4.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: + +Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren. +",0.06741573033707865,"Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: + Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitraum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei zu funktionieren",0.10486891385767791,"rfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: + +30 Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionie",0.03745318352059925," +4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: + Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren.",0.0449438202247191,"4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: + + Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitraum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren",0.0449438202247191,"4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1. ferner umfassend: + +Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorherbestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen Überlegungen, um in einem dritten Performance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren. + +-",0.5430711610486891,"rfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: fassend: Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem ein computerlesbares Medium; und dritten Performance-Zustand für einen vorher30 ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeicherbestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen tes",115,patents +115,4,"5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computer- system ein Laptop-Computer ist.",0.012345679012345678,"5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computer- +system ein Laptop-Computer ist.",0.5925925925925926,".** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der erste Performance-Zustand einen erste",0.04938271604938271,"5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computersystem ein Laptop-Computer ist. + +",0.04938271604938271,"5.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computersystem ein Laptop-Computer ist.",0.04938271604938271,"5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computersystem ein Laptop-Computer ist. +",0.04938271604938271," + +5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computersystem ein Laptop-Computer ist.",0.04938271604938271," +5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computersystem ein Laptop-Computer ist. +",0.04938271604938271," + +5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computersystem ein Laptop-Computer ist.",0.04938271604938271,". Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computer-35 system ein Laptop-Computer ist",0.04938271604938271,"5.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computersystem ein Laptop-Computer ist.",115,patents +115,5,"6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computer- system ein personlicher digitaler Assistent ist.",0.05102040816326531,"6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist. + +",0.6224489795918368,"12.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der dritte Performance-Zustand eine zweite integrierte S",0.05102040816326531," + +6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist.",0.05102040816326531,"6.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist.",0.05102040816326531,"6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist. +",0.05102040816326531,"6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist. + +",0.05102040816326531," +6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist. +",0.05102040816326531," +6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist. +",0.061224489795918366," 6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1. wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist. +",0.05102040816326531,"6.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computersystem ein persönlicher digitaler Assistent ist.",115,patents +115,6,"7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benut- zer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zu- standen beinhaltet einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Perfor- mance-Zustands, der hoher als der erste Per- formance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Perfor- mance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Per- formance-Zustand ist; Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Er- eignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Perfor- mance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zu- stand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Er- eignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schal- tung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist.",0.12252252252252252,"(136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; + + - wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist; + + - Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und + + - 5 + +10 + +- 15 + +20 + +25 + +- 30 + +35 + +40 + +45 + +50 + +- 55 + + - Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Erei",0.7405405405405405,"17 **EP 1 499 943 B1** 18 + + + +**4.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: + + +**7.** Vorrichtung, umfassend: + + + +5 + + +10 + + +15 + + +20 + + +25 + + +30 + + +35 + + +40 + + +45 + + +50 + + +55 + + +**10** + + + +**8.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + +**9.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + +**11.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der erste Performance-Zustand einen ersten Spannungspegel +und eine erste Betriebsfrequenz umfasst. + + +**12.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der dritte Performance-Zustand eine zweite integrierte Schaltung +umfasst, die zusammen mit der ersten integrierten +Schaltung Anweisungen verarbeitet. + + +**13.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, ferner umfassend: + + +Frequenzregelungslogik zum Ändern einer Betriebsfrequenz der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Frequenzregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt. + + +**14.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, ferner umfassend: + + +Spannungsregelungslogik zum Ändern einer + + +",0.04504504504504504,"t ist. + +7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: +Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; +wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist; +Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und +Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist. + +8. Vo",0.04864864864864865,"sistent ist. +- **7.** Vorrichtung, umfassend: + +Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; + +wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist; + +Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und + +Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist.",0.06396396396396396,"rrichtung, umfassend: + * Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleiteten Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleiteten Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; + * wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist; + * Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und + * Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ",0.10720720720720721,"ttel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist; Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und + +18 + +Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis",0.04504504504504504,". + +7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: + Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; + wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist; + Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und + Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist. + +8.",0.3162162162162162," + +7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: + + Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; + wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist; + Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; + und + +8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern. + +9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern. + +10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprü",0.05045045045045045,"tent ist. +- 7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: + +Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; + +wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zuständen beinhaltet einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes. eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist: + +Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und + +Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist. + +**8.*",0.44144144144144143,"nce-Zustand auf Basis wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleides Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von tetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der 10 Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist. integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zu- **8.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: stand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleiteMittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten 15 der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den PerSchaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zuformance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu stand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand. ändern. + +Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist. ",115,patents +115,7,"8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: Mittel (134) zum Andern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Per- formance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu andern.",0.06153846153846154,"8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + - Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ände",0.49230769230769234,"** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, ferner umfassend: + + +Frequenzregelungslogik zum Ändern einer Betriebsfrequenz der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Frequenzregelungslogik ein Signal vom Pr",0.03076923076923077,"8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: +Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.046153846153846156,".** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + +Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.05128205128205128," Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.1794871794871795,". Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: +2. Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schalt",0.041025641025641026,". Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.05128205128205128,". Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern",0.05128205128205128,".** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7. ferner umfassend: + +Mittel (134) zum Ändern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.16923076923076924," Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: 20 + +Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu",115,patents +115,8,"9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: Mittel (130) zum Andern des Betriebsspan- nungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu andern.",0.06930693069306931," Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + - Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungsspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu änder",0.5495049504950495," +**13.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, ferner umfassend: + + +Frequenzregelungslogik zum Ändern einer Betriebsfrequenz der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Frequenzregelungslogik ein Signal vom Pro",0.0297029702970297,"9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: +Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.04455445544554455,"9.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + +Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern",0.04950495049504951," Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.09900990099009901,"9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + +Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ",0.039603960396039604,". Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.04950495049504951," Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: + + Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.04950495049504951,".** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7. ferner umfassend: + +Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern.",0.0594059405940594," Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: 20 + +Mittel (130) zum Ändern des Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu ändern",115,patents +115,9,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Anspruche 7 bis 9, um- fassend: ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeicher- tes Programm zum Managen des Energiever- brauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance- Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignis- ses.",0.04424778761061947,"0. Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: + + - ein computerlesbares Medium; und +ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeicher- +tes Programm zum Managen des Energiever- +brauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, +dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum +direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten +Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance- +Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf +Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignis- +se",0.7168141592920354,"1.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der erste Performance-Zustand einen ersten Spannungspegel +und eine erste Betriebsfrequenz umfasst. + + +**12.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei der dritte Performance-Zustand eine zweite integrierte Schaltung +umfasst, die zusammen mit der ersten integrierten +Schaltung Anweisungen verarbeitet. + + +**13.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, ferner umfassend: + + +Frequenzregelungslogik zum Ändern einer Betriebsfrequenz",0.0420353982300885,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: +* ein computerlesbares Medium; und +* ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeichertes Programm zum Managen des Energieverbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignisses. +",0.04424778761061947," +**10.** Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: + +ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeichertes Programm zum Managen des Energieverbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignisses. + +-",0.07300884955752213,"rrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: + * ein computerlesbares Medium; und + * ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeichertes Programm zum Managen des Energieverbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignisses",0.11504424778761062,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: + +ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeichertes Programm zum Managen des Energieverbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten PerformanceZustand in den dritten PerformanceZustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutz",0.0420353982300885,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: + ein computerlesbares Medium; und + ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeichertes Programm zum Managen des Energieverbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignisses. +",0.0420353982300885,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: + + ein computerlesbares Medium; und + ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeichertes Programm zum Managen des Energieverbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignisses.",0.04424778761061947,"10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Ansprüche 7 bis 9, umfassend: + +ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeichertes Programm zum Managen des Energieverbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignisses. + +- 40 1",0.5663716814159292,"gen des EnergieverÜberlegungen, um in einem dritten Perforbrauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, mance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren. dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten **5.** Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computer35 Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performancesystem ein Laptop-Computer ist. Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignis- ",115,patents +116,0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.8666666666666667," 16, 2013, and ",0.8666666666666667," 15, 2013, the ",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.8666666666666667,". 15, 2013, t",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",0.8666666666666667," 15, 2013, the ",0.0,"US 9,423,690 B2",116,patents +116,1,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,0.0,1,116,patents +116,2,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.029850746268656716,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON +BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME +ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN +COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND +METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING +ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC +DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.7910447761194029,"ATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON** A high sensitivity, a high resolution and a good pattern +**BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME** shape are in a relationship of a tradeoff therebetween, and +**ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SE",0.0,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.004975124378109453,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD. ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.7512437810945274," ""Pattern Forming Method, Electron Beam-Sensitive or Extreme Ultraviolet Ray-Sensitive Resin Composition, Resist Film, and Method for Manufacturing Electronic Device, and Electronic Device Using the Sa",0.0,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.0,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.0,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.004975124378109453,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD. ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",0.0,"PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME",116,patents +116,3,"CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012- 181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorpo- rated herein by reference.",0.02040816326530612," CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012-181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. +",0.7871720116618076," + +In addition, a pattern forming method using a developer +containing an organic solvent has been developed recently + +20 [(for example, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open ] +No. 2010-217884). According to this method, it is said that +the stable formation of a micro pattern in high precision is +possible. Further, in recent years, the nee",0.02040816326530612,"CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012-181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. + +",0.02040816326530612,"# CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012-181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.",0.10787172011661808,"Cross-Reference to Related Application + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012-181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. + +",0.13994169096209913,"ELATED APPLICATION + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorpo› rated herein by reference",0.02040816326530612," CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012-181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. +",0.02040816326530612,"CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012-181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. + +",0.02040816326530612,"# CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012-181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.",0.14868804664723032,"fine hole patterns are formed. + +This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. + +> 15 sh",116,patents +116,4,"TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac- turing an electronic device, and an electronic device using g g the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to",0.023636363636363636," +## TECHNICAL FIELD + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to ",0.6927272727272727,"ired in the formicrochip or other photofabrication processes, an electron mation of fine isolated space patterns having a space width +beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin of 100 nm or less. Similarly, in the case of forming a hole +composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac- 30 pattern having fine pore diameter (for example, 50 nm or +turing an electronic device, and an electronic device using less), a further performance improvement on high resoluthe same. More specifically, the present invention relates to ",0.023636363636363636," TECHNICAL FIELD + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to a p",0.016363636363636365," TECHNICAL FIELD + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac-30 turing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to",0.045454545454545456," +## Technical Field + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to ",0.08181818181818182,"e present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac› turing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to",0.023636363636363636," +## TECHNICAL FIELD + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to ",0.023636363636363636," +## TECHNICAL FIELD + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to ",0.016363636363636365," TECHNICAL FIELD + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac-30 turing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to",0.02181818181818182," TECHNICAL FIELD + +The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device using the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to a ",116,patents +116,5,"BACKGROUND ART A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manu- facturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because",0.016339869281045753," BACKGROUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because",0.7516339869281046," resin composition, and a resist film, +position, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an + + + +process of semiconductor device using an electron beam or 35 An object of the present invention is to provide a pattern +EUV ray (wavelength: nea",0.016339869281045753," BACKGROUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because",0.06862745098039216,"ROUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist $_{45}$ composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, beca",0.05228758169934641,"Background Art + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because ",0.0784313725490196,"OUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manu› facturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, be",0.016339869281045753," BACKGROUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because",0.016339869281045753,"BACKGROUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because ",0.06862745098039216,"GROUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist $_{45}$ composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, bec",0.013071895424836602,"BACKGROUND ART + +A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manufacturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because",116,patents +116,6,"SUMMARY OF INVENTION The present invention is as follows. [1] A pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo! % or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A):",0.06726457399103139,"ENTION + +The present invention is as follows. + +[1] A pattern forming method, including: + +55 + +(a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); + +60 + +(b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and + +(c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, + +65 + +wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by +Formula (1-0) is 45 mol % or more based on a whole +repeating units in the resin (A)",0.6846038863976084,"An object of the present invention is to provide a pattern +EUV ray (wavelength: near 13 nm), an electron beam- forming method, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme +sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin com- ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, +position, and a resist film, and a method for manufacturing and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an + + + +process of semiconductor device using an electron beam or 35 An object of the present invention is to provide a pattern +EUV ray (wavelength: near 13 nm), an electron beam- forming method, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme +sensitive or an extreme ",0.04484304932735426,"SUMMARY OF INVENTION + +The present invention is as follows. + +1. A pattern forming method, including: + + (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); + + (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and + + (c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mol % or more based on a whole repeating units in the ",0.04932735426008968,"MMARY OF INVENTION + +The present invention is as follows. + +[1] A pattern forming method, including: + +(a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula $(1-0)$ and a repeating unit represented by Formula $(1-2)$ + +(b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and + +(c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, + +wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mol % or more based on a whole repeating units in the re",0.08221225710014948," +The present invention is as follows. + +1. A pattern forming method, including: + a. forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); + b. exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and + c. developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is $45 \text{ mol %}$ or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A):",0.17937219730941703,"SUMMARY OF INVENTION + +The present invention is as follows. + +- [1] A pattern forming method, including: +2. (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain› ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); +3. (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and +4. ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, + +wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo! ",0.06427503736920777,"TION + +The present invention is as follows. + +**[1]** A pattern forming method, including: + +* (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); +* (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and +* (c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, + +wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mol % or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A)",0.017937219730941704,"SUMMARY OF INVENTION + +The present invention is as follows. + +[1] A pattern forming method, including: +(a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); +(b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and +(c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, +wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mol % or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A):",0.04932735426008968,"MMARY OF INVENTION + +The present invention is as follows. + +[1] A pattern forming method, including: + +(a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula $(1-0)$ and a repeating unit represented by Formula $(1-2)$ + +(b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and + +(c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, + +wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mol % or more based on a whole repeating units in the re",0.40059790732436473,"SUMMARY OF INVENTION + +The present invention is as follows. + +[1] A pattern forming method, including: + +(a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); + +55 + +These electron beam or X-ray or EUV ray lithography takes a position as a pattern forming technique of the next generation or the next of the next generation, and a resist composition of a high sensitivity and high resolution is desired. Particularly, a high sensitization is a very important problem to be solved for sh",116,patents +117,0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.8," + +[0020] FIG. 1",0.8666666666666667,"e 20. + +**[0021]",0.8666666666666667,0020]** FIG. 1 ,0.8666666666666667,[0020] FIG. 1 i,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,0.8,"e 20. + +[0021] I",0.0,EP 2 000 008 B1,117,patents +117,1,"ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many ad- ditional advantages and uses of the systems and meth- ods will become apparent from the following detailed de- scription, which proceeds with reference to the accom- panying drawings.",0.016853932584269662,"ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic +light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition +of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many ad- +ditional advantages and uses of the systems and meth- +ods will become apparent from the following detailed de- +scription, which proceeds with reference to the accom- +panying drawings.",0.9803370786516854,"5 **EP 2 000 008 B1** 6 + + + + + +5 + + +10 + + +15 + + +20 + + +25 + + +30 + + +35 + + +40 + + +45 + + +50 + + +55 + + +**4** + + + + +",0.025280898876404494," +ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings.",0.03089887640449438,"5 + +ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings.",0.02247191011235955,"ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings.",0.05056179775280899,"ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings",0.0449438202247191,"008 B1 + +ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings.",0.0449438202247191," 6 + +ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings. + +",0.03089887640449438,"5 + +ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings.",0.0449438202247191," + +6 + +ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many additional advantages and uses of the systems and methods will become apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying drawings. ",117,patents +117,2,"[0020] FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible sub- strate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an interme- diate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second pre- cursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are intro- duced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery sys- tems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clude precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clude piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20.",0.02258064516129032," +[0020] FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20. +[0021] In th",0.9862903225806452,"5 **EP 2 000 008 B1** 6 + + + + + +5 + + +10 + + +15 + + +20 + + +25 + + +30 + + +35 + + +40 + + +45 + + +50 + + +55 + + +**4** + + + + +",0.02338709677419355,"ings. + +[0020] FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N₂). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14, 16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20. + +[002",0.02258064516129032,"gs. + +**[0020]** FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20. + +**[",0.02258064516129032," + +**[0020]** FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen ($\ce{N2}$). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14, 16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20.",0.09516129032258064,"ssection view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin- film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N 2 ). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 2",0.02258064516129032," + +**[0020]** FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen ($\ce{N2}$). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14, 16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20.",0.02258064516129032," +[0020] FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20. + +",0.02258064516129032,"ngs. + +[0020] FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen $(N_2)$ . When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20. + +[",0.02258064516129032,"*[0020]** FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible substrate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an intermediate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second precursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are introduced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery systems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may include piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20. **[0021]**",117,patents +117,3,"[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-cham- bers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Ves- sel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the exter- nal environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passage- ways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a cor- responding series of second passageways 56 are pro- vided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, pas- sageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) ex- tending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first di- vider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36.",0.02295918367346939,"olation zone 20. +[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG. 1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36.",0.985969387755102,"5 **EP 2 000 008 B1** 6 + + + + + +5 + + +10 + + +15 + + +20 + + +25 + + +30 + + +35 + + +40 + + +45 + + +50 + + +55 + + +**4** + + + + +",0.02295918367346939,"on zone 20. + +[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14, 16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14, 16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG. 1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36. + +",0.02295918367346939," +**[0021]** In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36. + +**[0022]** ",0.02295918367346939,"le. + +**[0021]** In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36. + +**[0022",0.09438775510204081,"16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divide",0.02295918367346939,"ne 20. + +**[0021]** In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14, 16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14, 16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG. 1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36. + +*",0.02295918367346939,"ion zone 20. + +[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36. + +[0",0.02295918367346939," 20. + +[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36. + +[0022] To ",0.02295918367346939,"one 20. **[0021]** In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-chambers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Vessel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the external environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passageways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a corresponding series of second passageways 56 are provided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, passageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) extending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first divider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36. + +5 +",117,patents +117,4,"[0022] To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Pas- sageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and mar- gins may range between microns and millimeters in cer- tain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embod- iments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for fur- ther restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the sub- strate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate.",0.016260162601626018,"vider 36. + +[0022] To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the substrate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate. +",0.9850948509485095,"5 **EP 2 000 008 B1** 6 + + + + + +5 + + +10 + + +15 + + +20 + + +25 + + +30 + + +35 + + +40 + + +45 + + +50 + + +55 + + +**4** + + + + +",0.016260162601626018,"6. + +[0022] To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14, 16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the substrate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate. + +[0023",0.02168021680216802," To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or + +10 limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 + +15 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 + +20 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the sub- + +25 strate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate.",0.016260162601626018," 36. + +**[0022]** To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the substrate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate. + +",0.0948509485094851,"nt nonALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the substrate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposin",0.016260162601626018,"[0022]** To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14, 16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the substrate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate. + +**[0023",0.016260162601626018,". + +[0022] To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the substrate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate. + +[0023] ",0.023035230352303523,"[0022] To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46. 50. it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or + +10 limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 + +15 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 + +20 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the sub- + +25 strate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the subs",0.016260162601626018," +**[0022]** To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Passageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and margins may range between microns and millimeters in certain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embodiments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for further restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the substrate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate. + +**[0",117,patents +117,5,"[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extend- ing completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 con- nects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migra- tion and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1.",0.013001083423618635,"[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1. + +40 + +",0.9837486457204767,"5 **EP 2 000 008 B1** 6 + + + + + +5 + + +10 + + +15 + + +20 + + +25 + + +30 + + +35 + + +40 + + +45 + + +50 + + +55 + + +**4** + + + + +",0.013001083423618635,"e. + +[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14, 16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14, 16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1.",0.021668472372697724,"23]** In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly + +35 into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the + +40 passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1",0.013001083423618635,"**[0023]** In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1. + +",0.09750812567713976,"not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. ",0.013001083423618635,"[0023]** In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14, 16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14, 16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1. + +",0.013001083423618635,"te. + +[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1. +",0.023835319609967497,"3] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 30 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly + +35 into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the + +40 passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1",0.013001083423618635,"**[0023]** In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extending completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 connects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migration and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1. +",117,patents +117,6,"[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are prefer- ably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodi- ment, the pressure differentials may be generated by in- jecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure great- er than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the ex- haust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pres- sure differentials may also be generated by pumping from",0.029411764705882353,"[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from + +50 + +55 + +=",0.979539641943734,"5 **EP 2 000 008 B1** 6 + + + + + +5 + + +10 + + +15 + + +20 + + +25 + + +30 + + +35 + + +40 + + +45 + + +50 + + +55 + + +**4** + + + + +",0.016624040920716114,"[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from +",0.017902813299232736,"[0024]** To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from",0.017902813299232736,"[0024]** To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from",0.11636828644501279,"0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may ",0.017902813299232736,"[0024]** To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from",0.020460358056265986,"[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from + +4 +",0.015345268542199489,"[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodi-50 ment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the ex-55 haust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from",0.030690537084398978,"[0024]** To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are preferably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodiment, the pressure differentials may be generated by injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure greater than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the exhaust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pressure differentials may also be generated by pumping from + +**4** +",117,patents +118,0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.8,"ch 14, wobei da",0.9333333333333333," 15, wobei das ",0.9333333333333333,"nd: + Betreib",0.9333333333333333,etzen (408) d,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.8666666666666667,ruch 14. wobei ,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,118,patents +118,1,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfangt.",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",0.5882352941176471,"Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu + +änd",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",0.058823529411764705,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfän",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",0.008403361344537815,"Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfängt.",118,patents +118,2,"15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisun- gen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren.",0.05405405405405406," + +15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenautauschsystem (BIOS) residieren. +",0.5135135135135135," +**20.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 15, wobei das Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) ein Benachrichtigungssignal v",0.036036036036036036,"15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren. + +",0.036036036036036036,"15.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren.",0.036036036036036036,"15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren. +1",0.18018018018018017,"15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) res",0.036036036036036036," +15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren. +",0.036036036036036036," +15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren. +",0.04504504504504504,"15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren +- ",0.036036036036036036,"15.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren.",118,patents +118,3,"16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisun- gen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",0.043010752688172046," +16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren. +",0.4838709677419355,".** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung eine Verarbeitungsein",0.043010752688172046,"16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren. + +",0.043010752688172046,"16.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",0.043010752688172046," +16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren. +",0.12903225806451613,"6. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residier",0.043010752688172046," + +16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",0.043010752688172046," + +16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",0.043010752688172046,"- 16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",0.043010752688172046,"16.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.",118,patents +118,4,"17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisun- gen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",0.04395604395604396," +17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren. +",0.46153846153846156,"*19.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung eine Verarbeitun",0.04395604395604396," + +17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",0.04395604395604396,"17.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",0.04395604395604396,"17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren. +1",0.13186813186813187,"Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",0.04395604395604396," + +17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",0.04395604395604396," +17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren. +",0.04395604395604396," 17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren. +",0.04395604395604396,"17.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisungen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.",118,patents +118,5,"18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste inte- grierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.",0.0425531914893617," +18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst. +",0.22340425531914893,"*19.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung eine Verarbeitungse",0.0425531914893617," +18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst. +",0.0425531914893617,"18.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.",0.0425531914893617,". +18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.",0.0425531914893617," +18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst. +",0.0425531914893617,"18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst. + +",0.0425531914893617," +18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst. +",0.05319148936170213,- 18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10. wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.,0.0425531914893617,"18.** Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste integrierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.",118,patents +118,6,"23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen be- reitstellt, die bei Ausfuhrung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durch- fuhrt, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen hoheren Performance-Zustand zu verset- zen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der hoher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- nutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist;",0.037940379403794036," + +23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen be- +reitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine +bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durch- +führt, umfassend: + + - Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; we",0.6476964769647696,"**25.** Maschinenlesbares Medium nach Anspruch 23, ferner umfassend Anweisungen, die bei Ausführung +durch die Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine +die weiteren Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + + +Ändern eines Betriebsspannungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu + +ändern. + + +**26.** Maschinenlesbares Medium nach Anspruch 23, ferner umfassend Anweisungen, die bei Ausführung +durch die Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine +die weiteren Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + + +Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung im dritten +Performance-Zustand für einen vorübergehen +den Zeitraum. + + +**27.** Maschinenlesbares Medium nach einem der An +sprüche 23 bis 26, ferner umfassend Anweisungen",0.044715447154471545,"t. + +23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + +- Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und +- Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; +- w",0.04607046070460705,"- **23.** Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn ",0.044715447154471545,"höht. +23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; we",0.17344173441734417," Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + +40 + +45 + +50 + +55 + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance- Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance- Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software e",0.058265582655826556,". Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + + Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und + + Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis i",0.04742547425474255,"23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + + Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und + + Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist",0.04607046070460705,"höht. +- 23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wen",0.044715447154471545,"23.** Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen bereitstellt, die bei Ausführung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durchführt, umfassend: + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der höher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das",118,patents +118,7,"Revendications 1. Procede comportant les etapes consistant a : detecter (402) un evenement pour faire passer un circuit integre d'un systeme informatique a un etat de performances plus eleve, le circuit integre ayant de multiples etats de performan-",0.11244979919678715,"endications + +1. Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + + - détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d'un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de performa",0.17269076305220885,"ndications** + + +**1.** Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + + +détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer +un circuit intégré d’un système informatique à +un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit +intégré ayant de multiples états de perf",0.10843373493975904,"ndications + +1. Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + +- détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d’un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de performan-",0.15261044176706828,"1.** Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + - détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d'un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de performan-",0.11244979919678715,"ndications + +1. Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d'un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de performan",0.18875502008032127,"1. Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + +détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d'un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de performan-",0.11646586345381527,"ndications + +1. Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + + détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d’un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de performan",0.11244979919678715,"evendications + +1. Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + + détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d'un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de perfor",0.14056224899598393,"ations** + +- 1. Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + - détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d'un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de performan",0.15261044176706828,"dications** + +**1.** Procédé comportant les étapes consistant à : + +détecter (402) un événement pour faire passer un circuit intégré d’un système informatique à un état de performances plus élevé, le circuit intégré ayant de multiples états de perfo",118,patents +119,0,US 2019/0010119 Al,0.05555555555555555,US 2019/0010119 A,0.0,US 2019/0010119 Al,0.9444444444444444,preferably 10 mol ,1.0,"nit BN2, the lower",0.1111111111111111, US 2019/0010119 A,0.8888888888888888," --> + +[0144] As th",0.1111111111111111, US 2019/0010119 A,0.05555555555555555,US 2019/0010119 A1,0.8888888888888888,referably 10 mol %,0.0,US 2019/0010119 Al,119,patents +119,1,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,1.0,0 ,0.5,_0,1.0,14,0.0,40,0.0,40,0.0,40,1.0,0 ,0.0,40,119,patents +119,2,"Jan. 10, 2019",0.0,"Jan. 10, 2019",0.6153846153846154,"an.** **10, 2",0.7692307692307693,erably 10 mol,0.8461538461538461,ferably 10 mo,0.0,"Jan. 10, 2019",0.8461538461538461,ferably 10 mo,0.0,"Jan. 10, 2019",0.0,"Jan. 10, 2019",0.9230769230769231,referably 10 ,0.0,"Jan. 10, 2019",119,patents +119,3,"[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!%.",0.024691358024691357,"[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mol %, more preferably 10 mol % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mol %, more preferably 60 mol %",0.9012345679012346,"**US 2019/0010119 Al** + +**40** + + +-continued + + +0 +## _1Q_ + + +0 +# 6 + + + +**Jan.** **10, 2019** + + +-continued + + +MeO HO + + +(bl) + + +(b2) + + +",0.024691358024691357,"0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mol %, more preferably 10 mol % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mol %, more preferably 60 mol %.",0.01646090534979424,"144]** As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!%.",0.024691358024691357,"[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mol %, more preferably 10 mol % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mol %, more preferably 60 mol %",0.00823045267489712,"[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!%",0.037037037037037035,"*[0144]** As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mol %, more preferably 10 mol % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mol %, more preferably 60 mo",0.024691358024691357,"[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mol %, more preferably 10 mol % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mol %, more preferably 60 mol %",0.053497942386831275,"0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mol %, more preferably 10 mol % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mol $\%$ , more preferably 60 m",0.01646090534979424,"[0144]** As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!",119,patents +119,4,"[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a chemi- cally amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",0.012618296529968454," +[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit B1 in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mol % or more, more preferably 70 mol % or more, and still more preferably 80 mol % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition. +",0.9495268138801262,"**US 2019/0010119 Al** + +**40** + + +-continued + + +0 +## _1Q_ + + +0 +# 6 + + + +**Jan.** **10, 2019** + + +-continued + + +MeO HO + + +(bl) + + +(b2) + + +",0.012618296529968454,"[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit B1 in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mol % or more, more preferably 70 mol % or more, and still more preferably 80 mol % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition. + +",0.006309148264984227,"[0145]** When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",0.012618296529968454," + +[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit B1 in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mol % or more, more preferably 70 mol % or more, and still more preferably 80 mol % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",0.06782334384858044,"45] When the inventive resist composition is a chemi› cally amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative r",0.012618296529968454,"[0145]** When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit B1 in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mol % or more, more preferably 70 mol % or more, and still more preferably 80 mol % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",0.012618296529968454," +[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit B1 in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mol % or more, more preferably 70 mol % or more, and still more preferably 80 mol % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition. +",0.012618296529968454," + +[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit B1 in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mol % or more, more preferably 70 mol % or more, and still more preferably 80 mol % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",0.006309148264984227,"[0145]** When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.",119,patents +119,5,"g p [0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemi- cally amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustra- tive examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesive- ness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity.",0.0273972602739726,". + +[0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (b1) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity. + +(b1) +",0.943683409436834,"**US 2019/0010119 Al** + +**40** + + +-continued + + +0 +## _1Q_ + + +0 +# 6 + + + +**Jan.** **10, 2019** + + +-continued + + +MeO HO + + +(bl) + + +(b2) + + +",0.0258751902587519,"tion. + +[0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (b1) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity. + +(",0.0243531202435312,". + +**[0146]** When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity. + +(",0.0258751902587519,"on. + +[0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (b1) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity. + +![F",0.1141552511415525,"[0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemi› cally amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustra› tive examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesive› ness to a substrate and the so",0.0258751902587519,". + +**[0146]** When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (b1) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity. + +!",0.0258751902587519,"sition. + +[0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (b1) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity. +",0.030441400304414," +[0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (b1) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity. + +ЭH + + $G",0.0228310502283105,"on. + +**[0146]** When the inventive resist composition is a chemically amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustrative examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesiveness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity.",119,patents +120,0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.9333333333333333,e of claims 23 ,0.9333333333333333,"m of claim 23, ",0.8666666666666667,"s of claim 14, ",0.8666666666666667, (402) an ev,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,0.8666666666666667," of claim 23, f",0.0,EP 1 499 943 B1,120,patents +120,1,"13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: frequency regulation logic to change an operat- ing frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.037383177570093455,". The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + + - frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.6495327102803738,"hich, when executed by the +machine, cause the machine to perform the further +operations comprising: + + +changing an operating frequency of the integrated circuit to change the state of performance of +the integrated c",0.028037383177570093,"13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +- frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program",0.03271028037383177,"13.** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program",0.037383177570093455,"13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the progra",0.08411214953271028,"3. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: +2. frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the pr",0.037383177570093455,"13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the progra",0.03271028037383177,"3.** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.03271028037383177,"3.** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.03271028037383177,".** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +frequency regulation logic to change an operating frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",120,patents +120,2,"14. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the pro- gram.",0.052884615384615384,". The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + + - voltage regulation logic to change an operating +voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage +regulation logic to receive a signal from the pro- +gra",0.6634615384615384,"*17.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions +reside in application software. + + +**18.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the first integrated circuit comprises a chip set. + + +**19.** The apparat",0.028846153846153848,"4. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +- voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.03365384615384615,"4.** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.038461538461538464,". The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.028846153846153848,"4. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: +4. voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",0.038461538461538464,"14. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the progra",0.03365384615384615,"14.** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the program",0.038461538461538464,"14.** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the proaram",0.03365384615384615,".** The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: + +voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.",120,patents +120,3,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.0,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.30851063829787234,"**17.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions +reside in application software. + + +",0.0,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.0425531914893617,"5.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System",0.0,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.0,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.0,"15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",0.0425531914893617,"15.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output Syste",0.0425531914893617,"5.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System",0.031914893617021274,".** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.",120,patents +120,4,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.0,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.22093023255813954,"**17.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions +reside in application soft",0.0,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.046511627906976744,"6.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system",0.0,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.0,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.0,"16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.",0.046511627906976744,"16.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating syste",0.06976744186046512," The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions 20 reside in an operating system.",0.046511627906976744,"16.** The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating syste",120,patents +120,5,"Patentanspruche 1. Verfahren, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen hoheren Performance-Zustand zu verset- zen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der hoher als",0.0898876404494382,"Patentansprüche + +## 50 1. Verfahren, umfassend: + +55 + +- Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der ",0.09831460674157304,"Patentansprüche** + + +**1.** Verfahren, umfassend: + + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in +einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu verset +zen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere +Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich + +eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines + +zweiten Performance-Zustands, der h",0.05056179775280899,"atentansprüche** + +1. Verfahren, umfassend: + +- Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als",0.08426966292134831,"Patentansprüche** + +50 **1.** Verfahren, umfassend: + +> Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der h",0.0449438202247191,"Patentansprüche + +1. Verfahren, umfassend: + Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als",0.1348314606741573,"tentansprüche + +1. Verfahren, umfassend: + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance- Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands,",0.042134831460674156,"Patentansprüche + +1. Verfahren, umfassend: + Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher als",0.05337078651685393,"Patentansprüche + +**1.** Verfahren, umfassend: + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher al",0.06179775280898876,"tentanspr cche + +50 1. Verfahren. umfassend: + +> Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher al",0.0702247191011236,"entansprüche** + +**1.** Verfahren, umfassend: + +Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine integrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen höheren Performance-Zustand zu versetzen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustände aufweist einschließlich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der höher a",120,patents +121,0,US 2012/0003590 Al,0.05555555555555555,US 2012/0003590 A,0.0,US 2012/0003590 Al,0.8333333333333334,"unit (B). + +[0319] ",0.8333333333333334,"unit (B). + +[0319] ",0.1111111111111111, US 2012/0003590 A,0.7222222222222222,"it (B). + +[0319] Th",0.05555555555555555,US 2012/0003590 A,0.05555555555555555,US 2012/0003590 A1,0.8333333333333334,"unit (B). + +[0319] ",0.0,US 2012/0003590 Al,121,patents +121,1,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.4166666666666667,"** **5, 2012",0.6666666666666666,"hane). + +[032",0.6666666666666666,"hane). + +[032",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.6666666666666666,"hane). + +[032",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",0.6666666666666666,"hane). + +[032",0.0,"Jan. 5, 2012",121,patents +121,2,60,0.0,60,0.0,60,0.5,[0,0.0,60,0.0,60,0.5,[0,0.0,60,0.0,60,0.0,60,0.0,60,121,patents +121,3,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.5, contain a,0.3,Continued),0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.5, contain a,0.0,-continued,121,patents +121,4," [0317] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an anti- oxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. (Photo-Acid Generator)",0.03806228373702422,"Other Components> + +[0317] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +## (Photo-Acid Generator)",0.7889273356401384,"**US 2012/0003590 Al** + + +-continued + + +--+CH2-CH-t + +~ I + + + +**Jan.** **5, 2012** + +**60** + + +-continued +### **-CH9** + + +0 +I +O=S=O + +**F** *F F +F F + + +S03 +e + + + + + +(Photo-Acid Generator)",0.03460207612456748," + + +[0317] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +(Photo-Acid Generator) +",0.03460207612456748," + +[0317] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +(Photo-Acid Generator) + +",0.04844290657439446," Other Components + +[0317] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +### Photo-Acid Generator +",0.1384083044982699,"[0317] The composition of the present invention may fur› ther contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an anti› oxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +## (Photo-Acid Generator)",0.0726643598615917,"ther Components> + +**[0317]** The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +### (Photo-Acid Genera",0.04498269896193772,"ther Components> + +[0317] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +### (Photo-Acid Generator)",0.03460207612456748," + +[0317] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +(Photo-Acid Generator) + +",0.05536332179930796," + +**[0317]** The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an antioxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. + +(Photo-Acid Genera",121,patents +121,5,[0318] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeat- ing unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).,0.05,"r) + +[0318] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).",0.9125,", 2012** + +**60** + + +-continued +### **-CH9** + + +0 +I +O=S=O + +**F** *F F +F F + + +S03 +e + + + + + +(Photo-Acid Generator) + + + +o I ✓,:::; +I +O=S=O + + + ",0.05,"[0318] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B). + +[0",0.05,"r) + +[0318] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).",0.05,"[0318] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B). + +[0",0.0125,[0318] The composition of the present invention may fur› ther contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeat› ing unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).,0.05,"[0318]** The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B). + +",0.05," + +[0318] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B). + +",0.05,"r) + +[0318] The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).",0.05,"[0318]** The composition of the present invention may further contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeating unit (A) and the repeating unit (B). +",121,patents +121,6,"[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-dis- coloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).",0.005780346820809248,"[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane). + +",0.8728323699421965,"**US 2012/0003590 Al** + + +-continued + + +--+CH2-CH-t + +~ I + + + +**Jan.** **5, 2012** + +**60** + + +-continued +### **-CH9** + + +0 +I +O=S=O + +**F** *F F +F F + + +S03 +e + + + + + +(Photo-Acid Generator) + + + +o I ✓,:::; +I +O=S=O + + + #### F F .: +## + +o-leol"""" +# Y + + + +O=S=O +#### F F - .: 0 SVOMe - .: +## + +###### o-leol"""" I"""" + + + +P-54 + + +P-55 + + + +I OMe +O=S=O +F+F + + + +F + + +OH +### **-CH9** + + +0 +I +O=S=O +F+F +F---t-F + + +S03 +e + + +OH + + +",0.005780346820809248,"[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane). + +",0.005780346820809248," + +[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).",0.005780346820809248," +[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane). +",0.01878612716763006,"9] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-dis› coloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane",0.005780346820809248,"[0319]** The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).",0.010115606936416185," +[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl)diazomethane. + +",0.005780346820809248," + +[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).",0.005780346820809248,"[0319]** The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-discoloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).",121,patents +121,7,"[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII):",0.0,"[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII):",0.8646616541353384,"*F** *F F +F F + + +S03 +e + + + + + +(Photo-Acid Generator) + + + +o I ✓,:::; +I +O=S=O + + + #### F F .: +## + +o-l",0.0,"[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII):",0.12030075187969924,"0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae $(ZI)$ , $(ZII)$ and ",0.0,"[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII):",0.09022556390977443,"] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII)",0.03007518796992481,"0320]** Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII)",0.0,"[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII):",0.12030075187969924,"0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae $(ZI)$ , $(ZII)$ and ",0.09022556390977443," Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae **(ZI), (ZII)** and **(ZIII):",121,patents +121,8,P-55,0.0,P-55,0.0,P-55,0.5," +P-5",1.0,-dec,1.0,"12 +-",0.0,P-55,0.0,P-55,0.0,P-55,1.0,-dec,0.75," +-co",121,patents +122,0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.8,* | 02.10.2019 ,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,0.0,EP 3 800 018 A1,122,patents +122,1,EUROPAISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,0.037037037037037035,EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG,122,patents +122,2,(43) Veroffentlichungstag: 07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14,0.03508771929824561,"(43) Veröffentlichungstag: +07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14",0.8771929824561403," + + +(22) Anmeldetag: **02.10.2019** + + + +_**B26D 1/16**_ _**",0.19298245614035087,Veröffentlichungstag:** | 07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14 ,0.08771929824561403,(43) Veröffentlichungstag: **07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/,0.45614035087719296,"g (Publication Date):** 07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14 +* ",0.5964912280701754,"ffentlichungstag: +- (51) Int Cl.: + +07.04.2021 Patentblatt",0.15789473684210525,"43) Veröffentlichungstag:** +07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021",0.15789473684210525,"43) Veröffentlichungstag:** +07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021",0.017543859649122806,(43) Veröffentlichungstag: 07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14,0.08771929824561403,(43) Veröffentlichungstag: **07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/,122,patents +122,3,(21) Anmeldenummer: 19200966.0,0.0,(21) Anmeldenummer: 19200966.0,0.13333333333333333,(21) Anmeldenummer: **19200966,0.3,*Anmeldenummer:** | 19200966.0,0.13333333333333333,1) Anmeldenummer: **19200966.0,0.6333333333333333,"4 +* **(21) Anmeldenummer (Ap",0.1,"(21) Anmeldenummer: + +19200966.",0.13333333333333333,21) Anmeldenummer:** 19200966.,0.13333333333333333,(21) Anmeldenummer:** 19200966,0.0,(21) Anmeldenummer: 19200966.0,0.13333333333333333,21) Anmeldenummer: **19200966.,122,patents +122,4,(22) Anmeldetag: 02.10.2019,0.0,(22) Anmeldetag: 02.10.2019,0.14814814814814814,2) Anmeldetag: **02.10.2019,0.3333333333333333,*Anmeldetag:** | 02.10.2019,0.14814814814814814,22) Anmeldetag: **02.10.201,0.5185185185185185, **(22) Anmeldetag (Applica,0.1111111111111111,"(22) Anmeldetag: + +02.10.201",0.14814814814814814,22) Anmeldetag:** 02.10.201,0.14814814814814814,22) Anmeldetag:** 02.10.201,0.0,(22) Anmeldetag: 02.10.2019,0.14814814814814814,(22) Anmeldetag: **02.10.20,122,patents +122,5,(51) Int Cl.: B26D 1/16 (2006.01) (2006 01),0.20930232558139536," + (51) Int Cl.: +B26D 1/16 (2006.01) B26D 1/",0.7674418604651163,**B26D 1/16**_ _**[(2006.01)]**_ _**B26D 1/,0.4418604651162791,Int Cl.:** | B26D 1/16 (2006.01)
    B26D ,0.5348837209302325,01) B26D 1/18 (2006.01) B26D 5/00 (2006.01),0.6046511627906976," * B26D 1/16 (2006.01) + * B26D 1/18 ",0.6511627906976745," +B26D 1/16 (2006.01) + +B26D 1/18 (2006.01) + +",0.27906976744186046,"(51) Int Cl.:** +B26D 1/16 (2006.01) +B26",0.37209302325581395," + +**(51) Int Cl.:** +B26D 1/16 (2006.01) ",0.7441860465116279,"> + +B26D 7/26 (2006.01) + +## EP 3 800 018 A1 ",0.46511627906976744,"(51) Int Cl.: + +|**_B26D 1/16 _**|**_(2006.",122,patents +122,6,(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: BA ME Benannte Validierungsstaaten: KH MA MD TN,0.03153153153153153,"(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: +AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB +GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO +PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR +Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: +BA ME +Benannte Validierungsstaaten: +KH MA MD TN",0.8648648648648649,"(54) **SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER** + + +Printed by Jouve, 75001 PARIS (FR) + + +",0.08558558558558559," Benannte Vertragsstaaten +AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR + +## Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten +BA ME + +## Benannte Validierungsstaaten +KH MA MD T",0.09009009009009009,annte Vertragsstaaten: **AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR** Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: **BA ME** Benannte Validierungsstaaten: **KH MA MD ,0.3783783783783784,"4) Benannte Vertragsstaaten (Designated Contracting States):** AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR +* **Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten (Designate",0.02702702702702703,"84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: + +AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB + +GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: BA ME Benannte Validierungsstaaten: KH MA MD T",0.14414414414414414,") Benannte Vertragsstaaten:** +AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR +**Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten:** +BA ME +**Benannte Validierungsstaaten",0.18018018018018017,"(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten:** +AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB +GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO +PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR +**Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten:** +BA ME +**Benannte Validierungs",0.0,(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: BA ME Benannte Validierungsstaaten: KH MA MD TN,0.13513513513513514,") Benannte Vertragsstaaten: + + - **AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR** Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: **BA ME** Benannte Validierungsstaaten:",122,patents +122,7,(71) Anmelder: Dienes Werke fur Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG 51491 Overath (DE),0.012658227848101266,(71) Anmelder: Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG 51491 Overath (DE),0.7974683544303798,"(21) Anmeldenummer: **19200966.0** + + +(22) Anmeldetag: **02.10.2019** + + + +_**B26D",0.13924050632911392,"# Anmelder +Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG +51491 Overath (DE) + +",0.06329113924050633,1) Anmelder: **Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG 51491 Overath (DE),0.20253164556962025,"(Applicant):** Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG, 51491 Overath (DE",0.189873417721519,"nmelder: + +Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile + +GmbH & Co. KG 51491 Overath (DE)",0.16455696202531644,"nmelder:** +Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG +51491 Overath (DE)",0.11392405063291139," Anmelder: Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG** +51491 Overath (DE)",0.012658227848101266,(71) Anmelder: Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG 51491 Overath (DE),0.06329113924050633,71) Anmelder: **Dienes Werke für Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG 51491 Overath (DE,122,patents +122,8,"(72) Erfinder: * Thielen, Rolf 50733 Koln (DE)",0.41304347826086957,"(2) +EPÜ. + +- Thielen, Rolf +50733 Köln (DE) + +## ",0.782608695652174,"rinted by Jouve, 75001 PARIS (FR) + + +",0.2608695652173913," Erfinder +* Thielen, Rolf + 50733 Köln (DE) +",0.10869565217391304,"2) Erfinder: **• Thielen, Rolf 50733 Köln (DE)",0.3695652173913043,"rs):** + * Thielen, Rolf, 50733 Köln (DE) +",0.17391304347826086,"(72) Erfinder: + +- Thielen, Rolf + +50733 Köln (D",0.3695652173913043,"(72) Erfinder:** +- Thielen, Rolf + 50733 K",0.5434782608695652," Erfinder:** +• **Thielen, Rolf** + 50733 K",0.10869565217391304,"- (72) Erfinder: Thielen, Rolf 50733 Köln (DE)",0.10869565217391304,"2) Erfinder: **• Thielen, Rolf 50733 Köln (DE)",122,patents +122,9,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FUR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.022222222222222223,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.1111111111111111,54) **SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTE,0.1111111111111111,") + +# SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER",0.1111111111111111,4) **SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.022222222222222223,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.022222222222222223,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.022222222222222223,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.022222222222222223,(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER,0.13333333333333333," +## SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER ",0.1111111111111111,54) **SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTE,122,patents +122,10,"(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensor- vorrichtung (4) fur einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend - einen Grundkorper (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvor- richtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), - mindestens einen an dem Grundkorper (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Grosse und - einen an dem Grundkorper (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Ubertragung der von dem Sensor (7) er- fassten Grosse.",0.057007125890736345," +(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensor- +vorrichtung (4) für einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend + +- einen Grundkörper (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvorrichtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), + +- mindestens einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten +Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Größe und + +- einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sender (8) +zur kabellosen Übertragung der von dem Sensor (7) er- +fassten Größe.",0.9168646080760094,"(11) EP 3 800 018 A1 + +(12) **EUROPÄISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG** + + + +(21) Anmeldenummer: **19200966.0** + + +(22) Anmeldetag: **02.10.2019** + + + +_**B26D 1/16**_ _**[(2006.01)]**_ _**B26D 1/18**_ _**[(2006.01)]**_ + +_**B26D 5/00**_ _**[(2006.01)]**_ _**B26D 7/26**_ _**[(2006.01)]**_ + +_**B23Q 17/09**_ _**[(2006.01)]**_ + + + +(54) **SENSORVORRICHTUNG FÜR EINEN MESSERHALTER** + + +Printed by Jouve, 75001 PARIS (FR) + + +",0.07125890736342043,"Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensorvorrichtung (4) für einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend +- einen Grundkörper (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvorrichtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), +- mindestens einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Größe und +- einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Übertragung der von dem Sensor (7) erfassten Größe. + +",0.06413301662707839,"(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensorvorrichtung (4) für einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend - einen Grundkörper (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvorrichtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), + +- mindestens einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Größe und + +- einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Übertragung der von dem Sensor (7) erfassten Größe. + +![](",0.0831353919239905,") + +Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensorvorrichtung (4) für einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend: +- einen Grundkörper (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvorrichtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), +- mindestens einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Größe und +- einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Übertragung der von dem Sensor (7) erfassten Größe. + +--- + +##",0.05938242280285035," +(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensorvorrichtung (4) für einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend - einen Grundkörper (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvorrichtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), - mindestens einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Größe und - einen an dem Grundkörper (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Übertragung der von dem Sensor (7) erfassten Größe. + + + +- (IO) Patent No.: + +US 7,851,130 B2 +",0.4," EP 1 480 078 A1 — 5/2004 +* EP 1 693 705 A2\* — 8/2006 +* EP 1 703 326 A2\* — 9/2006 +* EP 1 767 991 A2\* — 3/2007",0.6416666666666667," | - | +| EP | 1 693 705 A2 \* | 8/2006 | | +| EP | 1 703 326 A2 \* | 9/2006 | | +| EP | 1 767 991 A2 \* | 3/2007 | ",0.675," 693 705 A2 * | | 8/2006 | +|----------------|--|---------| +| 1 703 326 A2 * | | 9/2006 | +| 1 767 991 A2 * | | 3/200",0.8416666666666667," Cl.** .................... **430/270.1;** 430/922; 430/325; 430/326; 430/942; 430/966; 549/26; 549/16; 549/17; 549/20 +",126,patents +126,11,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* * cited by examiner Primary Examiner-Sin J. Lee (74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue Mion, PLLC",0.053475935828877004,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS + +Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* + +* cited by examiner + +Primary Examiner-Sin J. Lee +(74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue Mion, P",0.7914438502673797,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS + + + - cited by examiner + + +(57) **ABSTRACT** + + +(I) +RI! + + +**16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet** + + + +FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS + + +EP 1480078 Al 5/2004 + + +",0.25668449197860965,"Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* +* cited by examiner + +---- + +### Primary Examiner +Sin J. Lee + +### Attorney, Agent, or Firm +Sughrue Mion, PL",0.11229946524064172,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS + +Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.\* + +\* cited by examiner + +*Primary Examiner-Sin* J. Lee (74) *Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue* M",0.18181818181818182,"er Publications + +Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* + +* cited by examiner + +Primary Examiner — Sin J. Lee + +Attorney, Agent, or Firm — Sughrue Mion, PLLC",0.0855614973262032,"R PUBLICATIONS + +Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* + +* cited by examiner + +Primary Examiner-Sin J. Lee + +(74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue Mion, PL",0.21390374331550802," Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.\* + +\* cited by examiner + +**Primary Examiner** — Sin J. Lee +**(74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm** — Sughrue Mion, PLL",0.18716577540106952,"ATIONS** + +Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* + +* cited by examiner + +**Primary Examiner**—Sin J. Lee +**(74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm**—Sughrue Mion, P",0.45454545454545453,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS + +Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by $\text{JPO.}^*$ + +\* cited by examiner + + $\text{EP}$ + + $\text{EP}$ + + $\text{EP}$ $\text{JP}$ + + $",0.11764705882352941,"OTHER PUBLICATIONS + +Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* + +* cited by examiner + +_Primary Examiner-Sin_ J. Lee + +(74) _Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue",126,patents +126,12,"(57) ABSTRACT A photosensitive composition includes (A) a compound rep- resented by the following formula (I): wherein R 1 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group.",0.33641975308641975," photosensitive compound used in chemical compositions where the R groups can be hydrogen atoms or various substituents. + +wherein R¹ to R¹³ each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X⁻ represents an anion containing a proton acceptor function",0.7654320987654321,"( *) Notice: Subject to any disclaimer, the term ofthis +patent is extended or adjusted under 35 +U.S.C. 154(b) by 42 days. + + +This patent is subject to a terminal disclaimer.",0.3888888888888889,"^{3} \quad Z \quad R^{7} \\ +R^{4} \quad \quad R^{5} \quad R^{6} +\end{array} +$$ + +wherein \( R^{1} \) to \( R^{13} \) each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, \( Z \) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and \( X^{-} \) represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group.",0.1882716049382716,"nsitive composition includes (A) a compound represented by the following formula (I): + +![](_page_0_Figure_33.jpeg) + +wherein R 1 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional g",0.3549382716049383,"so linked by a bridging group Z. The benzene rings have substituents R¹ through R¹³ and a counterion X⁻. Specifically, R¹ to R¹³ each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X⁻ represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group. + +",0.11419753086419752,"photosensitive composition includes (A) a compound rep› resented by the following formula (I): + + + +wherein R 1 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional grou",0.4228395061728395," A counter anion $X^-$ is present separately. + +wherein $R^1$ to $R^{13}$ each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, $Z$ represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and $X^-$ represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group. + +**16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet** +```",0.3765432098765432," The molecule appears to be a multi-ring aromatic system with substituent groups + +wherein R1 to R13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional grou",0.29012345679012347,"mposition includes (A) a compound represented by the following formula (I): + +![](_page_0_Figure_33.jpeg) + +wherein $R^1$ to $R^{13}$ each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and $X^-$ represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functio",0.3765432098765432,"on includes (A) a compound represented by the following formula (I): + +**==> picture [144 x 16] intentionally omitted <==** + +wherein R[1 ] to R[13 ] each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor",126,patents +126,13,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",0.0,"16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet",126,patents +127,0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.4,contained ,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.0,-continued,0.4,contained ,0.0,-continued,127,patents +127,1,US 2020/0050106 Al,0.05555555555555555,US 2020/0050106 A,0.0,US 2020/0050106 Al,0.8888888888888888," + +---- + +[0291] A",0.8333333333333334, R201 to R203 incl,0.1111111111111111,"""US 2020/0050106 A",0.8888888888888888," | + +[0291] Among",0.05555555555555555,US 2020/0050106 A1,0.05555555555555555,US 2020/0050106 A1,0.7777777777777778," +[ $0300$ ] As the",0.0,US 2020/0050106 Al,127,patents +127,2,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.6153846153846154,"eb.** **13, 2",0.6923076923076923,"bly 1 to 20. +",0.6153846153846154," R201 , R202,",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.6923076923076923," 201 , R202 ,",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",0.7692307692307693,"}$ , $R_{202",0.0,"Feb. 13, 2020",127,patents +127,3,"[0293] In General Formula (ZI), [0294] R201 , R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. [0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R201 , R202, and R203 is preferably 1 to 30, and",0.1036036036036036,"0293] In General Formula (ZI), + +[0294] R201, R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. + +[0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R_{201}, R_{202}, and R_{203} is preferably 1 to",0.7657657657657657," include +an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide +bond, or a carbonyl group, and examples of the group +formed by the bonding of two of R201 to R203 include an +alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and",0.2072072072072072,"n General Formula (ZI), + +[0294] R₍₂₀₁₎, R₍₂₀₂₎, and R₍₂₀₃₎ each independently represent an organic group. + +[0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R₍₂₀₁₎, R₍₂₀₂₎, and R₍₂₀₃₎ is preferably 1 to 30,",0.15765765765765766,"0293]** In General Formula **(ZI),** + +**[0294]** R201 , R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. + +**[0295]** The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R201 , R202, and R203 is prefera",0.26576576576576577,"0293] In General Formula (ZI), + +[0294] $R_{201}$, $R_{202}$, and $R_{203}$ each independently represent an organic group. + +[0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of $R_{201}$, $R_{202}$, and $R_{203",0.10810810810810811,"93] In General Formula (ZI), + +[0294] R201 , R202 , and R 203 each independently represent an organic group. + +[0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R 201 , R202 , and R203 is preferably 1 to",0.3063063063063063,"[0294]** $R_{201}$, $R_{202}$, and $R_{203}$ each independently represent an organic group. + +**[0295]** The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of $R_{201}$, $R_{202}$, and $R_{203}$ is preferably 1 to 30, ",0.36036036036036034,"[0293] In General Formula (ZI), + +[0294] R201, R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. + +[0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R201 2/Nik. In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (li) for the in- creating eigenmodes and see a \"link\" in the district- tion which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this link (with li < 0.01) where the eigenvalues start to flalten out. Statistical determination of large scale flow As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evi- dance for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalized LCan model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this pa- per, we provide a first demonstration of our new param- eterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the \"squashing\" of the 2- D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the De3 sample to leads to large statistical er- rows, due to a signsficant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., Loss) should provide stronger con- strained and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters b and vp for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation be- tweet these two parameters because the anisotropic am- plitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fiends. The best fit value from Fig- ure 5 is vp = 270+433 km/s (at the 1s level marginalized with other parameters including b) and is consistent with vp = 0. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on vp as it is below zero and thus has no physical mean- ing. Instead, we quote the upper bound on vp and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of vp is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5-normalized LCan model. We propose above that vp is a complementary param- ever for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter gTh, which is equivalent to fs8, is not de- terminus precisely without the prior information of As. But when we report our measurement with vp, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to g*Th determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value vp at a given redshift is not only in- dependent of bias but also independent of normalization. B. Reconstruction of matter density fiend from vp We convert vp measurement into gTh using As from WMAP5 (gTh: coherent growth factor of peculiar below- ity, and it is equivalent to fs8 in other parameteriza- lions). With the evolution of gTh known, dynamics of per- turbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ps through the Ruler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of vp is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (z 0.1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Th into the coherent evolution of Ps. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the cover- ent evolution of Ph, gPh. We are able to determine matter density flsituations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the cover- ent growth of dm, gd = 0.7, which is related to gPh as" + "where U and V are orthogonal matrices that span the range and the null space of Cij and Dkl = l2dkl, a diag- onal matrix with singular values along the diagonal. In doing the SVD, we select the dominant pmodes to con- tribute to the kh2 by requiring that l2 > 2/Njk. In Figure 4, we rank the eigenvalues (li) for the in- creasing eigenmodes and see a \"kink\" in the distribu- tion which we interpret as indicating a transition in the signal-to-noise of the eigenmodes, i.e., only the first ten modes contain most of the signal, while higher-ordered modes are dominated by noise. We therefore remove eigenmodes beyond this kink (with li < 0.01) where the eigenvalues start to flatten out. Statistical determination of large scale flow As discussed in the Introduction, there is recent evi- dence for excessive bulk flow motions compared to the WMAP5-normalised LCDM model [18] and therefore, it is important to confirm these results as it may indicate evidence for an alternative explanation for the observed cosmic acceleration such as modified gravity. In this pa- per, we provide a first demonstration of our new param- eterization using clusters of galaxies from the SDSS. In detail, we attempt to model the \"squashing\" of the 2- D correlation function of the C4 cluster sample seen in Figure 5 using the formalism presented herein. We do however caution the reader that we expect the limited size of the DR3 sample to leads to large statistical er- rors, due to a significant shot-noise contribution because of their low number density. However, future cluster and galaxy samples (e.g., LRGs) should provide stronger con- straints and provide a more robust test of these high bulk flow measurements in the literature. In Figure 5, we provide the best fit parameters b and vp for the C4 correlation function presented in Figure 3 and there is as expected a clear anti-correlation be- tween these two parameters because the anisotropic am- plitude is generated by cross-correlations in the density and peculiar velocity fields. The best fit value from Fig- ure 5 is vp = 270+433 km/s (at the 1s level marginalised with other parameters including b) and is consistent with vp = 0. We do not quote the negative bound of the error on vp as it is below zero and thus has no physical mean- ing. Instead, we quote the upper bound on vp and note that our result is consistent with zero. Our measurement of vp is close to the predicted value of 203 km/s for a WMAP5-normalised LCDM model. We propose above that vp is a complementary param- eter for reporting such peculiar velocity measurements. The parameter gTh, which is equivalent to fs8, is not de- termined precisely without the prior information of AS. But when we report our measurement with vp, there is no uncertainty due to other cosmological parameters which are not determined accurately, as it is equivalent to g*Th determined statistically from redshift space distortion. The observed value vp at a given redshift is not only in- dependent of bias but also independent of normalisation. B. Reconstruction of matter density field from vp We convert vp measurement into gTh using As from WMAP5 (gTh: coherent growth factor of peculiar veloc- ity, and it is equivalent to fs8 in other parameteriza- tions). With the evolution of gTh known, dynamics of per- turbations are reconstructed to provide the history of Ps through the Euler equation. In most theoretical models, the time variation of vp is minimal at these low redshifts discussed here for the C4 sample (z 0.1), which allows us to ignore the time-derivative part in Eq. 9. Therefore, it is straightforward to transform the coherent evolution of Th into the coherent evolution of Ps. If we assume no anisotropic stress, then it is easy to convert to the coher- ent evolution of Ph, gPh. We are able to determine matter density fluctuations through the Poisson equation. We calculate the coher- ent growth of dm, gd = 0.7, which is related to gPh as" ] }, { "page_number": 9, "texts": [ - "At first, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., m = 3), the divided points and boundaries are (0, z1, z2, 1.8, ), where z1 and z2 are left as free parameters of the model, and 0 < z1 < z2 < 1.8. In the fourth bin we set we = -1. It means that we divide the region with z (0, 1.8) into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of wwe(z) in this region. The reconstructed wwe of the best-fitied model is shown in Fig. 1," + "At first, we divide the whole region of redshift into 4 bins (i.e., m = 3), the divided points and boundaries are (0, z1, z2, 1.8, ), where z1 and z2 are left as free parameters of the model, and 0 < z1 < z2 < 1.8. In the fourth bin we set wL = -1. It means that we divide the region with z (0, 1.8) into 3 bins and seek for two possible turning points of wde(z) in this region. The reconstructed wde of the best-fitted model is shown in Fig. 1," ] }, { @@ -68,29 +68,29 @@ { "page_number": 11, "texts": [ - "Proof. We prove the lemma for the case of the Co trade- offcurve. The proof for the Co trade-offcurve is similar. Let (C(t), Q(t)) for 0 <=t <=1 be a parametrization of the trade-offcurve with C(0) equal to the classical capacity and Q(1) equal to the quantum capacity. The function C (t) is monotonically decreasing and the function Q (t) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decreasing.", - "If (C(t), Q(t)) is a point on the graph at which the derive- time is not constant, then setting -l to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satinfied. If the graph is not differentiable at (C(t), Q(t)), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting -l to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satinfied. At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, l might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that l does parametrize. Appendix D: Form of the Co Trade-offCurve for Orbit Dephasing Channels We first prove two important commas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the Co trade-off curve. Lemma 12 Let N be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the Co trade-offcurve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with drag- oral conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:" + "Proof. We prove the lemma for the case of the CQ trade- offcurve. The proof for the CE trade-offcurve is similar. Let (C(t), Q(t)) for 0 <=t <=1 be a parametrization of the trade-offcurve with C(0) equal to the classical capacity and Q(1) equal to the quantum capacity. The function C (t) is monotonically decreasing and the function Q (t) is monotonically increasing. The graph of the trade-off curve is convex and, therefore, has one-sided directional derivatives at all points [70]. It is also monotonically decreasing.", + "If (C(t), Q(t)) is a point on the graph at which the deriva- tive is not constant, then setting -l to be the slope of the graph will lead to Eq. (C1) being satisfied. If the graph is not differentiable at (C(t), Q(t)), then the slope must drop discontinuously at that point. Setting -l to any value in the gap will again lead to the condition being satisfied. At points where the graph is differentiable but the slope is constant, l might not be a good parameter. These points, however, are in the convex hull of the points that l does parametrize. Appendix D: Form of the CQ Trade-offCurve for Qubit Dephasing Channels We first prove two important lemmas and then prove a theorem that gives the exact form of the CQ trade-off curve. Lemma 12 Let N be a generalized dephasing channel. In the optimization task for the CQ trade-offcurve, it suffices to consider a classical-quantum state with diag- onal conditional density operators, in the sense that the following inequality holds:" ] }, { "page_number": 12, "texts": [ - "Figure 5: Partition degenerate and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing popularity for a single instance of div (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coeffievents for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.", - "Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean diffprince in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non- excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yes et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (Div), dorsal attention (Div), limbic (Law), ventral attention (Via), somatomotor network (Sha), and visual (Via). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with Div." + "Figure 5: Partition degeneracy and correlation with excursion count. (A) As an example, we show the set of 100 partitions obtained by maximizing modularity for a single instance of dFC (169 events). (B) The association matrix for this set of partitions. Each element in the association matrix counts the number of times that two nodes were assigned to the same partition. The node order is the same as in Figure 4. (C) Matrix of z-score Rand indices for all pairs of the 100 partitions shown in panel (A). (D) We show the scatterplot of mean z-score Rand index for each time point plotted against the event count, both calculated at the same time point, for one representative participant. (E) Correlation coefficients for z-score Rand index and event count plotted across participants. Note that of the 80 participants, only four exhibited negative correlations.", + "Figure 6: Default mode network dissociates during mass-excursions. A) Mean difference in association matrices constructed during non-mass excursions and excursions. B) Node pairs that were statistically more or less likely to be observed in the same community during non- excursions compared to excursions. The network labels are taken from Yeo et al. (2011), with labels corresponding to networks for control (CONT), default mode (DMN), dorsal attention (DAN), limbic (LIM), ventral attention (VAN), somatomotor network (SMN), and visual (VIS). C) We sum the rows of the matrix in panel B) to identify regions that that consistently change their community co-assignments with other regions. The regions that change the most are predominantly regions associated with DMN." ] }, { "page_number": 14, "texts": [ - "information between adjacent tokens in the data. This morre- spends to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities (p(wi|wi-1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsely problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments (wi cj) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities (p(ci|ci-1)) and the word probabilities (p(wi|cj)). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section In-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). In. EXPERIMENTS A. Experimental Data The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone convey- nations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsely problem. As a point of comparison, Catalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary items as Tamil.", - "We performed data collection and language model train- ing experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table In. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter Lt was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.", + "information between adjacent tokens in the data. This corre- sponds to maximizing the likelihood of the data assuming a bigram model. The benefit of using word classes is that the resulting language model can have fewer parameters than a word-based n-gram model. In our case, the in-domain training text is so small that it can be a real advantage to have fewer parameters to learn in the language model. The problem is that if the data is too small to reliably estimate word transition probabilities (p(wi|wi-1)), then it will also be difficult to learn a good partitioning of the words into classes. Our hypothesis is that the advantage in learning the word class assignments on the Twitter data, which solves the data sparsity problem, outweighs any performance penalty that is incurred due to domain mis-match. This differs from the traditional approach where the class assignments (wi cj) are learned from the same training text which is used to estimate the class transition probabilities (p(ci|ci-1)) and the word probabilities (p(wi|cj)). Twitter data, in these experiments, refers to the concatenation of the text downloaded from Twitter with our in-domain data for the reasons described above. The experiments in Section IV-C will compare learning the class assignments on out-of-domain data (hybrid method) to the traditional approach (baseline). IV. EXPERIMENTS A. Experimental Data The in-domain data used in the experiments in this paper comes from the IARPA Babel program.1 This program focuses on keyword search for low-resource languages. The languages are low resource in the sense that they have fewer native speakers than the languages receiving the most attention from researchers and also in the sense that the provided training data is small in comparison to what is typically used. We exclusively focused on the so-called limited language pack, which consists of only ten hours of recorded telephone conver- sations. Our experiments were conducted using the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. The languages that we selected for our experiments have the largest vocabulary sizes (See Table I) of the languages in the Babel program and thus suffer the most from the data sparsity problem. As a point of comparison, Tagalog, which was not used in our experiments, has one third as many vocabulary items as Tamil.", + "We performed data collection and language model train- ing experiments on the Bengali, Tamil, Turkish and Zulu languages. We were able to collect useful data for each of the four languages as seen in Table II. The data collection experiment was especially successful for Turkish and Bengali. For both of those languages the interpolation weight given to the Twitter LM was over 20% and the corresponding reduction in perplexity was more than 12%.", "A large amount of data was also collected for Zulu and Tamil although the perplexity reduction was not as large as it was for Bengali and Turkish. There are a few possible explanations for this outcome. Both Zulu and Tamil have larger vocabularies (See Table I) than the other languages, which" ] }, { "page_number": 15, "texts": [ - "web text sources for conversational speech language modeling using class-dependent mixtures,\" in Proc. His/NAACL, 2003, pp. 7-9. [5] S. Schwarz, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, \"Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,\" IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334-342, 2004. [6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocks, and C. Occur, \"Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,\" And Transactions on Speech and Language Processing, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1-xx, 2007. [7] A. Setup, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, \"Building topic-specsfic language models from weodata using competitive models,\" in Proc. Interspeech, 2005, pp. 1293-1296. [8] R. Sarikaya, A. Grabado, and Y. Gao, \"Rapid language model develop- ment using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,\" in Proc. ICASSP, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573-576. [9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawamura, \"Incorporating semantic infos- nation to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,\" in Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on, May 2013, pp. 8252-8256. [10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, \"Intelligent selection of language model training,\" in Proc. And, 2010. [11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, \"Domain adaptation via pseudo in- domain data selection,\" in Proc. EMNLP, 2011. [12] G. Recurve, J. Lines, T. Main, and P. Motlicek, \"Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,\" in Proc. Interspeech, 2012. [13] T. Schlippe, L. Greg, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, \"Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,\" in Proc. Interspeech, 2013. [14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Poetry, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mer- cer, \"Class-based n-gram models of natural language,\" Computational Linguistics, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467-479, 1992. [15] R. User and M. Ostendorf, \"Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,\" in Proc. Eurospeech, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975-1978. [16] A. Stolcke, \"SRILM - an extensible language modeling toolkit,\" in Proc. ICSLP, 2002, pp. 901-904. [17] P. Liang, \"Semi-supervised learning for natural language,\" Ph.D. sister- nation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. [18] I. H. Bitten and T. Bell, \"The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,\" Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085-1094, 1991. [19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Moving, and L. Page, \"Offievent crawling through url ordering,\" Campus. Nets. ISDN Syst., vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161-172, 1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98) 00108-1 [20] A. Liam and M. Winner, \"Classefication and regression by randomforest,\" R News, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18-22, 2002. [Online]. Available: http://CRAN.R-project.org/doc/Enews/" + "web text sources for conversational speech language modeling using class-dependent mixtures,\" in Proc. HLT/NAACL, 2003, pp. 7-9. [5] S. Schwarm, I. Bulyko, and M. Ostendorf, \"Adaptive language modeling with varied sources to cover new vocabulary items,\" IEEE Trans. Speech and Audio, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 334-342, 2004. [6] I. Bulyko, M. Ostendorf, M. Siu, T. Ng, A. Stocke, and C. Ozgur, \"Web resources for language modeling in conversational speech recognition,\" ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1-xx, 2007. [7] A. Sethy, P. Georgiou, and S. Narayanan, \"Building topic-specific language models from webdata using competitive models,\" in Proc. Interspeech, 2005, pp. 1293-1296. [8] R. Sarikaya, A. Gravano, and Y. Gao, \"Rapid language model develop- ment using external resources for new spoken dialog domains,\" in Proc. ICASSP, vol. I, 2005, pp. 573-576. [9] K. Yoshino, S. Mori, and T. Kawahara, \"Incorporating semantic infor- mation to selection of web texts for language model of spoken dialogue system,\" in Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), 2013 IEEE International Conference on, May 2013, pp. 8252-8256. [10] R. Moore and W. Lewis, \"Intelligent selection of language model training,\" in Proc. ACL, 2010. [11] A. Axelrod, X. He, and J. Gao, \"Domain adaptation via pseudo in- domain data selection,\" in Proc. EMNLP, 2011. [12] G. Lecorve, J. Dines, T. Hain, and P. Motlicek, \"Supervised and unsupervised web-based language model domain adaptation,\" in Proc. Interspeech, 2012. [13] T. Schlippe, L. Gren, N. T. Vu, and T. Schultz, \"Unsupervised language model adaptation for automatic speech recognition of broadcast news using web 2.0,\" in Proc. Interspeech, 2013. [14] P. F. Brown, V. J. D. Pietra, P. V. deSouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Mer- cer, \"Class-based n-gram models of natural language,\" Computational Linguistics, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 467-479, 1992. [15] R. Iyer and M. Ostendorf, \"Transforming out-of-domain estimates to improve in-domain language models,\" in Proc. Eurospeech, vol. 4, 1997, pp. 1975-1978. [16] A. Stolcke, \"SRILM - an extensible language modeling toolkit,\" in Proc. ICSLP, 2002, pp. 901-904. [17] P. Liang, \"Semi-supervised learning for natural language,\" Ph.D. disser- tation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2005. [18] I. H. Witten and T. Bell, \"The zero-frequency problem: Estimating the probabilities of novel events in adaptive text compression,\" Information Theory, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 1085-1094, 1991. [19] J. Cho, H. Garcia-Molina, and L. Page, \"Efficient crawling through url ordering,\" Comput. Netw. ISDN Syst., vol. 30, no. 1-7, pp. 161-172, 1998. [Online]. Available: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0169-7552(98) 00108-1 [20] A. Liaw and M. Wiener, \"Classification and regression by randomforest,\" R News, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 18-22, 2002. [Online]. Available: http://CRAN.R-project.org/doc/Rnews/" ] }, { @@ -98,28 +98,28 @@ "texts": [ "Figure 7: The red arcs are the trajectory of the system (5.60) with initial value (0, 1.2) and the blue arcs are the orbit with initial value (0, 1.5). Through simulation, we observe that the trajectories approach to the periodic solution of (5.60) as time increases.", "Let us start with the linearization of system (5.71) around the periodic solution Ps0(t). Consider a near solution y(t) = y(t, 0, y*+y), where y = (y1, y2), to the periodic solution Ps0(t). Assume that", - "near solution y(t) = y(t, 0, y*+y), where y = (y1, y2), to the periodic solution Ps0(t). Assume that y(t) satinfies condition (N1), and it meets the surface of discontinuity G at the moment t = x and at the point -y = y(x, 0, y*+ y). Considering the formula (3.10) for the transversal point -y = (-y1, -y2), the first t(-y) t(-y) component can be evaluated as = . From the last equality, the singularity is seen at the y0 y0 -1-y" + "near solution y(t) = y(t, 0, y*+y), where y = (y1, y2), to the periodic solution Ps0(t). Assume that y(t) satisfies condition (N1), and it meets the surface of discontinuity G at the moment t = x and at the point -y = y(x, 0, y*+ y). Considering the formula (3.10) for the transversal point -y = (-y1, -y2), the first t(-y) t(-y) component can be evaluated as = . From the last equality, the singularity is seen at the y0 y0 -1-y" ] }, { "page_number": 17, "texts": [ - "Y0-W >=Y1-Y0and Pr , Y1 >=Y0 >=W = 1, respectively, where td is a level of input for each treatment t1-t0 t0-to status d {0, 1} while to is a level of input without the treatment and to < t0 < t1. Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of (Y0, Y1) to the region below the straight line Y1 = t1-tat0-to Y0 - t0-tat1-t0 w and above the straight line Y1 = Y0, and to the region above two", + "Y0-W >=Y1-Y0and Pr , Y1 >=Y0 >=W = 1, respectively, where td is a level of input for each treatment t1-t0 t0-tW status d {0, 1} while tW is a level of input without the treatment and tW < t0 < t1. Given W = w, concavity and convexity of the treatment response function restrict the support of (Y0, Y1) to the region below the straight line Y1 = t1-tWt0-tW Y0 - t0-tWt1-t0 w and above the straight line Y1 = Y0, and to the region above two", "Example 3 (Roy Model) In the Roy model, individuals self-select into treatment when their benefits from the treatment are greater than nonpecuniary costs for treatment participation. The extended Roy model assumes that the nonpecuniary cost is deterministic with the following selection equation:", - "where uC (Z) represents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observances Z. Then treated (D = 1) and untreated people (D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y1 -Y0 >=uC (Z)} and {Y1 -Y0 < uC (Z)}, respectively. Example 4 (Div conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional Div for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written as" + "where uC (Z) represents nonpecuniary costs with a vector of observables Z. Then treated (D = 1) and untreated people (D = 0) are the observed groups satisfying support restrictions {Y1 -Y0 >=uC (Z)} and {Y1 -Y0 < uC (Z)}, respectively. Example 4 (DTE conditional on Potential Outcomes) The conditional DTE for the unobservable subgroup whose potential outcomes belong to a certain set C is written as" ] }, { "page_number": 18, "texts": [ - "For this purpose, we look at the temperature seven- dance of the rotation angle of the magnetization between Ns planes. In Fig. 7, phl(T ) for n = 8 and n = 16 (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, l = 1 . . . 4. For both thicknesses, a monotypic trend is observed for all l, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for n = 8 we see, starting from a temperature T To(8), an abrupt drop of ph3 and ph4, which rapidly reach an almost con- start value, only slightly larger than ph1. In the tem- perature range To(8) T < To(8) we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all Ns layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-Ft confiduration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position Az,max of the structure factor S(0, 0, qz). In Fig. 8 the average of Az,max vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for diffevent lateral dimer- signs L26. As expected from the previous argument, we see that Az,max = 0 for To(8) < T < To(8), while it be- wins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below To(8), making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with Az,max = 0 and reaching a value of about 21*for T = 10 K. In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by My simulations of a Heidelberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements16) on a His lattice14,15, it was found that for thicknesses comma- table with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite diffevent from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 -16, three diffevent magnetic phases could be sin- fled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner dis- ordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the sig- natures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. The absence of the block phase in the J1 -J2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the diffevent range of interactions, rather than to the diffevent lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a But lattice: the results we obtained for phl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the bookmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers ( l =1. . . 5 and 8. . . 12 ), where phl is roughly 10*, sep- stated by a block of disordered layers, and with almost" + "For this purpose, we look at the temperature depen- dence of the rotation angle of the magnetization between NN planes. In Fig. 7, phl(T ) for n = 8 and n = 16 (continuous and dashed lines, respectively), is plotted for the outermost planes, l = 1 . . . 4. For both thicknesses, a monotonic trend is observed for all l, but at variance with what happens for the highest thickness, for n = 8 we see, starting from a temperature T TN(8), an abrupt drop of ph3 and ph4, which rapidly reach an almost con- stant value, only slightly larger than ph1. In the tem- perature range TN(8) T < TC(8) we thus substantially observe the same small magnetic phase shifts between all NN layers, testifying an energetically stable quasi-FM configuration giving no contribution to the helical order parameters. The latter point can be made clearer by looking at the the peak position Qz,max of the structure factor S(0, 0, qz). In Fig. 8 the average of Qz,max vs T is reported, again for n = 8 and for different lateral dimen- sions L26. As expected from the previous argument, we see that Qz,max = 0 for TN(8) < T < TC(8), while it be- gins to shift to higher values as soon as the temperature decreases below TN(8), making apparent a progressive fan stabilization with Qz,max = 0 and reaching a value of about 21*for T = 10 K. In a previous study, where the magnetic properties of Ho thin films were investigated by MC simulations of a Heisenberg model with easy-plane single-ion anisotropy and six out-of-plane coupling constants (as obtained by experimental neutron scattering measurements16) on a HCP lattice14,15, it was found that for thicknesses compa- rable with the helical pitch the phase diagram landscape is quite different from what we find here. Indeed, for n = 9 -16, three different magnetic phases could be sin- gled out, with the high-temperature, paramagnetic phase separated from the low-temperature, long-range ordered one, by an intermediate-temperature block phase where outer ordered 4-layers blocks coexist with some inner dis- ordered ones. Moreover, it was observed that the phase transition of such inner layers turns out to have the sig- natures of a Kosterlitz-Thouless one. The absence of the block phase in the J1 -J2 model here investigated has to be attributed to the different range of interactions, rather than to the different lattice structure. We came to this conclusion by doing some simulations using the same set of interaction constants employed in Refs. 14,15, but using a BCT lattice: the results we obtained for phl with n = 12 are reported in Fig. 9. The latter is absolutely similar to Fig.7 of Ref. 15 and clearly displays the footmarks of the block phase (see down-triangle), with two external blocks of ordered layers ( l =1. . . 5 and 8. . . 12 ), where phl is roughly 10*, sep- arated by a block of disordered layers, and with almost" ] }, { "page_number": 20, "texts": [ - "Note that o1,2,3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the En precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio (g/-g5)2 originates from the presence of brand localized kinetic terms. The o parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters a, Gt and my in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:", - "In section Vs, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by En precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, b(y) 1 (flat extra dimension) and b(y) = e-2ky (a slice of Add5). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and (75)," + "Note that o1,2,3 are all proportional to X which contains a double suppression factor. This feature was the main ingredient for the compatibility of the D-BESS model with the EW precision tests. In the five dimensional formulation of this model the ratio (g/-g5)2 originates from the presence of brane localized kinetic terms. The o parameters can be tested against the experimental data. To do this, we need to express the model parameters in terms of the physical quantities. Proceeding again as in [60] we get the expressions the standard input parameters a, GF and mZ in terms of the model parameters. For convenience we rewrite the results:", + "In section VI, we will study the constraints on the model parameter space by EW precision parameter for two choices of the warp factor, b(y) 1 (flat extra dimension) and b(y) = e-2ky (a slice of AdS5). To this aim we need to invert (73), (74) and (75)," ] }, { @@ -133,37 +133,37 @@ { "page_number": 22, "texts": [ - "A Lt for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case Its. Observing the dependency of Its on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple Lt for the average network throughput C taking the worst case Its into account can be written as follows:", - "A tighter Lt can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that minimizes In,k,l where:", - "Thus, In,k,l is an SINR term for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Al RexK. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the Lt network throughput using (1). Note that if xn,l = 0, than In,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without Its [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insightficant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filying solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filying rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughout Establishing an Up is signsficastle important in order to celebrate the performance of sub- optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The Up can be derived" + "A LB for the optimum multi-cell network throughput can be computed by considering worst case ICI. Observing the dependency of ICI on the subcarrier allocation and power allocation variables, we assume that each user in each cell is transmitting on each subcarrier with its maximum power. A simple LB for the average network throughput C taking the worst case ICI into account can be written as follows:", + "A tighter LB can be derived by using Algorithm 1 where each subcarrier is allocated to the user that maximizes Qn,k,l where:", + "Thus, Qn,k,l is an SINR term for each user k at each subcarrier n in each cell l assuming worst case interference. We collect these SINR terms into a vector qn,l = [qn,1,l, qn,2,l...., qn,K,l] and then stack all the vectors in a matrix Ql RNxK. The resulting allocations based on this criteria are then used to compute the LB network throughput using (1). Note that if xn,l = 0, than Qn,k,l becomes the marginal rate which is shown to be a near-optimal criterion in single cell network scenarios without ICI [2]. Moreover, equal power allocation has insignificant performance loss in high SINR regime compared to the optimal water-filling solution [2], [4], thus power equalization is implemented in Algorithm 1. For the low SINR regime, we can incorporate water-filling rather than equalization in a straightforward manner. B. Upper Bound on the Optimal Network Throughput Establishing an UB is significantly important in order to calibrate the performance of sub- optimal resource allocation schemes with respect to the optimal solution. The UB can be derived" ] }, { "page_number": 23, "texts": [ "Let us consider the non-Hermitian FFA model defined by the following relations for the energy dispersion E(k) and spectral coupling v(k)", - "The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to pos- less a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the cousin- num) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let x1,2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation" + "The condition for the non-Hermitian Hamiltonian to pos- sess a real-valued spectrum (i.e. to avoid complex-valued energies arising from bound states outside the contin- uum) is derived in Appendix B. Precisely, let x1,2 be the two roots of the second-order algebraic equation" ] }, { "page_number": 24, "texts": [ - "Figure S1: We show the effacts of Fisher transforming correlation coeffievents on the range of dynamic flsituations in Fisher-transformed coeffievents. (A) Given four levels of static func- gional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variables of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic flsituations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text.", - "Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coeffievents with Fisher-transformed coeffi- events. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotypic (preserves rank) it does not change percentages in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile ma- trip with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coeffievents is r 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity." + "Figure S1: We show the effects of Fisher transforming correlation coefficients on the range of dynamic fluctuations in Fisher-transformed coefficients. (A) Given four levels of static func- tional connectivity, we show the expected range of distribution Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connections. Note that despite the wide range of static connectivity magnitudes, the variances of distributions are similar. Contrast this with Figure 2 in the main text, where static connectivity magnitude played a massive role in shaping the range of dynamic fluctuations. (B) The relationship of the temporal mean and standard deviation for the Fisher-transformed functional connectivity matrix. Note that there is no systematic relationship. Contrast this panel with panel C in Figure 1 from the main text.", + "Figure S2: Comparison of raw Pearson correlation coefficients with Fisher-transformed coeffi- cients. (A) Because the Fisher transformation is monotonic (preserves rank) it does not change percentiles in any appreciable way. The correlation of the Fisher-transformed percentile ma- trix with the percentile matrix obtained from raw Pearson correlation coefficients is r 1. (B) We also calculated the correlation of Fisher-transformed static functional connectivity with the mean Fisher-transformed dynamic functional connectivity." ] }, { "page_number": 25, "texts": [ - "(vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armory, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (Co) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, Co agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of Co agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of Co agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor (xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof", + "(vi) Kinetic energy weapons (excluding firearms) or projectiles, or parts thereof (vii) Military vehicles, their accessories, bridges specially designed for military use, or parts thereof (viii) Military vessels, their hulls or accessories, or parts thereof (ix) Military aircraft, their accessories, or parts thereof (x) Antisubmarine nets, anti-torpedo nets, or buoyant electric power cables for magnetic mine sweeping (xi) Armor plates, military helmets, body armors, or parts thereof (xii) Military searchlights or control equipment therefor (xiii) Military bacterial agents, chemical warfare (CW) agents, radioactive materials, or equipment or parts for the dissemination, protection, decontamination, detection, or identification thereof (xiii)-2 Chemical mixtures specially formulated for the decontamination of military bacterial agents, CW agents, or radioactive materials (xiv) Biopolymers for the detection or identification of CW agents, culture of cells used for the production of such biopolymers, biocatalysts for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, or expression vectors, viruses, or cultures of cells that contain genetic codes required for production thereof (xv) Equipment and devices used in the production or testing of military propellants, or parts thereof (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the production of weapons, test devices, or parts or accessories therefor (xvii) Military satellites, or parts thereof", "Goods listed below whose specifications comply with Order of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (i) Nuclear fuel materials or nuclear source materials (ii) Nuclear reactors, components or auxiliaries therefor, or power-generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for nuclear reactors" ] }, { "page_number": 26, "texts": [ - "Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (For) lock- lions. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many Fans and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. Certain Fans provide Local Airport Advisory (Law) on 123.6. Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and q T: R - Receive Only T - Transmit Only", - "Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling For name indicate no For frequencies available. Frequencies post- signed above the thin line boxes are removed to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling For named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. In Canada, a \"D\" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet." + "Shadow NAVAID boxes indicate Flight Service Station (FSS) loca- tions. Frequencies 122.2 and 255.4 (Conterminous U.S.); 121.5, 122.2, 243.0 and 255.4 (Alaska); and 121.5, 126.7, and 243.0 (Canada) are available at many FSSs and are not shown. All other frequencies are shown above the box. Certain FSSs provide Local Airport Advisory (LAA) on 123.6. Frequencies transmit and receive except those followed by R and q T: R - Receive Only T - Transmit Only", + "Thin line NAVAID boxes without frequencies and controlling FSS name indicate no FSS frequencies available. Frequencies posi- tioned above the thin line boxes are remoted to the NAVAID sites. Other frequencies at the controlling FSS named are available, however altitude and terrain may determine their reception. In Canada, a \"D\" after the frequency indicates a dial-up remote communications outlet." ] }, { @@ -176,52 +176,52 @@ { "page_number": 28, "texts": [ - "due to thc~ low combustion pressure and values of c, from 2.0 to 4.0 are typical with after- burner operation. p The turbojet engine usually has a strong preference fot high Ref to produce low specif- ic fuel consumption. Since the normal rated thrust condition is a particular design point for the engine, the minimum value of c, will occur at or near this range of Ref. The illustration of figure 2.10 shows a typical dati- ation of c, with percent maximum Ref where values of Ref less than 80 to 85 percent pro- duck a specific fuel consumption much greater than the minimum obtainable. This pref- prince for high.Ref to obtain low values of C, is very pronounced in the fixed geometry engine. Turbojet engines with multispool compressors tend to be less sensitive in this respect and are more flexible in their operating characteristics. Whenever low values of co ate necessary to obtain range or endurance, the preference of the turboiet engine for the design operating Ref can be a factor of great influence. Altitude is one factor which strongly affects the performance of the turbojet engine. An increase in altitude produces a decrease in density and pressure and, if below the trope- pause, a decrease in temperature. If a typical nonaftcrbutning turbojet engine is operated at a constant Ref and true airspeed, the ratio- tion of thrust and specific fuel consumption with altitude can be approximated from figure 221. The variation of density in the standard atmosphere is shown by the values of density ratio at various altitudes. Typical values of the density ratio at specific altitudes are as follows:", - "If the fixed geometry engine is operated at a constant V (The) in subtopic flight and con- start N (Ref) the inlet velocity, inlet ram, and compressor pressure ratio are essentially constant with altitude. An increase in anti- tude then causes the engine air mass flow to decrease in a manner very nearly identical to the altitude density ratio. Of course, this de- crease in mass flow will produce a significant e&ct on the output thrust of the engine. Actually, the variation of thrust with altitude is not quite as severe as the density variation because favorable decreases in temperature occur. The decrease in inlet air temperature will provide a relatively greater combustion gas &brgy and allow a greater jet velocity. The increase in jet velocity somewhat offsets the decrease in mass flow. Of course, an in- crease in altitude provides lower temperatures below the tropopause. Above the tropopause, no further favorable decrease in temperature takes place so a more rapid variation of thrust will take place. The approximate variation of thrust with altitude is represented by figure 2.11 and some typical values at specific anti- tudes ate as follows :", - "Since the change in density with altitude is quite rapid at low altitude turbojet takeoff pet- formance wil1 Abegreatly affected at high anti- tude. Also note that the thrust at 35,000 ft. is approximately 39 percent of the sea level value. The thrust added by the afterburner of a turbojet engine is not affected so greatly by altitude as the basic engine thrust. The use of afterburner may provide a thrust increase of 50 percent at low altitude or as much as 100 per- cent at high altitude." + "due to thc~ low combustion pressure and values of c, from 2.0 to 4.0 are typical with aftet- burner operation. p The turbojet engine usually has a strong preference fot high RPM to produce low specif- ic fuel consumption. Since the normal rated thrust condition is a particular design point for the engine, the minimum value of c, will occur at or near this range of RPM. The illustration of figure 2.10 shows a typical vati- ation of c, with percent maximum RPM where values of RPM less than 80 to 85 percent pro- duce a specific fuel consumption much greater than the minimum obtainable. This pref- erence for high.RPM to obtain low values of C, is very pronounced in the fixed geometry engine. Turbojet engines with multispool compressors tend to be less sensitive in this respect and are more flexible in their operating characteristics. Whenever low values of cI ate necessary to obtain range or endurance, the preference of the turboiet engine for the design operating RPM can be a factor of great influence. Altitude is one factor which strongly affects the performance of the turbojet engine. An increase in altitude produces a decrease in density and pressure and, if below the tropo- pause, a decrease in temperature. If a typical nonaftcrbutning turbojet engine is operated at a constant RPM and true airspeed, the vatia- tion of thtust and specific fuel consumption with altitude can be approximated from figure 221. The variation of density in the standard atmosphere is shown by the values of density ratio at vatious altitudes. Typical values of the density ratio at specific altitudes are as follows:", + "If the fixed geometry engine is operated at a constant V (TAS) in subsonic flight and con- stant N (RPM) the inlet velocity, inlet ram, and compressor pressure ratio are essentially constant with altitude. An increase in alti- tude then causes the engine air mass flow to decrease in a manner very nearly identical to the altitude density ratio. Of coutsc, this de- crease in mass flow will produce a significant e&ct on the output thrust of the engine. Actually, the variation of thrust with altitude is not quite as severe as the density variation because favorable decreases in temperature occut. The decrease in inlet air temperature will provide a relatively greater combustion gas &ergy and allow a greater jet velocity. The increase in jet velocity somewhat offsets the decrease in mass flow. Of course, an in- crease in altitude provides lower temperatures below the tropopause. Above the tropopause, no further favorable decrease in temperature takes place so a more rapid variation of thrust will take place. The approximate variation of thrust with altitude is represented by figure 2.11 and some typical values at specific alti- tudes ate as follows :", + "Since the change in density with altitude is quite rapid at low altitude turbojet takeoff pet- formance wil1 Abegreatly affected at high alti- tude. Also note that the thrust at 35,000 ft. is approximately 39 percent of the sea level value. The thrust added by the afterburner of a turbojet engine is not affected so greatly by altitude as the basic engine thrust. The use of afterburner may provide a thrust increase of 50 percent at low altitude or as much as 100 per- cent at high altitude." ] }, { "page_number": 29, "texts": [ - "Abkommen fur T-Div Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und fur Div-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils guorigen nationales Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 To 22 bow. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). b fu di j il f bha i i d f ld a k i d fu l d guorigen nationales Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 To 22 bow. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). Annabel fur die jeweils frequenzabhanoise Mindestnutzfeldstarke sind fur To-analog der Its-R By.417 zu entnehmen, Annabel fur den Berries eines Canals im Band In in analogue Ubertragungstechnik (Url- Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Gene 1984 zu entnehmen, Annabel fur den Berries eines T-Div-Canals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Put. 2.2.3, Gazelle 1, Position \"Medianwert der Mindestfeldstarke\") und Annabel fur den Berries eines Div-T-Canals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Gazelle A.1.50, Position \"Medianwert fur die minimize aquivalente Relistarke\"). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. f d i d b b i k i d fu i S d f k l i Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. Auf der Basis der open genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird fur eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstarkekontur gemass den jeweils guorigen internationally Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich fur seven 10deg-Schmitt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punch, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht ist. Params kann fur seven der 36 10deg-Schritte ein Flachenelement A berechnet werden:", - "Dutch Addition der 36 Flachenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsflache einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. i i l d f b i f d b i k fu d b i d f hl Quadratkilometern. Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen easiest auf den Ausbreitungskurven fur Landausbreitung der Empfehlung Its-R P.370 fur 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Gelanderauigkeit betaagt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Were der Mindestnutzfeldstarke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhohen und Leistungen erforderlich. Fur Entfernungen r, die cleaner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Antigen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 To 22 bow. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finder sind. u S d di i h i Gl i h ll b i b d i d i l 2a der Richtlinie 176 To 22 bow. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finder sind. Fur Sender, die im Rahman eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird matters Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstarke des Metres berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsflache entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flachenelementen, in seven die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht wird." + "Abkommen fur T-DAB Wiesbaden 1995 und Maastricht 2002 und fur DVB-T Chester 1997, sowie den jeweils gultigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). b fu di j il f bha i i d f ld a k i d fu l d gultigen nationalen Richtlinien (zurzeit 176 TR 22 bzw. 5 R 22 vom Marz 1992). Angaben fur die jeweils frequenzabhangige Mindestnutzfeldstarke sind fur TV-analog der ITU-R BT.417 zu entnehmen, Angaben fur den Betrieb eines Kanals im Band II in analoger Ubertragungstechnik (UKW- Tonrundfunk) sind dem Abkommen Genf 1984 zu entnehmen, Angaben fur den Betrieb eines T-DAB-Kanals dem Abkommen Wiesbaden 1995 (Pkt. 2.2.3, Tabelle 1, Position \"Medianwert der Mindestfeldstarke\") und Angaben fur den Betrieb eines DVB-T-Kanals dem Abkommen Chester 1997 (Tabelle A.1.50, Position \"Medianwert fur die minimale aquivalente Feldstarke\"). In Gleichwellennetzen werden theoretische Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. f d i d b b i k i d fu i S d f k l i Versorgungsflachen verschiedener Sender nicht mehrfach veranschlagt. Auf der Basis der oben genannten Ausbreitungskurven wird fur eine Sendefunkanlage eine Mindestnutzfeldstarkekontur gemass den jeweils gultigen internationalen Abkommen errechnet. Hieraus ergibt sich fur jeden 10deg-Schritt eine Entfernung r vom Senderstandort bis zu dem Punkt, an dem die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht ist. Daraus kann fur jeden der 36 10deg-Schritte ein Flachenelement A berechnet werden:", + "Durch Addition der 36 Flachenelemente ergibt sich die theoretische Versorgungsflache einer Sendeanlage in Quadratkilometern. i i l d f b i f d b i k fu d b i d f hl Quadratkilometern. Die Ermittlung der Entfernungen basiert auf den Ausbreitungskurven fur Landausbreitung der Empfehlung ITU-R P.370 fur 50 % Zeit- und 50 % Ortswahrscheinlichkeit. Die Gelanderauigkeit betragt 50 m. Als Parameter sind der Frequenzbereich, in dem die Nutzung stattfindet, der Wert der Mindestnutzfeldstarke sowie die sektoriellen effektiven Antennenhohen und Leistungen erforderlich. Fur Entfernungen r, die kleiner sind als 10 km, werden die Ausbreitungskurven verwendet, die zurzeit auch in den Anlagen 1a und 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. u S d di i h i Gl i h ll b i b d i d i l 2a der Richtlinie 176 TR 22 bzw. der Richtlinie 5 R 22 zu finden sind. Fur Sender, die im Rahmen eines Gleichwellennetzes betrieben werden, wird mittels Leistungsadditionsverfahren die Summenfeldstarke des Netzes berechnet. Die theoretische Versorgungsflache entsteht durch Addition von hinreichend kleinen Flachenelementen, in denen die Mindestnutzfeldstarke erreicht wird." ] }, { "page_number": 30, "texts": [ - "Chapter In; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter Via; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; (b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter Vs; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; and" + "Chapter II; sections 30 to 44 inclusive, 47 to 51 inclusive, and 56; sections 77 to 79 inclusive and section 85; Chapter VII; or sections 117 to 120 inclusive and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph; (b) sections 57, 63 to 66 inclusive, 86 to 89 inclusive, 90(2) and (3), 91(2), (3), (4) and (5), and 92; Chapter VI; and section 127 in its application to any of the provisions mentioned in this paragraph, a Bill for an Act of Parliament under this section shall not be passed by the National Assembly unless- (i) the final voting on the Bill in the Assembly takes place not less than three months after the previous voting thereon in the Assembly; and" ] }, { "page_number": 31, "texts": [ - "(1) The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- (a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; (b) if he or she is absent from the settings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; (c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. (2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unbound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 days" + "(1) The seat of an Elected Member or a Specially Elected Member of the National Assembly shall become vacant- (a) upon the dissolution of Parliament; (b) if he or she is absent from the sittings of the Assembly for such period and in such circumstances as may be prescribed in the rules of procedure of the Assembly; (c) subject to the provisions of subsections (2) to (3) of this section, if any circumstances arise that, if he or she were not a Member of the Assembly, would cause him or her to be disqualified for election thereto. (2) If circumstances such as are referred to in paragraph (c) of the preceding subsection arise in relation to a Member of the Assembly by virtue of the fact that he or she is declared insolvent, adjudged to be of unsound mind, sentenced to death or imprisonment, or convicted of an election offence and it is open to the Member to appeal against the decision (either with the leave of the court or other authority or without such leave), he or she shall forthwith cease to perform his or her functions as a Member of the Assembly but, subject to the next following subsection, he or she shall not vacate his or her seat until the expiration of a period of 30 days" ] }, { "page_number": 32, "texts": [ - "invitation for trouble of many sorts. The normal and emergency procedures applicable to each specific airplane will insure the proper operation of the equipment. p p p q p (3) Operating Limitation. The operation of the airplane and powerplant must be conducted within the established limitations. Failure to do so will invite failure or malfunction of the equipment and increase the operating cost or possibly cause an accident. p y (4) Flight Characteristics. While all aircraft will have certain minimum requirements for flying qualities, the actual peculiarities and special features of specific airplanes will differ. These particular flight characteristics must be well known and understood by the pilot. (5) Operating Data. The performance of each specific airplane defines its application to various uses and missions. The handbook operating data must be available at all times to properly plan and elnccate the flight of an aircraft. Constant reference to the operating data will insure safe and effective operation of the airplane. p Great time and effort are expended in the 1 preparation of the flight handbook to provide the most exact information, data, and pro- centres. Diligent study and continuous Up of the flight handbook will ensure that the greatest effectiveness is achieved from the airplane while still operating within the inherent capabilities of the design." + "invitation for trouble of many sorts. The normal and emergency procedures applicable to each specific airplane will insure the proper operation of the equipment. p p p q p (3) Operating Limitatiom. The operation of the airplane and powerplant must be conducted within the established limitations. Failure to do so will invite failure or malfunction of the equipment and increase the operating cost or possibly cause an accident. p y (4) Flight Characteristics. While all aircraft will have certain minimum requirements for flying qualities, the actual peculiarities and special features of specific airplanes will differ. These particular flight characteristics must be well known and understood by the pilot. (5) Operating Data. The performance of each specific airplane defines its application to various uses and missions. The handbook operating data must be available at all times to properly plan and elnccate the flight of an aircraft. Constant reference to the operating data will insure safe and effective operation of the airplane. p Great time and effort are expended in the 1 preparation of the flight handbook to provide the most exact information, data, and pro- cedures. Diligent study and continuous UC of the flight handbook will ensure that the greatest effectiveness is achieved from the airplane while still operating within the inherent capabilities of the design." ] }, { "page_number": 33, "texts": [ - "Runway centerline lights (Co) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with Co are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., The/Co Rays 6 and 24." + "Runway centerline lights (CL) are installed on some precision approach runways to facilitate landing under adverse visibility conditions. They are located along the runway centerline and are spaced at 50 foot intervals. Runways with CL are shown in a negative dot pattern through the middle of the solid runway as illustrated in the airport sketch to right. Runway centerline lights will be indicated by a note only when paired with TDZL, e.g., TDZ/CL Rwys 6 and 24." ] }, { "page_number": 34, "texts": [ - "The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and This except for Hawaiian Islands which is different." + "The following note appears on Helicopters, Sectionals and TACs except for Hawaiian Islands which is different." ] }, { "page_number": 35, "texts": [ - "As illustrated, at high gross weights above the basic configuration weight, the limit and ului- mate load factors may be seriously reduced. For the airplane shown, a 5-g maneuver im- mediately after a high gross weight takeoff could be very near the \"disaster regime,\" especially if turbulence is associated with the maneuver. In the same sense, this airplane at very low operating weights below that of the basic configuration would experience great- ly increased limit and ultimate load factors. Operation in this region of high load factors at .low gross weight may create the impression that the airplane has great excess strength capability. This effect must be understood and intelligently appreciated since it is not union- mon to have a modern airplane configuration with more than So percent of its gross weight as fuel. GUST LOAD FACTORS. Busts are also- coated with the vertical and horizontal velocity gradients in the atmosphere. A horizontal gust produces a change in dynamic pressure on the airplane but causes relatively small and unimportant changes in flight load factor. The more important gusts are the vertical gusts which cause changes in angle of attack. This process is illustrated in figure 5.2. The vec- social addition of the gust velocity to the air- plane velocity causes the change in angle of attack and change in lift. The change in angle of attack at some flight condition causes a change in the flight load factor. The uncle- ment change in load factor due to the vertical gust can be determined from the following equation:" + "As illustrated, at high gross weights above the basic configuration weight, the limit and ulti- mate load factors may be seriously reduced. For the airplane shown, a 5-g maneuver im- mediately after a high gross weight takeoff could be very near the \"disaster regime,\" especially if turbulence is associated with the maneuver. In the same sense, this airplane at very low operating weights below that of the basic configuration would experience great- ly increased limit and ultimate load factors. Operation in this region of high load factors at .low gross weight may create the impression that the airplane has great excess strength capability. This effect must be understood and intelligently appreciated since it is not uncom- mon to have a modern airplane configuration with more than SO percent of its gross weight as fuel. GUST LOAD FACTORS. Gusts are asso- ciated with the vertical and horizontal velocity gradients in the atmosphere. A horizontal gust produces a change in dynamic pressure on the airplane but causes relatively small and unimportant changes in flight load factor. The more important gusts are the vertical gusts which cause changes in angle of attack. This process is illustrated in figure 5.2. The vec- torial addition of the gust velocity to the air- plane velocity causes the change in angle of attack and change in lift. The change in angle of attack at some flight condition causes a change in the flight load factor. The incre- ment change in load factor due to the vertical gust can be determined from the following equation:" ] }, { @@ -233,43 +233,43 @@ { "page_number": 37, "texts": [ - "Map for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross Job at 15200' Map for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross Job at 13400' Map for aircraft crossing over and turning at Job: Aircraft traveling Ns on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or higher" + "MCA for aircraft traveling West along V520 to cross JAC at 15200' MCA for aircraft traveling West along V330 to cross JAC at 13400' MTA for aircraft crossing over and turning at JAC: Aircraft traveling NE on V465 and turning to V330 on a W heading or turning to V520 on a W heading must turn at altitude of 16000' or higher" ] }, { "page_number": 39, "texts": [ - "(3) In this section, the expression \"discriminatory\" means according different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. (4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision-" + "(3) In this section, the expression \"discriminatory\" means affording different treatment to different persons, attributable wholly or mainly to their respective descriptions by race, tribe, place of origin, political opinions, colour, creed or sex whereby persons of one such description are subjected to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of another such description are not made subject or are accorded privileges or advantages which are not accorded to persons of another such description. (4) Subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to any law so far as that law makes provision-" ] }, { "page_number": 40, "texts": [ - "MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on Ref Via/Div R-250 to TEKGU Its/Ref 19 Div and on End Via/Div R-179 to WOKPA/End 44.2 Div and hold, continue climb-in- hold to 13000.", - "MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via Sha R-128, then reverse course to Sha Via/Div and hold.", - "MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112deg to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112deg to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289deg to Jan Via/Div and hold." + "MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 13000 on RIL VOR/DME R-250 to TEKGU INT/RIL 19 DME and on EKR VOR/DME R-179 to WOKPA/EKR 44.2 DME and hold, continue climb-in- hold to 13000.", + "MISSED APPROACH: Climbing left turn to 8000 via SVC R-128, then reverse course to SVC VOR/DME and hold.", + "MISSED APPROACH: Climb to 9000 on track 112deg to JETRY, cross JETRY at or above 6700, and on track 112deg to PAKPE, right turn to WULKU, and on track 289deg to JNC VOR/DME and hold." ] }, { "page_number": 41, "texts": [ "3.--(1) Subject to paragraph (2), between 0400 hours and 2100 hours on each of the nine days beginning on 11th July 2021 and ending on 19th July 2021 no aircraft is to fly below 2,000 feet above mean sea level within the area bounded by a circle having a radius of 1.07 nautical miles whose centre is at 521628N 0012201E. (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to any aircraft--", - "(a) S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. (b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (Url) is one hour behind British Summer Time (But)." + "(a) S.I. 2016/765, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations. (b) Co-ordinated Universal Time (UTC) is one hour behind British Summer Time (BST)." ] }, { "page_number": 42, "texts": [ - "That airspace from 18,000' Map to and including Ft 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25deg 04'00\" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00\" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' And.", - "That airspace from 18,000' Map to and including Ft 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00\" W, and designated offshore areas.", - "That airspace from the surface to 10,000' Map (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busy- est airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers.", - "That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See For 91.215)" + "That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 600, including the airspace overflying the waters within 12 NM of the coast of the contiguous United States and Alaska and designated offshore areas, excluding Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the airspace south of latitude 25deg 04'00\" N, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00\" W, and the airspace less than 1,500' AGL.", + "That airspace from 18,000' MSL to and including FL 450, including Santa Barbara Island, Farallon Island, the Alaska peninsula west of longitude 160deg00'00\" W, and designated offshore areas.", + "That airspace from the surface to 10,000' MSL (unless otherwise designated) surrounding the nation's busi- est airports. Each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers.", + "That airspace within 30 NM of the primary airports of Class B airspace and within 10 NM of designated airports. Mode-C transponder equipment is required. (See FAR 91.215)" ] }, { "page_number": 43, "texts": [ - "On Via Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is , g ( avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (Via/Url) NAVAID names q y g q y ( ) and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only ( ) p y those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Horse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids.", + "On VFR Charts, information about radio aids to navigation (NAVAID) are boxed, as illustrated. Duplication of data is , g ( avoided. When two or more radio aids in a general area have the same name with different frequencies, Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) channel numbers, or identification letters, and no misinterpretation can result, the name of the radio aid may be indicated only once within the identification box. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) NAVAID names q y g q y ( ) and identification boxes (shown in blue) take precedence. Only ( ) p y those items that differ (e.g., frequency, Morse Code) are repeated in the box in the appropriate color. The choice of separate or combined boxes is made in each case on the basis of economy of space and clear identification of the radio aids.", "A NAVAID that is physically located on an airport may not always be represented as a typical NAVAID symbol. A small open circle indicates the NAVAID location when collocated with an airport icon.", "Hard-surfaced runways greater than 8069' or some multiple runways less than 8069' Hard-surfaced runways 1500' to 8069' Other than hard-surfaced runways Seaplane bases" ] @@ -283,13 +283,13 @@ { "page_number": 45, "texts": [ - "(3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. (4) A Member of the Solo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Solo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member." + "(3) For the purposes of this section, two or more terms of imprisonment that are required to be served consecutively shall be regarded as a single term of imprisonment for the aggregate period of those terms, and no account shall be taken of a sentence of imprisonment imposed as an alternative to or in default of the payment of a fine. (4) A Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not, while he or she is such a Member, participate in party politics, but active participation in politics prior to being a Member of the Ntlo ya Dikgosi shall not bar any person from being such a Member." ] }, { "page_number": 46, "texts": [ - "Where a physical data room is used, it will be made available to Wanderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Wanderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Rendered will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the 'Terms of Reference'. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to them." + "Where a physical data room is used, it will be made available to Tenderers to facilitate access to information that is not publicly available and that Tenderers may find useful for preparing the technical and financial offer. Depending on the sensitivity of the information provided the access of attendees per Tenderer will be restricted to the number indicated in point 1.2 of the 'Terms of Reference'. The access of third parties (for example subcontractors) is prohibited. Attendees will not be permitted to take copies in any form of the data made available to them." ] }, { @@ -301,25 +301,25 @@ { "page_number": 48, "texts": [ - "Le pouvoir adjudicateur est sounds au protocols no 7 sur les triviaeges et immunites de l'Union europeenne figuring dans le traite sur le fonctionnement de l'Union europeenne, notamment en ce qui concerns l'inviolabilite des archives (y compass la localization physique des downees et des services comme prevu a l'article I.9.2) et la securite des downees, ce qui compound les downees a carpetere personnel devenues pour le couple du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locale du contracting ou du sous-traitant. Le contracting informe sans delai le pouvoir adjudicateur de route demands juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des downees a carpetere personnel traitees pour le couple du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est accessee par une autobioe publique nationale, y compass une autobioe d'un pays tiers. Le contracting n'est pas autobuse a accorded cet acces sans l'autorisation ewrite prearable du pouvoir adjudicateur. La duree du traitement des downees a carpetere personnel par le contracting n'etcesera pas la pediode indianee a l'article In.22.2. A l'issue de cette pediode, le contracting doit, selon le choir du responsible du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs delaws et dans un format arrete d'un common accord routes les downees a carpetere personnel traitees pour le couple du responsible du traitement, hindi que les copies de ces downees, ou decruise de maniere effective routes les downees a carpetere personnel a joins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exile de les conserved plus longtemps." + "Le pouvoir adjudicateur est soumis au protocole no 7 sur les privileges et immunites de l'Union europeenne figurant dans le traite sur le fonctionnement de l'Union europeenne, notamment en ce qui concerne l'inviolabilite des archives (y compris la localisation physique des donnees et des services comme prevu a l'article I.9.2) et la securite des donnees, ce qui comprend les donnees a caractere personnel detenues pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur dans les locaux du contractant ou du sous-traitant. Le contractant informe sans delai le pouvoir adjudicateur de toute demande juridiquement contraignante de divulgation des donnees a caractere personnel traitees pour le compte du pouvoir adjudicateur qui lui est adressee par une autorite publique nationale, y compris une autorite d'un pays tiers. Le contractant n'est pas autorise a accorder cet acces sans l'autorisation ecrite prealable du pouvoir adjudicateur. La duree du traitement des donnees a caractere personnel par le contractant n'excedera pas la periode indiquee a l'article II.22.2. A l'issue de cette periode, le contractant doit, selon le choix du responsable du traitement, restituer dans les meilleurs delais et dans un format arrete d'un commun accord toutes les donnees a caractere personnel traitees pour le compte du responsable du traitement, ainsi que les copies de ces donnees, ou detruire de maniere effective toutes les donnees a caractere personnel a moins que le droit de l'Union ou le droit national n'exige de les conserver plus longtemps." ] }, { "page_number": 49, "texts": [ - "Avant de proceder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit notified formellement au contracting son intention de recouvrer le montana concerne, en precisant le montana du et les motifs du recouvrement et en inviting le contracting a faire part de ses observations dans un delai de 30 jours a chapter de la recaption de la notification. Si accuse observation n'a ete presentee ou si, majore les observations presentees, le pouvoir adjudicateur decode de poursuivre la procesure de recouvrement, il doit confirmed ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de debit au contracting, precisant la date de pavement. Le contracting doit payer le montana conformement aux dispositions de la note de debit. Si le contracting n'a toujours pas effectse le pavement a la date d'echeance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, apres en avoid informe le contracting par ecrit, recouvrer les montanus due: a) par compensation avec des hommes que l'Union doit au contracting; b) par mobilisation de la garantie financeere si le contracting a remix une tells garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; c) par une action en justice." + "Avant de proceder au recouvrement, le pouvoir adjudicateur doit notifier formellement au contractant son intention de recouvrer le montant concerne, en precisant le montant du et les motifs du recouvrement et en invitant le contractant a faire part de ses observations dans un delai de 30 jours a compter de la reception de la notification. Si aucune observation n'a ete presentee ou si, malgre les observations presentees, le pouvoir adjudicateur decide de poursuivre la procedure de recouvrement, il doit confirmer ce recouvrement en notifiant formellement une note de debit au contractant, precisant la date de paiement. Le contractant doit payer le montant conformement aux dispositions de la note de debit. Si le contractant n'a toujours pas effectue le paiement a la date d'echeance, le pouvoir adjudicateur peut, apres en avoir informe le contractant par ecrit, recouvrer les montants dus: a) par compensation avec des sommes que l'Union doit au contractant; b) par mobilisation de la garantie financiere si le contractant a remis une telle garantie au pouvoir adjudicateur; c) par une action en justice." ] }, { "page_number": 50, "texts": [ - "European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Social Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attila | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@evisa.europa.eu www.evisa.europa.eu" + "European Union Agency for Cybersecurity Vasilissis Sofias Str 1 151 24 Maroussi | Attiki | Greece Tel: +30 28 14 40 9711 Email: procurement@enisa.europa.eu www.enisa.europa.eu" ] }, { "page_number": 51, "texts": [ - "Relying on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tendered is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tendered will be disregarded. 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tendered and/or as a joint tendered in a group of wanderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, wanderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing." + "Relying on the capacities of other entities is only necessary when the capacity of the tenderer is not sufficient to fulfil the required minimum levels of capacity. Abstract commitments that other entities will put resources at the disposal of the tenderer will be disregarded. 2.5. Tender submission: how many tenders may an economic operator submit? Economic operators may submit one tender. In case an economic operator submits more than one tender (as sole tenderer and/or as a joint tenderer in a group of tenderers) without withdrawing any of them, as foreseen in the Invitation to Tender, only the latest tender submitted before the time limit for receipt of tenders will be considered. In case of omissions in the latest submission, tenderers will not be able to refer to earlier submissions and may be rejected if mandatory information is missing." ] }, { @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ { "page_number": 53, "texts": [ - "2) Copies of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. - All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity Wanderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract.", - "The wanderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts15 with at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016 - 08/01/2021). 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: - Information systems consultancy and/or studies - minimum 6 references; - Information systems development and support - minimum 4 references; 3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems consultancy and/or studies: a. Engagement of In experts corresponding to the relevant In profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days.", + "2) Copies of the profit and loss accounts for the last two years for which accounts have been closed from each concerned involved entity. If, for any valid reason, an economic operator is unable to provide the copies of the profit and loss accounts, it may prove its economic and financial capacity by any other document, which the Contracting Authority considers appropriate. The contracting authority must at least be notified of the reason and its justification. The Contracting Authority reserves the right to request any other document enabling it to verify the economic operator's economic and financial capacity. - All of the above specified evidence of economic and financial capacity must be provided with the tender. 3.2.3. Technical and professional capacity Tenderers must comply with the following selection criteria in order to prove that they have the necessary technical and professional capacity to perform the contract.", + "The tenderers must have worked on at least 10 contracts15 with at least 3 different clients over the last 4 years (i.e. 23/11/2016 - 08/01/2021). 2. The 10 contract references must cover the provision of Transformation services in the following domains: - Information systems consultancy and/or studies - minimum 6 references; - Information systems development and support - minimum 4 references; 3. Minimum volumes for each referenced contract for Information systems consultancy and/or studies: a. Engagement of IT experts corresponding to the relevant IT profiles listed in Annex 11 of the Technical Specifications and amounting to minimum 200 person-days.", "Minimum level of capacity" ] }, @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ "page_number": 54, "texts": [ "The joint tender must clearly indicate the role and tasks of each member and of the Group Leader who will act as the Contracting Authority's contact point for the contract's administrative or financial aspects and operational management. The Group Leader will have full authority to bind the group and each of its members during contract execution. If the joint tender is successful, the Contracting Authority shall sign the contract with the Group Leader, authorized by the other members to sign the contract on their behalf via power of attorney drawn up in the model attached in Annex 04 \"Power of Attorney\".", - "9 References to tendered or wanderers in this document shall be understood as covering both sole wanderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender." + "9 References to tenderer or tenderers in this document shall be understood as covering both sole tenderers and groups of economic operators submitting a joint tender." ] }, { @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ { "page_number": 59, "texts": [ - "Apres l'evaluation, le travail ne peut etre repair qu'apres que le bagiment ait ete declane sur et que l'acces a cells-ci ait ete officiellement autobuse par le service de securite. Change enterprise grille a ce que tout cembre du personnel present sur le chanting reclive une topic de la procesure d'evaluation dewrite a l'appendage 2." + "Apres l'evacuation, le travail ne peut etre repris qu'apres que le batiment ait ete declare sur et que l'acces a celui-ci ait ete officiellement autorise par le service de securite. Chaque entreprise veille a ce que tout membre du personnel present sur le chantier recoive une copie de la procedure d'evacuation decrite a l'appendice 2." ] }, { @@ -383,46 +383,46 @@ { "page_number": 61, "texts": [ - "Le contracting doit satisfaire aux evidences minimally presues dans le career des charges. Cell compound le respect des obligations applicables en verse de la leviolation environnementale et sociale et de la leviolation du travail etallies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions legislatives internationally dans le domains environnemental et social et dans le domains du travail enumerees a l'andere X de la directive 2014/24/Up4, hindi que le respect des obligations en mathere de protection des downees decourant des reelements (Up) 2016/6795 et (Up) 2018/17256." + "Le contractant doit satisfaire aux exigences minimales prevues dans le cahier des charges. Cela comprend le respect des obligations applicables en vertu de la legislation environnementale et sociale et de la legislation du travail etablies par le droit de l'Union, le droit national et les conventions collectives ou par les dispositions legislatives internationales dans le domaine environnemental et social et dans le domaine du travail enumerees a l'annexe X de la directive 2014/24/UE4, ainsi que le respect des obligations en matiere de protection des donnees decoulant des reglements (UE) 2016/6795 et (UE) 2018/17256." ] }, { "page_number": 62, "texts": [ - "Each tendered's financial offer must be completely unambiguous and unconditional. Renders which contain statements preventing an accurate and complete comparison of the tenders (e.g. \"To be discussed\", \"Depending on x\", etc.) or referring to external circumstances (such as an already existing but separate contract) will be disqualified. Make sure you prepare and submit your electronic tender in e-Submission early enough to ensure it is received within the deadline specified under Heading In.2.2 of the contract notice. A tender received after this deadline will be rejected." + "Each tenderer's financial offer must be completely unambiguous and unconditional. Tenders which contain statements preventing an accurate and complete comparison of the tenders (e.g. \"To be discussed\", \"Depending on x\", etc.) or referring to external circumstances (such as an already existing but separate contract) will be disqualified. Make sure you prepare and submit your electronic tender in e-Submission early enough to ensure it is received within the deadline specified under Heading IV.2.2 of the contract notice. A tender received after this deadline will be rejected." ] }, { "page_number": 63, "texts": [ - "Once the contract has entered into force, the prices indicated in the financial proposal of the successful Rendered may only be revised under the conditions laid down in the contract." + "Once the contract has entered into force, the prices indicated in the financial proposal of the successful Tenderer may only be revised under the conditions laid down in the contract." ] }, { "page_number": 64, "texts": [ - "Wanderers must provide minimum 10 (and in any case no more than 20) contract references. Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in Annex 09 to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered. Wanderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same En Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each En Institution (including an En agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender. The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the clients, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evidence.", - "A consolidated assessment of the tendered as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tendered relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.", - "Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant Its standards", - "The tendered must be certified in the following Its standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: * T 2.1: Its 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by" + "Tenderers must provide minimum 10 (and in any case no more than 20) contract references. Evidence must be provided in the form of a filled-in contract reference per project. For each contract reference the use of the templates provided in Annex 09 to this document is mandatory. Only references submitted on these forms will be considered. Tenderers who fail to provide a description, or who only provide generic content, which does not specifically describe the relevance of the contract reference with regard to the minimum level of capacity detailed above, will be considered as not having the technical and professional capacity to perform the contract. The references must concern at least 3 different clients. Departments, divisions, directorates, and other entities of a same body (including the same EU Institution) will be regarded as the same client. Each EU Institution (including an EU agency) is considered a different client. Under a framework contract (or framework contracts) with different specific contracts, a specific contract (alone or in combination with other specific contracts) can be used only once (i.e. it will be considered as a single reference). In case of a joint tender, the same reference contract cannot be submitted as a separate contract reference by different economic operators for the same tender. The Contracting Authority may request statements issued by the clients, public or private, as supporting documents for each contract reference. These documents should be ready to be provided within five working days of the Contracting Authority's request. The contact persons for the customers indicated in the contract reference form may be contacted in the context of this call for tenders to crosscheck the validity of the information provided as evidence.", + "A consolidated assessment of the tenderer as a whole (including, if applicable, all members of a joint tender and/or other entities on which the tenderer relies to fulfil this selection criterion) will be carried out.", + "Capacity to deliver within a quality and security framework in compliance with relevant ISO standards", + "The tenderer must be certified in the following ISO standards in the areas covered by this call for tenders: * T 2.1: ISO 9001:2015 or equivalent (specify): for all the parts of the organisation(s) and all location(s) that will be used by" ] }, { "page_number": 65, "texts": [ - "It is the responsibility of each tendered to ensure that the total amount of the tender inserted in the relevant field of the e-Submission application corresponds to the amount indicated in the uploaded financial offer. In case of discrepancies, only the amount indicated in the financial offer will be taken into account. The financial offer shall be: expressed in euro.cents. Wanderers from countries outside the euro zone have to quote their prices in euro as well. The price quoted may not be revised in line with exchange rate movements. It is for the tendered to bear the risks or the benefits deriving from any variation. quoted free of all duties, taxes and other charges, i.e. also free of Via. The tendered may indicate the amount of Via but it must be shown separately. Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the For. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be involved separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft For. The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how wanderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements:", - "The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the En under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Impurities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refuses upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of Via must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable Via system, it is the tendered's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from Via." + "It is the responsibility of each tenderer to ensure that the total amount of the tender inserted in the relevant field of the e-Submission application corresponds to the amount indicated in the uploaded financial offer. In case of discrepancies, only the amount indicated in the financial offer will be taken into account. The financial offer shall be: expressed in euro.cents. Tenderers from countries outside the euro zone have to quote their prices in euro as well. The price quoted may not be revised in line with exchange rate movements. It is for the tenderer to bear the risks or the benefits deriving from any variation. quoted free of all duties, taxes and other charges, i.e. also free of VAT. The tenderer may indicate the amount of VAT but it must be shown separately. Inclusive of all costs and expenses directly and indirectly connected with the services to be delivered under the FWC. No further costs will be paid by the contracting authority for travel expenses, missions, trainings, financial costs, or any other costs which the contractor may incur in the process of implementation of any specific contract at the normal places of delivery listed in Section 1.5 above, except if the specific service requirements indicate that any such costs may be invoiced separately, in accordance with Article I.5.3 of the draft FWC. The price structure document as referred to in Section 3.5 may be required by the Contracting Authority. Such price structure document shall explain in detail how tenderers have established their prices for the service. The price structure document should cover at least the following elements:", + "The European Union Institutions are exempt from such charges in the EU under Articles 3 and 4 of the Protocol on the Privileges and Immunities of the European Union of 8 April 1965 annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Exemption is granted to the Commission by the governments of the Member States, either through refunds upon presentation of documentary evidence or by direct exemption. For those countries where national legislation provides an exemption by means of a reimbursement, the amount of VAT must be shown separately. In case of doubt about the applicable VAT system, it is the tenderer's responsibility to contact his or her national authorities to clarify the way in which the European Union is exempt from VAT." ] }, { "page_number": 66, "texts": [ - "There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. p In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. CHANGING The INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. p p p p y To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. FOCUSING Remove the lens protective cover. p 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. g 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. g pp p 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. CHANGING The BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord. p 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminated cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminated.", + "There are two objectives. The lower magnification objective has a greater depth of field and view. p In order to observe the specimen easily use the lower magnification objective first. Then, by rotating the case, the magnification can be changed. CHANGING THE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE The distance between the observer's pupils is the interpupillary distance. p p p p y To adjust the interpupillary distance rotate the prism caps until both eyes coincide with the image in the eyepiece. FOCUSING Remove the lens protective cover. p 2. Place the specimen on the working stage. g 3. Focus the specimen with the left eye first while turning the focus knob until the image appears clear and sharp. g pp p 4. Rotate the right eyepiece ring until the images in each eyepiece coincide and are sharp and clear. CHANGING THE BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord. p 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator.", "1. Turn the focusing knob away or toward you until a clear image is viewed. y g 2. If the image is unclear, adjust the height of the elevator up or down, then turn the focusing knob again. ZOOM MAGNIFICATION 1. Turn the zoom magnification knob to the desired magnification and field of view. 2. In most situations, it is recommended that you focus at the lowest magnification, then move to a higher magnification and re-focus as necessary. y 3. If the image is not clear to both eyes at the same time, the diopter ring may need adjustment. DIOPTER RING ADJUSTMENT 1. To adjust the eyepiece for viewing with or without eyeglasses and for differences in acuity between the right and left eyes, follow the following steps: p a. Observe an image through the left eyepiece and bring a specific point into focus using the focus knob. g b. By turning the diopter ring adjustment for the left eyepiece, bring the same point into sharp focus. c.Then bring the same point into focus through the right eyepiece by turning the right diopter ring. y g g p g d.With more than one viewer, each viewer should note their own diopter ring position for the left and right eyepieces, then before viewing set the diopter ring adjustments to that setting.", - "USING The VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS As11230/11234 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro To unit 2. Chosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. 3. Make sure that both the images in", - "CHANGING The BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminated cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminated.", - "MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model As11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.", - "CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model As11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Course and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs." + "USING THE VERTICAL TUBE - MODELS AY11230/11234 1. The vertical tube can be used for instructional viewing or to photograph the image with a digital camera or a micro TV unit 2. Loosen the retention screw, then rotate the adjustment ring to change the length of the vertical tube. 3. Make sure that both the images in", + "CHANGING THE BULB 1. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. 2. When the bulb is cool, remove the oblique illuminator cap and remove the halogen bulb with cap. g p 3. Replace with a new halogen bulb. p g 4. Open the window in the base plate and replace the halogen lamp or fluorescent lamp of transmitted illuminator.", + "MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model AY11236 is a powerful fixed power compound microscope designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. It can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies and other scientific uses.", + "CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model AY11236 is a fixed power compound microscope. It is constructed with two optical paths at the same angle. It is equipped with transmitted illumination. By using this instrument, the user can observe specimens at magnification from 40x to 1000x by selecting the desired objective lens. Coarse and fine focus adjustments provide accuracy and image detail. The rotating head allows the user to position the eyepieces for maximum viewing comfort and easy access to all adjustment knobs." ] }, { @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ "8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. 8. Proofread your assignment before handing it in. Tip: read your answers out loud to make sure that they sound logical.", "9. Always keep a copy or electronic backup of your assignment. This way, you won't have to start over if your computer crashes, or redo the whole assignment if the original goes missing.", "10. When you get your assignment back from your tutor: Read through the feedback, and learn from your mistakes. This will help you to prepare for your exams (if you have to write them), as well as to help you achieve better marks in future assignments.", - "TYPES Of QUESTIONS THAT You WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS In ASSIGNMENTS In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to \"explain\" a particular concept, \"idea- tiny\" certain features, or \"prove\" a certain point. It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:", + "TYPES OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU WILL FREQUENTLY COME ACROSS IN ASSIGNMENTS In your assignments, you will often be asked to write short paragraphs or longer essays in which you have to \"explain\" a particular concept, \"iden- tify\" certain features, or \"prove\" a certain point. It's sometimes difficult to figure out exactly what these questions mean -- which is why we are providing you with the following explanations:", "Analyse: Break the material into separate parts or elements and discuss their main features.", "Argue: Present a logical, precise argument based on reason and supported with evidence." ] @@ -440,8 +440,8 @@ { "page_number": 68, "texts": [ - "PLEASE REMEMBER To ATTACH The FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS To YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:", - "A copy of your In Proof of your highest grade passed Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained", + "PLEASE REMEMBER TO ATTACH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO YOUR REGISTRATION FORM:", + "A copy of your ID Proof of your highest grade passed Proof of any other relevant qualifications you have obtained", "Important Note: If you don't fill in your correct address, we won't be able to deliver your study material. You therefore need to take special care when filling in your address." ] }, @@ -449,29 +449,29 @@ "page_number": 70, "texts": [ "environment. The Master, Infrastructure and Compute Roles are deployed to a single node (Figure 6-1).", - "Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Notes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Notes, and the Load Balanced is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2)." + "Seven nodes deployment is highly available and suitable for production. The Master and Infrastructure Roles are deployed to three Nodes, the Computer Role is deployed to three Worker Nodes, and the Load Balancer is deployed to a single Node (Figure 6-2)." ] }, { "page_number": 71, "texts": [ - "By right-clicking and selecting Properties, you see detailed technical parameters, such as In, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-30.", - "In an environment with multiple Its Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification Law on the front pane. Click Turn Identify On in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the Get, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify Law was turned on." + "By right-clicking and selecting Properties, you see detailed technical parameters, such as ID, state (online or offline), drive capacity, and the drive use, as shown in Figure 5-30.", + "In an environment with multiple IBM Storwize V7000 clusters, you can easily direct the onsite personnel or technician to the correct device by enabling the identification LED on the front pane. Click Turn Identify On in the menu that is shown in Figure 5-31. Wait for confirmation from the technician that the device in the data center was correctly identified. In the GUI, you see a flashing light, which indicates that the Identify LED was turned on." ] }, { "page_number": 72, "texts": [ "Approve/Approve of To \"approve\" something is to give consent. E.g. The director approved the budget. To \"approve of\" something is to express a favourable opinion about it. E.g. The mother did not approve of the way her daughter was dressed for the school dance.", - "Barrow/Lend To \"borrow\" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. To \"lend\" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work today.", + "Borrow/Lend To \"borrow\" something is to take it with the intention of giving it back. E.g. He borrowed the book from his colleague. To \"lend\" something is to give it to someone with the expectation that they will give it back. E.g. She is lending the car to him so that he can drive to work today.", "Compliment/Complement You \"compliment\" someone when you make a favourable comment about them. E.g. He complimented her by telling her that she was a good writer. You \"complement\" something (or someone) when you add something else to it that suits or fits it well. E.g.That scarf complements her dress." ] }, { "page_number": 73, "texts": [ - "STEP 4 - Per YOUR REGISTRATION For And SEND In Of YOUR FORM", - "Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantee to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantee will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.", + "STEP 4 - PAY YOUR REGISTRATION FEE AND SEND IN OU YOUR FORM", + "Different courses have different registration fees. Please check the course fees list (www.oxbridgeacademy.co.za/Documents/ Price-list-2015.pdf) to find out how much you need to pay to register for your chosen course, and pay this amount using the banking details provided at the bottom of the registration form. Remember to attach your proof of payment. If you are under the age of 18, your parent or guardian will need to sign this section of the form to state that they are aware of your registration with Oxbridge Academy, and that they do not have any objections. If you are unemployed, you will need a guarantor to sign this section of the form. Your parent or guarantor will be held responsible if you miss any of your payments in relation to your course fees.", "Registration fee payable upon registration either by cheque, postal order, bank deposit, electronic transfer or ATM deposit. Enclose the registration fee when submitting this form and we will send you a Welcome Pack that includes your 1st Study Unit, Success Study Guide and Student card. International students will be required to pay a deposit of R2400.", "If you need help with your studies, read our blog post:" ] @@ -481,25 +481,25 @@ "texts": [ "3. Create the A - C relationship (or the B - C relationship).", "4. Synchronize to system C, and ensure that A - C is established: - A - B, A - C, A - D, B - C, B - D, and C - D - A - B, A - C, and B - C Figure 11-84 shows an example of a triangle topology (A - B, A - C, and B - C). Figure 11-84 Triangle topology", - "System partnership intersex: All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intersex of the Its Sha Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running Its Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later." + "System partnership intermix: All of the preceding topologies are valid for the intermix of the IBM SAN Volume Controller with the Storwize V7000 if the Storwize V7000 is set to the replication layer and running IBM Spectrum Virtualize code 6.3.0 or later." ] }, { "page_number": 75, "texts": [ - "WARRANTY BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (Ref) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to pretty such costs. BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. BARSKA DISCLAIMS And WARRANTIES, EXPRESS Of IMPLIED, WHETHER Of MERCHANTABILITY Of FITNESS For A PARTICULAR Url, EXCEPT As EXPRESSLY Sha FORTH HEREIN. The SOLE OBLIGATION Of BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL By To REPAIR Of REPLACE The COVERED PRODUCT, In ACCORDANCE WITH The TERMS Sha FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS And LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT Of CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH Of And WARRANTY, Of ARISING One Of The Url Of INABILITY To Url And BARSKA PRODUCT. And WARRANTIES WHICH And IMPLIED And WHICH CANNOT By DISCLAIMED SHALL By LIMITED In DURATION To A TERM Of One YEAR FROM The DATE Of ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and explosions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 ( ) Fax. (909) 445-8169 ( ) e-mail: service@barska.com Monday-Friday 8:30As-5:30Px Per NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.A.", - "855 Towns Center Drive Pomona, Co 91767 , Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 www.barska.com", + "WARRANTY BARSKA warrants your micrscope to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year. BARSKA will repair or replace such product or part thereof which, upon inspection by BARSKA, is found to be defective in materials or workmanship. As a condition to the obligation of BARSKA to repair or replace such product, the product must be returned to BARSKA together with proof-of-purchase satisfactory to BARSKA. The Proper Return Merchandise Authorization Number (RMA) must be obtained from BARSKA in advance of return. Call BARSKA at (909) 445-8168 to receive the number to be displayed on the outside of your shipping container. All returns must be accompanied by a written statement setting forth the name, address, and daytime telephone number of the owner, together with a brief description of any claimed defects. Parts or product for which replacement is made shall become the property of BARSKA. The customer shall be responsible for all costs of transportation and insurance, both to and from BARSKA, and shall be required to prepay such costs. BARSKA shall use reasonable efforts to repair or replace any microscope covered by this warranty within thirty days of receipt. In the event repair or replacement shall require more than thirty days, BARSKA shall notify the customer accordingly. BARSKA reserves the right to replace any product which has been discontinued from its product line with a new product of comparable value and function. This warranty shall be void and of no force of effect in the event a covered product has been modified in design or function, or subjected to abuse, misuse, mishandling or unauthorized repair. Further, product malfunction or deterioration due to normal wear is not covered by this warranty. BARSKA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE SOLE OBLIGATION OF BARSKA UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE COVERED PRODUCT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. BARSKA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LOST PROFITS, GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY RESULT FROM BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY BARSKA PRODUCT. ANY WARRANTIES WHICH ARE IMPLIED AND WHICH CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO A TERM OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. BARSKA reserves the right to modify or discontinue, without prior notice to you, any model or style microscope. If warranty problems arise, or if you need assistance in using your microscope contact: BARSKA Customer Service Department Tel. (909) 445-8168 ( ) Fax. (909) 445-8169 ( ) e-mail: service@barska.com Monday-Friday 8:30AM-5:30PM PST NOTE: This warranty is valid to U.S.A. customers who have purchased this product from an authorized BARSKA dealer in the U.S.A.", + "855 Towne Center Drive Pomona, CA 91767 , Tel: 888-666-6769 Fax: 909.445.8169 www.barska.com", "MICROSCOPE USER MANUAL", - "MODEL As11240 40X,100X,400X , , COMPOUND MONOCULAR" + "MODEL AY11240 40X,100X,400X , , COMPOUND MONOCULAR" ] }, { "page_number": 76, "texts": [ "Figure 6-4 Create Pool dialog box", - "Mark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. A standard storage pool that is created by using the Get has a default extent size of 1 Gt. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 Gt. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking Settings - Get Preferences - General and checking Advanced pool settings, as shown in Figure 6-5. Figure 6-5 Advanced pool settings", + "Mark the Data Reduction check box to create the Data Reduction Pool. Leaving it unmarked creates a standard storage pool. A standard storage pool that is created by using the GUI has a default extent size of 1 GB. Data Reduction Pools have a default extent size of 4 GB. The size of the extent is selected at creation time and cannot be changed later. If you want to specify a different extent size, you can enable this option by clicking Settings - GUI Preferences - General and checking Advanced pool settings, as shown in Figure 6-5. Figure 6-5 Advanced pool settings", "When advanced pool settings are enabled, you can additionally select an extent size at creation time, as shown in Figure 6-6 on page 195.", - "Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1", + "Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1", "If the physical capacity usage of a data reduction pool exceeds more than 85%, I/O performance can be affected. The system needs 15% of physical capacity available in data reduction pools to ensure that capacity reclamation can be performed efficiently." ] }, @@ -514,9 +514,9 @@ "page_number": 78, "texts": [ "2. The import mappings window opens. Select the source host from which you want to import the volume mappings. As shown in Figure 8-39, we select the host ITSO-VMHOST-01 and click Import. Figure 8-39 import volume mappings source host selection", - "3. After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties. Then, click the Capped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).", + "3. After the task completes, verify that the mappings are as expected from the Hosts menu (see Figure 8-26 on page 346), right-click the target host, and select Properties. Then, click the Mapped Volumes tab and verify that the required volumes were mapped to the new host (see Figure 8-37 on page 353).", "Renaming a host To rename a host, complete the following steps: 1. Select the host, and then right-click and select Rename (see Figure 8-40). Figure 8-40 Rename a host", - "Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1" + "Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1" ] }, { @@ -525,9 +525,9 @@ "Draft Document for Review December 11, 2019 1:55 pm", "8459ch03.fm", "3.3.1 Features", - "Its Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with As-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The Its Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. Figure 3-7 Its Cloud Pak for Automation", - "Successful enterprises look for modernizing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. Figure 3-8 Its Cloud Pak for Automation benefits Additional features of the Its Cloud Pak for Automation are: Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models.", - "Chapter 3. Its Cloud Pass - Middleware anywhere", + "IBM Cloud Pak for Automation is a containerized automation software platform with pre-integrated automation capabilities such as workflow and decision automation, content management, document processing, and operational intelligence (Figure 3-7 on page 43). This enables organizations to digitize all styles of work with AI-infused business-oriented tools and built-in operational analytics for visibility and governance. This offering empowers business users to rapidly deliver applications and services at enterprise scale for greater cost savings and operational efficiencies. The IBM Cloud Pak for Automation can run anywhere (on-premises, on private and public clouds, and in pre-integrated systems) and is Red Hat OpenShift certified. Figure 3-7 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation", + "Successful enterprises look for modernizing their business operations with intelligent automation lowering costs and increasing revenue as shown in Figure 3-8. Figure 3-8 IBM Cloud Pak for Automation benefits Additional features of the IBM Cloud Pak for Automation are: Drive scale, speed, and assist with complex knowledge work. Automate complex and less-structured business processes and optimize lighter customer experiences for task efficiency. Drive growth with enhanced customer experiences and new business models.", + "Chapter 3. IBM Cloud Paks - Middleware anywhere", "Logging monitoring security, identity access management", "Reduce costs Improve efficiency of their automated systems Make employees more efficient Extract information from unstructured data", "Improve top-line New business models Find new opportunities for revenue growth Deliver better (more personalized, more relevant...) products and services" @@ -537,23 +537,23 @@ "page_number": 80, "texts": [ "EXCEL TRAINING MANUAL", - "1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL And IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.", + "1.3.4 ENJOY POWERFUL AND IMPROVED TABLE FEATURES Create, filter, format and expand multiple tables with a set of formulas since Microsoft excel has improved features for tables. For instance, if you want to view data in an extended table, Office Excel keeps table headers in view as you scroll.", "1.3.5 SHARE SPREADSHEETS Use Microsoft Excel to share multiple spreadsheets with co-workers. Other parties may also access the data online as it renders the spreadsheets as HTML. Additionally, you can navigate, filter, sort and input parameters, all within the Web browser. Besides its numerous benefits, Microsoft Excel also has its share of shortcoming as well. Many users claim that Office Excel is not easily shared compared to other office applications.", - "2. ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #Ref!, #NULL!, and #####.", + "2. ERROR MESSAGES (CELL REFERENCE) If you get an error message in Excel you might not get much help from the program in finding out the cause. The articles listed here cover the cause and cures for a number of common error messages in Excel, such as #REF!, #NULL!, and #####.", "2.1 INVALID CELL REFERENCE An invalid cell reference error message occurs when a spreadsheet formula contains incorrect cell references.", - "In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #Ref! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #Ref!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.", + "In above example, if you click on the cell that contains the #REF! error, you will see that the cell reference within the cell has been replaced with #REF!. Therefore, in order to fix this error, you need to re-enter the correct cell references into your formula.", "#REF! error in an Excel formula" ] }, { "page_number": 81, "texts": [ - "INDEX Maintenance............................................ 1 Model As11240/Model As11238.................. 2-5 Model As11228/Model As11232.................. 6-9 Model As11230/Model As11234.................. 10-13 Model As11236........................................ 14-18 Warranty Information................................ Back Cover", - "IMPORTANT NOTES Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32of to 104of. 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. 4. Do not subject the instrument to shock.", + "INDEX Maintenance............................................ 1 Model AY11240/Model AY11238.................. 2-5 Model AY11228/Model AY11232.................. 6-9 Model AY11230/Model AY11234.................. 10-13 Model AY11236........................................ 14-18 Warranty Information................................ Back Cover", + "IMPORTANT NOTES Congratulations on your purchase of this high quality BARSKA microscope. With proper care, this microscope will provide many years of use. Please read the following instructions before operating this instrument. 1. Do not attempt to disassemble the instrument. This product has been carefully assembled at the factory and should only be examined by a factory-trained technician. 2. This instrument should only be used in an environment with an indoor temperature range of 32oF to 104oF. 3. Do not use this instrument in an environment with a lot of dust. Cover the instrument when not in use. 4. Do not subject the instrument to shock.", "MAINTENANCE Proper care and storage of this instrument is essential. Please read the following guidelines: 1. Keep the instrument in a dry and moisture-free location. 2. Do not expose to acid, alkali fumes or moisture. 3. Keep optical parts clean and free of dust. To clean optical parts gently wipe with lens cleaning tissue and a mixture of alcohol and diethyl ether. Depending on weather conditions, the following are the recommended mixture ratios: Wet weather: 1:2 Dry Weather: 1:1 4. After use, cover the instrument with the plastic dust cover. 5. If instrument is to be stored for an extended period of time, remove the eyepiece and oculars and store in a moisture-proof container.", - "MODEL As11240/As11238", - "MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model As11240 and Model As11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.", - "CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model As11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90o vertical to 45o level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limited to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model As11238 features a molecular tube that is slanted at a 45o angle. The head rotates 360o. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube." + "MODEL AY11240/AY11238", + "MICROSCOPE USAGE BARSKA Model AY11240 and Model AY11238 are designed for biological studies such as specimen examination. They can also be used for examining bacteria and for general clinical and medical studies. Simple design and use is especially useful for school classroom instruction.", + "CONSTRUCTION BARSKA Model AY11240 is a fixed tube type. For comfortable observation, the arm can be easily tilted at any angle from 90o vertical to 45o level. It is also equipped with a coarse adjustment and fine adjustment as well as a space limiter to protect the objective from contacting and damaging the specimen. BARSKA Model AY11238 features a monocular tube that is slanted at a 45o angle. The head rotates 360o. The Eyepiece Set Screw prevents the eyepiece from falling out of the tube." ] }, { @@ -563,8 +563,8 @@ "Figure 9-14 Migration is started", "The end of the wizard is not the end of the migration task. You can find the progress of the migration in the Storage Migration window, as shown in Figure 9-15. The target storage pool and the progress of the volume copy synchronization is also displayed there.", "Figure 9-15 The ongoing Migration is listed in the Storage Migration window", - "16.If you want to check the progress by using the Can, run the lsvdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.", - "Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using Can", + "16.If you want to check the progress by using the CLI, run the lsvdisksyncprogress command because the process is essentially a volume copy, as shown in Figure 9-16.", + "Figure 9-16 Checking migration progress by using CLI", "17.When the migration completes, select all of the migrations that you want to finalize, right-click the selection, and click Finalize, as shown in Figure 9-17 on page 400.", "The data migration has begun. After it is completed use the finalize action in the Migration panel of the management GUI to remove the image-mode volume copies. Then unzone and remove the original storage system." ] @@ -572,13 +572,13 @@ { "page_number": 83, "texts": [ - "The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the Get, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).", + "The content of the welcome message is helpful when you need to notify users about some important information about the system, such as security warnings or a location description. To define and enable the welcome message by using the GUI, edit the text area with the message content and click Save (see Figure 5-80).", "Figure 5-80 Enabling login message", "The resulting log-in screen is shown in Figure 5-81.", - "Figure 5-81 Welcome message in Get", - "The banner message also appears in the Can login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.", - "Figure 5-82 Banner message in Can", - "182 Implementing the Its Storwize V7000 with Its Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1", + "Figure 5-81 Welcome message in GUI", + "The banner message also appears in the CLI login prompt window, as shown in Figure 5-82.", + "Figure 5-82 Banner message in CLI", + "182 Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.2.1", "This is an ITSO-managed system. Unauthorized access is restricted." ] }, @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ { "page_number": 85, "texts": [ - "SPECIFICATIONS 1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm 3. Condensed: Abbr; numerical aperture: Ns1.25 (oil immersion) 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm 6. Course Adjustment Range: 20mm 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm 8. Condensed Elevation Range: 15mm 9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm", + "SPECIFICATIONS 1. Length of mechanical tube: 160mm 2. Conjugate distance between object and image: 195mm 3. Condenser: Abbe; numerical aperture: NA1.25 (oil immersion) 4. Illumination: Input 110V or 200V; Output: 20W 5. Fine adjustment range: .002mm 6. Coarse Adjustment Range: 20mm 7. Shift or Mechanical Stage: Longitude - 40mm; Transversal - 70mm 8. Condenser Elevation Range: 15mm 9. Iris diaphragm aperture: 2mm-30mm", "Objective Specifications", "Classification", "Magnification", @@ -626,8 +626,8 @@ { "page_number": 87, "texts": [ - "Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: And installation costs; And site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining Arts, And telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to Arts. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of Arts in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the And operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on And hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Creation network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:", - "Transaction processing and And monitoring", + "Direct operating costs in the Network Services Segment consist primarily of: ATM installation costs; ATM site rentals; and costs associated with maintaining ATMs, ATM telecommunications, interest on network cash and cash delivery and security services to ATMs. Such costs increased to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in direct operating costs is primarily attributable to costs associated with operating the increased number of ATMs in the network during the periods. Also, intercompany allocations were made to charge the ATM operations with transaction switching and bank connection fees associated with the operations central processing center in Budapest. These allocations totalled $3.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Direct operating costs for 2000 include a one-time gain of $1.2 million due to a change in Hungarian law that eliminates a major portion of the Company's liability for import taxes on ATM hardware. Direct operating costs also include a $657,000 gain realized in 1999 from the sale of the Croatian network assets. The components of direct operating costs for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were:", + "Transaction processing and ATM monitoring", "5,242", "4,205", "Other" @@ -636,15 +636,15 @@ { "page_number": 88, "texts": [ - "The project consists of three well-defined miner- closed deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by under- ground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (En60)1.", + "The project consists of three well-defined miner- alised deposits and a number of undeveloped exploration targets. The main deposits are Arqueros, Chimberos and Teterita. Arqueros was previously mined on a limited scale by under- ground methods and Chimberos was exploited as an open pit mine, delivering about 40 million ounces of silver in 1998/99. All three deposits currently have a combined Mineral Resources of about 93 million ounces of silver equivalent or 1.6 million ounces of gold equivalent (EQ60)1.", "1 Equivalence is based on gold/silver price ratio of 60. Gold equivalence = gold content plus (silver content divided by 60), whereas Silver equivalent silver content plus (gold content multiplied by 60)." ] }, { "page_number": 89, "texts": [ - "The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has thickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergson, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.", - "In December 2003, Shelter mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.", + "The goal has always been to provide a useful tool for our customers. The pace of change has quickened in the last few years. In 2000, for the first time, Shenandoah Telephone's directory expanded from telephone listings for only Shenandoah County and Bergton, to include business and residential listings for Rockingham, Frederick, Clarke, and Warren counties. In 2001, Page County listings were added. The name of our directory was changed to ShentelPages in 2002 to reflect the expanded listing area. Although we included additional information in our directory, we continued to only furnish it to our local telephone customers.", + "In December 2003, Shentel mailed out 120,000 ShentelPages directories to every home and business in Shenandoah, Rockingham, Frederick, Page, Clarke and Warren counties. ShentelPages now has a potential audience that exceeds 300,000 readers. The 2004 directory continues to be an important local resource. In addition to telephone listings, it contains both general and county-specific information - from ZIP codes to area codes, and from international dialing instructions to the listing of regional interstate exits.", "Through ShentelPages, businesses have a new way of reaching thousands more potential customers within the six- county area to sell their products and services. ShentelPages is bundled with our electronic version, ShentelPages.com. This service allows area residents to use their computer and the Internet to let their fingers do the walking.", "Just like our first book in 1906, the 2004 ShentelPages provides area residents with a quick and easy way to stay in touch." ] @@ -658,8 +658,8 @@ "20,879", "75,006", "(323,726)", - "Key short term employee benefits How much can the executives earn under the Sha Plan?", - "Threshold - Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. p y Managing Director / Can - up to 15% of The, Can & Can - up to 12.5% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 10% of The. Target - Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. y g q p j Managing Director / Can - up to 30% of The, Can & Can - up to 25% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 20% of The. Stretch (Maximum) - Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. Managing Director / Can - up to 60% of The, Can & Can - up to 50% of The, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 40% of The. (The - Total Fixed Remuneration)" + "KMP short term employee benefits How much can the executives earn under the STI Plan?", + "Threshold - Represents the minimum acceptable level of performance that needs to be achieved before any Individual Award would be payable in relation to that Performance Measure. p y Managing Director / CEO - up to 15% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 12.5% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 10% of TFR. Target - Represents a challenging but achievable level of performance relative to past and otherwise expected achievements. It will normally be the budget level for financial and other quantitative performance objectives. y g q p j Managing Director / CEO - up to 30% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 25% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 20% of TFR. Stretch (Maximum) - Represents a clearly outstanding level of performance which is evident to all as a very high level of achievement. Managing Director / CEO - up to 60% of TFR, COO & CFO - up to 50% of TFR, Other Key Management Personnel - up to 40% of TFR. (TFR - Total Fixed Remuneration)" ] }, { @@ -672,17 +672,17 @@ "page_number": 92, "texts": [ "Creating Opportunities", - "DELIVERING Of The EXPLORATION STRATEGY", - "Exploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: * acquiring new exploration acreage * adding material exploration prospects * drilling wildcat exploration wells. SUCCESS RArr Of 44% In 2004 Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jesus) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineating and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jesus oil discovery in the Samsung Per offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jesus discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were based and suspended as gas discoveries. There was also success in the offshore Stray Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. Other wells in the offshore Stray Basin included the deep water Merit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with gas shows.", + "DELIVERING ON THE EXPLORATION STRATEGY", + "Exploration is a key growth driver for Santos and success with the drill bit is vital to adding value for Santos shareholders. During the past four years Santos has been working to build exploration opportunities by: * acquiring new exploration acreage * adding material exploration prospects * drilling wildcat exploration wells. SUCCESS RATE OF 44% IN 2004 Santos' 2004 exploration effort produced good results, as the Company high graded its exploration acreage and started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in the industry. Santos discovered hydrocarbons in seven of the sixteen wildcat wells that were drilled, achieving an impressive success rate of 44%. The program added at least 93 million boe (including the pre-drill estimate for Jeruk) of recoverable resources that will be further evaluated by delineation and, in some cases, production history to determine 1P and 2P reserve additions. Importantly, these results were achieved with financial discipline, spending $126 million which was substantially less than forecast. The most significant drilling result for the year was the Jeruk oil discovery in the Sampang PSC offshore East Java, Indonesia. The Jeruk discovery is still under evaluation but its commercial significance appears encouraging. Santos has confirmed an oil column of at least 379 metres with a likely gross recoverable resource in excess of the pre-drill estimate of 170 million barrels. Santos also had further exploration successes in the Cooper Basin in central Australia where four of six wildcat wells were cased and suspended as gas discoveries. There was also success in the offshore Otway Basin with the Martha gas discovery near the Casino field, which is currently being evaluated to determine its commercial significance. Additional drilling is planned to occur nearby in 2005 to follow up this encouraging result. Santos discovered gas in the United States at the Torres 1A onshore well, which was brought onto production only two months after drilling was completed. Other wells in the offshore Otway Basin included the deep water Amrit 1 well, which was plugged and abandoned after failing to intersect economic hydrocarbons, and Callister 1 which was also plugged and abandoned with gas shows.", "'2004 was a great year for our explorers. We started drilling one of the most exciting portfolios in our industry and our success to date shows that our strategy of basin excellence is delivering.'", "JACQUES GOUADAIN Vice President Geoscience and New Ventures", - "Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Stray Basin, Victoria." + "Float-off of Jack Bates rig prior to deep water drilling operations, offshore Otway Basin, Victoria." ] }, { "page_number": 93, "texts": [ - "Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expected results are described under \"Risk Factors\" in Item 1A of our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K included in this report. We caution you not to place undue reliance on for- ward-looking statements, and we undertake no obligation to update this information. We urge you to carefully review and consider the diablo- cures made in this report and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (Sha) regarding the risks and factors that may affect our business.", + "Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expected results are described under \"Risk Factors\" in Item 1A of our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K included in this report. We caution you not to place undue reliance on for- ward-looking statements, and we undertake no obligation to update this information. We urge you to carefully review and consider the disclo- sures made in this report and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding the risks and factors that may affect our business.", "2011", "High", "Low", @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ { "page_number": 94, "texts": [ - "The Promise of Emerging Markets Expanding Poland's Payment Infrastructure Although still under- developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. Since entering Poland in 1995, Baronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 Arts and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - End Get, Plus Get and IDEA Centertel - further confirms that Baronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland.", + "The Promise of Emerging Markets Expanding Poland's Payment Infrastructure Although still under- developed compared to western economies, Poland is one of the most dynamic and promising markets in all of Europe. Since entering Poland in 1995, Euronet Worldwide has become one of the largest transaction processing service providers in the country, establishing a network of over 600 ATMs and providing software to eight major banks. Our agreement for electronic airtime distribution with all three mobile phone operators in the country - ERA GSM, Plus GSM and IDEA Centertel - further confirms that Euronet is embedded in the financial payments fabric in Poland.", "New business solutions are thriving as traditional banking environments transition rapidly from cash to electronic payments and transactions.", "While credit is used for electronic transactions in Western Europe and North America, the model is quite different in many \"cash-based\" economies around the world. And that's where Euronet continues to look for new opportunities - particularly in the emerging markets of Central Europe, the Middle East, Africa." ] @@ -709,28 +709,28 @@ "page_number": 95, "texts": [ "Santos is investing in the future of Australia's petroleum industry through the funding of the Australian School of Petroleum at the University of Adelaide.", - "be working in business operations with a lean and efficient corporate and services group. With the exception of a small number of project teams, all non-award based positions in the Company were declared vacant and a selection process commenced around a set of criteria designed to ensure that people with the right skills and the ability to successfully grow Santos were appointed. As is often the case with transformational change initiatives, not everyone was re-appointed and, as a result, the workforce was reduced by 9%. CULTURE CHANGE The need to develop a culture that supports the newly designed business processes was another of the major outcomes of the change program. A Santos-wide culture change program led by employees is currently underway. This long-term program is designed to ensure that the way employees work together enhances Santos' ability to be successful. One of the first tasks undertaken was a voluntary employee survey to identify the gaps between the existing culture and the desired culture. The outcomes of the survey will assist in the development of programs and activities that will better align work practices with Santos' strategic goals. TRAINING And DEVELOPING PEOPLE Making sure training and development supports current and future business requirements, and provides opportunities for people to develop their skills to achieve optimum performance, are key aspects of Santos' human resources strategy. Santos has a number of long-term projects underway which will optimism the substantial investment the Company makes in training people. Importantly, these projects will deliver programs that are targeted to meet business and individual needs and to support culture change initiatives.", - "BANKSIA AWARDS Santos was selected in 2004 as a finalist in the Banksia Environmental Awards for the work undertaken in the Company- led initiative to protect the world-renowned Coongie Lakes, resulting in the area being declared a new National Park by the South Australian Government. As a finalist for this award Santos was recognised for its leadership role in bringing together a group of disparate parties to develop a Memorandum of Understanding recommending further protection for the Coongie Lakes. WASTE MANAGEMENT Santos totalled innovative waste management techniques during 2004 to reduce the volume of hydrocarbon waste generated from Cooper Basin operations. Preliminary results indicate that these waste volumes can be reduced to 3-5% of their original volume, which is a significant achievement. This technology will be implemented where possible" + "be working in business operations with a lean and efficient corporate and services group. With the exception of a small number of project teams, all non-award based positions in the Company were declared vacant and a selection process commenced around a set of criteria designed to ensure that people with the right skills and the ability to successfully grow Santos were appointed. As is often the case with transformational change initiatives, not everyone was re-appointed and, as a result, the workforce was reduced by 9%. CULTURE CHANGE The need to develop a culture that supports the newly designed business processes was another of the major outcomes of the change program. A Santos-wide culture change program led by employees is currently underway. This long-term program is designed to ensure that the way employees work together enhances Santos' ability to be successful. One of the first tasks undertaken was a voluntary employee survey to identify the gaps between the existing culture and the desired culture. The outcomes of the survey will assist in the development of programs and activities that will better align work practices with Santos' strategic goals. TRAINING AND DEVELOPING PEOPLE Making sure training and development supports current and future business requirements, and provides opportunities for people to develop their skills to achieve optimum performance, are key aspects of Santos' human resources strategy. Santos has a number of long-term projects underway which will optimise the substantial investment the Company makes in training people. Importantly, these projects will deliver programs that are targeted to meet business and individual needs and to support culture change initiatives.", + "BANKSIA AWARDS Santos was selected in 2004 as a finalist in the Banksia Environmental Awards for the work undertaken in the Company- led initiative to protect the world-renowned Coongie Lakes, resulting in the area being declared a new National Park by the South Australian Government. As a finalist for this award Santos was recognised for its leadership role in bringing together a group of disparate parties to develop a Memorandum of Understanding recommending further protection for the Coongie Lakes. WASTE MANAGEMENT Santos trialled innovative waste management techniques during 2004 to reduce the volume of hydrocarbon waste generated from Cooper Basin operations. Preliminary results indicate that these waste volumes can be reduced to 3-5% of their original volume, which is a significant achievement. This technology will be implemented where possible" ] }, { "page_number": 96, "texts": [ - "The Eagle Ford continues to have one of the highest internal rates of return of any of the Up unconventional resource plays.", - "Because of its relatively low operating costs, the Eagle Ford to remains profitable during current oil commodity pricing conditions. Sundance has quickly transformed the Eagle Ford position acquired in its merger with Taxon Petroleum Ltd to its most valuable asset in its portfolio through development and growing its drilling inventory. In 2014, the Company brought 35 gross (26.1 net) Eagle Ford wells into production by D&P investments of $244 million. Through $26 million of direct mineral leases and $36 million of acquisitions in 2014, the Company increased its Eagle Ford acreage position to 20,742 net acres, which represents 153.7 net unskilled 3P Reserves locations. Since its entrance into the Eagle Ford in March 2013, the Company has: * increased its production over 10x to a 2014 exit rate of 8,177 BOEPD (a 290 percent CAGR); * increased 1P Constant Case Reserves by 10x to 18,132 MBOE (Px10 of $449.3 million (an 18x increase)); * increased its acreage to approximately 33,000 net acres, primarily in the volatile oil and condensate window of the Eagle Ford (includes 14,180 net acres acquired in January 2015 and excludes 5,418 net acres targeting the Georgetown Formation in neighboring Maverick County); * increased its producing well count to 77 gross (53.8 net), with an additional 19 gross (10.6 net) wells in progress at year-end; * increased its unskilled 3P Reserves drilling locations to 153.7 net; which represents a 4.3 year drilling inventory (assuming two rig program drilling 36 net wells per year and 40-80 acre spacing)" + "The Eagle Ford continues to have one of the highest internal rates of return of any of the US unconventional resource plays.", + "Because of its relatively low operating costs, the Eagle Ford to remains profitable during current oil commodity pricing conditions. Sundance has quickly transformed the Eagle Ford position acquired in its merger with Texon Petroleum Ltd to its most valuable asset in its portfolio through development and growing its drilling inventory. In 2014, the Company brought 35 gross (26.1 net) Eagle Ford wells into production by D&P investments of $244 million. Through $26 million of direct mineral leases and $36 million of acquisitions in 2014, the Company increased its Eagle Ford acreage position to 20,742 net acres, which represents 153.7 net undrilled 3P Reserves locations. Since its entrance into the Eagle Ford in March 2013, the Company has: * increased its production over 10x to a 2014 exit rate of 8,177 BOEPD (a 290 percent CAGR); * increased 1P Constant Case Reserves by 10x to 18,132 MBOE (PV10 of $449.3 million (an 18x increase)); * increased its acreage to approximately 33,000 net acres, primarily in the volatile oil and condensate window of the Eagle Ford (includes 14,180 net acres acquired in January 2015 and excludes 5,418 net acres targeting the Georgetown Formation in neighboring Maverick County); * increased its producing well count to 77 gross (53.8 net), with an additional 19 gross (10.6 net) wells in progress at year-end; * increased its undrilled 3P Reserves drilling locations to 153.7 net; which represents a 4.3 year drilling inventory (assuming two rig program drilling 36 net wells per year and 40-80 acre spacing)" ] }, { "page_number": 97, "texts": [ - "1) The Oklahoma Up state tax jurisdiction computer income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized." + "1) The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis. A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized." ] }, { "page_number": 98, "texts": [ - "ENHANCING The PORTFOLIO", - "In 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the investment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. Santos entered into an agreement with Px Medio during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of Px Medio's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brandes Per and 9% of the Kazan Per from Medio for Up$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medio Up$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kazan Per expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jesus and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Stray Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004." + "ENHANCING THE PORTFOLIO", + "In 2004, Santos continued its normal business of actively managing its portfolio through the divestment of non-core assets and the acquisition of assets that fit well with existing Santos assets or can add to the ability of the Company to meet its strategic goals. As a result of this activity, Santos realised an after-tax profit of $47.4 million on oil and gas asset sales and will continue to high-grade its portfolio on an ongoing basis. Santos entered into an agreement with PT Medco during the first half of 2004 to acquire some of Novus Petroleum's Indonesian and Cooper Basin assets conditional on the success of PT Medco's takeover offer for Novus, which was ultimately successful. Specifically, Santos announced in September 2004 that it had executed formal agreements to acquire an additional 4.75% of the South Australian Cooper Basin, 18% of the Brantas PSC and 9% of the Kakap PSC from Medco for US$110 million. On 31 December 2004, Santos paid Medco US$98 million for the majority of the assets, with payment for the remaining 2.75% of Kakap PSC expected to be made in the first quarter of 2005. This acquisition was an important piece in the strategic puzzle to tie up access to follow-up potential from the successful exploration at Jeruk and to provide a production base for the newly established Indonesian core area. Also during the first half of 2004, Santos divested its remaining 18.4% shareholding in Magellan Petroleum Australia Ltd, raising approximately $10.6 million. Early in the second half of 2004, Santos concluded the sale of its non-core onshore Otway Basin interests to Origin Energy for $25.75 million. This sale resulted in an after-tax profit of $18 million that was booked in 2004." ] }, { @@ -742,27 +742,27 @@ { "page_number": 100, "texts": [ - "This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the Up slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidable lead to supply restrictions from the Up. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattering and ultimate reduction in Up supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.", - "Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality Up shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet." + "This has resulted in an extraordinarily fast reduction in active drilling rigs in the US slowing the pace of growth which will ultimately and unavoidably lead to supply restrictions from the US. While the rig count reduction is encouraging, some of the wells drilled prior to the reduction are still waiting upon completion and the remaining active rigs continue to drill away meaning new wells will continue to come online with high flush production so we are unlikely to see a flattening and ultimate reduction in US supply until late this year. The good news is that high initial production rates fade fast so, as long as prices stay relatively low, there is likely to be a material decline in U.S. production (say 8-9%) over the course of 2016.", + "Our shareholders will benefit from our exposure to some of the highest quality US shale acreage and production in the Eagle Ford along with our leading cost structure and strong balance sheet." ] }, { "page_number": 101, "texts": [ - "ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-lecturers. An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Outer Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popovi, Donggala and Papalang. 2004 also marked the year that Santos drilled its first operated deep water wells - a significant achievement for a company that had its beginnings in a desert environment." + "ADDING MATERIAL PROSPECTS Santos is now in a position that exploration success in 2004 and good acreage management has created future options that will ultimately translate into greater value for the business in 2005 and beyond. This has been achieved by focusing on 'basin excellence'. This means becoming a technical leader in basins, within our focus areas, entering early where possible to keep entry costs down, balancing the commercial and the technical risks and selecting the right co-venturers. An example of this is the strong position Santos has created in the Kutei Basin, with interests in three neighbouring production sharing contracts: Popodi, Donggala and Papalang. 2004 also marked the year that Santos drilled its first operated deep water wells - a significant achievement for a company that had its beginnings in a desert environment." ] }, { "page_number": 102, "texts": [ "(See note (3) for definitions of terms)", - "Per Market POPS (000)", + "PCS Market POPS (000)", "2,048", "2,048", "2,048", "2,048", "2,048", - "Per Covered POPS (000)", + "PCS Covered POPS (000)", "1,581", "1,581", "1,574", @@ -773,22 +773,22 @@ { "page_number": 103, "texts": [ - "(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk categs- ries are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stimulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspec- times. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring con- sistance with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies." + "(1) Types of Risk to Be Managed At SMFG, we classify risk into the following categories: (1) credit risk, (2) market risk, (3) liquidity risk and (4) operational risk (including processing risk and system risk). In addition, we provide individually tailored guidance to help Group companies identify categories of risk that need to be addressed. Risk catego- ries are constantly reviewed, and new categories may be added in response to changes in the operating environment. The Corporate Risk Management Department works with the Corporate Planning Department to comprehensively and systematically manage all these categories of risk across the entire Group. (2) Fundamental Principles and Basic Policies for Risk Management SMFG's Groupwide basic policies for risk management stipulate the fundamental principles for risk management that must be followed, and spell out risk management procedures from various perspec- tives. These include managing risk on a consolidated accounting basis, managing risk using quantification methods, ensuring con- sistency with business strategies, setting up a system of checks and balances, contingency planning for emergencies and serious situations, and verifying preparedness to handle all conceivable risk situations. In addition, there are specific operational policies for implementing appropriate management of risk by all Group companies." ] }, { "page_number": 104, "texts": [ "Rogers Communications has excellent positions in growing markets, powerful brands that stand for innovation, proven management, a long record of driving growth and shareholder value, and the financial strength to continue to deliver long-term growth.", - "LEADER In CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a \"quadruple play\" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.", - "MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS And SERVICES A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.", - "CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty To, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.", - "SUPERIOR ASSET Map Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.", - "STRONG FRANCHISES And POWERFUL BRANDS Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.", - "LEADING NETWORKS And INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.", - "PROVEN LEADERSHIP And ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.", - "FINANCIAL STRENGTH And FLEXIBILITY Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity.", - "HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME And GROWING DIVIDENDS Ref common stock actively trades on the The and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014." + "LEADER IN CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY Canada's largest wireless carrier and a leading cable television provider, offering a \"quadruple play\" of wireless, Internet, television and telephony services to consumers and businesses.", + "MUST-HAVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES A leading provider of communications and entertainment products and services that are increasingly becoming integrated necessities in today's world.", + "CATEGORY-LEADING MEDIA ASSETS Unique and complementary collection of leading broadcast radio and television, specialty TV, sports entertainment, publishing and digital media assets.", + "SUPERIOR ASSET MIX Majority of revenue and cash flow is generated from wireless and broadband services, the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications industry.", + "STRONG FRANCHISES AND POWERFUL BRANDS Strong franchises with nationally recognized and highly respected brands that stand solidly in Canada for innovation, choice and value.", + "LEADING NETWORKS AND INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS Leading wireless and broadband network platforms that deliver the most innovative communications, information and entertainment services.", + "PROVEN LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGED EMPLOYEE BASE Experienced, performance-oriented management and operating teams with solid industry expertise, supported by the spirit of innovation and an entrepreneurial culture.", + "FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY Financially strong with an investment grade balance sheet, conservative debt leverage, and significant available financial liquidity.", + "HEALTHY TRADING VOLUME AND GROWING DIVIDENDS RCI common stock actively trades on the TSX and NYSE, with average daily trading volume of approximately 1.6 million shares. Each share pays an annualized dividend of $1.83 per share in 2014." ] }, { @@ -800,93 +800,93 @@ "15", "1,842", "233", - "DEFINING RESERVES Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (Sha), World Petroleum Congress (Www) and the American", - "Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (And). Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the And Listing Rules.", + "DEFINING RESERVES Santos has in place an evaluation and reporting process that is in line with international industry practice and is in general conformity with reserves definitions and resource classification systems published by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), World Petroleum Congress (WPC) and the American", + "Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG). The definitions used are consistent with the requirements of the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (ASX). Reserves are defined as those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward. Santos reports reserves net of the gas required for processing and transportation to the customer. Reserves reported are based on, and accurately reflect, information compiled by full-time employees of the Company who have the requisite qualifications and experience prescribed by the ASX Listing Rules.", "EXTERNALLY REVIEWED BOOKING PROCESS Santos' reserves processes and procedures were reviewed by independent expert, Gaffney, Cline & Associates, and found to be 'appropriate to providing robust estimates of Santos' reserve position in accordance with international industry practice'." ] }, { "page_number": 106, "texts": [ - "2.3 Composition of the Board The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: * the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the Can); * the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;", - "Generally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materialism of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materialism guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: * a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; * an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.", + "2.3 Composition of the Board The composition of the Board is determined in accordance with the Company's Constitution and the Board Guidelines which, among other things, require that: * the Board is to comprise a minimum of five and a maximum of ten Directors (exclusive of the CEO); * the Board should comprise a substantial majority of independent, non-executive Directors;", + "Generally, the Board considers a Director to be independent if he or she is not a member of management and is free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the Director's ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The Board will assess the materiality of any given relationship that may affect independence on a case by case basis and has adopted materiality guidelines to assist in that assessment. Under these guidelines, the following interests are regarded as material in the absence of any mitigating factors: * a holding of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares or a direct association with an entity that holds more than 5% of the Company's voting shares; * an affiliation with an entity which accounts for 5% or more or the revenue or expense of the Company.", "The names and details of the experience, qualifications, special responsibilities, and term of office of each Director of the Company are set out on page 41 of this Annual Report. Details of each Director's attendance at Board and Committee Meetings and their shareholdings are also set out on page 47 of this Annual Report." ] }, { "page_number": 107, "texts": [ - "innovate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Former chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Report carbon packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Tennis-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improve- meets have significantly boosted sales of our Former microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box." + "innovate more Innovation is a top priority for us because it creates competitive advantage and builds brand equity. Fiscal 2004 was a fertile period for new ideas in every aspect of our business. We installed high-volume, high-pressure food processing systems to explore new horizons in food safety. Beginning mid-year, Hormel chili varieties were first in their product category to offer Tetra Recart carton packaging - an innovation that provides consumers with a more convenient package and adds excitement to a long established category. Other new convenience product launches include SPAM Singles and Jennie-O Turkey Store Oven Ready Turkey, a fool-proof, whole frozen turkey that's pre-seasoned, ready to go directly from freezer to oven, and is ready to eat in about three and one-half hours. Less dramatic packaging improve- ments have significantly boosted sales of our Hormel microwave meals by revising packaging to draw attention to the convenient bowl rather than the box." ] }, { "page_number": 108, "texts": [ - "En 2 000 008 B1", + "EP 2 000 008 B1", "EUROPEAN PATENT SPECIFICATION", "(45) Date of publication and mention of the grant of the patent: 27.04.2011 Bulletin 2011/17", "(21) Application number: 07759411.7", "(22) Date of filing: 26.03.2007", "(51) Int Cl.: C23C 16/455(2006.01) C23C 16/54(2006.01) H05B 33/10(2006.01)", - "(54) ATOMIC LAYER DEPOSITION SYSTEM And METHOD For COATING FLEXIBLE SUBSTRATES ATOMLAGENABSCHEIDUNGSSYSTEM Url VERFAHREN Zoo BESCHICHTUNG Via FLEXIBLEN SUBSTRATEN DISPOSITIF En PROCEDE De DEPOT En COUCHES ATOMIQUES POUR REVETEMENT De SUBSTRATS FLEXIBLES", - "(72) Inventors: * DICKEY, Eric R. Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (Up)", - "B1 008 000 2 En", + "(54) ATOMIC LAYER DEPOSITION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COATING FLEXIBLE SUBSTRATES ATOMLAGENABSCHEIDUNGSSYSTEM UND VERFAHREN ZUR BESCHICHTUNG VON FLEXIBLEN SUBSTRATEN DISPOSITIF ET PROCEDE DE DEPOT EN COUCHES ATOMIQUES POUR REVETEMENT DE SUBSTRATS FLEXIBLES", + "(72) Inventors: * DICKEY, Eric R. Beaverton, Oregon 97006 (US)", + "B1 008 000 2 EP", "Note: Within nine months of the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent in the European Patent Bulletin, any person may give notice to the European Patent Office of opposition to that patent, in accordance with the Implementing Regulations. Notice of opposition shall not be deemed to have been filed until the opposition fee has been paid. (Art. 99(1) European Patent Convention)." ] }, { "page_number": 109, "texts": [ - "1111 1111111111 11111111 Up009423690B2", + "1111 1111111111 11111111 US009423690B2", "c12) United States Patent", "Takizawa et al.", - "(In) Patent No.: Up 9,423,690 B2", + "(IO) Patent No.: US 9,423,690 B2", "(45) Date of Patent: Aug. 23, 2016", - "(54) PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON , BEAM-SENSITIVE Of EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET Ref-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, And METHOD For MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, And ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING The SAME", - "(71) Applicant: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (Ja)", - "(72) Inventors: Hired Takizawa, Shizuoka (Ja); Saudi , ( ) Hiring, Shizuoka (Ja); Natsumi Yokohama, Shizuoka (Ja); Waters Nihashi, Shizuoka (Ja)", + "(54) PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON , BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME", + "(71) Applicant: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (JP)", + "(72) Inventors: Hiroo Takizawa, Shizuoka (JP); Shuji , ( ) Hirano, Shizuoka (JP); Natsumi Yokokawa, Shizuoka (JP); Wataru Nihashi, Shizuoka (JP)", "(57) ABSTRACT There is provided a pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo!% or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A)." ] }, { "page_number": 110, "texts": [ - "Up 2020/0050106 Al", + "US 2020/0050106 Al", "2", "Feb. 13, 2020", - "DESCRIPTION Of The PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS", - "[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for car- lying out the present invention will be described.", + "DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS", + "[0039] Hereinafter, an example of embodiments for car- rying out the present invention will be described.", "y g p [0040] In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using \"to\" is used in a meaning of a range that includes the preceding and succeeding numerical values of \"to\" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.", "g [0050] Condition 1: The A value determined by Formula (1) is 0.14 or more. A~([H]x0.04+[C]x 1.0+[N]x2.1 +[O]x30.6+[F]x50. 6+ [S]x 1.5+[I]x39 .5)/([H]x 1 +[C]x 12+[N]x 14+[O]x 16+[F]x19+[S]x32+[I]x127) Formula (1):", - "[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as \"the effect of the present invention is more excellent\"), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of End light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less." + "[0051] As described, the A value is 0.14 or more, but from the viewpoint that at least one of additional improvement of the Z-factor or additional suppression of pattern collapse is achieved (hereinafter also simply referred to as \"the effect of the present invention is more excellent\"), the A value is preferably 0.16 or more, more preferably 0.18 or more, and particularly preferably 0.20 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in a case where the A value is extremely high, the transmittance of EUV light of the resist film is lowered, the optical profile in the resist film is deteriorated, as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, and therefore, the upper limit is preferably 0.24 or less, and more preferably 0.22 or less." ] }, { "page_number": 111, "texts": [ - "Up 9,423,690 B2", - "The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer- able contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester strut- sure is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).", - "In Formula (A-1 ), Re 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. If n is 2 or more, Re 2's each independently represents a substituent. A represents a single bond or a covalent linking group. Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by -O----C(=O)-O- in the formula. n represents an integer of 0 or more. Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. ( ) The alkyl group represented by Re 1 may have a substitu- ent such as a fluorine atom. Re 1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. p y y g p The substituent represented by Re 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 p y y g p g carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propel group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group g p y g p y g p y g p may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably Oto 4, and more preferably 0. Examples of the a covalent linking group represented by p g g p p y A may include an alkaline group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkaline group may include preferably an alkaline group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkaline group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkaline group." + "US 9,423,690 B2", + "The polar group which may be possessed by the repeating unit having a polar group may be a carbonate group such as a cyclic carbonate ester structure, and the resin (A) prefer- ably contain a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester structure. The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate ester struc- ture is preferably the repeating unit represented by Formula (A-1).", + "In Formula (A-1 ), RA 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. If n is 2 or more, RA 2's each independently represents a substituent. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Z represents a atomic group forming a monocyclid or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by -O----C(=O)-O- in the formula. n represents an integer of 0 or more. Formula (A-1) will be described in detail. ( ) The alkyl group represented by RA 1 may have a substitu- ent such as a fluorine atom. RA 1 represents preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluormethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. p y y g p The substituent represented by RA 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group and an alkoxycarbonylamino group. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 p y y g p g carbon atoms, for example, a straight alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group and at-butyl group. An alkyl group g p y g p y g p y g p may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. n represents the number of substituents, and is an integer of 0 or more. For example, n is preferably Oto 4, and more preferably 0. Examples of the a divalent linking group represented by p g g p p y A may include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, an urethane bond, an urea bond, or combination thereof. Examples of the alkylene group may include preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and for example a methylene group, an ethylene group, an propylene group, and the like. In one aspect of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group." ] }, { "page_number": 112, "texts": [ - "Up 2012/0003590 Al", + "US 2012/0003590 Al", "100", "Jan. 5, 2012", "[0480] Also, the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of exposing and developing the resist film above.", - "[0481] The composition of the present invention is type- calls used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.", - "[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 um. The method for coating the composition on a sub- strata is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.", - "[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate ( e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, silk- con nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a crater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray- sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a \"resist film\"). Incidentally, a known entire- election film may be previously provided by coating.", - "[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, Ja-A-2008- 162101, and \"Yoshihiro Hired (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiss to Gijutsu Kaihatsu*Oro Tznkai-Nanoimprint no Urban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tznkai (Basic and Technology Expansion*Application Development of Nanoimprint-Sub- strata Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shulman\".", + "[0481] The composition of the present invention is typi- cally used as follows. That is, the composition of the present invention is typically coated on a support such as substrate to form a film.", + "[0482] The thickness of the film is preferably from 0.02 to 0.1 um. The method for coating the composition on a sub- strate is preferably spin coating, and the spinning speed is preferably from 1,000 to 3,000 rpm.", + "[0483] For example, the composition is coated on such a substrate ( e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide-coated substrate, sili- con nitride and chromium-deposited quartz substrate) as used in the production of a precision integrated circuit device, an imprint mold or the like, by using a spinner, a coater or the like. Thereafter, the coating is dried to obtain an actinic ray- sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a \"resist film\"). Incidentally, a known antire- flection film may be previously provided by coating.", + "[0491] Also, an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, please refer to, for example, Japanese Patent 4,109,085, JP-A-2008- 162101, and \"Yoshihiko Hirai (compiler), Nanoimprint no Kiso to Gijutsu Kaihatsu*Oyo Tenkai-Nanoimprint no Kiban Gijutsu to Saishin no Gijutsu Tenkai (Basic and Technology Expansion*Application Development of Nanoimprint-Sub- strate Technology of Nanoimprint and Latest Technology Expansion), Frontier Shuppan\".", "EXAMPLES" ] }, { "page_number": 113, "texts": [ - "Up 6,482,565 Bl", + "US 6,482,565 Bl", "7", "Polyacrolein thus obtained (20 g), ethane-1,2-diol (150 g), toluene-p-sulfonic acid (1 g) and benzene (200 g) were placed in a 1000-ml round-bottomed flask, and the reaction was performed under reflux with a Dean and Stark water separator attached to the flask, until no more water was p generated. After the reaction was completed, the product was precipitated from distilled water, to obtain pure com- pound represented by following Chemical Formula 6a (yield: 45%).", "", @@ -897,142 +897,142 @@ { "page_number": 114, "texts": [ - "Up 2020/0050106 Al", + "US 2020/0050106 Al", "40", "-continued", "Feb. 13, 2020", "[0397] The content of the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably 0.001 % to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 % to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.", "[0398] The acid diffusion control agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof.", - "[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is pref- enable 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffs- sign control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150.", - "[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amino group- containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-contain- ing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of Ja2013-011833A.", + "[0399] The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition, photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio), is pref- erably 2.5 to 300. From the viewpoints of the sensitivity and the resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppression of reduction in the resolution as the resist pattern is thickened with aging after exposure until the heating treatment, the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffu- sion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5 .0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150.", + "[0400] Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds (amine compounds, amido group- containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-contain- ing heterocyclic compounds, and the like) described m paragraphs <0140> to <0144> of JP2013-011833A.", "[0401] <(E) Hydrophobic Resin>", "[0402] The resist composition may include a hydrophobic resin other than the resin (A), in addition to the resin (A).", - "[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophobic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.", - "[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydro- phobia resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas." + "[0403] Although it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on a surface of the resist film, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in its molecule as different from the surfactant, and does not need to contribute to uniform mixing of polar materials and nonpolar materials.", + "[0404] Examples of the effect of addition of the hydro- phobic resin include a control of static and dynamic contact angles of a surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of out gas." ] }, { "page_number": 115, "texts": [ - "En 1 499 943 B1", - "der erste Performance-Husband ist, und eines written Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Husband ist, women das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung auf- wrist, die eine Bacteria beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- number eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingelei- bytes Ereignis ist, directed Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Person- dance-Husband in den written Performance-Zu- stand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleite- tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zu- stand in den zweiten Performance-Husband.", - "2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women das Benutzerer- eights durch eine Programmierumgebung deficient ist, innerhalb teacher das Computersystem metric- ben wird. 3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women directed Verses- zen das Versetzen ohne Veryosprung ist.", - "4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, werner umfassend: Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem written Performance-Husband fur einen border- bestimmten Zentrum auf Basis von thermischen Uberlegungen, um in einem written Person- dance-Husband ausfallfrei funktionieren.", - "5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, women das Computer- system ein Laptop-Computer ist.", - "6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, women das Computer- system ein personeither digitally Assistant ist.", - "7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: Matter (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Genus- zer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; women das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zu- standen beinhaltet einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Person- dance-Husbands, der hoher als der erste Per- formance-Husband ist, und eines written Person- dance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Per- formance-Husband ist; Matter zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Er- eights ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und Matter (130, 134) zum directed Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Person- dance-Husband in den written Performance-Zu- stand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Er- eights ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Steal- tung aus dem ersten Performance-Husband in den zweiten Performance-Husband auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist.", - "8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, werner umfassend: Matter (134) zum Astern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Per- formance-Husband der integrierten Schaltung zu astern.", - "9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, werner umfassend: Matter (130) zum Astern des Betriebsspan- nungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Husband der integrierten Schaltung zu astern.", - "10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Angeruche 7 bis 9, um- fassend: ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeicher- tes Programs zum Manager des Energiever- brauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programs zugeordnete Anweisungen zum directed Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance- Husband in den written Performance-Husband auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignis- ses." + "EP 1 499 943 B1", + "der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, wobei das Computersystem eine Energieversorgung auf- weist, die eine Batterie beinhaltet; Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- nutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; wenn das Ereignis ein vom Benutzer eingelei- tetes Ereignis ist, direktes Versetzen (406) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Perfor- mance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zu- stand, wenn das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleite- tes Ereignis ist, Versetzen (408) der integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Performance-Zu- stand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand.", + "2. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Benutzerer- eignis durch eine Programmierumgebung definiert ist, innerhalb welcher das Computersystem betrie- ben wird. 3. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei direktes Verset- zen das Versetzen ohne Verzogerung ist.", + "4. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, ferner umfassend: Betreiben der integrierten Schaltung in einem dritten Performance-Zustand fur einen vorher- bestimmten Zeitrum auf Basis von thermischen Uberlegungen, um in einem dritten Perfor- mance-Zustand ausfallfrei funktionieren.", + "5. Verfahren nach Anspruch 4, wobei das Computer- system ein Laptop-Computer ist.", + "6. Verfahren nach Anspruch 1, wobei das Computer- system ein personlicher digitaler Assistent ist.", + "7. Vorrichtung, umfassend: Mittel (136) zum Detektieren eines vom Benut- zer eingeleitetes Ereignisses oder eines von Software eingeleitetes Ereignisses in einem Computersystem; wobei das Computersystem eine integrierte Schaltung (112) mit mehreren Performance-Zu- standen beinhaltet einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Perfor- mance-Zustands, der hoher als der erste Per- formance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Perfor- mance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Per- formance-Zustand ist; Mittel zum Bestimmen, ob ein detektiertes Er- eignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist; und Mittel (130, 134) zum direkten Versetzen des integrierten Schaltung aus dem ersten Perfor- mance-Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zu- stand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Er- eignis ein vom Benutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis ist, oder zum Versetzen der integrierten Schal- tung aus dem ersten Performance-Zustand in den zweiten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens, dass das Ereignis ein von Software eingeleitetes Ereignis ist.", + "8. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: Mittel (134) zum Andern der Betriebsfrequenz der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Per- formance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu andern.", + "9. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 7, ferner umfassend: Mittel (130) zum Andern des Betriebsspan- nungspegels der integrierten Schaltung (112), um den Performance-Zustand der integrierten Schaltung zu andern.", + "10. Vorrichtung nach einem der Anspruche 7 bis 9, um- fassend: ein computerlesbares Medium; und ein im computerlesbaren Medium gespeicher- tes Programm zum Managen des Energiever- brauchs innerhalb der integrierten Schaltung, dem Programm zugeordnete Anweisungen zum direkten Versetzen der ersten integrierten Schaltung (112) aus dem ersten Performance- Zustand in den dritten Performance-Zustand auf Basis des Detektierens eines Benutzerereignis- ses." ] }, { "page_number": 116, "texts": [ - "Up 9,423,690 B2", + "US 9,423,690 B2", "1", - "PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE Of EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET Ref-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, And METHOD For MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, And ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING The SAME", - "CROSS-REFERENCE To RELATED APPLICATION This is a continuation of International Application No. Per/Ja2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012- 181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorpo- rated herein by reference.", - "TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super Log or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac- during an electronic device, and an electronic device using g g the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to", - "BACKGROUND And A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manu- featuring process of a semiconductor device such as an In or Log. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter macron region has been required, because", - "SUMMARY Of INVENTION The present invention is as follows. [1] A pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo! % or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A):" + "PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON BEAM-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET RAY-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME", + "CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION This is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/072485 filed on Aug. 16, 2013, and claims priority from Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2012- 181892 filed on Aug. 20, 2012, and 2013-054401 filed on Mar. 15, 2013, the entire disclosures of which are incorpo- rated herein by reference.", + "TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is suitably used in a super micro lithography process such as a manufacturing process of a super LSI or high capacity microchip or other photofabrication processes, an electron beam-sensitive or an extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition, and a resist film, and a method for manufac- turing an electronic device, and an electronic device using g g the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to", + "BACKGROUND ART A micromachining by a lithography using a photoresist composition has been conducted in a conventional manu- facturing process of a semiconductor device such as an IC or LSI. Recently, an ultrafine pattern formation of a submicron region or a quarter micron region has been required, because", + "SUMMARY OF INVENTION The present invention is as follows. [1] A pattern forming method, including: (a) forming a film by using an electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray-sensitive resin composition contain- ing a resin (A) having a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) and a repeating unit represented by Formula (1-2); (b) exposing the film by using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and ( c) developing the exposed film by using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, wherein a content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (1-0) is 45 mo! % or more based on a whole repeating units in the resin (A):" ] }, { "page_number": 117, "texts": [ - "En 2 000 008 B1", - "able substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many ad- national advantages and uses of the systems and meth- ods will become apparent from the following detailed de- scripting, which proceeds with reference to the actor- padding drawings.", - "[0020] For. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible sub- strata 12 (shown in profile in For. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to For. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an interim- diane isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second pre- cursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are intro- faced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery sys- tens 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clade precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clade piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20.", - "[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividend 34, 36 into three sub-chan- bars, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Ves- sel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the enter- nal environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfering with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to For. 4. A series of first passage- ways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a cor- responding series of second passageways 56 are pro- video through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, pas- sideways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in For. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) ex- tending into the plane of For.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first di- video 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36.", - "[0022] To substantially prevent non-And reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Pas- sideways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and mar- wins may range between mirrors and millimeters in cer- tain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embed- idents, the passageways 54, 56 include a wider for fur- ther restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the sub- strata is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate.", - "[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividend 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extend- ing completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 con- nests the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways mentally of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor nigra- tion and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to puzzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in For. 1.", - "[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentiate are prefer- able established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embody- ment, the pressure differentiate may be generated by in- meeting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure great- er than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the ex- haunt from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pres- sure differentiate may also be generated by pumping from" + "EP 2 000 008 B1", + "ible substrates, such as on plastic substrates for organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays, and the deposition of conformal coatings on very large substrates. Many ad- ditional advantages and uses of the systems and meth- ods will become apparent from the following detailed de- scription, which proceeds with reference to the accom- panying drawings.", + "[0020] FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic cross-section view of a system 10 according to a first embodiment for the deposition of a thin-film coating onto a flexible sub- strate 12 (shown in profile in FIG. 1), such as a web of plastic film or metal foil, for example. With reference to FIG. 1, system 10 includes first and second precursor zones 14 and 16, respectively, separated by an interme- diate isolation zone 20 in which an inert fluid is present. The inert fluid may comprise an inert liquid, but more preferably consists essentially of an inert gas, such as nitrogen (N2). When in use, reactive first and second pre- cursor gases (Precursor 1 and Precursor 2) are intro- duced into the respective first and second precursor zones 14,16 from first and second precursor delivery sys- tems 24, 26. Precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clude precursor source containers (not shown) located outside or within precursor zones 14, 16. Additionally or alternatively, precursor delivery systems 24, 26 may in- clude piping, pumps, valves, tanks, and other associated equipment for supplying precursor gases into precursor zones 14, 16. An inert gas delivery system 28 is similarly included for injecting inert gas into isolation zone 20.", + "[0021] In the embodiment shown, precursor zones 14,16 and isolation zone 20 are defined and bordered by an outer reaction chamber housing or vessel 30, divided by first and second dividers 34, 36 into three sub-cham- bers, namely, a first precursor chamber 44, a second precursor chamber 46 and an inert gas chamber 50. Ves- sel 30 may comprise a pressure vessel or vacuum vessel substantially isolating the process space from the exter- nal environment. In other embodiments, the vessel 30 may have entrance and exit passageways for interfacing with other process modules or equipment, as described below with reference to FIG. 4. A series of first passage- ways 54 through first divider 34 are spaced apart along a general direction of travel of substrate 12, and a cor- responding series of second passageways 56 are pro- vided through second divider 36. The passageways 54, 56 are arranged and configured for substrate 12 to be threaded therethrough back and forth between first and second precursor zones 14,16 multiple times, and each time through isolation zone 20. For a web substrate, pas- sageways 54, 56 preferably comprise slits having a width (exaggerated in FIG. 1) that is slightly greater than the thickness of substrate 12 and a length (not shown) ex- tending into the plane of FIG.1 (i.e., normal to the page) and that is slightly greater than a width of the substrate. Isolation zone 20 is, thus, preferably separated (albeit imperfectly) from the first precursor zone 14 by first di- vider 34 and from second precursor zone 16 by second divider 36.", + "[0022] To substantially prevent non-ALD reactions caused by mixing of nonadsorbed quantities of the first and second precursor gases in one of the chambers 44, 46, 50, it is necessary for the system 10 to inhibit the migration of Precursor 1 from first precursor zone 14 into isolation zone 20 and the migration of Precursor 2 from second precursor zone 16 into isolation zone 20. Pas- sageways 54, 56 are preferably configured to restrict the flow of gases between the zones 14,16, 20, to avoid or limit diffusion of precursor gases into a common zone. Passageways 54, 56 may include slits sized only slightly thicker and wider than the thickness and width of the substrate passing through them, leaving only a very small amount of headroom and margins to allow substrate 12 to pass therethrough without scraping against the sides of the passageways. For example, headroom and mar- gins may range between microns and millimeters in cer- tain embodiments. The passageways 54, 56 may also include elongate tunnels through which the substrate 12 passes, as depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, and 4. Such slits and tunnels are sometimes referred to as slit valves, although no actual moving valve gate is utilized. In some embod- iments, the passageways 54, 56 include a wiper for fur- ther restricting flow. In one such embodiment, the sub- strate is threaded through opposing leaves of resilient material, such as a synthetic rubber, which wipe against opposing surfaces of the substrate.", + "[0023] In an alternate embodiment (not shown), the inert gas chamber 50 of isolation zone 20 and dividers 34, 36 are eliminated, so that isolation zone 20 essentially consists of a series of long narrow passageways extend- ing completely between precursor zones 14,16. In such an embodiment, no common inert gas chamber 50 con- nects the passageways, so inert gas is injected directly into the passageways medially of the first and second precursor zones 14,16 to help prevent precursor migra- tion and mixing. Isolation zone 20 of this embodiment would include a manifold, or a number of manifolds, for routing inert gas lines to nozzles along the sides of the passageways. The manifold or manifolds would be formed in the material of the reaction chamber bordering the passageways, and may be connected to an inert gas delivery system along the sides of the system, rather than at an end of the system as shown in FIG. 1.", + "[0024] To help isolate the first precursor gas from the second precursor gas, pressure differentials are prefer- ably established between the isolation zone 20 and the first precursor zone 14 and between the isolation zone 20 and the second precursor zone 16. In one embodi- ment, the pressure differentials may be generated by in- jecting inert gas into isolation zone 20 at a pressure great- er than the operating pressure of the precursor zones 14, 16, and then passively exhausting gases from the precursor zones 14, 16. In another embodiment, the ex- haust from precursor zones 14, 16 could be controlled relative to a passive exhaust from isolation zone 20 or by throttling an exhaust flow from isolation zone 20. Pres- sure differentials may also be generated by pumping from" ] }, { "page_number": 118, "texts": [ - "En 1 499 943 B1", - "Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, women die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programs espnangt.", - "15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren.", - "16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.", - "17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die Anweisun- gen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.", - "18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, women die erste inte- grierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.", - "23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen be- reitstellt, die bei Alsouhrung durch eine Matching bewirken, dass die Matching Operational durch- fuhrt, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen howeren Performance-Husband zu verses- zen, women die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Justande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Husbands, der hoher als der erste Performance-Husband ist, und eines written Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Husband ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- number eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist;", - "Revendications 1. Procede comportant les etapes consistent a : detester (402) un evecement pour faire passer un circuit integre d'un systeme informatique a un etat de performances plus eleve, le circuit integre avant de multiples etats de performed-" + "EP 1 499 943 B1", + "Betriebsspannung der ersten integrierten Schaltung, wobei die Spannungsregelungslogik ein Signal vom Programm empfangt.", + "15. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisun- gen in einem Basisdatenaustauschsystem (BIOS) residieren.", + "16. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisun- gen in einem Betriebssystem residieren.", + "17. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die Anweisun- gen in Anwendungssoftware residieren.", + "18. Vorrichtung nach Anspruch 10, wobei die erste inte- grierte Schaltung ein Chipset umfasst.", + "23. Maschinenlesbares Medium, das Anweisungen be- reitstellt, die bei Ausfuhrung durch eine Maschine bewirken, dass die Maschine Operationen durch- fuhrt, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen hoheren Performance-Zustand zu verset- zen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der hoher als der erste Performance-Zustand ist, und eines dritten Performance-Zustandes, der hoher als der zweite Performance-Zustand ist, und Bestimmen (404), ob das Ereignis ein vom Be- nutzer eingeleitetes Ereignis oder ein von Soft- ware eingeleitetes Ereignis ist;", + "Revendications 1. Procede comportant les etapes consistant a : detecter (402) un evenement pour faire passer un circuit integre d'un systeme informatique a un etat de performances plus eleve, le circuit integre ayant de multiples etats de performan-" ] }, { "page_number": 119, "texts": [ - "Up 2019/0010119 Al", + "US 2019/0010119 Al", "40", "Jan. 10, 2019", - "[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit By2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!%.", - "[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a check- calls amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit By2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of consisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.", - "g p [0146] When the inventive resist composition is a check- calls amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactate structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustra- time examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesive- ness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity." + "[0144] As the amount of the repeating unit BN2, the lower limit is preferably 5 mo! %, more preferably 10 mo! % based on the whole repeating units constituting the component (B). The upper limit is preferably 70 mo! %, more preferably 60 mo!%.", + "[0145] When the inventive resist composition is a chemi- cally amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) preferably contains the repeating unit BN2, additionally at least one kind of a repeating unit selected from the repeating units B3 to B5 in addition to the repeating unit Bl in view of coexisting high etching durability and resolution. In this case, these repeating units are contained in an amount of 60 mo! % or more, more preferably 70 mo! % or more, and still more preferably 80 mo! % or more in the whole repeating units. This securely gives properties demanded for the inventive negative resist composition.", + "g p [0146] When the inventive resist composition is a chemi- cally amplified negative resist composition, the component (B) may contain a lactone structure, a (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group such as a hydroxy group other than the phenolic hydroxy group, and other repeating units in order to fine-tune the properties of a resist film. Illustra- tive examples of the (meth)acrylate ester unit having an adhesive group include the units shown by the following general formulae (bl) to (b3). These units can be used supplementary as a unit to control the unit to give adhesive- ness to a substrate and the solubility without showing acidity." ] }, { "page_number": 120, "texts": [ - "En 1 499 943 B1", - "13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: frequency regulation logic to change an operas- ing frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.", + "EP 1 499 943 B1", + "13. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: frequency regulation logic to change an operat- ing frequency of the first integrated circuit, the frequency regulation logic to receive a signal from the program.", "14. The apparatus of claim 10, further comprising: voltage regulation logic to change an operating voltage of the first integrated circuit, the voltage regulation logic to receive a signal from the pro- gram.", "15. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in a Basic Input Output System.", "16. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the instructions reside in an operating system.", - "Patentanspruche 1. Verfahren, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen howeren Performance-Husband zu verses- zen, women die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Justande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Husbands, der hoher als" + "Patentanspruche 1. Verfahren, umfassend: Detektieren (402) eines Ereignisses, um eine in- tegrierte Schaltung eines Computersystems in einen hoheren Performance-Zustand zu verset- zen, wobei die integrierte Schaltung mehrere Performance-Zustande aufweist einschliesslich eines ersten Performance-Zustandes, eines zweiten Performance-Zustands, der hoher als" ] }, { "page_number": 121, "texts": [ - "Up 2012/0003590 Al", + "US 2012/0003590 Al", "Jan. 5, 2012", "60", "-continued", - " [0317] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an anti- oxidase, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. (Photo-Acid Generator)", + " [0317] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator, a basic compound, a surfactant, a solvent, a dye, a photo-base generator, an anti- oxidant, a solvent and the like. These components are described below. (Photo-Acid Generator)", "[0318] The composition of the present invention may fur- ther contain a photo-acid generator in addition to the repeat- ing unit (A) and the repeating unit (B).", - "[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for catholic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-dis- coloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an opium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).", - "[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (Zh), (Zoo) and (ZIII):", + "[0319] The photo-acid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. The photo-acid generator which can be used may be appropriately selected, for example, from a photo-initiator for cationic photopolymerization, a photo-initiator for radical photopolymerization, a photo-decoloring agent, a photo-dis- coloring agent, known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, which are used for microresist or the like, and a mixture thereof. Examples thereof include an onium salt such as sulfonium salt and iodonium salt, and a diazodisulfone compound such as bis(alkylsulfonyl diazomethane).", + "[0320] Preferred examples of the photo-acid generator include compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII):", "P-55" ] }, { "page_number": 122, "texts": [ - "En 3 800 018 A1", + "EP 3 800 018 A1", "EUROPAISCHE PATENTANMELDUNG", "(43) Veroffentlichungstag: 07.04.2021 Patentblatt 2021/14", "(21) Anmeldenummer: 19200966.0", "(22) Anmeldetag: 02.10.2019", "(51) Int Cl.: B26D 1/16 (2006.01) (2006 01)", - "(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: As As By By Co Co Co De De En En Ft Ft Gt Gt He He In In In Lt Lt Lt Lt My My My Ns Ns Px Px Re Re So So So So To Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: By My Benannte Validierungsstaaten: Km MA My To", - "(71) Anmelder: Pieces Works fur Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. Km 51491 Overall (De)", - "(72) Erfinder: * Thieves, Role 50733 Koln (De)", + "(84) Benannte Vertragsstaaten: AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR Benannte Erstreckungsstaaten: BA ME Benannte Validierungsstaaten: KH MA MD TN", + "(71) Anmelder: Dienes Werke fur Maschinenteile GmbH & Co. KG 51491 Overath (DE)", + "(72) Erfinder: * Thielen, Rolf 50733 Koln (DE)", "(54) SENSORVORRICHTUNG FUR EINEN MESSERHALTER", - "(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensor- vorrichtung (4) fur einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend - einen Grandeorner (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvor- richtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), - mindestens einen an dem Grandeorner (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Grosse und - einen an dem Grandeorner (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Ubertragung der von dem Sensor (7) er- fassten Grosse." + "(57) Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft eine Sensor- vorrichtung (4) fur einen Messerhalter (1), umfassend - einen Grundkorper (6) zur Befestigung der Sensorvor- richtung (4) an einem Messerhalter (1), - mindestens einen an dem Grundkorper (6) befestigten Sensor (7) zur Erfassung einer Grosse und - einen an dem Grundkorper (6) befestigten Sender (8) zur kabellosen Ubertragung der von dem Sensor (7) er- fassten Grosse." ] }, { "page_number": 123, "texts": [ - "une deglieme zone precurseur (16, 116, 316) essayee de la premiere, le deglieme gaz pre- curseur ewant different du premier ; guidage d'un substrat flexible (12, 112, 312) se- lon un mouvement de gazette entre les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs, en passant par une serie de passages d'etranglement (54, 56, 154, 156, 354, 356) d'une zone d'isolation (20, 120, 320) interioree entre les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs, de facon a ce que le substrat traverse les premiere et deglieme zones precurseurs plusieurs fois, qu'une mono- course du premier gaz precurseur absorbs a la surface du substrat pendant le transit du subs- that dans la premiere zone precurseur et que, pendant un transit ulterieur du substrat dans la deglieme zone precurseur, le deglieme gaz precurseur resuisse avec le premier precurseur absorbe a la surface du substrat akin de depower un film since sur le substrat ; introduction d'un gaz invite dans la zone d'isolation ; et creation d'un premier differenting de pressing en- tre la zone d'isolation et la premiere zone pre- curseur et d'un deglieme differenting de pres- sign entre la zone d'isolation et la deglieme zo- ne precurseur, les differentiels de pressing ewant suffisants pour empecher la migration des pre- tier et deglieme gaz precurseurs horn des pre- miere et deglieme zones precurseurs respects- ves et le melange des premier et deglieme gaz precurseurs dans une des zones, ce qui empe- che les reactions a l'interieur des zones entre les quantumes non-absorbees des premier et deglieme gaz precurseurs.", - "13. Le procede de la revendication 12, qui suppose ega- cement de guides le substrat dans une troisieme zone precurseur (190) dans laquelle un troisieme gaz pre- curseur different du deglieme est introduce.", - "14. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 ou 13, dans sequel la creation des differentiels de pressing suppose d'injected le gaz invite dans les passages.", - "15. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 a 14, dans sequel le guidage du substrat en na- cette entre les premiere et deglieme zones precur- spurs suppose de faire avancer continuellement le substrat sur un travel de transport unduee.", - "16. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications 12 a 15, qui suppose ebasement d'cluster une lon- guest d'au joins pertains des transits dans la pre- miere zone precurseur.", - "17. Le procede de n'imports laquelle des revendications", - "En 2 000 008 B1" + "une deuxieme zone precurseur (16, 116, 316) espacee de la premiere, le deuxieme gaz pre- curseur etant different du premier ; guidage d'un substrat flexible (12, 112, 312) se- lon un mouvement de navette entre les premiere et deuxieme zones precurseurs, en passant par une serie de passages d'etranglement (54, 56, 154, 156, 354, 356) d'une zone d'isolation (20, 120, 320) interposee entre les premiere et deuxieme zones precurseurs, de facon a ce que le substrat traverse les premiere et deuxieme zones precurseurs plusieurs fois, qu'une mono- couche du premier gaz precurseur adsorbe a la surface du substrat pendant le transit du subs- trat dans la premiere zone precurseur et que, pendant un transit ulterieur du substrat dans la deuxieme zone precurseur, le deuxieme gaz precurseur reagisse avec le premier precurseur adsorbe a la surface du substrat afin de deposer un film mince sur le substrat ; introduction d'un gaz inerte dans la zone d'isolation ; et creation d'un premier differentiel de pression en- tre la zone d'isolation et la premiere zone pre- curseur et d'un deuxieme differentiel de pres- sion entre la zone d'isolation et la deuxieme zo- ne precurseur, les differentiels de pression etant suffisants pour empecher la migration des pre- mier et deuxieme gaz precurseurs hors des pre- miere et deuxieme zones precurseurs respecti- ves et le melange des premier et deuxieme gaz precurseurs dans une des zones, ce qui empe- che les reactions a l'interieur des zones entre les quantites non-adsorbees des premier et deuxieme gaz precurseurs.", + "13. Le procede de la revendication 12, qui suppose ega- lement de guider le substrat dans une troisieme zone precurseur (190) dans laquelle un troisieme gaz pre- curseur different du deuxieme est introduit.", + "14. Le procede de n'importe laquelle des revendications 12 ou 13, dans lequel la creation des differentiels de pression suppose d'injecter le gaz inerte dans les passages.", + "15. Le procede de n'importe laquelle des revendications 12 a 14, dans lequel le guidage du substrat en na- vette entre les premiere et deuxieme zones precur- seurs suppose de faire avancer continuellement le substrat sur un trajet de transport ondule.", + "16. Le procede de n'importe laquelle des revendications 12 a 15, qui suppose egalement d'ajuster une lon- gueur d'au moins certains des transits dans la pre- miere zone precurseur.", + "17. Le procede de n'importe laquelle des revendications", + "EP 2 000 008 B1" ] }, { "page_number": 125, "texts": [ - "Up 7,851,130 B2", - "In formula (F2), Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As preferred substituents that the alkyl group represented by Rx may have, a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom are example- find. Fa represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkaline group, and preferably a single bond. Fb represents a monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Fe represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkaline group, and preferably a single bond or a methylene group. F 1 represents a group represented by formula (F 1). P1 represents from 1 to 3. As the cyclic hydrocarbon group represented by Fb, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbomyl group is preferred. The specific examples of the repeating units having the structure represented by formula (Fl) are shown below.", - "The alicyclic hydrocarbon-based acid-decomposable resin in the invention can contain various kinds of repeating strut- rural units, besides the above repeating structural units, for the purpose of the adjustments of dry etching resistance, aptitude for standard developing solutions, adhesion to a substrate, resist profile, and further, general requisite performances of resists, e.g., resolution, heat resistance and sensitivity. As these repeating structural units, the repeating structural units corresponding to the monsters shown below can be exemplified, but the invention is not restricted thereto. By containing such various repeating structural units, fine adjustment of performances required of the alicyclic hydro-", + "US 7,851,130 B2", + "In formula (F2), Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As preferred substituents that the alkyl group represented by Rx may have, a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom are exempli- fied. Fa represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkylene group, and preferably a single bond. Fb represents a monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Fe represents a single bond or a straight chain or branched alkylene group, and preferably a single bond or a methylene group. F 1 represents a group represented by formula (F 1). P1 represents from 1 to 3. As the cyclic hydrocarbon group represented by Fb, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbomyl group is preferred. The specific examples of the repeating units having the structure represented by formula (Fl) are shown below.", + "The alicyclic hydrocarbon-based acid-decomposable resin in the invention can contain various kinds of repeating struc- tural units, besides the above repeating structural units, for the purpose of the adjustments of dry etching resistance, aptitude for standard developing solutions, adhesion to a substrate, resist profile, and further, general requisite performances of resists, e.g., resolution, heat resistance and sensitivity. As these repeating structural units, the repeating structural units corresponding to the monomers shown below can be exemplified, but the invention is not restricted thereto. By containing such various repeating structural units, fine adjustment of performances required of the alicyclic hydro-", "67 68" ] }, @@ -1040,18 +1040,18 @@ "page_number": 126, "texts": [ "c12) United States Patent Kawanishi et al.", - "11111 111111111111111 111 Up007851130B2", - "(In) Patent No.: Up 7,851,130 B2", + "11111 111111111111111 111 US007851130B2", + "(IO) Patent No.: US 7,851,130 B2", "(45) Date of Patent: *Dec. 14, 2010", - "(54) PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, COMPOUND For Url In The PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, And PATTERN-FORMING METHOD USING The PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION", - "(75) Inventors: Yasutomo Kawanishi, Ashigarakami-gun (Ja); Kanji Wada, Barbara-gun (Ja)", - "(73) Assigned: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (Ja)", - "(21) Apps. No.: 11/857,645", + "(54) PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, COMPOUND FOR USE IN THE PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION, AND PATTERN-FORMING METHOD USING THE PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITION", + "(75) Inventors: Yasutomo Kawanishi, Ashigarakami-gun (JP); Kenji Wada, Haibara-gun (JP)", + "(73) Assignee: FUJIFILM Corporation, Tokyo (JP)", + "(21) Appl. No.: 11/857,645", "G03F 71038 (2006.01) G03F 71039 (2006.01) G03F 7120 (2006.01)", "References Cited U.S. PATENT DOCUMENTS 6,680,157 Bl 1/2004 Fedynyshyn 2006/0210919 Al * 9/2006 Mizutani et al. ......... 430/270.1 2007/0072117 Al* 3/2007 Mizutani et al. ......... 430/270.1", - "FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS En 1480078 Al 5/2004 En 1 693 705 A2 * 8/2006 En 1 703 326 A2 * 9/2006 En 1 767 991 A2 * 3/2007", - "OTHER PUBLICATIONS Machine-assisted English translation of Ja2006-276759 provided by Jan.* * cited by examiner Primary Examiner-Sin J. Lee (74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue Moon, PLLC", - "(57) ABSTRACT A photosensitive composition includes (A) a compound rep- resented by the following formula (I): wherein R 1 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a covalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group.", + "FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS EP 1480078 Al 5/2004 EP 1 693 705 A2 * 8/2006 EP 1 703 326 A2 * 9/2006 EP 1 767 991 A2 * 3/2007", + "OTHER PUBLICATIONS Machine-assisted English translation of JP2006-276759 provided by JPO.* * cited by examiner Primary Examiner-Sin J. Lee (74) Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Sughrue Mion, PLLC", + "(57) ABSTRACT A photosensitive composition includes (A) a compound rep- resented by the following formula (I): wherein R 1 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and x- represents an anion containing a proton acceptor functional group.", "16 Claims, 1 Drawing Sheet" ] }, @@ -1059,17 +1059,17 @@ "page_number": 127, "texts": [ "-continued", - "Up 2020/0050106 Al", + "US 2020/0050106 Al", "Feb. 13, 2020", - "[0293] In General Formula (Zh), [0294] R201 , R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. [0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R201 , R202, and R203 is preferably 1 to 30, and", + "[0293] In General Formula (ZI), [0294] R201 , R202, and R203 each independently represent an organic group. [0295] The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as each of R201 , R202, and R203 is preferably 1 to 30, and", "350A3", - "[0301] Specific examples of the substituent which may be contained in the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, and the arol group exemplified above include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as fluorine atom, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a piano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an arol group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy- carbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyl aryloxy- sulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably hav- ing 5 to 20 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms)." + "[0301] Specific examples of the substituent which may be contained in the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, and the aryl group exemplified above include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as fluorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy- carbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyl aryloxy- sulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably hav- ing 5 to 20 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms)." ] }, { "page_number": 128, "texts": [ - "M E R M A I D T I To N 14.3m Steel Twin Screw Tug, Work Boat", + "M E R M A I D T I TA N 14.3m Steel Twin Screw Tug, Work Boat", "M E R M A I D R E U N I O N 26m Utility Vessel", "M E R M A I D F L E E T" ] @@ -1078,8 +1078,8 @@ "page_number": 129, "texts": [ "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements", - "At December 31, 2004, there is a $6 million valuation allowance provided on certain New Jersey state net operating loss carryforwards and other New Jersey state deferred tax assets because management believes these assets do not meet the \"more likely than not\" criteria for recognition under SFAS 109. Management believes all other deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized because of the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and expected future taxable income. Accordingly, there are no other valuation allowances provided at December 31, 2004. The Company is evaluating the impact of provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the \"Act\") that provide for a special one-time tax deduction of 85 percent on certain repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Additional guidance from Congress and/or the United States Treasury Department will be necessary for the Company to complete its evaluation, as it is not clear at this time whether the Act will provide a benefit to the Company. The Company will complete the evaluation as promptly as practicable following the issuance of such guidance and adjust taxes accordingly, if necessary. The Company has not yet repatriated the net proceeds from the sale of Map Grand Australia pending the evaluation. Nonetheless, the Company provided in 2004 deferred U.S. income taxes of $11 million on the basis that such proceeds would be repatriated without the benefit of the 85 percent one-time deduction. Such amount was included in the provision for income taxes on discontinued operations for 2004. The Company considered the earnings of its Australia operations permanently reinserted prior to the sale of such operations. If guidance is issued that indicates the planned repatriation qualifies for the one-time deduction, the Company will recognize a tax benefit of approximately $7 million as part of continuing operations in the quarter in which such guidance is issued. If no such guidance is issued within the applicable timeframe, then the Company will attempt to permanently reinvent the proceeds in another foreign jurisdiction, such as Macau. In such case, the Company would recognize a tax benefit of $11 million as part of continuing operations in the quarter in which the reinvestment is made. The Company currently does not have a plan to reinvent the proceeds in such manner.", - "NOTE 10 -- COMMITMENTS And CONTINGENCIES Leaves. The Company leases real estate and various equipment under operating and, to a lesser extent, capital lease arrangements. Certain real estate leases provide for escalation of rent based upon a specified price index and/or based upon periodic appraisals. At December 31, 2004, the Company was obligated under non-cancelable operas- ing leases and capital leases to make future minimum lease payments as follows:" + "At December 31, 2004, there is a $6 million valuation allowance provided on certain New Jersey state net operating loss carryforwards and other New Jersey state deferred tax assets because management believes these assets do not meet the \"more likely than not\" criteria for recognition under SFAS 109. Management believes all other deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized because of the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and expected future taxable income. Accordingly, there are no other valuation allowances provided at December 31, 2004. The Company is evaluating the impact of provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the \"Act\") that provide for a special one-time tax deduction of 85 percent on certain repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Additional guidance from Congress and/or the United States Treasury Department will be necessary for the Company to complete its evaluation, as it is not clear at this time whether the Act will provide a benefit to the Company. The Company will complete the evaluation as promptly as practicable following the issuance of such guidance and adjust taxes accordingly, if necessary. The Company has not yet repatriated the net proceeds from the sale of MGM Grand Australia pending the evaluation. Nonetheless, the Company provided in 2004 deferred U.S. income taxes of $11 million on the basis that such proceeds would be repatriated without the benefit of the 85 percent one-time deduction. Such amount was included in the provision for income taxes on discontinued operations for 2004. The Company considered the earnings of its Australia operations permanently reinvested prior to the sale of such operations. If guidance is issued that indicates the planned repatriation qualifies for the one-time deduction, the Company will recognize a tax benefit of approximately $7 million as part of continuing operations in the quarter in which such guidance is issued. If no such guidance is issued within the applicable timeframe, then the Company will attempt to permanently reinvest the proceeds in another foreign jurisdiction, such as Macau. In such case, the Company would recognize a tax benefit of $11 million as part of continuing operations in the quarter in which the reinvestment is made. The Company currently does not have a plan to reinvest the proceeds in such manner.", + "NOTE 10 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Leases. The Company leases real estate and various equipment under operating and, to a lesser extent, capital lease arrangements. Certain real estate leases provide for escalation of rent based upon a specified price index and/or based upon periodic appraisals. At December 31, 2004, the Company was obligated under non-cancelable operat- ing leases and capital leases to make future minimum lease payments as follows:" ] } ] \ No newline at end of file